Matthew

Matthew front

Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the book of Matthew

The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50)
Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)
Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)
Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)

What is the book of Matthew about?

The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew wrote much about how Jesus fulfilled passages from the Old Testament. Also, he focused on Jesus’ teaching by presenting some of what Jesus said in five separate speeches, or “discourses.” Many Christians think that Matthew expected his first readers to be Jewish people. However, Matthew also intended his Gospel to be read by all Christians.

How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel According to Matthew.” Or they may choose a different title, such as, “The Good News About Jesus that Matthew Wrote.” (See: How to Translate Names)

Who wrote the book of Matthew?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. This man named Matthew was a tax collector who became one of Jesus’ 12 closest disciples. In this book, Matthew appears in 9:9–10 and 10:3. (See: Matthew, Levi)

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What does the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” mean?

While the other Gospels frequently use the phrase “the kingdom of God,” Matthew only uses that phrase four times (see 12:28; 19:24; 21:31; and 21:43). Instead, Matthew frequently uses the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens.” There are two primary issues to consider when translating this phrase: (1) whether “of the heavens” means the same thing as “of God,” and (2) what the word “kingdom” describes.

First (1), does “of the heavens” mean the same thing as “of God”? Some scholars think that Matthew chose to refer to God politely by using the phrase “the heavens,” which would mean that “the kingdom of the heavens” is simply another way to say “the kingdom of God.” However, since Matthew does use the phrase “the kingdom of God” occasionally, it is more likely that the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” means something slightly different than “the kingdom of God.” It probably refers to the place where the “kingdom” is already present: the heavens. The plural form “heavens” indicates that Matthew is referring to all of heavenly space. The UST expresses the idea of “of the heavens” with the adjective “heavenly.”

Second (2), what does the word “kingdom” describe? In general, the word refers to a monarch ruling over a group of people in a specific area. In various contexts, the word can primarily emphasize the area, the people, or the ruling. However, the term usually refers to all three of these elements, even if one is emphasized more than the others. Consider how you might express the idea of “kingdom” in your language. Some translations emphasize the idea of ruling and express the idea with a clause like “God ruling as king” or “God’s reign.” Other translations emphasize the idea of the people who are ruled and express the idea with a clause like “belonging to God’s people.” However, both of these options do not fully express the idea of “kingdom.” If you have a word or phrase that describes a situation in which a king rules over people in a specific area, you could use it here. Since that word in English is “kingdom,” the ULT and UST both use “kingdom.” (See: kingdom, heaven, sky, heavens, heavenly, and kingdom of God, kingdom of heaven)

What were “disciples” in Jesus’ culture?

In both Jewish culture and in Greco-Roman culture, teachers had “disciples” who learned from them and were committed to them. Sometimes these disciples would go wherever their teacher went and imitate what the teacher did. Jesus’ disciples similarly were committed to him and learned from him. Some of his closest disciples traveled and lived with Jesus, particularly those whom Matthew refers to as The Twelve. Other disciples would go to see Jesus and learn from him, but they did not always travel or live with him. Consider how you might refer to these kinds of relationships in your language. The ULT expresses the idea with the word “disciple,” and the UST uses the word “apprentice.” (See: disciple)

Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase can express two primary ideas:

It can refer to someone who is a human. This meaning for the phrase appears frequently in the book of Ezekiel (for example, see Ezekiel 2:1 or Ezekiel 47:6). So, Jesus uses the phrase to refer to himself in the third person while identifying himself as a human being.
It can refer more specifically to a specific person who appears in Daniel 7:13–14. This person approaches God, who gives him dominion and authority. So, when he uses the phrase, Jesus is identifying himself with this person. Scholars are not sure whether people in Jesus’ culture used the title “Son of Man” to refer to the Messiah. However, Jesus is probably using the title to implicitly claim a special role, perhaps that of the Messiah.

There are three primary issues to consider when translating the phrase “the Son of Man”:

When Jesus uses the phrase, he is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would not understand this, you may need to express the idea in the first person. See the notes on the phrase “the Son of Man” throughout the book for ways to do this.
The phrase figuratively refers to someone who is human by identifying that person’s father as a “man.” If that figure of speech does not make sense in your language, you could refer to someone who is human in another way. Some translations use a phrase like “the human one” to express the idea.
The phrase refers to the specific figure from the book of Daniel. If you have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could translate the phrase as it is expressed there. If you do not have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could consider translating the phrase as a title that refers to a special person, implicitly the Messiah. You could make this clear by capitalizing the phrase (for example, “the Human One”) or by using a different form that indicates that this is a title (for example, “the one called Son of Man”).

A note related to translating the idea of “Son of Man” appears at its first occurrence. After that, if possible express the idea consistently throughout the rest of the book. Notes providing translation options for expressing the idea in first person instead of third person appear at every occurrence. (See: Son of Man, son of man)

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. The ULT represents these parallels by using the same words whenever the parallel passages are exactly the same. When the parallel passages are slightly different, the ULT represents the differences as much as possible by using different words. Make sure that your translation represents these similarities and differences as closely as possible.

What do “crowd” and “crowds” refer to in Matthew?

Matthew uses the words “crowd” and “crowds” about 50 times. In most cases, the words refer to the “crowds” that gather where Jesus is. Some of the people in these crowds were disciples. Others were curious about who Jesus was and what he taught. Others wanted Jesus to heal them or give them food. The difference between the singular “crowd” and the plural “crowds” is small. Most likely, the singular refers to all the people viewed together as one group, while the plural refers to multiple different groups of people. Consider how you might best refer to large groups of people who are gathered together for some specific purpose.

What does Matthew mean when he writes that a quotation from the Old Testament was “fulfilled”?

Matthew consistently indicates that things happen to “fulfill” passages from the Old Testament. He means that the event or situation he is describing somehow matches what the Old Testament passage or passages say. Sometimes the Old Testament passage includes a prediction that comes true during Jesus’ life. Sometimes the Old Testament passage uses words or phrases that match the words or phrases Matthew uses to tell his story. Sometimes the Old Testament passage is completed or explained by something Jesus says or does. Consider how you might indicate that an event, situation, or spoken or written words fit with or match a passage from an important text. (See: fulfill, fulfilled, carried out)

When is “you” singular, and when is “you” plural?

As he is telling his story, Matthew uses both singular and plural forms of “you.” These were distinct in his language, but in English both singular and plural are expressed with the word “you.” So, in the introduction to each chapter, there is a section stating whether Matthew uses the singular or plural form of “you” more frequently in that chapter. Then, notes throughout the chapter will indicate whenever Matthew uses the less frequent form of “you.” Look for this section in each chapter introduction if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms of “you.” (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?

Some versions of the Bible include some verses in Matthew that other versions do not include. This is because some ancient manuscripts include these verses. However, the best ancient manuscripts do not include them. Here are the verses: * “Evening having come, you say, ‘It will be fair weather, for the sky is red.’ And in early morning, ‘Today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.’ You know to interpret the face of the sky, but the signs of the times you are not able” (16:2b–3). * “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting” (17:21). * “For the Son of Man came to save the one that has been lost” (18:11). * “But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you devour the houses of widows, also for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment” (23:14).

It is recommended that you do not include these passages. However, if in your region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, you may include them. If they are included, they should be put in footnotes or inside square brackets to indicate that they were probably not originally part of Matthew.

Further, there are at least two different versions of the parable of the two sons in 21:28–31. See the introduction to chapter 21 for more information.

Finally, in the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: Textual Variants)

“say every evil thing against you, lying, because of me” (5:11). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “say every evil thing against you because of me.”
“everyone being angry with his brother will be subject to the judgment” (5:22). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “everyone being angry with his brother without cause will be subject to the judgment.”
“love your enemies and pray on behalf of the ones persecuting you” (5:44). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “love your enemies, bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you, and pray on behalf of the ones persecuting you.”
“the Gentiles” (5:47). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the tax collectors.”
“will reward you” (6:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will reward you in the open.”
“will reward you” (6:6). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will reward you in the open.”
“but deliver us from the evil one” (6:13). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “but deliver us from the evil one. For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.”
“the men” (6:15). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “men their trespasses.”
“will reward you” (6:18). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will reward you in the open.”
“what you might eat or what you might drink, nor about your body” (6:25). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “what you might eat, nor about your body.”
“the kingdom” (6:33). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the kingdom of God.”
“For the gate {is} narrow and the road has been made narrow” (7:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.”
“I have found such great faith from no one in Israel” (8:10). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “not even in Israel have I found such great faith.”
“a crowd” (8:18). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “large crowds.”
“Gadarenes” (8:28). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Gergesenes.” Other manuscripts have this: “Gerasenes.”
“they were afraid” (9:8). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “they marveled.”
“Thaddaeus” (10:3). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Lebbaeus, who was surnamed Thaddaeus.”
“The one having ears to hear, let him hear” (11:15). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “The one having ears, let him hear.”
“her children” (11:19). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “her works.”
“And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades” (11:23). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “And you, Capernaum, the one being exalted to heaven, will be brought down as far as Hades.”
“Now someone said to him, ‘Behold, your mother and your brothers have stood outside, seeking to speak to you’” (12:47). Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, most modern translations do include it.
“The one having ears, let him hear” (13:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “The one having ears to hear, let him hear.”
“The one having ears, let him hear” (13:43). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “The one having ears to hear, let him hear.”
“was already in the middle of the sea” (14:24). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “was already many stadia away from the land.”
“God commanded, saying” (15:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “God said.”
“the word of God” (15:6). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the commandment of God.” Other manuscripts have this: “the law of God.”
“They are blind guides” (15:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “They are blind guides of the blind.”
“Magadan” (15:39). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Magdala.”
“I will make” (17:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “let us make.”
“your Father” (18:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “my Father.”
“your brother sins against you” (18:15). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “your brother sins.”
“commits adultery; and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery” (19:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “commits adultery.”
“or a mother, or a wife, or children” (19:29). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “or a mother, or children.”
“and the first last” (20:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “and the first last. For many are called, but few are chosen.”
“to drink the cup that I am about to drink” (20:22). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “to drink the cup that I am about to drink or to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.”
“My cup you will drink” (20:23). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “My cup you will drink, and you will be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.”
“And the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces, but on whomever it falls, it will crush him” (21:44). Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, most modern translations do include it.
“famines and earthquakes” (24:7). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “famines and plagues and earthquakes.”
“neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son, except the Father only” (24:36). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “neither the angels of the heavens, except the Father only.”
“you do not know the day nor the hour” (25:13). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “you do not know the day nor the hour in which the Son of Man comes.”
“this is my blood of the covenant” (26:28). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “this is my blood of the new covenant”
“named Barabbas” (27:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “named Jesus Barabbas”
“Barabbas” (27:17). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Jesus Barabbas”
“the blood of this one” (27:24). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the blood of this righteous one.”
“casting a lot” (27:35). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “casting a lot, so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, ‘They divided my robes for themselves, and they cast a lot for my clothing.’”
“And behold, Jesus met them” (28:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “And behold, as they were going to report to his disciples, Jesus met them.”
“until the end of the age’” (28:20). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “until the end of the age.’ Amen.”

Matthew 1

Matthew 1 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
- The genealogy of Jesus (1:1–17)
- Jesus’ parents and birth (1:18–25)

Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this in 1:23 with the quote from Isaiah 7:14.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Genealogy

A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.

The word “fathered”

When Matthew uses the word “fathered,” he only means that the older man was an ancestor of the younger man. In most cases, the older man is the direct father of the younger man. However, sometimes the older man is a grandfather (for example, Josiah is the grandfather of Jechoniah) or a more distant ancestor (for example, Joram is the great-great-grandfather of Ozias). If possible, use a word that indicates that the older man is the ancestor of the younger man without stating that the older man is the father of the younger man. If you need to be more specific, the UST provides one way to do so.

Three groups of 14

Matthew concludes the genealogy by dividing it up into three groups of 14 generations. He divides the groups by using two key events in Israel’s history: David starting his dynasty and the Babylonians capturing Jerusalem. In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Christ need to be included. The ULT and UST divide the section into paragraphs based on the divisions. Consider how you might show these divisions in your translation.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

All of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that an angel gives to Joseph. Because of that, all forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Stating that Mary became pregnant

In 1:18, 1:20, and 1:23, Matthew refers to a woman becoming pregnant, but he excludes the involvement of a man in the process. He uses the phrases “to have in the womb” and “having been conceived in her” to avoid referring to the male role in conception. In your translation, you should not identify the Holy Spirit as the one who performed the normal male role, since the Holy Spirit did not have sex with Mary. Instead, the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. So, use a form that does not refer to the male role in conception or a form that denies that a man was involved.

Translating names

In the genealogy, Matthew uses specific Greek spellings of names. These spellings do not always match the Hebrew spellings of the names that you can read in the Old Testament. The ULT and UST spell out how these names sound as Matthew wrote them in Greek. In contrast, some translations spell out these names as they appear in the Old Testament. Consider spelling these names as do other translations that your readers might be familiar with. Otherwise, consider whether your team wishes to spell names in the same way throughout the Bible or whether you will spell them differently in different places. If you do spell them differently in different places, you may need to include footnotes that provide other spellings.

Matthew 1:1

The book of the genealogy

Quote: βίβλος γενέσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase book of the genealogy could refer to: (1) just the list of Jesus’ ancestors that follows in 1:2–17. Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestry” (2) the list of Jesus’ ancestors as well as information about his birth and childhood (see 1:2–2:23). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestors and birth”

The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ

Quote: βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a book that contains the genealogy that lists the ancestors of Jesus Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The book that contains the genealogy concerning Jesus Christ”

The book

Quote: βίβλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, book represents a written record. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The written record” or “The list”

son of David, son of Abraham

Quote: υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a son. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David, who is descended from Abraham”

son of Abraham

Quote: υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could mean: (1) that David is a son of Abraham. Alternate translation: “who was a son of Abraham” (2) that Jesus is a son of Abraham. Alternate translation: “and also son of Abraham”

Matthew 1:2

Abraham fathered Isaac, and Isaac fathered Jacob, and Jacob fathered Judah and his brothers

Quote: Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Here Matthew begins a list of Jesus’ ancestors. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list (1:2–16). Possible formats are: (1) “Abraham’s son was Isaac, and Isaac’s son was Jacob, and Jacob’s sons were Judah and his brothers” (2) “Isaac’s father was Abraham, and Jacob’s father was Isaac, and Judah’s father was Jacob” (3) “Abraham fathered Isaac, who fathered Jacob, who fathered Judah and his brothers”

Abraham … Isaac, … Isaac … Jacob, … Jacob … Judah

Quote: Ἀβραὰμ & τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ & τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ & τὸν Ἰούδαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Unless a note specifies otherwise, all the names in the list of ancestors (1:2–16) are names of men.

his brothers

Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Judah had 11 brothers, and some of them were older and some of them were younger. Make sure this is clear if your language marks these distinctions.

Matthew 1:3

and Judah fathered Perez and Zerah by Tamar, and Perez fathered Hezrom, and Hezrom fathered Aram

Quote: Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζάρα ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ, Φαρὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀράμ, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verse.

by Tamar

Quote: ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Tamar is the name of a woman. She was the daughter-in-law of Judah.

Hezrom, … Hezrom … Aram

Quote: τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ & τὸν Ἀράμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Hezrom as “Hezron” and Aram as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Hezron … Hezron … Ram”

Matthew 1:4

and Aram fathered Amminadab, and Amminadab fathered Nahshon, and Nahshon fathered Salmon

Quote: Ἀρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών, Ναασσὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλμών, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Aram

Quote: Ἀρὰμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Aram as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Ram”

Matthew 1:5

and Salmon fathered Boaz by Rahab, and Boaz fathered Obed by Ruth, and Obed fathered Jesse

Quote: Σαλμὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ, Βόες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεσσαί, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Rahab, … Ruth

Quote: Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The words Rahab and Ruth are the names of women. Rahab protected Israelite spies when the Israelites were about to conquer the land that God had promised to give them. Ruth was from Moab but believed in God and traveled to Israel with her mother-in-law, Naomi.

Matthew 1:6

and Jesse fathered David the king, and … fathered Solomon by the {wife} of Uriah

Quote: Ἰεσσαὶ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ τὸν βασιλέα. Δαυεὶδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

by the {wife} of Uriah

Quote: ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Uriah was one of the leaders of the Israelite army, a leader whom David trusted. However, David saw Uriah’s wife, named Bathsheba, and wanted her for himself. He had Uriah killed and took Uriah’s wife for himself. You can read about this story in 2 Samual 11:1–27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information if your readers would not know this story. Alternate translation: “by Bathsheba the wife of Uriah, whom he had killed”

Matthew 1:7

and Solomon fathered Rehoboam, and Rehoboam fathered Abijah, and Abijah fathered Asaph

Quote: Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Asaph

Quote: τὸν Ἀσάφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Asaph as “Asa.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Asa”

Matthew 1:8

and Asaph fathered Jehoshaphat, and Jehoshaphat fathered Joram, and Joram fathered Ozias

Quote: Ἀσὰφ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Asaph … Ozias

Quote: Ἀσὰφ & τὸν Ὀζείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Asaph as “Asa” and Ozias as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Asa … Uzziah”

Matthew 1:8-9

and Joram fathered Ozias … and Ozias fathered Jotham

Quote: Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν & Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In these two verses, Matthew lists Joram, Ozias, and Jotham. In the list of kings in 1 Chronicles 3, however, there are four names between Joram and Jotham (see 1 Chronicles 3:11–12), not one. So, Matthew has not mentioned three of these kings, and the word translated fathered only requires the older person to be an ancestor of the younger person, who could be a son, grandson, great-grandson, or even great-great-grandson. It is unclear exactly where in the list Matthew leaves out the three kings. He could be using the name Ozias: (1) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Azariah.” In this case, Ozias is the great-great-grandson of Joram and the father of Jotham. Alternate translation: “and Joram was the great-great-grandfather of Ozias, and Ozias fathered Jotham” (2) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Ahaziah.” In this case, Ozias is the son of Joram and the great-great-grandfather of Jotham. Alternate translation: “and Joram fathered Ozias, and Ozias was the great-great-grandfather of Jotham”

Matthew 1:9

and Ozias fathered Jotham, and Jotham fathered Ahaz, and Ahaz fathered Hezekiah

Quote: Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ, Ἰωαθὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχάζ, Ἀχὰζ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑζεκίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Ozias

Quote: Ὀζείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Ozias as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Uzziah”

Matthew 1:10

and Hezekiah fathered Manasseh, and Manasseh fathered Amos, and Amos fathered Josiah

Quote: Ἑζεκίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Amos, … Amos

Quote: τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Amos as “Amon.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Amon … Amon”

Matthew 1:11

and Josiah fathered Jechoniah and his brothers

Quote: Ἰωσίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Josiah fathered Jechoniah

Quote: Ἰωσίας & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In 1 Chronicles 3:15–16, Josiah is listed as the father of Jehoiakim, who is the father of Jechoniah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Josiah was the grandfather of Jechoniah. Alternate translation: “Josiah fathered the father of Jechoniah”

his brothers

Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

If you must specify whether these brothers were older or younger, it is more likely that they were younger brothers. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers”

at the Babylonian deportation

Quote: ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to how the Babylonians conquered Jerusalem and took most of the people away to the country of Babylon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”

Matthew 1:12

after the Babylonian deportation

Quote: μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in 1:11. Express the idea in the same way you did there. Alternate translation: “after the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”

Jechoniah fathered Salathiel, and Salathiel fathered Zerubbabel

Quote: Ἰεχονίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Salathiel, … Salathiel

Quote: τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Many translations spell Salathiel as “Shealtiel.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Shealtiel … Shealtiel”

Salathiel fathered Zerubbabel

Quote: Σαλαθιὴλ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In 1 Chronicles 3:19, a brother of Salathiel named Pedaiah is listed as the father of Zerubbabel. However, early Greek translations of 1 Chronicles 3:19 list Salathiel as the father of Zerubabbel. Matthew most likely used a source like these early Greek translations, so he probably intended his readers to think of Salathiel as the father of Zerubbabel and not as his uncle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in a footnote.

Matthew 1:13

and Zerubbabel fathered Abiud, and Abiud fathered Eliakim, and Eliakim fathered Azor

Quote: Ζοροβαβὲλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιακείμ, Ἐλιακεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀζώρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Matthew 1:14

and Azor fathered Zadok, and Zadok fathered Achim, and Achim fathered Eliud

Quote: Ἀζὼρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχείμ, Ἀχεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Matthew 1:15

and Eliud fathered Eleazar, and Eleazar fathered Matthan, and Matthan fathered Jacob

Quote: Ἐλιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μαθθάν, Μαθθὰν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

Matthew 1:16

and Jacob fathered Joseph the husband of Mary

Quote: Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is the end of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in 1:2. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.

of Mary

Quote: Μαρίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Mary is the name of a woman.

by whom Jesus was born

Quote: ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who gave birth to Jesus”

the one called Christ

Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

Here, the phrase the one called Christ distinguishes this Jesus from any other people named Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that distinguishes between this Jesus and any other people with that name. Alternate translation: “the Jesus called Christ” or “specifically the one who is called Christ”

the one called Christ

Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 1:17

from Abraham until David {were} 14 generations, and from David until the Babylonian deportation {were} 14 generations, and from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ {were} 14 generations

Quote: ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυεὶδ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυεὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Jesus need to be included. Consider how you might express the calculations so that they match with the list. Alternate translation: “from Abraham up to and including David were 14 generations, and after David and until the Babylonian deportation were 14 generations, and starting with the Babylonian deportation and counting up to and including the Christ were 14 generations”

the Babylonian deportation {… the Babylonian deportation

Quote: τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in 1:11–12. Express the idea in the same way you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away … when that happened”

Matthew 1:18

Now the birth of Jesus Christ was thus

Quote: τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces a new section in this book that focuses on the birth of Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for the birth of Jesus Christ, it happened thus”

having been engaged to marry Joseph

Quote: μνηστευθείσης & τῷ Ἰωσήφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

before they came together

Quote: πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the phrase came together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they consummated the marriage” or “before they had sex”

was found having in the womb

Quote: εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was having in the womb” or “realized that she was having in the womb”

having in the womb

Quote: ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase having in the womb refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be with child” or “to be pregnant”

from the Holy Spirit

Quote: ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase from the Holy Spirit indicates that Mary did not become pregnant in the usual way, that is, by having sex with a man. Rather, she became pregnant because the Holy Spirit caused her to be pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the power of the Holy Spirit” or “because of the Holy Spirit’s work”

Matthew 1:19

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

Joseph her husband

Quote: Ἰωσὴφ & ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Joseph did not know that the baby came from the Holy Spirit. Joseph thought that Mary had become pregnant after having sex with another man, which is why he wanted to divorce her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Joseph did not know that the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to be pregnant. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband thought that she had been unfaithful, so”

her husband, … to divorce her

Quote: ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς & ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the previous verse shows (see 1:18), Mary and Joseph were not yet married. In their culture, however, being “engaged” was a promise to marry, so Matthew can refer to Joseph as Mary’s husband. He can also refer to breaking the engagement as divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Matthew is referring to an engaged man breaking the engagement. Alternate translation: “her fiancé … to break the engagement with her”

Matthew 1:20

he having reflected on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared

Quote: ταῦτα & αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου & ἐφάνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

The angel appeared to Joseph while he was deciding to divorce Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joseph was reflecting on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

son of David

Quote: υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a son. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David”

you should not fear to take Mary as your wife, because the one having been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit

Quote: μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκά σου; τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “the one having been conceived in Mary is from the Holy Spirit, so you should not fear to take her as your wife”

the one having been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit

Quote: τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit is the one who caused her to conceive her child”

Matthew 1:21

and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins

Quote: καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and because he will save his people from their sins, you will call his name Jesus”

you will call

Quote: καλέσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here the angel gives a command using the future tense. If your language does not use the future tense for commands, you could use a form that your language uses to express commands. Alternate translation: “you must call” or “you are to call”

Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins

Quote: Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The name Jesus means “the Lord saves” in Hebrew. The angel is explaining that Jesus should have this name because he will save his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what Jesus’ name means or include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Jesus, for, as his name indicates, he will save his people from their sins” or “Jesus, that is, ‘the Lord saves,’ since he will save his people from their sins”

his people

Quote: τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase his people refers most directly to Jewish people, but it also includes anyone who believes in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a group of people who belong to or are connected with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his own people” or “the people who belong to him”

Matthew 1:22

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,”

all this happened

Quote: τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to what Matthew has said about Mary becoming pregnant before she and Joseph were married (see 1:18–21). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these events. Alternate translation: “Jesus was born in that way” or “what I have told you happened”

might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill”

what} was spoken by the Lord

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”

the prophet

Quote: τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The prophet to whom Matthew refers is Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 7:14). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared”

Matthew 1:23

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen to me:”

the virgin

Quote: ἡ παρθένος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although the word translated virgin occasionally refers to any young woman, whether she has had sex or not, the word normally refers to a young woman who has not had sex. This is what Matthew means here, so you should use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who is old enough to get married but who has not yet had sex. Alternate translation: “the marriageable woman who has not had sex”

will have in her womb

Quote: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase have in her womb refers to a woman being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be with child” or “will be expecting a baby”

they will call

Quote: καλέσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others will call” or “everyone will call”

Immanuel”—which is translated, “God with us

Quote: Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The word Immanuel is a Hebrew word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: God with us. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Immanuel,’ which is a Hebrew word that is translated as ‘God with us’”

which is translated, “God with us

Quote: ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as ‘God with us’” or “this name means ‘God with us’”

Matthew 1:24

And

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After the angel spoke to him,” or “Next,”

having been awakened from sleep

Quote: ἐγερθεὶς & ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having woken from his sleep” or “having risen from sleep”

and took her

Quote: καὶ παρέλαβεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces how Joseph did as the angel of the Lord commanded him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “by taking her”

Matthew 1:25

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word And introduces something that is unexpected for people who have gotten married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,”

he did not know her

Quote: οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the word know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. See how you translated the euphemism for having sex in 1:18. Alternate translation: “he did not consummate the marriage with her” or “he did not sleep with her”

he did not know … he called his

Quote: οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν & ἐκάλεσεν & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, both times the pronoun he occurs, it refers to Joseph. The pronoun his refers to the son, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use names instead of pronouns. Alternate translation: “Joseph did not know … Joseph called the son’s”

until

Quote: ἕως οὗ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Christians disagree about whether Joseph had sex with Mary after Jesus was born. In this verse, Matthew only refers to the time before Jesus was born. If possible, use a form that only refers to this time period and does not imply anything about what happened after Jesus was born. Alternate translation: “prior to when” or “during the time before”

Matthew 2

Matthew 2 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
- The visit of the learned men (2:1–12)
- Joseph, Mary, and Jesus escape to Egypt (2:13–15)
- Herod kills the baby boys in Bethlehem (2:16–18)
- Joseph, Mary, and Jesus settle in Nazareth (2:19–23)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are quotations from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“Learned men”

In this chapter, Matthew tells about how “learned men” from countries to the east of Judea visited Jesus in order to worship him. These were educated men who studied dreams and stars in the sky to try to learn about what was happening and what would happen in the future. Matthew does not present them as if they are evil. Consider how you might naturally refer to this kind of educated man. The ULT provides a general translation (“learned men”), and the UST illustrates how to use a descriptive phrase (“scholars who studied the stars”).

The star

The learned men journey to Jerusalem because they see a specific star. Matthew further describes how this star moved in the sky until it was directly above where Jesus was living. It is not clear exactly what this star was. Scholars have suggested that it was one of the planets, a shooting star, a comet, or a bright angel. If possible, use a word or phrase that refers generally to a natural source of light in the sky. If you need to be more specific, you could use a word or phrase that refers to stars, especially the kinds of stars that move or appear to move in the sky.

The journeys of Joseph, Mary, and Jesus

In this chapter, Matthew narrates several journeys that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus took. At first, they are in Bethlehem, which is a city near the capital city of Judea, Jerusalem. After the learned men visit, God warns Joseph to journey to Egypt, a country to the southwest of Judea, in order to escape from Herod, the king of Judea. After Herod dies, God tells Joseph that he can take his family back to Israel. However, he does not take his family back to Judea, because Herod’s son is now reigning in Herod’s place. Instead, he and his family travel to Nazareth, a city in the region of Galilee, which is north of Judea. When Matthew uses movement words, make sure that your translation fits with these journeys.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in direct speech to individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 2:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus having been born

Quote: τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, the phrase Jesus having been born states what happened before the learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had been born”

Bethlehem of Judea

Quote: Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to indicate that Bethlehem is in Judea. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”

in the days of Herod the king

Quote: ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase in the days of someone who is a king refers to the period of time in which that person ruled as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while Herod the king ruled” or “during the reign of Herod the king”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”

from the east

Quote: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the east refers to countries to the east of Judea. Matthew does not tell us exactly which country or countries he means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to countries to the east. Alternate translation: “who were from countries to the east of Judea”

Matthew 2:2

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were saying”

the one having been born King

Quote: ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the learned men could mean that: (1) the one having been born is destined to be King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the one having been born to be King” (2) the one having been born is already the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the one having been born who is King”

the one having been born

Quote: ὁ τεχθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whose birth recently happened, the one who is”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the learned men are asking about the King of the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask because” or “Indeed,”

his star

Quote: αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the learned men are using the possessive form to describe a star that marks or identifies the King of the Jews. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the star that identifies him” or “the star that proves he has been born”

in the east

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in the east could refer to: (1) when the star appeared above the horizon. Alternate translation: “when it rose” (2) where the star appeared in the sky. Alternate translation: “as it rose in the east”

came

Quote: ἤλθομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

to worship

Quote: προσκυνῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase to worship can be used for how one behaves before God, but it can also be used for how one behaves before a king. Matthew uses this phrase because the learned men considered Jesus to be a king, but Matthew considers Jesus to be God. So, both meanings of the phrase to worship are included here. If possible, use a form that could be used for how one acts before both kings and God. If you must make a distinction, it is recommended that you use a form that refers to worshiping God. Alternate translation: “to bow before” or “to kneel before him to honor”

Matthew 2:3

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

all Jerusalem with him

Quote: πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “all Jerusalem became troubled with him”

all Jerusalem

Quote: πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Jerusalem refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem”

all

Quote: πᾶσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of” or “the majority of”

Matthew 2:4

of the people

Quote: τοῦ λαοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the people refers to the Jewish people. Matthew means that the chief priests and the scribes were part of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” or “who belonged to the Jewish people”

he inquired from them, “Where is the Christ being born

Quote: ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he inquired from them where the Christ would be born.”

is the Christ being born

Quote: ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the place of Christ’s birth” or “is the Christ’s birthplace”

is the Christ being born

Quote: ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Herod asks a question about the location of Christ’s birth using the present tense. You could use whatever tense is natural in your language for this kind of question. Alternate translation: “will the Christ be born”

Matthew 2:5

In Bethlehem

Quote: ἐν Βηθλέεμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The chief priests and scribes are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is born in Bethlehem”

Bethlehem of Judea

Quote: Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this phrase in 2:1. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”

thus it has been written through the prophet

Quote: οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, for thus it has been written through the prophet is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet (see Micah 5:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is what God had Micah the prophet write down:”

thus it has been written through the prophet

Quote: οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thus the prophet wrote” or “thus God told the prophet to write”

Matthew 2:6

And you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel

Quote: καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the comma at the end of the previous verse and only use one quotation mark at the end of this verse. Alternate translation: “that you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd God’s people Israel”

And you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel

Quote: καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Micah was speaking to Bethlehem as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could direct the speech to the people who live in Bethlehem, or you could refer to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “And Bethlehem, land of Judah, is by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from this town will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel”

you, … you

Quote: σύ & σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you is singular in this verse because Micah is speaking to Bethlehem.

by no means least

Quote: οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

The prophet Micah is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, by no means, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, least. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very great” or “important”

the leaders of Judah

Quote: τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Since Micah is speaking to Bethlehem as if it were a person, he refers to important towns in Judah as if they were leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leading towns of Judah” or “the great cities in Judah”

from you will come out a ruling one

Quote: ἐκ σοῦ & ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Micah refers to a person from Bethlehem becoming a ruling one as if the person were coming out of Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person from you will be a ruling one”

will shepherd

Quote: ποιμανεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the prophet Micah is speaking of leading and caring for the people as if it were shepherding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will lead and care for”

Matthew 2:7

the time of the appearing of the star

Quote: τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the time when the star appeared. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the time at which the star appeared”

inquired from them the time of the appearing of the star

Quote: ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “inquired from them, ‘What was the time of the appearing of the star?’”

Matthew 2:8

And having sent them to Bethlehem, he said, “Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him

Quote: καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Matthew tells how King Herod sent the learned men to Bethlehem before he mentions what King Herod told them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this verse so that it tells the events in sequential order. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then, he sent them to Bethlehem.”

Having gone

Quote: πορευθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “Having come”

search … you have found him, report

Quote: ἐξετάσατε & εὕρητε & ἀπαγγείλατέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Herod is speaking to the learned men, the word you and the commands search and report are plural.

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

might worship

Quote: προσκυνήσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Translate worship as you did in 2:2. Alternate translation: “might bow before” or “might kneel before him to honor”

Matthew 2:9

went

Quote: ἐπορεύθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they went to Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went to Bethlehem”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

in the east

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Translate this phrase as you did in 2:2. Alternate translation: “when it rose” or “as it rose in the east”

was going before them until, having come, it stood over where the young child was

Quote: προῆγεν αὐτούς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Matthew speaks as if the star were a person who could go somewhere and stand there. He means that the star moved in the sky until it was directly above the place where Jesus was staying. We do not know exactly how the star moved or what it looked like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state directly that the star moved and then stopped. Alternate translation: “was moving in the sky ahead of them until it was above where the young child was. Then it stopped moving”

Matthew 2:10

having seen the star

Quote: ἰδόντες & τὸν ἀστέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could mean that: (1) they saw how the star moved and then stopped over where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “having seen that the star had stopped” or “having seen that the star was guiding them” (2) they saw that the star had appeared again. Alternate translation: “having seen the star again” or “having seen the star reappear”

they rejoiced with very great joy

Quote: ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy or would not use both the noun joy and the verb rejoiced together, you could express the same idea by using only the verb. Alternate translation: “they rejoiced very much” or “they rejoiced exceedingly greatly”

Matthew 2:11

having gone

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

having fallen down

Quote: πεσόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the learned men kneeled on the ground or bowed down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “kneeling down” or “prostrating themselves”

they worshiped

Quote: προσεκύνησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Translate worshiped as you did in 2:2 and 2:8. Alternate translation: “they bowed before” or “they kneeled before him to honor”

their treasures

Quote: τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, their treasures refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” or “their treasure boxes”

Matthew 2:12

having been warned

Quote: χρηματισθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

through a dream not to return to Herod, they departed

Quote: κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην & ἀνεχώρησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “a dream, ‘Do not return to Herod,’ they departed”

Matthew 2:13

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

appears

Quote: φαίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”

Having gotten up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt, and remain there until I tell you, for Herod is going to seek the young child to kill him

Quote: ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι; μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because Herod is going to seek the young child to kill him, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt, and remain there until I tell you.”

until I tell you

Quote: ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the angel implies that he will tell Joseph that it is safe to return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back”

Matthew 2:14

at night

Quote: νυκτὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they departed for Egypt the same night in which Joseph had the dream. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that very night”

Matthew 2:15

he was

Quote: ἦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Egypt with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were”

might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”

what} was spoken by the Lord

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”

the prophet

Quote: τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The prophet to whom Matthew refers is Hosea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Hosea the prophet”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Hosea the prophet (see Hosea 11:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Hosea” or “who declared”

I called

Quote: ἐκάλεσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation, Hosea, implies that God is summoning his son from Egypt. He is not just speaking to his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I summoned”

Matthew 2:16

having seen

Quote: ἰδὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Matthew speaks of knowing as if it were seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having learned” or “having known”

he had been mocked by the learned men

Quote: ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Herod realized that the learned men were not going to visit him and tell him where Jesus was. That is why he felt mocked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had been mocked by the learned men, who were not going to return” or “the learned men had deceived him by not coming back to him”

he had been mocked by the learned men

Quote: ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the learned men had mocked him”

having sent forth, he killed

Quote: ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod sent other people to kill the children. He did not kill the children himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sent forth his soldiers to kill”

from two years and under

Quote: ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase from two years and under identifies children that are two years old or younger than two years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase in your language. Alternate translation: “from those who were just born to those who were two years old” or “those who were younger than three years old”

according to the time that he had determined exactly from the learned men

Quote: κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod decided what ages of baby boys to have killed based on when the learned men first saw the star. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “basing this decision on the time of the star’s appearance that he had determined exactly from the learned men”

Matthew 2:17

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Then indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when Herod had his soldiers kill the baby boys in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”

it was fulfilled {what} was spoken

Quote: ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar passive forms in 1:22 and 2:15. Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Jeremiah the prophet (see Jeremiah 31:15). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”

Matthew 2:18

A voice was heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and not willing to be comforted

Quote: φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This prophecy speaks of women who live in Ramah as if they were Rachel, their ancestor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the women who are descended from Rachel. Alternate translation: “Voices were heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, women descended from Rachel weeping for their children, and not willing to be comforted”

A voice was heard

Quote: φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There was a voice” or “People heard a voice”

weeping and great mourning

Quote: κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms weeping and great mourning mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “much weeping” or “deep mourning”

not willing to be comforted, because they are no more

Quote: οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they are no more, she is not willing to be comforted”

not willing to be comforted

Quote: οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not willing to receive comfort” or “no one could comfort her”

they are no more

Quote: οὐκ εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

The author of the quotation is referring to the death of the children in a polite way by using the phrase they are no more. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they had passed away” or “because they had died”

Matthew 2:19

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

appears

Quote: φαίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Matthew 2:20

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”

Having gotten up, take the young child and his mother and go to the land of Israel, for the ones seeking the life of the child have died

Quote: ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ; τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because the ones seeking the life of the child have died, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother and go to the land of Israel.”

the ones seeking the life of the child

Quote: οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the ones seeking the life of the child refers to people who wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeking to do away with the child” or “the ones wishing to kill the child”

Matthew 2:22

Archelaus

Quote: Ἀρχέλαος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Archelaus is the name of a man. He began to rule after his father Herod died.

having heard that Archelaus is reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod, he was afraid

Quote: ἀκούσας & ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ἐφοβήθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Archelaus is reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod,’ he was afraid”

having been warned

Quote: χρηματισθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Joseph was warned against living in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been warned about living in Judea”

having been warned

Quote: χρηματισθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God, probably speaking through an angel. Alternate translation: “God having warned him” or “an angel of the Lord having warned him”

Matthew 2:23

having gone

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

he lived

Quote: κατῴκησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Nazareth with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus lived”

being called

Quote: λεγομένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people called” or “whose name was”

so that

Quote: ὅπως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Joseph and his family living in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Joseph and his family lived in Nazareth. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma after prophets. Alternate translation: “in order that”

it might be fulfilled {what} was spoken

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how your translated the similar passive forms in 2:15 and 2:17. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”

the prophets, that he will be called a Nazarene

Quote: τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the prophets, ‘He will be called a Nazarene’”

the prophets

Quote: τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew does not clarify which prophets he is referring to, and there is no single passage in the Old Testament that speaks about Jesus being a Nazarene. Because of that, you should not include any implied information here. If possible, leave the statement as general as it appears in the ULT. Alternate translation: “God’s prophets” or “prophets”

he will be called a Nazarene

Quote: Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

he will be called

Quote: κληθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the Messiah. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the Messiah more directly. The prophets probably did not know that his name would be Jesus, so you should use a title like “Christ” or “Messiah” here. Alternate translation: “the Christ will be called”

Matthew 3

Matthew 3 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
- The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–12)
- John baptizes Jesus (3:13–17)

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from the Old Testament in verse 3.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

John the Baptist

In this chapter, Matthew introduces John the Baptist, who preached in the wilderness. Matthew describes his clothing and his food in ways that resemble the prophet Elijah. John preached a message that called for repentance. He prepared the way for Jesus to begin his ministry.

Baptism

The word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see Acts 18:24–26). John says that his baptism is “for repentance” (see 3:11). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Fruit tree metaphor

In 3:8 and 3:10, John speaks of people as if they were fruit trees. He says that people need to produce “good fruit,” just like fruit trees should. However, every fruit tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and burned. In the same way, people who do not do what is right will be judged and punished. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.

Wheat harvest metaphor

In 3:12, John speaks of people as if they were parts of wheat plants. People who obey God are like the edible part of the wheat plant, the grain. People who disobey God are like the inedible part of the wheat plant, the chaff. Just as a farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so God will separate people into those who obey him and those who do not. Then, just as the farmer stores the grain and burns the chaff, so God will save those who obey him and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that John the Baptist delivers to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 3:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

in those days

Quote: ἐν & ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, Matthew uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time”

those days

Quote: ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase those days refers to the period of time before Jesus began his public ministry. During this time, Jesus lived in Nazareth with his family. Matthew is not referring to the period of time in which Joseph, Mary, and Jesus traveled back from Egypt to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to the time period in which Jesus lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the days when Jesus lived in Nazareth” or “the days before Jesus began his ministry”

John the Baptist comes

Quote: παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there is a man named John the Baptist” or “a man called John the Baptist appears”

comes

Quote: παραγίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Matthew 3:2

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Repent, for the kingdom of the heavens is near

Quote: μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is near, so repent”

the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here John the Baptist is referring to God’s kingdom that currently exists in the heavens. A kingdom is a situation in which a king rules over his people in a specific area. See the book introduction for more information about the kingdom of the heavens. Consider how you might express this idea here and throughout the rest of Matthew. Alternate translation: “God’s complete reign” or “the ability to be fully God’s people”

is near

Quote: ἤγγικεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”

Matthew 3:3

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Matthew has said about John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Now”

the one spoken of

Quote: ὁ ῥηθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one about whom the Lord spoke”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 40:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”

A voice of one calling out

Quote: φωνὴ βοῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Isaiah is using voice to represent a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person calling out” or “Someone calling out”

of one calling out in the wilderness

Quote: βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “of one calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “of one calling out in the wilderness, declaring”

the wilderness, Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight

Quote: τῇ ἐρήμῳ: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight”

Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight

Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight”

Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight

Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Isaiah speaks as if people should build and maintain roads for the Lord to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting in the proper ways when the Lord appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on”

Matthew 3:4

Now this John

Quote: αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here Matthew uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in 3:4–6. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he”

had his clothing from the hair of a camel

Quote: εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase had his clothing from the hair of a camel means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels”

a leather belt

Quote: ζώνην δερματίνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A leather belt is a thin strap made out of animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin”

Matthew 3:5

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Then refers to the period of time in which John was preaching in the wilderness (see 3:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “While John was preaching,” or “During the time when John was in the wilderness,”

were going out

Quote: ἐξεπορεύετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “were coming out”

Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the {region} around the Jordan

Quote: Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the terms Jerusalem, Judea, and the {region} around the Jordan represent the people who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, and people from all Judea, and people from all the region around the Jordan”

all Judea, and all the {region} around the Jordan

Quote: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew twice says all as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of Judea, and most of the region around the Jordan”

Matthew 3:6

being baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins

Quote: ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ Ποταμῷ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here the people were confessing their sins before they were being baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins”

being baptized by him

Quote: ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them”

confessing

Quote: ἐξομολογούμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here it is the people who are confessing, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed”

Matthew 3:7

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

for his baptism

Quote: ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase for his baptism could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees are coming: (1) so that they can receive John’s baptism. Alternate translation: “to receive his baptism” (2) to the place where John is baptizing. Alternate translation: “to where he was baptizing” or “to the place of his baptism”

for his baptism

Quote: ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of baptism, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be baptized by him”

Offspring of vipers

Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression Offspring of is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like vipers” or “You have the qualities of vipers”

Offspring of vipers

Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here John speaks of the Pharisees and Sadducees as if they were like vipers (see the previous note for the meaning of the phrase Offspring of). He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures” or “You evil people”

of vipers

Quote: ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

If your readers would not recognize the name vipers, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “of poisonous snakes” or “of poisonous animals”

Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath

Quote: τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

John is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees for coming to be baptized by him when they really do not believe that they need to flee from the coming wrath. In other words, they want to be baptized, but they do not think that they need to repent of anything. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I realize that you do not really think that you need to flee from the coming wrath!” or “You do not actually believe that you must flee from the coming wrath.”

the coming wrath

Quote: τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the word wrath refers to how God will punish people who do not believe and who disobey him. The word coming means that the wrath will happen soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the future punishment” or “the punishment that God will soon inflict”

Matthew 3:8

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an exhortation based on what John said in rebuking the Pharisees and Sadducees in the previous verse (see 3:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an exhortation based on a previous rebuke. Alternate translation: “Instead” or “But here is what you should do:”

produce fruit

Quote: ποιήσατε & καρπὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, John is speaking of people behaving in certain ways as if they were trees producing fruit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act in ways” or “perform deeds”

worthy of repentance

Quote: ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, John is using the possessive form to describe fruit that matches or goes along with repentance. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that goes along with repentance” or “that shows repentance”

of repentance

Quote: τῆς μετανοίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repentance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of repenting” or “of people who repent”

Matthew 3:9

to say in yourselves

Quote: λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in yourselves could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees might speak: (1) within themselves, which would be thinking privately. Alternate translation: “to say within yourselves” or “to say to yourselves” (2) within their group, which would be speaking to each other. Alternate translation: “to say to each other”

in yourselves, ‘We have Abraham {as} father

Quote: ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the quotation mark at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “among yourselves that you have Abraham as father”

as} father

Quote: πατέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word father means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “as ancestor”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the Pharisees and Sadducees should not say We have Abraham {as} father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “You should not say that because”

to you that God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones

Quote: ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to you, ‘God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones.’”

God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones

Quote: δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here John means that God can create children for Abraham at any time and in any way he wants, even from stones. He means that people who have Abraham {as} father will not receive special treatment from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is able to create other children for Abraham, even from these stones” or “God can raise up more children for Abraham any time he wants to, and he could turn even these stones into children for Abraham”

children for Abraham

Quote: τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word children means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “people descended from Abraham”

Matthew 3:10

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a development of the ideas in the previous verse. It also introduces a slight contrast with God being able to make children of Abraham from stones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,”

already the ax is set against the root of the trees. So, every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and thrown into a fire

Quote: ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

In this verse, John speaks as if people were trees and as if God had an ax. Every person who does not repent and do what is right is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. Just as someone chops down these trees and burns them, so God will punish these people. If possible preserve the metaphor here. You could use simile form, or if necessary, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “already it is as if the ax is set against the root of the trees. Every person who does not repent and obey is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. It is chopped down and thrown into a fire” or “already God is ready to judge people. So, anyone who does not repent and obey will be declared guilty and punished”

the ax is set

Quote: ἡ ἀξίνη & κεῖται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the root of the trees

Quote: τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word root is singular in form, but it refers to all the roots of the trees as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the roots of the trees”

the root

Quote: τὴν ῥίζαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word root refers to the lowest part of the tree that shows above the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the base” or “lowest part”

every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and thrown into a fire

Quote: πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God chops down every tree not producing good fruit and throws it into a fire”

is chopped down and thrown

Quote: ἐκκόπτεται καὶ & βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here John could be using the present tense to describe: (1) something that is generally true. Alternate translation: “is being chopped down and is being thrown” (2) something that will happen in the future but is as certain as if it was happening in the present. Alternate translation: “will be chopped down and will be thrown”

Matthew 3:11

for repentance

Quote: εἰς μετάνοιαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase for repentance could describe: (1) the purpose for which John baptizes people. Alternate translation: “so that you repent” (2) what John’s baptism represents or signifies. Alternate translation: “with reference to repentance” or “to show your repentance”

for repentance

Quote: εἰς μετάνοιαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repentance, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “in order that you might repent” or “to show that you have repented”

the one coming after me

Quote: ὁ & ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He could mean that: (1) soon someone will continue what John has started doing. Alternate translation: “the one who will preach after I have” (2) one of his own disciples will become greater than he. Alternate translation: “one of my disciples”

I

Quote: μού (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am”

I am not worthy to carry away his sandals

Quote: οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to carry someone’s sandals was a duty of a slave. John means that he is not worthy to be a slave to this person who is coming after him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who carries away his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave”

He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire

Quote: αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here John indicates that the one coming after him will cause people to experience the Holy Spirit and fire, just as John caused people to experience water in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit and with fire” or “He also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit and fire”

with the Holy Spirit and with fire

Quote: ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word fire could be: (1) a reference to how Jesus will purify people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and purifying fire” (2) a reference to how Jesus will punish people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and with fiery punishment” (3) a further description of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “with the fire that is the Holy Spirit”

Matthew 3:12

whose winnowing fork {is} in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor and gather his wheat into the storehouse. But he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire

Quote: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην; τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

In this verse, John describes the one who comes after him as a farmer who separates the useful grains of wheat from the other parts of the wheat plant by using a winnowing fork to clear of his threshing floor. Just as that farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so the one who comes after John will separate those who obey from those who do not. Just as that farmer saves the grain and burns up the chaff, so the one who comes after John will save those who obey and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is like a farmer with a winnowing fork in his hand. He will separate those who obey God from those who do not, just as a farmer thoroughly clears off his fleshing floor. He will save those who obey and punish those who disobey, just as a farmer gathers his wheat into the storehouse and burns up the chaff with unquenchable fire” or “who is ready to act, and he will separate those who obey God from those who disobey God. He will save those who obey and completely punish those who disobey”

whose winnowing fork {is} in his hand

Quote: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in his hand indicates that a person is ready to use whatever is in his or her hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has picked up his winnowing fork” or “who is ready to use his winnowing fork”

winnowing fork

Quote: τὸ πτύον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A winnowing fork is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for winnowing grain” or “tool for tossing seeds”

his threshing floor

Quote: τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The threshing floor was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the grain from the chaff. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing and winnowing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to where threshing happens in your culture, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the place where he separates the grain from the chaff”

Matthew 3:13

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After John said those things,”

comes

Quote: παραγίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

comes

Quote: παραγίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to be baptized by him

Quote: βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that John would baptize him”

Matthew 3:14

was hindering him

Quote: διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that John did not want to baptize Jesus and tried to stop Jesus from asking him to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was trying to prevent Jesus from wanting to be baptized” or “was resisting Jesus’ request to be baptized”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

to be baptized by you

Quote: ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to baptize me”

you, … you

Quote: σοῦ & σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since John is speaking to Jesus, the word you is singular throughout this verse.

and yet you come to me

Quote: καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

John is using the question form to show surprise at Jesus’ request to be baptized. He wants to show that the request does not make sense. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so you should not come to me!” or “so it does not make sense for you to come to me.”

come to me

Quote: ἔρχῃ πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here John implies that Jesus comes to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “come to me to be baptized”

Matthew 3:15

answering, Jesus said to him

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”

Permit {it} now, for in this way it is fitting for us to fulfill all righteousness

Quote: ἄφες ἄρτι; οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Baptizing me is a fitting way for us to fulfill all righteousness. So, permit it now”

Permit {it} … he permits him

Quote: ἄφες & ἀφίησιν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In both places, Matthew implies that John should or does permit Jesus to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Permit me to be baptized … he permitted him to be baptized”

Permit {it

Quote: ἄφες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is speaking to John, the command Permit is singular here.

for us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, the word us refers only to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark this form.

to fulfill all righteousness

Quote: πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase to fulfill all righteousness means to do everything that God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to accomplish God’s will” or “to do everything that God has told us to do”

all righteousness

Quote: πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that is righteous” or “all of God’s righteous will”

he permits him

Quote: ἀφίησιν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word he refers to John, and the word him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “John permits Jesus”

Matthew 3:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

having been baptized

Quote: βαπτισθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

came up from the water

Quote: ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus was in the River Jordan when he was baptized. Afterwards, he came up out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “left the water of the river” or “stepped out of the river”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

the heavens were opened to him

Quote: ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

People in Matthew’s culture often spoke of how the heavens had doors or gates that led into them. Matthew uses this kind of language (doors being opened) to indicate that Jesus saw into the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was enabled to look into the heavens” or “God showed him what was happening in the heavens”

the heavens were opened to him

Quote: ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the Spirit of God coming down like a dove

Quote: τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down as a dove flies down”

coming down

Quote: καταβαῖνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the Spirit of God came down from the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down from the heavens”

resting upon him

Quote: ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the Spirit of God settled or landed on Jesus, just like a bird might settle or land on something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “perching upon him” or “settling on him”

Matthew 3:17

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

a voice from the heavens

Quote: φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply a verb of speaking if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice spoke from the heavens”

a voice

Quote: φωνὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Matthew is using voice to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke”

saying

Quote: λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”

my beloved Son

Quote: ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The word Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.

beloved Son

Quote: ὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love,”

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: εὐδοκέω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases me”

Matthew 4

Matthew 4 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
- The devil tempts Jesus (4:1–11)
- Jesus begins his public ministry (4:12–17)
- Jesus calls four of his disciples (4:18–22)
- Summary of Jesus’ early ministry (4:23–25)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:15–16, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The Devil

The devil, also named Satan, is an evil spiritual being. In this chapter, he tempts Jesus to disobey God. He even quotes the Bible to try to convince Jesus to disobey. Consider how you might naturally refer to a powerful and evil spiritual being.

Temptation

In 4:1–11, Matthew tells the story of how Jesus was tempted by the devil. The devil tried to convince Jesus to do things that would be disobedient. Jesus already knew how he was supposed to live his life and how he was supposed to die on the cross. The devil tempted Jesus to act in a different way. In response, Jesus quotes the Bible and does not do what the devil tempts him to do.

Fishermen

Four of Jesus’ first disciples (Peter, Andrew, James, and John) were fishermen. In their culture, fishermen usually stood on the shore or in a boat and threw a net into the water. The edges of the net had weights on it, so the net sank into the water and trapped any fish beneath it. Then, fishermen would pull on a rope to close the net and haul it to shore or onto the boat. If people in your culture do not fish or do not fish in that way, consider how much information you need to provide to help your readers understand the story.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and the devil. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 4:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus was led up by the Spirit

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led up Jesus”

to be tempted by the devil

Quote: πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the devil could tempt Jesus”

Matthew 4:2

40 days and 40 nights

Quote: ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase 40 days and 40 nights refers to 40 periods of 24 hours in a row. Matthew means that Jesus fasted for 40 full days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “for 40 straight days”

Matthew 4:3

the one tempting

Quote: ὁ πειράζων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the one tempting refers to the devil, whom Matthew already mentioned in 4:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one tempting, the devil,” or “the devil, who was tempting him,”

If you are the Son of God, speak so that these stones might become loaves

Quote: εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the stones will only become loaves if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking so that these stones might become loaves”

the Son of God

Quote: Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The phrase Son of God is an important title for Jesus.

speak so that these stones might become loaves

Quote: εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the devil wants Jesus to tell the stones to become bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tell these stones to become bread” or “speak words that make these stones become bread”

speak so that these stones might become loaves

Quote: εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “speak to these stones, ‘Become bread!’”

Matthew 4:4

he, answering, said

Quote: ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he answered” or “he said to him”

It is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 8:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the book of Deuteronomy”

It is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”

will not live

Quote: οὐκ & ζήσεται (1)

The author of the quotation could be using the future tense to give: (1) a general statement. Alternate translation: “does not live” (2) a command. Alternate translation: “should not live”

Man

Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word Man represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Humans”

Man

Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term Man is masculine, the author of the quotation is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Man and woman” or “A person”

bread

Quote: ἄρτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, bread represents food and eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “eating”

but by

Quote: ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will live by”

every word

Quote: παντὶ ῥήματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The author of the quotation is using the term word to mean a message spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every message” or “everything”

coming through the mouth of God

Quote: ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase coming through the mouth of God indicates that God is the one speaking every word. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that God has spoken” or “that God says”

Matthew 4:5

takes

Quote: παραλαμβάνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

the highest point of the temple

Quote: τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase highest point could refer to: (1) the top part of the roof. Alternate translation: “the top of the roof of the temple” (2) the edge of the roof. Alternate translation: “the edge of the temple’s roof”

Matthew 4:6

says to him

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he tells him”

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down

Quote: εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the angels will only rescue Jesus if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to throw himself down to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by throwing yourself down”

the Son of God

Quote: Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The phrase Son of God is an important title for Jesus.

throw yourself down

Quote: βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Satan tells Jesus to throw yourself down, he means that Jesus should jump off the top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “jump from here on top of the temple”

for it is written

Quote: γέγραπται γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, for it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 91:11–12). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is written in the book of Psalms” or “for the psalmist wrote”

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a poet wrote this in the Scriptures”

it is written, He will command his angels concerning you,’ and, ‘They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone

Quote: γέγραπται & ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ, ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone”

He will command

Quote: ἐντελεῖται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun He refers to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “God will command”

you,’ … you … you strike your

Quote: σοῦ & σε & προσκόψῃς & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, every occurrence of you and your in the quotations is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “each of you … each of you … any of you strike your”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and connects the two quotations, which are two verses from Psalm 91. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that connects two closely related quotations. Alternate translation: “and further” or “and then”

you strike your foot against a stone

Quote: προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The author of the quotation is using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “even your foot strikes a stone” or “you get hurt”

Matthew 4:7

Jesus said to him

Quote: ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered”

Again it is written

Quote: πάλιν γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 6:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Again, you can read in the Scriptures” or “Again, it says in the book of Deuteronomy”

Again it is written

Quote: πάλιν γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”

it is written, ‘You will not test the Lord your God

Quote: γέγραπται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will not test the Lord your God”

You will not test the Lord your God

Quote: οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”

You will not test

Quote: οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word You here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “None of you will test”

Matthew 4:8

Again

Quote: πάλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the devil tempted Jesus again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Tempting him again”

takes … shows

Quote: παραλαμβάνει & δείκνυσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

their glory

Quote: τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how great they are” or “how glorious they are”

Matthew 4:9

he said to him

Quote: εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he declared to him”

All these things I will give you, if having fallen down, you would worship me

Quote: ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the condition before its consequence. Alternate translation: “If having fallen down, you would worship me, all these things I will give to you”

All these things

Quote: ταῦτά & πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase All these things refers to the “kingdoms” and “their glory” that the devil showed to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All these kingdoms and their glory” or “Everything I have showed to you”

having fallen down

Quote: πεσὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the devil refers to kneeling on the ground or bowing down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having kneeled down” or “having prostrated yourself”

Matthew 4:10

Jesus says to him

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus tells him”

For it is written

Quote: γέγραπται γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 6:13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For you can read in the Scriptures” or “For it says in the book of Deuteronomy”

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”

it is written, ‘You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him

Quote: γέγραπται & Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him”

You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him

Quote: Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You will worship the Lord your God, yes, you will serve only him”

You will worship … you will serve

Quote: προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must worship … you must serve”

You will worship … your … you will serve

Quote: σου προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You, your, and you in the quotation are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you will worship … your … each of you will serve”

Matthew 4:11

leaves

Quote: ἀφίησιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Matthew 4:12

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

John had been arrested

Quote: Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see 14:1–12) that it was King Herod Antipas, the son of the king who had tried to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John”

Matthew 4:13

having left Nazareth

Quote: καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that when Jesus “withdrew into Galilee,” he first went to the city of Nazareth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he first went to Nazareth. Then, having left Nazareth”

having come, he lived in Capernaum

Quote: ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

It may be more natural in your language to say where Jesus went before saying where he lived. If so, you could move in Capernaum so that it goes with having come. Alternate translation: “having come to Capernaum, he lived there”

by the sea

Quote: τὴν παραθαλασσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew is referring to the sea of Galilee. The town of Capernaum was at the edge of this sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the Galilee sea”

in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali

Quote: ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The words Zebulun and Naphtali are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier. Matthew uses these names to connect where Jesus lived with the prophecy he will quote in 4:15. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these are names of tribes. Alternate translation: “in the territories that the tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali formerly lived in”

Matthew 4:14

so that

Quote: ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus living in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus lived in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in order that”

it might be fulfilled what was spoken

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar passive forms in 2:15 and 2:17. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 9:1–2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”

Matthew 4:15

The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the} way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles

Quote: γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the areas that Isaiah refers to represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The people who live in the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the people who live on the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, the people who live in Galilee of the Gentiles”

The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the} way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles

Quote: γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Each of the three lines of poetry in this verse gives a different description of the same area. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including all three descriptions in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word or phrase that indicates that these lines are all descriptions of one place. Alternate translation: “The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, which is the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, which is Galilee of the Gentiles”

the} way of the sea

Quote: ὁδὸν θαλάσσης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the way of the sea could refer to: (1) areas near the sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the areas around the Sea of Galilee” (2) a road that ended at the Mediterranean sea. Alternate translation: “the road that goes to the Mediterranean sea”

beyond the Jordan

Quote: πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Isaiah could be referring to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”

Galilee of the Gentiles

Quote: Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe Galilee as a place where Gentiles live. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Galilee, home of Gentiles”

Matthew 4:16

the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen

Quote: ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light; yes, to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen”

the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen

Here Isaiah refers to sin, trouble, and hopelessness as if they were darkness and the shadow of death. He refers to God’s deliverance and salvation as if it were a great light. If possible, preserve these metaphors or express them in simile form. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in spiritual darkness have seen the great light of God’s salvation, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow where there is spiritual death, upon them the light of God’s deliverance has arisen”

sitting … to the ones sitting

Quote: ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Isaiah refers to living as if it were sitting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “dwelling … to the ones dwelling”

in darkness

Quote: ἐν σκοτίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where it is dark”

have seen … has a light arisen

Quote: εἶδεν & φῶς ἀνέτειλεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Isaiah uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will see … will a light arise”

the region and shadow of death

Quote: χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe a region and a shadow, or darkness, that is characterized by death. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deadly region and the deathly shadow” or “the region and shadow characterized by death”

of death

Quote: θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that are deadly”

Matthew 4:17

From that time

Quote: ἀπὸ τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word time refers to when Jesus began to live in Capernaum (see 4:13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “From when he began to live in Capernaum,” or “After he moved to Capernaum,”

to preach and to say

Quote: κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to preach” or “to preach, saying”

Repent

Quote: μετανοεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Jesus is speaking to people in general, the command Repent is plural here.

has come near

Quote: ἤγγικεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 3:2 Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”

Matthew 4:18

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

two brothers, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea, for they were fishermen

Quote: δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were casting a net into the sea. They were Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother”

Simon called

Quote: Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simon, whose other name was” or “Simon, whom people also called”

his brother

Quote: τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Matthew never says whether Simon or Andrew was older, but he mentions Simon first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Andrew was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”

casting a net into the sea

Quote: βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

They were casting a net in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a net into the sea to catch fish”

casting a net into

Quote: βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why Simon and Andrew were casting a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because” or “since”

Matthew 4:19

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Come after me

Quote: δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase Come after me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students”

I will make you fishers of men

Quote: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you into people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish”

you

Quote: ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Jesus is speaking to Simon and Andrew, the word you is plural here.

of men

Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women”

Matthew 4:20

having left the nets

Quote: ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word nets as you did in 4:18. Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing”

followed him

Quote: ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase followed him indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”

Matthew 4:21

two other brothers, James the {son} of Zebedee, and John his brother in the boat with Zebedee their father mending their nets

Quote: ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets with their father, Zebedee. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his younger brother John”

his brother

Quote: τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Matthew never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”

their nets

Quote: τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word nets as you did in 4:18 and 4:20. Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing”

he called them

Quote: ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus called them to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students”

he called

Quote: ἐκάλεσεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus called”

Matthew 4:22

followed him

Quote: ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Translate this phrase as you did in 4:20. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”

Matthew 4:23

he was going around in

Quote: περιῆγεν ἐν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase going around in indicates that Jesus traveled through many places in the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was traveling to many places in” or “he took trips through”

the gospel of the kingdom

Quote: τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms every disease and every sickness mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says every here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of disease and sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”

the people

Quote: τῷ λαῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the people refers specifically to Jewish people living in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people there”

Matthew 4:24

the news of him went out into all Syria

Quote: ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Matthew speaks of the news as if it were a person who could go out into all Syria. He means that people throughout Syria heard about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the news of him was heard in all Syria”

the news of him

Quote: ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe news that concern him, that is, Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the news about him”

they brought

Quote: προσήνεγκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word they refers to any people who heard the news of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many people that heard brought”

all

Quote: πάντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many of”

the ones having sickness, being afflicted by various diseases and pains

Quote: τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

Here, the terms sickness, diseases, and pains mean similar things. Matthew is using the three terms together to include any kind of physical sickness or pain. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use only one or two terms to refer to any kind of sickness or pain. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick or in pain” or “the ones having diseases or injuries”

the ones having sickness

Quote: τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick”

being afflicted by various diseases and pains

Quote: ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “experiencing various diseases and pains”

being possessed by demons

Quote: δαιμονιζομένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom demons possessed”

the epileptic and the paralytic

Quote: σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjectives epileptic and paralytic as nouns to mean people who are epileptic and paralytic. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “epileptic and paralytic people”

the epileptic

Quote: σεληνιαζομένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

An epileptic is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “people with seizures” or “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably”

the paralytic

Quote: παραλυτικούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A paralytic is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed” or “people who could not move their limbs”

Matthew 4:25

large crowds followed him from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea and beyond the Jordan

Quote: ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Δεκαπόλεως, καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew indicates that large crowds traveled wherever Jesus went. The people who made up these crowds came from all the regions and towns that Matthew mentions in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “large crowds of people from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea and beyond the Jordan followed him”

Decapolis

Quote: Δεκαπόλεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Decapolis is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.”

beyond the Jordan

Quote: πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase beyond the Jordan refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River”

Matthew 5

Matthew 5 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
- The Beatitudes (5:1–12)
- Salt and light (5:13–16)
- The law and righteousness (5:17–20)
- Moses’ law and Jesus’ commands (5:21–48)
  - Murder and anger (5:21–26)
  - Adultery and divorce (5:27–32)
  - Oaths and promises (5:33–37)
  - Punishment and retaliation (5:38–42)
  - Loving everyone (5:43–48)

Many people call the words in Matthew 5–7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.

Matthew 5:3–10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this section.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “Beatitudes”

In 5:3–12, Jesus speaks nine blessings, or “Beatitudes.” He uses poetic form, repetition, and contrasting statements. Use forms in your language that people would recognize as poetry. See the notes on these verses for translation options.

“You have heard that it was said”

When Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with, he uses a phrase like “you have heard that it was said.” Usually when he uses this phrase, he is quoting or summarizing commands directly from the Old Testament law. However, in 5:43, he quotes a command from the Old Testament (“love your neighbor”) and then includes what some people would add to that command (“hate your enemy”). You may need to clarify that only the clause “love your neighbor” is from the Old Testament law. See the notes on each verse for information about what commands Jesus is quoting or summarizing.

Jesus and the law

Throughout this chapter, Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with. Then, he introduces his response to these commands with a phrase like “but I say to you.” In each case, Jesus is not contradicting or annulling the commands from God that he quotes. Instead, Jesus is correcting misunderstandings about what these commands mean. He wants his disciples to apply the commands properly. Use a form that indicates that Jesus is clarifying the commands, not contradicting them.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Salt metaphor

In 5:13, Jesus describes his disciples as if they were salt that seasons the world. He means that, just as salt preserves food and makes it taste better, so his disciples help save people in the world and make the world a better place. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Light metaphor

In 5:14–16, Jesus describes his disciples as if they together were a lamp that gives light. He means specifically that their good deeds function together like a light that shines on other people, which allows these people to learn what is true and to praise God. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Hyperbole

In 5:29–30, Jesus commands his disciples to cut off body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular and Crowd)

Matthew 5:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

the mountain

Quote: τὸ ὄρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”

he having sat down

Quote: καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he having sat down to teach” or “he having sat down as a teacher does”

came

Quote: προσῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

Matthew 5:2

having opened his mouth

Quote: ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase having opened his mouth refers to beginning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having begun to speak”

having opened his mouth, he taught

Quote: ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the phrase having opened his mouth introduces what Jesus said, and the phrase he taught also introduces what Jesus said. Matthew uses both phrases to indicate that what Jesus is about to say is very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one phrase that introduces important speech. Alternate translation: “he starting teaching”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

Matthew 5:3

Blessed {are} the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the poor in spirit, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the poor

Quote: οἱ πτωχοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”

the poor in spirit

Quote: οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people who know that they disobey and that they depend on God totally as if they were poor in spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually poor” or “those who totally depend upon God”

theirs is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in the kingdom of the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”

Matthew 5:4

Blessed {are} the ones mourning, for they will be comforted

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones mourning will be comforted, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

they will be comforted

Quote: αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them”

Matthew 5:5

Blessed {are} the meek, for they will inherit the earth

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The meek will inherit the earth, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the meek

Quote: οἱ πραεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective meek as a noun to mean meek people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “meek people”

will inherit

Quote: κληρονομήσουσι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author speaks as if the meek were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that the meek will receive the earth from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive” or “will be given”

the earth

Quote: τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to the whole earth, but he implies that it will be the renewed or recreated earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the renewed earth” or “the recreated earth”

Matthew 5:6

Blessed {are} the ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness, for they will be fed

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness will be fed, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness, for they will be fed

Quote: οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of desiring to do what is right as if it were hungering and thirsting for righteousness. He also speaks of becoming righteous and doing what is right as if it were being fed. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people desire righteousness as much as they desire food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who desire righteousness as if it were food or drink, for they will receive it as if they were being fed”

for righteousness

Quote: τὴν δικαιοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for what is just” or “to be righteous”

they will be fed

Quote: αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will feed them”

Matthew 5:7

Blessed {are} the merciful, for they will obtain mercy

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The merciful will obtain mercy, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the merciful

Quote: οἱ ἐλεήμονες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective merciful as a noun to mean merciful people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “merciful people”

they will obtain mercy

Quote: αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will act mercifully to them”

Matthew 5:8

Blessed {are} the pure in heart, for they will see God

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The pure in heart will see God, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the pure in heart

Quote: οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase pure in heart describes people who only think about and desire what is pure and good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are pure on the inside” or “the ones who think about and want what is pure”

the pure

Quote: οἱ καθαροὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective pure as a noun to mean pure people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are pure”

they will see God

Quote: αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the clause they will see God indicates that these people will be with God, in his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence”

Matthew 5:9

Blessed {are} the peacemakers, for they will be called sons of God

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The peacemakers will be called sons of God, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the peacemakers

Quote: οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the peacemakers are those who help people act peacefully with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who make peace among people” or “the ones who cause people to act peaceably”

they will be called sons of God

Quote: αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will call them his sons”

will be called

Quote: κληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, by using the phrase will be called, Jesus implies that they also will actually be sons of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be people who are” or “will be called and so become”

sons of God

Quote: υἱοὶ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of these people as if God were their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of God”

sons

Quote: υἱοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term sons is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” or “offspring”

Matthew 5:10

Blessed {are} the ones persecuted for the sake of righteousness, for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones persecuted for the sake of righteousness, so they are blessed”

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”

the ones persecuted

Quote: οἱ δεδιωγμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom people persecute”

for the sake of righteousness

Quote: ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they act justly”

theirs is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the same clause in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”

Matthew 5:11

Blessed are you when they insult you and persecute {you} and say every evil thing against you, lying,because of me

Quote: μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “When they insult you and persecute you and say every evil thing against you falsely because of me, you are blessed”

Blessed are you

Quote: μακάριοί ἐστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar phrase in 5:3. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” or “How good it is for you”

they insult

Quote: ὀνειδίσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word they refers to any people who mistreat Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others insult” or “some people insult”

every evil thing

Quote: πᾶν πονηρὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says every here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many evil things” or “all kinds of evil things”

lying

Quote: ψευδόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts include lying. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include the word. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

because of me

Quote: ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says because of me, he means that people will persecute them because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples” or “because you believe in me”

Matthew 5:12

Rejoice and be very glad, for your reward {is} great in the heavens, for in this way they persecuted the prophets before you

Quote: χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here Jesus gives a command followed by two reasons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that one or both reasons come before the command. Alternate translation: “In fact, in this way they persecuted the prophets before you. Also, great is your reward in the heavens. So, rejoice and be very glad”

Rejoice and be very glad

Quote: χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms Rejoice and be very glad mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad”

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens indicates where God is currently keeping the reward. It does not indicate where people will receive the reward. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that is stored in the heavens” or “that you will receive from the heavens”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces another reason why Jesus’ disciples should rejoice, which is that they are like the prophets who served God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “and you should also rejoice because” or “and in fact,”

in this way

Quote: οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word this refers back to what Jesus said in 5:11 about how people mistreat his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in those same ways”

before you

Quote: τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase before you indicates that the prophets lived before the people to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who lived before you did”

Matthew 5:13

You are the salt of the earth. But if the salt is made tasteless, with what might it be made salty again? It is good for nothing any longer, except having been thrown out, to be trampled by men

Quote: ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus calls his disciples salt that seasons the earth. Just as salt makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples make the world better in many ways. However, just as salt that no longer functions properly is thrown out because it cannot be fixed, so Jesus’ disciples will be punished if they do not make the world better. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the earth. But if you are like salt that has been made tasteless, how can you be made salty again? Just like that salt, you are good for nothing any longer. That salt will be thrown out to be trampled by men, and you will be punished in a similar way”

the salt of the earth

Quote: τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe salt that seasons the earth. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the salt that seasons the earth”

of the earth

Quote: τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word earth refers primarily to the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people on the earth” or “of all people”

if the salt is made tasteless, with what

Quote: ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus means that it is possible for salt to lose its taste, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after salt has lost its taste. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt is made tasteless. With what”

is made tasteless

Quote: μωρανθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become tasteless” or “has lost its taste”

with what might it be made salty again

Quote: ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt salty again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it cannot be made salty again!” or “it is not possible to make it salty again.”

might it be made salty again

Quote: ἁλισθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “might someone make it salty again”

It is good for nothing any longer, except having been thrown out, to be trampled by men

Quote: εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

except having been thrown out, to be trampled by men

Quote: εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except, after people have thrown it out, for men to trample it”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 5:14

You are the light of the world

Quote: ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus calls his disciples light that illuminates the world. Just as light helps people know where they are and where to go, so Jesus’ disciples tell people the truth about God and Jesus. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you tell others about me, you are like lights that shine on the world”

the light of the world

Quote: τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe light that illuminates the world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the light that shines on the world”

of the world

Quote: τοῦ κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word world refers primarily to the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people in the world” or “of all people”

A city being set on top of a mountain is not able to be hidden

Quote: οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a city that is on a mountain, so it is not able to be hidden. Just as everyone can see this city, so everyone can see how Jesus’ disciples behave. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you do what is right, you are like a city being set on a mountain that is not able to be hidden”

A city being set on top of a mountain is not able to be hidden

Quote: οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People cannot hide a city that they set on top of a mountain”

Matthew 5:15

Neither do they light a lamp and put it under a basket, but rather on the lampstand, and it shines for all the ones in the house

Quote: οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a a lamp. However, he explains this figure of speech in the next verse, so you should not explain its meaning in this verse.

do they light

Quote: καίουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “does anyone light”

under a basket

Quote: ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A basket is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put a lamp under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light”

but rather on

Quote: ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but rather they put it on”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word and introduces the result of putting a lamp on a lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and so” or “with the result that”

Matthew 5:16

Let your light shine before men

Quote: λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of proper behavior as if it were a light that could shine. He means that everyone notices and benefits from this proper behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let what you do be like a light that shines before men” or “Live your life before men”

Let your light shine

Quote: λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Make sure that your light shines” or “Your light should shine”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

in such a way

Quote: οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in such a way refers back to what Jesus said in 5:15 about a lamp shining on everyone in a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as that lamp shines”

your Father

Quote: τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”

in the heavens

Quote: τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

Matthew 5:17

I came … I came

Quote: ἦλθον (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase I came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I came to this world” or “I am acting … I am acting”

the law or the prophets

Quote: τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word law is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word prophets is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any part of the Scriptures, either the Law or the Prophets”

the prophets

Quote: τοὺς προφήτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the prophets represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”

I came not to destroy but to fulfill

Quote: οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I came not to destroy them. Rather, I came to fulfill them”

Matthew 5:18

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason or basis for Jesus’ statement that he did not come to destroy the Scriptures but to fulfill them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because,”

until the heaven and the earth passes away

Quote: ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to how the heaven and the earth that currently exist will pass away, and God will either renew them or make new ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this world ends” or “until God recreates the heaven and the earth”

the heaven and the earth

Quote: ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all creation” or “the universe”

one jot or one tittle

Quote: ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A jot is a very small letter or character used in writing. A tittle is a small part of a letter or character. If your readers would not be familiar with these terms, you could use the names of the smallest parts of the writing system in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “one word or one part of a word” or “one character or stroke in a character”

one jot or one tittle

Quote: ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms jot and tittle mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “one jot” or “one tittle”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

the law

Quote: τοῦ νόμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the law could refer to: (1) the Old Testament Scriptures in general, just as the phrases “the law” and “the prophets” in 5:17 refer to the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the law and the prophets” or “the Old Testament” (2) just the law, which is the first five books of the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Old Testament law” or “the law in the Scriptures”

all things are accomplished

Quote: πάντα γένηται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

all things

Quote: πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase all things could refer to: (1) everything that is written in the law. Alternate translation: “all things written in the law” (2) everything that God has planned for this world and history. Alternate translation: “all things that God has planned” or “all things that will happen in this world”

Matthew 5:19

whoever annuls one of the least of these commandments and teaches men to do so will be called least in the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “God will call least in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who annuls one of the least of these commandments and teaches men to do so”

of the least … least

Quote: τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word least identifies something that is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the least important … least important”

men

Quote: τοὺς ἀνθρώπους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

But whoever does and teaches {them}, that one will be called great in the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “But God will call great in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who does and teaches them”

Matthew 5:20

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how important it is to obey even the least important laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Even more,”

unless your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees”

your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes

Quote: περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are more righteous than the scribes”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

Matthew 5:21

it was said to the ancient ones

Quote: ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Exodus 20:13 or Deuteronomy 5:17. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

to the ancient ones

Quote: τοῖς ἀρχαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the ancient ones refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”

Do not kill

Quote: οὐ φονεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not kill”

and

Quote: δ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, the word and introduces Jesus’ summary of what the law required when someone committed murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that clarifies that this is a summary, not a direct quotation from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “and they were told” or “and they followed this principle:”

will be subject to the judgment

Quote: ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person who kills deserves to be judged and also punished by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”

the judgment

Quote: τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”

Matthew 5:22

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:21). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”

I say to you that

Quote: ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” (5:21). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”

being angry with his brother

Quote: ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read being angry with his brother. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “being angry with his brother without cause.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

with his brother … to his brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a fellow disciple … to a fellow disciple”

with his brother … to his brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms his and brother are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “his or her brother or sister” to indicate this.

will be subject to the judgment

Quote: ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this clause in 5:21. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”

the judgment

Quote: τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

says to his brother, ‘Raka!’ will be subject to … says, ‘You fool!’ will be subject

Quote: εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, ῥακά, ἔνοχος ἔσται & εἴπῃ, μωρέ, ἔνοχος ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “calls his brother Raka will be subject to … says that someone is a fool will be subject”

Raka

Quote: ῥακά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

Raka is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Fool” or “Idiot”

will be subject to the council

Quote: ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ Συνεδρίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that any person who calls his brother a bad name like Raka deserves to be judged and punished by the council. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment by the council” or “deserves to be judged and punished by the council”

And whoever says

Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person is speaking to his brother, just as with the earlier examples in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever says to his brother”

You fool

Quote: μωρέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This is an insulting expression. Use an expression in your language that a person might use to insult another person. Alternate translation: “You are an idiot”

will be subject to the Gehenna of fire

Quote: ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that any person who calls a fellow disciple a fool deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment in the Gehenna of fire” or “deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire”

the Gehenna of fire

Quote: τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

the Gehenna of fire

Quote: τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe Gehenna as a place that has much fire. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna”

Matthew 5:23

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about being angry and insulting fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “Because of that”

if you offer your gift at the altar and there you remember that your brother has something against you

Quote: ἐὰν & προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might be at the altar and remember that a brother has something against them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: you are offering your gift at the altar, and there you remember that your brother has something against you. If that were to happen”

you offer your … you remember … your … you

Quote: προσφέρῃς & σου & μνησθῇς & σου & σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.

your gift at the altar

Quote: τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to giving a gift to God at the altar in the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “your gift to God at the altar in the temple”

your brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

your brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “your brother or sister” to indicate this.

has something against you

Quote: ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase has something against you indicates that the brother has been offended or injured by you. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is upset with you” or “has been offended by you”

Matthew 5:24

leave your … go; … be reconciled … your … offer your

Quote: ἄφες & σου & ὕπαγε & διαλλάγηθι & σου & πρόσφερε & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

go

Quote: ὕπαγε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person needs to go to his or her brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go to your brother”

first be reconciled with your brother, and then, having come, offer your gift

Quote: πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν, πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here Jesus emphasizes that these two events must happen in this sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could emphasize the sequence in another way. Alternate translation: “before you can come back and offer your gift, you need to be reconciled with your brother”

be reconciled with your brother

Quote: διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “reconcile with your brother” or “restore the relationship with your brother”

with your brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

with your brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person can come back to the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back to your gift at the altar”

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

Matthew 5:25

Be in agreement

Quote: ἴσθι εὐνοῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of agreement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Agree”

Be … your … you are … your … you … you will be thrown

Quote: ἴσθι & σου & εἶ & σε & ὁ & βληθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

with your accuser … your accuser

Quote: τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου & ὁ ἀντίδικος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe someone who accuses another person (“you”). If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the one who is accusing you … the one who is accusing you”

you are with him on the way

Quote: εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, on the way is referring to the time when the person and the person’s accuser are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are walking with him on the road to the law court”

him

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”

might hand you over

Quote: σε παραδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might transfer you” or “might entrust you”

the judge to the officer

Quote: ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

to the officer

Quote: τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the officer is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to the one who carries out the judge’s orders”

you will be thrown into prison

Quote: εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase thrown into prison refers to someone being locked up in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be put into prison” or “you will be locked up in prison”

you will be thrown

Quote: βληθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will throw you”

Matthew 5:26

to you, you will certainly not come out … you have paid

Quote: σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς & ἀποδῷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

you will certainly not come out

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not go out”

until you have paid the last quadrans

Quote: ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the “judge” required the person to pay a fine or give money to the person who accused him or her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you have paid the last quadrans that the judge required”

the last quadrans

Quote: τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A quadrans was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands”

Matthew 5:27

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Exodus 20:14 or Deuteronomy 5:18. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”

Do not commit adultery

Quote: οὐ μοιχεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Do not commit adultery

Quote: οὐ μοιχεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “Do not do what is adulterous”

Matthew 5:28

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:27). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”

I say to you that

Quote: ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse (5:27). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”

a woman

Quote: γυναῖκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this woman is not the man’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another woman” or “a woman to whom he is not married”

to lust after her

Quote: πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase to lust after her could describe: (1) the purpose for which the man is looking. Alternate translation: “in order to lust after her” (2) the result of the man looking. Alternate translation: “with the result that he lusts after her”

has already committed adultery

Quote: ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has already become an adulterer” or “has already done what is adulterous”

in his heart

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his thoughts” or “in his desires”

Matthew 5:29

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a further development in what Jesus has been speaking about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”

your … you … pluck … out … throw {it} … you. … for you … your … your

Quote: σου & σε, ἔξελε & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

if your right eye causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their right eye causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”

your right eye causes you to stumble

Quote: ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks of your right eye as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the right eye is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your right eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right eye”

causes you to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”

pluck it out and throw {it} away from you

Quote: ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should pluck out their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”

one of your members

Quote: ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase one of your members refers to a body part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces the result of one of your members perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”

your whole body would not be thrown into Gehenna

Quote: μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Gehenna

Quote: Γέενναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in 5:22. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

Matthew 5:30

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

This verse means basically the same thing as the previous verse, but Jesus uses the example of a right hand instead of a “right eye.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word other than and to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Here is another example:”

your … you … cut … off … throw {it} … you. … for you … your … your

Quote: σου & σε, ἔκκοψον & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

if your right hand causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their right hand causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in 5:29. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”

your right hand causes you to stumble

Quote: ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks of your right hand as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the right hand is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. See how you translated the similar clause in 5:29. Alternate translation: “it is your right hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right hand”

causes you to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”

cut it off and throw {it} away from you

Quote: ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar command in 5:29. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should cut off their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”

one of your members

Quote: ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase one of your members refers to a body part. See how you translated this phrase in 5:29. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”

and

Quote: καὶ (3)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

your whole body would not go into Gehenna

Quote: μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks of your whole body as if it were a person who could go into Gehenna. He means that the person ends up in Gehenna with their whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole body would not be sent into Gehenna” or “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”

Gehenna

Quote: Γέενναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in 5:29. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

Matthew 5:31

Now

Quote: δέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

it has been said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

it has been said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus summarizes a command from the Old Testament scriptures, which can be found in Deuteronomy 24:1. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”

let him give

Quote: δότω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he needs to give”

a certificate of divorce

Quote: ἀποστάσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A certificate of divorce is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”

Matthew 5:32

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:31). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”

I say to you that

Quote: ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse (5:31). See how you translated the same phrase in 5:28. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”

everyone divorcing his wife, except for a report of sexual immorality, causes her to commit adultery

Quote: πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is a report of sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her, he causes her to commit adultery”

a report of sexual immorality

Quote: λόγου πορνείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the report is about the wife having done something that is sexually immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a report that she has been sexually immoral”

of sexual immorality

Quote: πορνείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind immorality, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning what is sexually immoral” or “of sexually immoral behavior”

causes her to commit adultery

Quote: ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase causes her to commit adultery could imply that: (1) the wife marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When she does, she commits adultery. Alternate translation: “causes her to commit adultery when she marries another man” (2) the man marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When he does, he makes his previous wife the victim of adultery. Alternate translation: “commits adultery against her when he marries another woman”

to commit adultery. … commits adultery

Quote: μοιχευθῆναι & μοιχᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become an adulteress … becomes an adulterer” or “to do what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”

the one who} has been divorced

Quote: ἀπολελυμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her”

Matthew 5:33

Again

Quote: πάλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Again introduces a new group of contrasts between what the disciples have heard and what Jesus says to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a second, similar section, or you could leave Again untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further” or “Even more”

it was said to the ancient ones

Quote: ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus summarizes several commands in the Old Testament that require people to do what they promised to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Jesus is summarizing commands from the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

to the ancient ones

Quote: τοῖς ἀρχαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the ancient ones refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. See how you translated the phrase in 5:21. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”

Do not break an oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord

Quote: οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Do not break an oath

Quote: οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the command Do not break an oath could be forbidding people from: (1) swearing to do something and then not doing it. Alternate translation: “Do not fail to accomplish what you said in an oath” (2) swearing that something is true when it is not true. Alternate translation: “Do not swear falsely” or “Do not use an oath to say that something false is actually true”

but

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here the word but introduces what to do instead of breaking an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but instead”

carry out your oaths to the Lord

Quote: ἀποδώσεις & τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase carry out your oaths to the Lord means that people do to do what they promised the Lord that they would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accomplish what you said in your oath to the Lord”

Matthew 5:34

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:33). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”

I tell you not to swear

Quote: ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus uses the clause I tell you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” (5:33). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not swear” or “here is what you need to know: do not swear”

at all, neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God

Quote: ὅλως; μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “at all. Heaven is the throne of God, so do not swear by it”

it is the throne of God

Quote: θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were the throne of God. He means that heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God’s throne is” or “it is the place from which God rules”

Matthew 5:35

nor by the earth, for it is a footstool for his feet

Quote: μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and the earth is a footstool for his feet, so do not swear by it either”

it is a footstool for his feet

Quote: ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of the earth as if it were a footstool for his feet. He means that the earth is a place over which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is where God exercises his authority” or “it is the place over which God rules”

nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King

Quote: μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and Jerusalem is the city of the great King, so do not swear by it either”

the city of the great King

Quote: πόλις & τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a city that belongs to the great King. It is the city where the great King is present in a special way. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the city where the great King is present” or “the city that the great King possesses”

of the great King

Quote: τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the great King is God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the great King, God”

Matthew 5:36

Neither should you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black

Quote: μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why people should not swear by their head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “Also, you are not able to make one hair on your head white or black, so you should not swear by your head”

should you swear … your … you are not able

Quote: σου ὀμόσῃς & οὐ δύνασαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.

one hair

Quote: μίαν τρίχα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this hair is on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one hair on your head”

Matthew 5:37

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus tells the disciples not to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,” or “Rather,”

let your word be

Quote: ἔστω & ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your word should be” or “you should only say”

your word

Quote: ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, word represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you say”

Yes, yes,’ {or} ‘No, no

Quote: ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that a person is using the word yes to make a promise to say or do something and the word no to make a promise not to say or do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “‘yes I will’ or ‘no I will not’”

anything greater than this

Quote: τὸ & περισσὸν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to saying anything more than yes or no when making a promise. He is particularly referring to swearing an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “using more words in your promise” or “including an oath”

the evil one

Quote: τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the evil one could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “an evil source” or “what is evil”

Matthew 5:38

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. These words can be found in Exodus 21:24; Leviticus 24:20; and Deuteronomy 19:21. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”

An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth

Quote: ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this command deals with the proper way to punish people when they injure others. The command indicates that the punishment should match what the person did to hurt another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If someone injured another person’s eye, his or her eye should be injured as punishment; if someone injured another person’s tooth, his or her tooth should be injured as punishment” or “If you hurt someone’s eye, your eye will be hurt; if you hurt someone’s tooth, your tooth will be hurt”

Matthew 5:39

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:38). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”

I tell you not to resist

Quote: ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus uses the clause I tell you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse (5:38). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not resist” or “here is what you need to know: do not resist”

to resist

Quote: ἀντιστῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word resist could refer to: (1) trying to stop someone from doing something. Alternate translation: “to oppose” (2) trying to fight back or get revenge. Alternate translation: “to fight back against” or “to get revenge on”

the evil one

Quote: τῷ πονηρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the evil one could refer to: (1) any person who acts in evil ways. Alternate translation: “an evil person” or “any person who is evil” (2) any action or thing that is evil. Alternate translation: “anything evil” or “evil actions”

whoever strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the other also

Quote: ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes you on the right cheek, you should turn to him the other also”

you … turn

Quote: σε & στρέψον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.

turn to him the other also

Quote: στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that turning the other cheek to him will allow the person to strike this other cheek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turn to him the other so that he can strike it also”

to him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 5:40

to the one wanting to have judgment passed upon you and to take away your tunic, let him also have your cloak

Quote: τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone wants to have judgment passed upon you and to take away your tunic, you should let him also have your cloak”

to have judgment passed upon you

Quote: σοι κριθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to have someone judge you” or “you to be judged”

you … your … let … have your

Quote: σοι & σου & ἄφες & τὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

and to take away your tunic

Quote: καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces the result of judgment being passed upon you. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that he takes away your tunic”

tunic, … cloak

Quote: τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The tunic was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The cloak, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the tunic for warmth and could be used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of garments, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “inner garment … outer garment”

him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 5:41

whoever will press you into service for one mile, go with him two

Quote: ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone presses you into service for one mile, you should go with him two”

will press you into service

Quote: σε ἀγγαρεύσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase press you into service refers to a person in authority forcing someone else to carry his or her pack or belongings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “will force you to carry his pack” or “will make you act as his porter”

you … go

Quote: σε & ὕπαγε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

for one mile

Quote: μίλιον ἕν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance

Here, one mile refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. In modern measurements, this is about 4,860 feet or 1,480 meters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. It is not important to the meaning of the passage to be precise about the distance, so you could use round numbers. Alternate translation: “for one kilometer”

go with him two

Quote: ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

him

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 5:42

Give to the one asking you

Quote: τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε, δός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus does not specify what the person is asking for or what should be given. He does this to include many things that a person might ask for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a generic or general object. Alternate translation: “Give to the one asking you for anything” or “When a person asks you for anything, give it to him or her”

Give … you, … do not turn away from … you

Quote: σε, δός & σοῦ & μὴ ἀποστραφῇς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.

do not turn away from

Quote: μὴ ἀποστραφῇς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of refusing to help someone as if it were turning away from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not refuse” or “do not reject”

to borrow

Quote: δανίσασθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word borrow usually indicates borrowing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to borrow money”

Matthew 5:43

it was said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

that it was said

Quote: ὅτι ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The words Love your neighbor are from Leviticus 19:18. The words hate your enemy are what some people would say in addition to the quotation from the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “people often quote the law by saying”

Love your neighbor and hate your enemy

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

your neighbor … your enemy

Quote: τὸν πλησίον σου & τὸν ἐχθρόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words neighbor and enemy represent neighbors and enemies in general, not one particular neighbor or enemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “each of your neighbors … each of your enemies”

your neighbor

Quote: τὸν πλησίον σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus refers to any member of one’s community or group as a neighbor. He is not referring just to people who live nearby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “everyone who belongs to your group”

Matthew 5:44

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse (5:43). Jesus is not contradicting what God said about loving neighbors, but he is contradicting what some people say about hating enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”

I say to you

Quote: ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse (5:43). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”

your enemies and pray

Quote: ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ προσεύχεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts only include these two commands in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the commands “bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you” between the words enemies and and. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 5:45

so that

Quote: ὅπως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The connecting words so that introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for loving enemies and praying for persecutors (see 5:44) is to be sons of your Father. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”

sons of your Father

Quote: υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical Father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God, which indicates that they act or behave like God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of your spiritual Father” or “like God, whom you can call your Father”

of your Father

Quote: Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the Father also of Jesus.

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

For

Quote: ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why those who treat their enemies well will be sons of their Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You will be his sons because” or “That is because”

the evil and the good, … the just and the unjust

Quote: πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

In the first clause, Jesus mentions the wicked person first, but in the second clause he mentions the wicked person second. This structure sounded good in his culture. If your language would not use this structure, you could consistently refer to either the wicked or the good person first. Alternate translation: “the good and the evil … the just and the unjust” or “the evil and the good … the unjust and the just”

the evil and the good, … the just and the unjust

Quote: πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives evil, good, just, and unjust as nouns to mean people who are characterized by these qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “evil people and good people … just people and unjust people”

Matthew 5:46

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces further support for Jesus’ command to love enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should love your enemies because” or “You should do what I am saying since”

what reward do you have

Quote: τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to show that people who only love others who love them will not receive any reward. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have no reward.” or “there is no reward for you!”

Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing

Quote: οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to show that even tax collectors, who were often considered to be unloving people, love people who love them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same.” or “Even tax collectors do that very thing!”

Matthew 5:47

your brothers

Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is using the term brothers to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples” or “other believers”

brothers

Quote: τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term brothers is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.

what do you do more

Quote: τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to show that people who greet only their brothers do not do anything more. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more.” or “you have not done anything more!”

Quote: περισσὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that they are not doing anything more than people who do not know God do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than anyone else” or “more than people who do not know God”

Do not even the Gentiles do the same thing

Quote: οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to show that even Gentiles, who do not know God, greet their friends. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” or “Even Gentiles do that very thing!”

the Gentiles

Quote: οἱ ἐθνικοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read the Gentiles. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the tax collectors.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 5:48

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about how to live. He could be concluding everything he said in 5:21–47, or he could be concluding only what he said in 5:43–47. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In summary”

your heavenly Father

Quote: Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”

Matthew 6

Matthew 6 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
- Giving alms (6:1–4)
- Praying to God (6:5–15)
- Fasting (6:16–18)
- Storing up treasure (6:19–21)
- The eye and the body (6:22–23)
- Two masters (6:24)
- Being anxious (6:25–34)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the prayer in 6:9–13.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Giving alms

Giving alms was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. To give alms, a person would offer money or possessions to other people who were poor or in need. Sometimes they would give the money or possessions directly to poor people. Other times, they would give it to the priests, who would give to poor people. Make sure that your translation refers to this kind of practice.

“The Lord’s Prayer”

In 6:9–13, Jesus speaks a prayer that he wants his disciples to imitate when they pray. The prayer is very poetic, and it is sometimes called “the Lord’s Prayer.” Many churches use this prayer during their meetings, and the form that churches use is often not the same form that Matthew wrote down. If churches already use a form of this prayer in your language, you could use the same words. However, you should follow the form of the prayer as Mathew wrote it down, and you should not include any extra lines or pieces of the prayer beyond what Matthew included.

Fasting

In 6:16–18, Jesus gives instructions related to fasting. Just as with giving alms, fasting was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. Fasting usually required avoiding all food and drink, but some kinds of fasting only required avoiding certain kinds of food. Also, some fasts were public (that is, many people fasted on these set days) and some fasts were private (that is, individuals would choose to fast for certain reasons). Many fasts lasted part of a day or a full day. Jesus does not condemn fasting; instead, he gives instructions for how to behave while fasting. Make sure that your translation refers to these kinds of practices.

Storing up treasures

In 6:19–21, Jesus speaks about storing up treasures either on earth or in heaven. He is speaking not only of possessions or money but also of anything that one considers to be valuable. Jesus points out that valuable things in heaven cannot be ruined like valuable things on earth can. Also, he states that a person’s “heart” is where they store their treasures. If possible, use a word for “treasure” that can refer to money, possessions, and any other valuable things.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The lamp and light metaphor in 6:22–23

In these verses, Jesus speaks about eyes as if they were lamps for the body. This figure of speech has two pieces to it. First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. Second, Jesus speaks of Christian living using the metaphor of how bodies work. It is important to consider both of these pieces as you translate these verses.

First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. There are two major options for understanding what Jesus means when he refers to an eye as the lamp of the body. First, in Matthew’s culture, some people thought that eyes worked by sending out a form of light that would shine on what they saw. In this case, eyes are like lamps because they have light inside them that shines out. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes shine properly. Second, the eyes could be like windows that let light into the body. Since they let light into a place, they are like lamps. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes let light in. Consider how you might best express one of these meanings while maintaining the light and dark language, which is very important for understanding the figure of speech.

Second, Jesus speaks of Christian life using the metaphor of how bodies work. Scholars debate what Jesus means when he talks about a “healthy eye” and “light” in contrast to an “evil eye” and “darkness.” He might mean devotion to God in contrast to evil desires. He might mean generosity in contrast to greed and selfishness. He might mean paying attention to what he is saying in contrast to ignoring his instructions. Since Jesus most likely intended this figure of speech to be like a riddle or puzzle, you should retain the body metaphor. If necessary, you could indicate that this is a figure of speech without stating exactly what it means.

Rhetorical questions

In 6:25–28 and 6:30, Jesus uses rhetorical questions. He asks these questions to include the disciples in what he is arguing, not because he is looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using “you” in the singular and “you” in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 6:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

your righteousness

Quote: τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous” or “your righteous deeds”

before men

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

to be seen

Quote: πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase to be seen refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored”

to be seen by them

Quote: πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they see you”

otherwise

Quote: εἰ δὲ μή γε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word otherwise introduces a contrast that specifies what will happen if people disobey the command in the first part of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but if you disobey this command” or “because if you do act in that way”

your Father

Quote: τῷ Πατρὶ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical Father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

Matthew 6:2

So

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word So introduces an application of the general principle that Jesus gave in 6:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”

you give … do not sound a trumpet … yourself

Quote: ποιῇς & μὴ σαλπίσῃς & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and yourself are singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and yourself in your translation.

do not sound a trumpet before yourself

Quote: μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) how people actually had someone with a trumpet announce that they were giving alms. This would be an extreme example of calling attention to oneself. Alternate translation: “do not have someone with a trumpet announce it before you” (2) how people draw attention to how they give alms, and he describes it as if they were sounding a trumpet. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself” or “do not announce it publicly, as if you were using a trumpet,”

do not sound a trumpet before yourself

Quote: μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that people would have someone else sound a trumpet in front of them as they went to give alms. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not have someone sound a trumpet in front of you”

in the synagogues and in the streets

Quote: ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These locations were public places where many people would hear the trumpet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and streets”

so that they may be glorified by men

Quote: ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that men may glorify them”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

they have their reward in full

Quote: ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that they have received their entire reward from men, and God will not reward them any further. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”

Matthew 6:3

you, … your … your

Quote: σοῦ & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

giving alms

Quote: ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the phrase giving alms identifies the situation in which people should follow this command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this relationship clearer. Alternate translation: “whenever you give alms” or “as you are giving alms”

do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing

Quote: μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Jesus speaks of your left hand and your right hand as if they were people who could know and do things on their own. He means that giving alms should be done so secretly that even other body parts, if they could know things, would not know about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not let your best friend know what you are doing” or “do it so privately that, if your left hand were a person, it would not know what you had done”

Matthew 6:4

so that

Quote: ὅπως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which the disciples should give alms privately. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”

your Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”

will reward you

Quote: ἀποδώσει σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read will reward you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 6:5

you pray, do not be

Quote: προσεύχῃ, οὐκ ἔσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this sentence (the word you in the second sentence is plural). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation.

they love to pray, having stood

Quote: φιλοῦσιν & ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus that they love to pray in public places, not simply that they love to pray in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they love to pray publicly, for example standing”

in the synagogues and on the corners of the street

Quote: ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These locations were public places where many people would hear the prayers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and the corners of the streets”

they may be seen by men

Quote: φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them”

they may be seen

Quote: φανῶσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be seen but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored” or “they may be seen and praised”

by men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

they have their reward in full

Quote: ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that they have received their entire reward from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in 6:2. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”

Matthew 6:6

But you

Quote: σὺ δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the phrase But you introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse (6:5). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”

you, … enter … your … your … pray … your … your … you

Quote: σὺ & εἴσελθε & σου & σου, πρόσευξαι & σου & σου & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.

your inner chamber

Quote: τὸ ταμεῖόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The inner chamber was a small, private room in a house. It could be a bedroom or a storage room. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of room, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “your private area” or “your own room”

to your Father … your Father

Quote: τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

to your Father in secret

Quote: τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase your Father in secret could mean that: (1) the Father is present even when a person prays in secret. Alternate translation: “to your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the Father himself is in secret, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “to your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should pray in secret. Alternate translation: “in secret to your Father”

will reward you

Quote: ἀποδώσει σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Matthew 6:7

Now praying

Quote: προσευχόμενοι δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces Jesus’ next teaching about praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces another teaching, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for what to say when you pray” or “As for when you are praying”

do not make useless repetitions

Quote: μὴ βατταλογήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase make useless repetitions could refer to: (1) repeating words. Alternate translation: “do not repeat your words” (2) using meaningless words. Alternate translation: “do not use meaningless words”

do not make useless repetitions

Quote: μὴ βατταλογήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repetitions, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not repeat yourself in useless ways”

the Gentiles

Quote: οἱ ἐθνικοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the Gentiles make repetitions when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “which they do because”

they will be heard

Quote: εἰσακουσθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the gods to whom they are praying. Alternate translation: “their gods will hear them”

Matthew 6:8

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus implied in the previous verse. He implied that repeating words does not cause God to listen, and so (Therefore) his disciples should not act like the “Gentiles,” who repeat words when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “Since they are not heard because of their repetitions” or “Because they are wrong about that”

you should not be like them

Quote: μὴ & ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says that his disciples should not be like them, he means that his disciples should not pray as they do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you should not pray in the ways that they pray”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why Jesus’ disciples should not repeat themselves as the Gentiles do. Jesus tells them that God already knows what they need, so they do not need to worry about being heard, as the Gentiles do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”

your Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

before you ask him

Quote: πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that his disciples are asking God about the need that they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before you ask him about that need”

Matthew 6:9

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about prayer in 6:5–8. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In the end”

Our Father

Quote: Πάτερ ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Our

Quote: ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By Our, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

in the heavens

Quote: ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

let your name be made holy

Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your name to be made holy” or “we pray that your name is made holy”

let your name be made holy

Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let people treat your name as holy” or “let people regard your name as holy”

your name

Quote: τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on who that person is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you yourself” or “who you are”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word your here is singular.

Matthew 6:10

Let your kingdom come, let your will be done

Quote: ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your kingdom to come, we want your will to be done” or “we pray that your kingdom comes, we pray that your will is done”

Let your kingdom come

Quote: ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Jesus speaks as if God’s kingdom were a person who could come. He means that disciples should pray for God to establish or begin his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your kingdom grow” or “Let your kingdom begin”

your … your

Quote: σου (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word your here is singular.

let your will be done

Quote: γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let all people do your will” or “let your will take place”

your will

Quote: τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you desire”

as in heaven also on earth

Quote: ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that God’s will is always done in heaven, and believers should pray that this will also be true on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on earth, just as it already is done in heaven”

Matthew 6:11

Give us

Quote: δὸς ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give us”

our daily bread

Quote: τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word daily means that the bread is the amount a person needs each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our bread for this day” or “the bread that we need today”

our daily bread

Quote: τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus refers to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what we eat daily”

Matthew 6:12

forgive us

Quote: ἄφες ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

our debts, … our debtors

Quote: τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A debt is what one person owes another person. A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. Jesus is not speaking primarily about money, however. He is referring to when people do not act properly or rightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our sins … those who sin against us” or “the wrong things we have done … people who have wronged us”

our debtors

Quote: τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe debtors who are in debt to the people praying this prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people in debt to us”

Matthew 6:13

do not bring us into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one

Quote: μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you do not bring us into temptation, but that you deliver us from the evil one”

do not bring us into

Quote: μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if temptation were a location that someone could bring someone else into. He means that believers should pray that God would keep them out of situations where they might experience temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow us to experience” or “keep us away from”

do not bring us into temptation

Quote: μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not allow us to be tempted”

but

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word but introduces a contrast with being brought into temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “instead,” or “rather,”

the evil one

Quote: τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the evil one could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil”

the evil one

Quote: τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts only include these two clauses in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include as part of the prayer the following sentences after the evil one: “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 6:14

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said about forgiveness in 6:12. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray in that way because” or “Indeed,”

men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

their trespasses

Quote: τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trespasses, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when they trespass”

your heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew 6:15

the men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read the men. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “men their trespasses.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

your Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the phrase your Father in the previous verse (6:14). Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”

your trespasses

Quote: τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trespasses, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass”

Matthew 6:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

as the hypocrites

Quote: ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

they disfigure their faces

Quote: ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase could refer to how the hypocrites would: (1) make their faces look unusual. This could refer to intentionally looking sad or tired, or it could refer to making their faces dirty. Alternate translation: “they make their faces look distressed” or “they make their faces dirty” (2) wear something to cover their faces. Alternate translation: “they cover their faces”

they may be seen as fasting by men

Quote: φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be seen but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored as fasting” or “they may be seen and praised as fasting”

they may be seen as fasting by men

Quote: φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them as fasting”

by men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

they have their reward in full

Quote: ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that they have received their entire reward from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in 6:2. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”

Matthew 6:17

But you

Quote: σὺ δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the phrase But you introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse (6:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”

you, {… your … your

Quote: σὺ & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

anoint your head and wash your face

Quote: ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to anoint the head and to wash the face is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use similar phrases that refer to normal bodily care, or you could use a general statement. Alternate translation: “comb your hair and wash your face as you normally do” or “take care of yourself as you usually do”

Matthew 6:18

so that

Quote: ὅπως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which the disciples should anoint their heads and wash their faces (6:17). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”

you would not be seen … your … your … you

Quote: μὴ φανῇς & σου & σου & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

you would not be seen as fasting by men, but only by your Father

Quote: μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων, ἀλλὰ τῷ Πατρί σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

by your Father in secret

Quote: τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, much as in 6:6, the phrase your Father in secret could mean that: (1) the Father is present even when a person fasts in secret. Alternate translation: “by your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the Father himself is in secret, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “by your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should fast in secret. Alternate translation: “in secret by your Father”

by your Father … your Father

Quote: τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

will reward you

Quote: ἀποδώσει σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Matthew 6:19

moth

Quote: σὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A moth is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “insects that eat your belongings” or “flies”

moth

Quote: σὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word moth represents moths in general, not one particular moth. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a form that refers to moths in general. Alternate translation: “moths”

rust

Quote: βρῶσις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word translated rust refers most generally to anything that destroys things by eating them or corroding them. The word could more specifically refer to: (1) how metals corrode. Alternate translation: “corrosion” (2) how insects, especially worms, eat cloth and food. Alternate translation: “worms” or “bugs”

break in

Quote: διορύσσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase break in refers to how thieves force their way into private buildings in order to steal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “break in to houses”

Matthew 6:20

neither moth nor rust

Quote: οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 6:19. Alternate translation: “neither flies nor corrosion”

do not break in

Quote: οὐ διορύσσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this phrase in 6:19. Alternate translation: “do not break in to houses”

Matthew 6:21

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should store up treasure in heaven (see 6:20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should store up treasure in heaven because” or “I say that because”

where your treasure is, there will your heart be also

Quote: ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “your heart will be where your treasure is”

there will your heart be also

Quote: ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if a person’s heart could be somewhere besides in the person’s body. He means that the person’s heart will be focused on that place and what is in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there will your heart be focused” or “there will your heart be directed”

your heart

Quote: ἡ καρδία σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew 6:22

The lamp of the body is the eye

Quote: ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus describes the eye as if it were a lamp. Since Jesus develops this image in the following sentences, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that the eye enables a person to see, just as a lamp enables a person to see. Alternate translation: “The eye is like a lamp for the body” or “Just as a lamp shines on things, so your eye sees those things” (2) that the eye receives light, which is like light from a lamp. Alternate translation: “The eye lets light from a lamp into the body” or “When a lamp sends out light, the eye receives that light into the body”

The lamp of the body is the eye

Quote: ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words body and eye represent bodies and eyes in general, not one particular body and eye. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The lamps of people’s bodies are their eyes”

your … your

Quote: σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so your is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation.

your eye is

Quote: ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word eye is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your eyes are”

healthy

Quote: ἁπλοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word healthy could mean that the eye is: (1) functioning properly. Alternate translation: “sound” or “working well” (2) focused on one thing. Alternate translation: “focused” or “attentive to one thing”

your whole body will be illuminated

Quote: ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the whole body were illuminated. Since this statement develops the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the whole body experiences the benefits of the eye working properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body receives the benefits, as if the eye shone on the whole body” (2) that a healthy eye shows that the whole body is healthy. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is healthy, as if it were illuminated by your eye”

will be

Quote: ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the body being illuminated is the logical result of the eye being healthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural in a general statement like this one. Alternate translation: “is”

illuminated

Quote: φωτεινὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase illuminated could mean that the body: (1) experiences light. Alternate translation: “full of light” (2) shines with light. Alternate translation: “shining with light”

Matthew 6:23

your … your … you

Quote: σου & σου & σοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

your eye is

Quote: ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου & ᾖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word eye is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. See how you translated the similar phrase in 6:22. Alternate translation: “your eyes are”

evil

Quote: πονηρὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word evil could mean that the eye is: (1) damaged or functioning improperly. Alternate translation: “unhealthy” or “working poorly” (2) focused on what is evil or selfish. Alternate translation: “wicked” or “attentive only to yourself”

your whole body will be dark

Quote: ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the whole body were dark. Since this statement continues to develop the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the whole body is injured when the eye does not work properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body is injured, as if the eye were not shining on the whole body” (2) that an evil eye shows that the whole body is evil. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is evil, as if it were dark”

will be

Quote: ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the body being dark is the logical result of the eye being evil. See how you translated the similar form in 6:22. Alternate translation: “is”

will be dark

Quote: σκοτεινὸν ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase dark could mean that the body: (1) experiences darkness. Alternate translation: “will be darkened” (2) does not shine at all. Alternate translation: “will not shine at all”

is darkness, how great {is} the darkness

Quote: σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is dark, how very dark it is”

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about eyes and lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “So then”

if the light in you is darkness, how great {is} the darkness

Quote: εἰ & τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus concludes the figure of speech that uses lamps and light, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that when the eye does not work properly, even the most healthy parts of the body are still negatively affected. Alternate translation: “if the parts least affected by unhealthy eyes are injured, how great is the injury” (2) that when the best things about a person (his or her light) are evil (darkness), then the worst things about that person are very evil. Alternate translation: “if what is best about you is evil, as if it were darkness, how evil are the worst things about you”

the light in you is darkness, how great {is} the darkness

Quote: τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that what some people think of as light is actually darkness. In that case, what these people consider to be darkness is very great darkness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be light is actually darkness, how dark is what you consider to be darkness” or “what you call light is darkness, how great the darkness itself”

how great {is} the darkness

Quote: τὸ σκότος πόσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that the darkness is very great. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the darkness is very great”

Matthew 6:24

two masters

Quote: δυσὶ κυρίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”

for either he will hate the one and will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other

Quote: ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “for he will hate and despise the one and will love and be devoted to the other” or “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”

the one … the other, … one … the other

Quote: τὸν ἕνα & τὸν ἕτερον & ἑνὸς & τοῦ ἑτέρου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives one and other as nouns to refer to the two different masters. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these word with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one master … the other master … one master … the other master”

You are not able

Quote: οὐ δύνασθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here Jesus introduces the application of his general statement about two masters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Similarly, you are not able”

You are not able to serve God and wealth

Quote: οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks of wealth as if it were a person whom someone could serve. He means that it is impossible to focus on serving God and also to focus on becoming wealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and also focus on gaining wealth”

wealth

Quote: μαμωνᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wealth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “money” or “focus on becoming wealthy”

Matthew 6:25

Because of this

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase Because of this introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus said in the previous verse about how it is not possible to serve both God and wealth (6:24). In this verse, Jesus says that this means that his disciples should not worry about even basic things required for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,”

I say to you, do not worry

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”

about your life, … life

Quote: τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν & ἡ ψυχὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being alive … being alive”

or what you might drink

Quote: ἢ τί πίητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read or what you might. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Is not life more than food, and the body, {than} clothing

Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that life and the body are more important than food and clothing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body, than clothing” or “Life is certainly more than food, and the body, than clothing!”

Is not life more than food, and the body, {than} clothing

Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is making comparisons about value or importance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Is not life more valuable than food, and the body more valuable than clothing”

and the body, {than} clothing

Quote: καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the body

Quote: τὸ σῶμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word body represents bodies in general, not one particular body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “bodies”

Matthew 6:26

Look at

Quote: ἐμβλέψατε εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Jesus uses the phrase Look at to represent thinking about or considering something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Consider” or “Pay attention to”

the birds of the sky

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe birds that fly in the sky. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”

barns

Quote: ἀποθήκας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word barns refers to places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “places where food is stored”

your heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Are} you not more valuable than they

Quote: οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that you are more important than them, the birds. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than they.” or “You are certainly more valuable than they!”

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 6:27

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”

which of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan

Quote: τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that people cannot add to their lifespan by being anxious. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “none of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan.” or “not one you, being anxious, can ever add one cubit to his lifespan!”

being anxious

Quote: μεριμνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase being anxious provides the means by which a person might try to add one cubit to his or her lifespan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “by being anxious”

is able to add one cubit to his lifespan

Quote: δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus is speaking of a person’s lifespan as if it were measured in length rather than in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “is able to make his lifespan any longer” or “is able to add any time to his lifespan”

one cubit

Quote: πῆχυν ἕνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance

A cubit is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary in your culture.

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”

Matthew 6:28

And why are you anxious about clothing

Quote: καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that they should not be anxious about clothing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Further, you should not be anxious about clothing.” or “You should never be anxious about clothing!”

Consider the lilies of the field—how they grow

Quote: καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Consider how the lilies of the field grow”

the lilies

Quote: τὰ κρίνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word lilies describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the tulips” or “the blossoms”

the lilies of the field

Quote: τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe lilies that grow in the field. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lilies that you see in the field”

of the field

Quote: τοῦ ἀγροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word field represents fields in general, not one particular field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”

neither do they spin

Quote: οὐδὲ νήθουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In this context, to spin means to make thread or yarn for cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “nor do they make thread for cloth” or “nor do they make yarn for cloth”

Matthew 6:29

in all his glory

Quote: ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before Solomon. Alternate translation: “as glorious as he was,”

in all his glory

Quote: ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word glory refers to how rich and famous Solomon was, with a special emphasis on his rich and beautiful clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with all his wealth and beautiful clothes” or “with all his wonderful possessions”

like one of these

Quote: ὡς ἓν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that even Solomon could not wear beautiful enough clothing to look as beautiful as one flower. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as beautifully as one of these flowers appears” or “in a way that was as glorious as one of these flowers”

Matthew 6:30

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

if

Quote: εἰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “given that”

God thus clothes the grass of the field

Quote: τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word thus refers back to what Jesus said in the previous verse about plants having more glory than Solomon (6:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God clothes the grass of the field like that” or “God clothes the grass of the field more gloriously than Solomon”

clothes the grass of the field

Quote: τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ἀμφιέννυσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of God making the grass beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes the grass of the field beautiful”

the grass of the field

Quote: τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe grass that grows in the field. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the grass that you see in the field”

grass

Quote: χόρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

While Jesus uses a term that typically means grass, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term for plants. Alternate translation: “plants” or “vegetation”

of the field

Quote: τοῦ ἀγροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven

Quote: σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word existing introduces a clause that states something that is unexpected for things that God clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven” or “despite the fact that it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven”

existing today and tomorrow being thrown into an oven

Quote: σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus means that grass is growing today, but someone may take it tomorrow and burn it. He speaks in this way to emphasize that grass often does not last for a long time and is not very valuable. He does not mean that this always happens to grass. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that grass only lasts for a short time and is not valuable. Alternate translation: “growing now but soon being thrown into an oven” or “existing at the moment but quickly being thrown into an oven”

being thrown into an oven

Quote: εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to how dried plant matter would be burned as fuel for heating and cooking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being thrown into an oven as fuel” or “being burned in an oven”

being thrown

Quote: βαλλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

will he} not much more

Quote: οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

will he} not much more you, ones of little faith

Quote: οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that God will give them the clothes they need. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he will much more clothe you, ones of little faith.” or “he will definitely clothe you, ones of little faith!”

Matthew 6:31

saying, ‘What might we eat?’ or, ‘What might we drink?’ or, ‘What might we wear

Quote: λέγοντες, τί φάγωμεν, ἤ, τί πίωμεν, ἤ, τί περιβαλώμεθα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “asking what you might eat or what you might drink or what you might wear.”

might we eat?’ … might we drink?’ … might we wear

Quote: φάγωμεν & πίωμεν &περιβαλώμεθα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we, Jesus means the disciples but not himself, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Matthew 6:32

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of why the disciples should not be anxious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As you know,”

seek

Quote: ἐπιζητοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word seek refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus on” or “try to obtain”

all these things; … all of these things

Quote: πάντα & ταῦτα & τούτων ἁπάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrases all these things and all of these things refer to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing … food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities … all of these necessities”

for

Quote: γὰρ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should not be anxious about food, drink, or clothing. The word does not connect the clause to what Jesus just said about the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a previous command, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “you should not seek these things, because” or “but you should not be anxious about these things since”

your heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew 6:33

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with worrying about food, drink, and clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of worrying about those things,” or “In contrast to the Gentiles,”

seek first

Quote: ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 6:32, the word seek refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus first on” or “try first to obtain”

first

Quote: πρῶτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word first identifies seeking the kingdom as something that is most important. The word does not indicate sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as most important”

the kingdom

Quote: τὴν βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read the kingdom. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the kingdom of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

his righteousness

Quote: τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe what God considers to be righteousness. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the righteousness that he requires”

his righteousness

Quote: τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he says is right” or “seek to serve him rightly”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word and introduces the result of seeking first God’s kingdom and righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and as a result”

all these things will be added to you

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

all these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 6:32, the phrase all these things refers to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities”

will be added to you

Quote: προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus uses the phrase will be added to indicate that God will give all these things to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be set in front of you” or “will be given to you”

Matthew 6:34

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about not being anxious in 6:25–33. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “In summary”

tomorrow will be anxious for itself

Quote: ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks of tomorrow as if it were a person who could be anxious. He could mean: (1) that people should worry about what happens the next day only when that day arrives. Alternate translation: “you can be anxious about tomorrow when it arrives” (2) that worrying about tomorrow is as ridiculous as tomorrow being a person who can be anxious. Alternate translation: “that helps you as much as if tomorrow could be anxious about itself” or “tomorrow is not even here yet”

Sufficient for the day {is} its evil

Quote: ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that much evil happens each day, so people should not add to their troubles by worrying about anything that might happen the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Each day has enough evil already without worrying about tomorrow” or “Evil already happens each day, so you should not add to it by worrying about tomorrow”

is} its evil

Quote: ἡ κακία αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase its evil refers to any bad or difficult things that happen each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are the difficult things that happen that day” or “is the trouble that happens during it”

Matthew 7

Matthew 7 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
- Making judgments (7:1–6)
- Asking and receiving (7:7–12)
- Narrow and wide gates (7:13–14)
- Obeying God is what matters (7:15–27)
  - Fruits metaphor (7:15–20)
  - Judgment day (7:21–23)
  - House metaphor (7:24–27)
- The people are amazed (7:28–29)

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Judging

In 7:1–6, Jesus warns his disciples about judging others. More specifically, he warns them against mentioning or dealing with someone else’s fault or sin when they themselves have an even more significant fault or sin. Jesus does want his disciples to make choices and decisions about other people, as 7:6 makes clear. That verse requires people to be careful what they do with holy and valuable things. However, the general message is to avoid making judgments about others, especially when one has one’s own faults and sins.

Words and deeds

In 7:15–27, Jesus teaches about the importance of doing what is right, not just saying the right things. He says that his disciples can recognize false prophets by what they do, that he himself will honor and acknowledge his disciples based on what they do, and that only those who do what is right will survive difficult experiences.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The speck of wood and the log

In 7:3–5, Jesus refers to small faults and sins as if they were specks of wood in people’s eyes. He refers to larger faults and sins as if they were logs in people’s eyes. Jesus speaks in this way to contrast how significant these sins and faults are. He also speaks in this way to indicate that larger sins and faults make people spiritually unobservant, just as a log in someone’s eye makes that person unable to see. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Dogs and pigs

In 7:6, Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with holy things, pearls, dogs, and pigs. He could be speaking of the gospel as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent people who reject the gospel. Or, Jesus could be speaking of his disciples’ possessions and skills as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent worthless tasks and goals. Or, Jesus could be speaking of fellow disciples as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent unbelievers. Since Jesus speaks these words as a saying or proverb, you should avoid choosing one option. Instead, you should express the idea in a way that allows for all these and other interpretations. If if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that you would normally use for a proverb or saying. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: Metaphor)

Gates and roads

In 7:13–14, Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were traveling on a road or passing through a gate. He says that the gate and road that lead to eternal life are narrow and difficult, and only a few people travel that way. On the other hand, the gate and road that lead to destruction are wide and easy, and many people travel that way. He means that it is very easy to live in ways that will end in destruction, and it is hard to live in ways that will end in eternal life. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Trees and fruits

In 7:16–20, Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants. Just as you can tell what kind of plant it is by what fruit the plant produces, so you can tell whether people are really Jesus’ disciples based on what they do. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Building houses

In 7:24–27, Jesus compares obedient people to wise people who build their homes on a solid foundation. When bad things happen, they will be safe and secure, just like those homes will be safe and secure through storms and floods. In contrast, Jesus compares disobedient people to foolish people who build their homes on an insecure foundation. When bad things happen, they will be destroyed, just like those homes will collapse when storms and floods come. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Matthew 7:1

Do not judge

Quote: μὴ κρίνετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the word judge to refer to unofficial and improper judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not harshly judge” or “Do not condemn”

so that

Quote: ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase so that introduces the goal for which the disciples refrain from judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order that”

you will not be judged

Quote: μὴ κριθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 7:2

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse (7:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because”

with the judgment by which you judge

Quote: ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you judge”

you will be judged

Quote: κριθήσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

and

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces a more general statement in proverb form. This general proverb provides further proof that people will be judged as they have judged others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a more general statement or proverb. Alternate translation: “just as some people say:” or “and more generally,”

with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured to you

Quote: ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you”

with the measure by which you measure

Quote: ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of measure, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you measure”

it will be measured to you

Quote: μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

it will be measured

Quote: μετρηθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word it refers to what you measure out to other people. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people measure, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured” or “that very thing will be measured”

Matthew 7:3

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

why do you look at the speck of wood that {is} in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log in your eye

Quote: τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for looking at a speck of wood in a fellow disciple’s eye while failing to notice the log in their own eye. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother when you do not notice the log in your eye.” or “do not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother while at the same time not noticing the log in your eye!”

do you look at … your … you do not notice … your eye

Quote: βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

do you look at the speck of wood that {is} in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log in your eye

Quote: βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus refers to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye. He speaks of large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you focus on your brother’s small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye, but you do not notice your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “do you look at the small mistakes your brother makes, but you do not notice your own large mistakes”

the speck of wood

Quote: τὸ κάρφος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A speck of wood is a tiny piece of wood or plant matter. If your readers would not be familiar with a speck of wood, you could use the name of something small that commonly falls into a person’s eyes, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”

of your brother

Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is using the term brother to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”

of your brother

Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the log

Quote: τὴν & δοκὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”

the log

Quote: τὴν & δοκὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A log is a long, large piece of wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”

Matthew 7:4

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a second question that provides another improper way to behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar situation or command, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”

Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log {is} in your eye

Quote: ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to challenge his disciples to pay attention to the log in their own eye before they pay attention to a speck of wood in another person’s eye. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye.” or “Do not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye!”

to your brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

to your brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

your … Let … your … your

Quote: σου, ἄφες & σου & σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log {is} in your eye

Quote: ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “‘Let me assist you in getting rid of your small fault, which is like a speck of wood in your eye,’ while behold, you have your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “‘Let me assist you in avoiding the small mistakes you make,’ while behold, you have your own large mistakes”

the speck of wood

Quote: τὸ κάρφος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the phrase speck of wood as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

the log

Quote: ἡ δοκὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

the log

Quote: ἡ δοκὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word log as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”

Matthew 7:5

You hypocrite! … take out … your … you will see clearly … your

Quote: ὑποκριτά & ἔκβαλε & σοῦ & διαβλέψεις & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so the command take out is singular, and the words you and your are singular throughout the verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of the command and the plural forms of you and your in your translation.

First take out the log from your eye, and then you will see clearly to take out the speck of wood from the eye of your brother

Quote: ἔκβαλε πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ τὴν δοκόν, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in 7:3–4. In this verse, Jesus also adds the idea of being able to see clearly, which indicates that a person is spiritually mature and knowledgeable. Alternate translation: “First get rid of your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye, and then you will know how to assist your brother in getting rid of his small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye” or “First get rid of your own large mistakes, and then you will know how to properly assist your brother in avoiding his small mistakes”

the log

Quote: τὴν δοκόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

the log

Quote: τὴν δοκόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word log as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”

the speck of wood

Quote: τὸ κάρφος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the phrase speck of wood as you did in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”

of your brother

Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

of your brother

Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 7:6

You should neither give the holy to the dogs nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise, they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces

Quote: μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

It is likely that Jesus speaks about dogs in the first and last clauses in this verse and about pigs in the middle two clauses. This was a poetic form in his culture. If your readers would not recognize this as poetry and misunderstand which animals Jesus is speaking about in the last two clauses, you could rearrange the clauses. Alternate translation: “You should not give the holy to the dogs. Otherwise, having turned, they will tear you to pieces. Nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet”

You should neither give the holy to the dogs nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise, they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces

Quote: μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with dogs, pearls, and pigs. See the chapter introduction for some possible interpretations of this figure of speech. You should express the idea in a way that allows for many interpretations. If it is necessary for you to indicate that Jesus is using a figure of speech here, you could introduce the verse with a form that usually introduces a saying or proverb. Alternate translation: “Think about what this means for your life: You should neither give the holy to the dogs, nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, tear you to pieces”

the holy

Quote: τὸ ἅγιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective holy as a noun to mean anything that is holy. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “holy things”

to the dogs

Quote: τοῖς κυσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A dog is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. It would be very improper to give the holy to this kind of animal. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting, you could use the name of this animal instead.

pearls

Quote: τοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word pearls refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jewelry” or “valuable beads”

they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces

Quote: καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the phrases they will trample and they will tear could refer to: (1) how the pigs trample and the dogs tear. Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample them under their feet, and having turned, the dogs will tear you to pieces” (2) how the pigs and the gods will together trample and tear. Alternate translation: “the pigs and dogs together will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces”

them

Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word them refers to the pearls. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to pearls. Alternate translation: “the pearls”

having turned

Quote: στραφέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase having turned indicates that the animals will stop paying attention to the holy things and pearls and start focusing on you. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turning to face you” or “focusing on you instead”

Matthew 7:7

Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find

Quote: αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use general expressions that refer to anything good that a person might want or need. Alternate translation: “ask for a good thing, and it will be given to you; seek a good thing, and you will find it”

it will be given to you

Quote: δοθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

knock

Quote: κρούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

To knock means to hit a door a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap”

knock, and it will be opened to you

Quote: κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of praying as if it were knocking on a door, and he speaks of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ask for permission, and permission will be given to you” or “pray, and God will answer your prayer”

it will be opened to you

Quote: ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 7:8

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces some reasons why the disciples should do what Jesus commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Do those things since” or “That is because”

everyone asking receives; and the one seeking finds

Quote: πᾶς & ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If so, express the idea as you did in 7:7. Alternate translation: “everyone asking for a good thing receives it; and the one seeking a good thing finds it”

to the one knocking

Quote: τῷ κρούοντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Express the idea of knocking as you did in 7:7. Alternate translation: “to the one calling out” or “to the one coughing” or “to the one clapping”

to the one knocking, it will be opened

Quote: τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of praying as if it were knocking on a door and of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. Express the idea as you did in 7:7. Alternate translation: “to the one asking for permission, permission will be given” or “to the one praying, it will be answered”

it will be opened

Quote: ἀνοιγήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 7:9

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a contrasting alternative to what Jesus has said about how people who ask will receive. Jesus then uses the question form to show that this alternative is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”

Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he

Quote: ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ (1)

Alternate translation: “Or what man is there from among you who will give his son a stone when he asks for bread”

Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he

Quote: ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to show how parents do not give bad things to their children. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is not a man from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” or “No man among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, will give him a stone!”

Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he

Quote: ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine a man from among you. When his son asks him for bread, he will not give a stone, will he”

what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he

Quote: τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although Jesus uses the example of a man and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “what parents are there from among you, of whom their child will ask for bread—they will not give their child a stone, will they”

Matthew 7:10

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces another similar example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,”

Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he

Quote: ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)

Alternate translation: “Or he will not give him a snake when he asks for a fish, will he”

Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he

Quote: ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.”

Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he

Quote: ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine that same man again. When his son asks him for a fish, he will not give him a snake, will he”

he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he

Quote: καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although Jesus continues to use the example of a father and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “the child will also ask for a fish—the parents will not give the child a snake, will they”

a snake

Quote: ὄφιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat”

Matthew 7:11

if

Quote: εἰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since”

being evil

Quote: πονηροὶ ὄντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the phrase being evil states something that is unexpected for people who know how to give good gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although you are evil” or “despite being evil”

how much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him

Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that God will definitely give good things to people who ask for them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Father in the heavens will much more give good to the ones asking him.” or “much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him!”

your Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

in the heavens

Quote: ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 7:12

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion to what Jesus has said in 5:15–7:11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In summary” or “So”

all things in as much as you desire that men do to you, in this manner also, you do to them

Quote: πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you should do to men all things in the way that you desire them to do to you”

men

Quote: οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

for

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason for the command that Jesus has just given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which you should do because”

this is the Law and the Prophets

Quote: οὗτος & ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the clause this is the Law and the Prophets means that Jesus’ command summarizes what the Law and the Prophets require. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is what the Law and Prophets require” or “this is a summary of the Law and the Prophets”

the Law and the Prophets

Quote: ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Law is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word Prophets is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets”

the Prophets

Quote: οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word Prophets represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”

Matthew 7:13-14

Enter through the narrow gate. For wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it … For the gate {is} narrow and the road has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it

Quote: εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς; & ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 7:13 and 7:14 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about the narrow gate together. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate. For the gate {is} narrow and the way has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it. But wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it”

Matthew 7:13

Enter through the narrow gate. For wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it

Quote: εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were walking on a road and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a gate. When a gate is narrow, that means that it is difficult to go through and that not many people go through it. When a gate is wide and a road is broad, that means that they are easy to travel on or go through and that many people travel on or through them. Since these are important images that Jesus uses in the following verse as well, you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “You should live like a traveler who enters through a narrow gate. Many people live like travelers who enter through a wide gate and travel on a broad road, but this path leads to destruction”

For

Quote: ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should enter through the narrow gate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because”

to destruction

Quote: εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being destroyed” or “to God destroying you”

many

Quote: πολλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many travelers”

Matthew 7:14

For the gate {is} narrow and the road has been made narrow

Quote: ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read For the gate is narrow and the road has been made narrow. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

For

Quote: ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces another reason why people should enter through the narrow gate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate because”

the gate {is} narrow and the road has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it

Quote: στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of how people live as if they were walking on a way and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a gate. When a gate is narrow and a way has been made narrow, that means that they are difficult to go through and that not many people go through them. Express the idea as you did in 7:13. Alternate translation: “only a few people live like travelers who find the narrow gate and travel on the road that has been made narrow, and this road leads to life”

the road has been made narrow

Quote: τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

life

Quote: τὴν ζωήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that life is eternal or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “eternal life”

to life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being able to live”

few

Quote: ὀλίγοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective few as a noun to mean few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “few travelers”

it

Quote: αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word it could refer to: (1) both the gate and the road. Alternate translation: “them” (2) just the road. Alternate translation: “this road” (3) just the gate. Alternate translation: “this gate”

Matthew 7:15

who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves

Quote: οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of God’s people as if they were sheep. By the false prophets wearing sheep’s clothing, he means that the false prophets pretend to be part of God’s people. However, Jesus says that inwardly they are ravenous wolves. He means that they hurt and take advantage of God’s people, which is acting just like wolves that eat sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who pretend to be part of your group, as if they were dressed in sheep’s clothing. However, inwardly they want to harm you, as if they were ravenous wolves”

in sheep’s clothing

Quote: ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase sheep’s clothing refers to disguising oneself to look like a sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “disguising themselves as sheep” or “pretending to be sheep”

ravenous wolves

Quote: λύκοι ἅρπαγες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When wolves are ravenous, they want to capture and eat other animals, such as sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hungry wolves” or “wolves on the hunt”

Matthew 7:16

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants that produced fruits. Just as thorny plants do not produce fruits, so evil people who do not trust God do not do what is right. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits. They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Similarly, evil people do not do what is right, do they”

By their fruits you will recognize them

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns their and them refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “You will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “You will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”

They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they

Quote: μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to to show that grapes do not come from a thornbush and figs do not come from thistles. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” or “No one gathers grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles!”

They do not gather … do they

Quote: μήτι συλλέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … do they”

grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles

Quote: ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

thistles

Quote: τριβόλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word thistles refers generally to plants that have points or spikes on their stems or leaves. These plants do not produce fruit. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “spiky plants”

Matthew 7:17

In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the rotten tree produces bad fruits

Quote: οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced fruits. Just as a good tree produces good fruits, so people who follow God do what is right. Just as a roten tree produces rotten fruits, so people who do not follow God do what is wrong. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the rotten tree produces bad fruits. Similarly, believers do what is right, but unbelievers do what is wrong”

the rotten tree produces

Quote: τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον & ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the rotten tree represents rotten trees in general, not one particular rotten tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rotten trees produce”

Matthew 7:18

A good tree is not able to produce bad fruits, nor a rotten tree to produce good fruits

Quote: οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced fruits. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse 7:17. Alternate translation: “A good tree is not able to produce bad fruits, nor a rotten tree to produce good fruits. Similarly, believers do not do what is wrong, and unbelievers do not do what is right”

nor a rotten tree

Quote: οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 7:19

Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire

Quote: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced fruit. Express the idea as you did in the previous verses 7:17–18. Alternate translation: “Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire. Similarly, every person who does not do what is right is judged and punished”

Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire

Quote: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They cut down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into a fire”

good fruit

Quote: καρπὸν καλὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “good fruits”

Matthew 7:20

So then

Quote: ἄρα γε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase So then introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been saying about trees, plants, and fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “As you can see”

by their fruits you will recognize them

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak about people as if they were plants that produced fruits. In this verse, Jesus repeats the general principle he stated in 7:16, so you should express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “you will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits”

by their fruits you will recognize them

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns their and them refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in 7:15. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “you will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “you will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”

Matthew 7:21

to me, ‘Lord, Lord

Quote: μοι, Κύριε, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here Jesus could quote these people repeating the word Lord in order to: (1) express the urgency or earnestness of the address. Alternate translation: “to me, ‘My Lord!’” (2) show that this address happens often. Alternate translation: “to me repeatedly, ‘Lord’”

but the one doing

Quote: ἀλλ’ ὁ ποιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the only people who enter into the kingdom of the heavens are those who do God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but only the one doing”

the one doing

Quote: ὁ ποιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one doing represents anyone who does these things in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who do”

the will of my Father in the heavens

Quote: τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 7:22

Many

Quote: πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

in that day

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase that day refers to how God will judge everyone at the end of this time period. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God is judging everyone”

day, ‘Lord, Lord

Quote: τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here Jesus again quotes these people repeating the word Lord. Express the idea as you did in 7:21. Alternate translation: “day, ‘My Lord!’” or “day repeatedly, ‘Lord’”

did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds

Quote: οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people speaking are using the question form to to show that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” or “we prophesied in your name, and we cast out demons in your name, and we did many mighty deeds in your name!”

in your name, … in your name … in your name

Quote: τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … by your authority … by your authority”

your … your … your

Quote: σῷ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the speakers are talking to Jesus, the word your in this verse is singular.

Matthew 7:23

I never knew you

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as those whom he knows. When he says I never knew you, he means that the person addressed was never one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have never been my disciples”

the ones practicing lawlessness

Quote: οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus directly addresses those to whom he is speaking as ones practicing lawlessness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the direct address more explicit. Alternate translation: “you who practice lawlessness”

lawlessness

Quote: τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is lawless”

Matthew 7:24

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion that is based on what Jesus has said in 7:21–23 and perhaps also what he said in 7:15–20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “So then”

these words of mine

Quote: μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase these words of mine could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”

will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus compares those who do what he has said to a person who builds his house on the rock, where it is secure and not easily knocked down. He means that people who do what he has said can be as confident about how God will judge them as the wise man is confident about the security of his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as sure about God’s favor as a wise man is sure that his house, which he built upon the rock, is secure”

will be compared to

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most natural for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “is compared to”

will be compared to

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to”

a wise man … his

Quote: ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a wise person … his or her”

rock

Quote: πέτραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word rock means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “bedrock” or “solid ground”

Matthew 7:25

struck against that house

Quote: προσέπεσαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the winds strike against that house by blowing hard and stressing the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “stressed that house” or “strained the house”

it had been founded

Quote: τεθεμελίωτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the rock

Quote: τὴν πέτραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Express the idea as you did in 7:25. Alternate translation: “the bedrock” or “the solid ground”

Matthew 7:26

these words of mine

Quote: μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 7:24, the phrase these words of mine could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”

will be compared to a foolish man who built his house upon the sand

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus compares those who do not do what he has said to a person who builds his house upon the sand, where it is not secure and is easily knocked down. He means that people who do not do what he has said cannot be confident about how God will judge them, just as the foolish man cannot be confident about the security of his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as unsure about God’s favor as a foolish man is unsure that his house, which he built upon the sand, is secure”

will be compared to

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, just as in 7:24, Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most natural for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “is compared to”

will be compared to

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

a foolish man … his

Quote: ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

upon the sand

Quote: ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word sand refers to very small pieces of rock that collect together, often on the edge of a body of water or in a desert. The sand constantly moves and shifts, and it is not a solid foundation on which to place anything. If your readers would not be familiar with sand, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “upon mud” or “upon what is not solid”

Matthew 7:27

struck against that house

Quote: προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Express the idea as you did in 7:25. Alternate translation: “stressed that house” or “strained the house”

its destruction was great

Quote: ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it was totally destroyed”

Matthew 7:28

And it happened that when Jesus finished speaking these words, the crowds were astonished at his teaching

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ sermon by describing how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus finished speaking these words. The crowds were astonished at his teaching”

at his teaching

Quote: ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Matthew could be focusing primarily on: (1) the way in which Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at how he taught” (2) what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at what he taught”

Matthew 7:29

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces the reason why “the crowds were astonished by his teaching” (7:28). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”

having authority

Quote: ἐξουσίαν ἔχων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one having been authorized”

not as their scribes

Quote: οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 8

Matthew 8 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1–9:34)
- Healing a leper (8:1–4)
- Healing the centurion’s servant (8:5–13)
- Healing Peter’s mother-in-law and many others (8:14–17)
- The cost of following Jesus (8:18–22)
- Calming the storm (8:23–27)
- Casting demons out of two men (8:28–34)

Important Concepts in this Chapter

Healings

In this chapter, Matthew narrates how Jesus heals a leper, the paralyzed servant of a centurion, Peter’s mother who had a fever, and many other people who were sick. In every case where Matthew describes what happened, Jesus speaks words, or he touches the sick person, or he does both. These stories show how powerful Jesus is. He does not need to use medicine or magic to heal people. Instead, he can just command the sickness to go away or simply touch the person.

Casting out demons

Matthew clearly distinguishes sick people from people who are controlled by demons. Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people. They usually use these people to hurt themselves or others. Matthew briefly mentions that Jesus drives demons out of people in 8:16. At the end of the chapter, he includes a longer story about how Jesus drives demons out of two men (8:28–34). The demons use the two men to speak, but they say what the demons want them to say. The demons know that Jesus is the Son of God, and they plead with Jesus not to punish them too much. Jesus agrees to do what they ask, but he is the one who is in charge. Again, the story shows how powerful Jesus is.

Feasting in the kingdom of heaven

In 8:11–12, Jesus speaks about how many people will feast with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the kingdom of the heavens. However, some people who are expected to be part of the feast will be cast outside and punished. It is likely that Jesus is referring to a feast that will eventually happen, so do not express the idea as if it were a metaphor.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Rhetorical Questions

In 8:26 and 8:29, characters in the story use rhetorical questions. They ask these questions to make strong points, not because they are looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and other people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 8:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

the mountain

Quote: τοῦ ὄρους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Express this phrase as you did in 5:1. Alternate translation: “the high place” or “the small mountain”

Matthew 8:2

behold, a leper, having approached, bowed before

Quote: ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν, προσεκύνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces a leper as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he bowed before”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”

you are able to make me clean

Quote: δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The man is using this statement to make a request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in request form. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”

to make me clean

Quote: με καθαρίσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The man talks about becoming clean ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is primarily asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to heal my disease”

Matthew 8:3

having reached out his hand, he touched him

Quote: ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα, ἥψατο αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns his and he refer to Jesus. The pronoun him refers to the leper. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “having reached out his hand, Jesus touched the leper”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

I am willing

Quote: θέλω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he is willing to cleanse or heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am willing to cleanse you”

his leprosy was cleansed

Quote: ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 8:4

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

you tell no one

Quote: μηδενὶ εἴπῃς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tell no one that you have been healed”

show yourself to the priest

Quote: σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “ask to be inspected by the priest” or “let yourself be examined by the priest”

offer the gift that Moses commanded

Quote: προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to offer a specific gift. This made the person ceremonially clean, and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded for making people clean again”

for a testimony to them

Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the man should show himself to the priest and offer the gift to prove or provide testimony that he had been healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony to them that you have been cleansed”

for a testimony to them

Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that it testifies to them”

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “to people” (2) the priests specifically. Alternate translation: “to the priests”

Matthew 8:5

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Matthew 8:6

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “telling him”

paralyzed

Quote: παραλυτικός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

People who is paralyzed are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and cannot move his limbs”

being tormented terribly

Quote: δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “suffering much” or “being greatly in pain”

being tormented terribly

Quote: δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the centurion tells Jesus what is happening to his servant. He implies that he wants Jesus to heal the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being tormented terribly, so please help him”

Matthew 8:7

he says to him

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the centurion. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the people. Alternate translation: “Jesus says to the centurion”

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

when} I have come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he will come to the centurion’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when I have come to your house”

when} I have come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when I have gone”

Matthew 8:8

you might enter under my roof

Quote: μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase enter under my roof means “come into my house.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might personally visit me” or “you might enter into my house”

only speak a word

Quote: μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Here, the centurion uses the command form to politely ask Jesus to speak a word. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “please speak only a word”

a word

Quote: λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the centurion means that Jesus can heal his servant by using a word of command, which is how Jesus healed the leper in 8:3. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the centurion is referring to a single word of command. Alternate translation: “one order” or “a word of command”

my servant will be healed

Quote: ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will heal my servant”

Matthew 8:9

placed under authority

Quote: ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom someone has placed under authority” or “who is under someone’s authority”

under me

Quote: ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the centurion speaks of those over whom he has authority as if they were under him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under my authority” or “whom I command”

and I say to this one, ‘Go,’ and he goes; and to another one, ‘Come,’ and he comes; and to my servant, ‘Do this,’ and he does {it

Quote: καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται, καὶ ἄλλῳ, ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου, ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and I tell this one to go, and he goes, and I tell another one to come, and he comes, and I tell my servant to do something, and he does it”

and to another one, ‘… and to my servant

Quote: καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say”

Matthew 8:10

was amazed

Quote: ἐθαύμασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “marveled”

to you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to everyone who follows him.

I have found such great faith from no one in Israel

Quote: παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have found no one in Israel, the people who should trust me, who trusts me as much as this Gentile does”

I have found such great faith from no one in Israel

Quote: παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read I have found such great faith from no one in Israel. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “not even in Israel have I found such great faith.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

I have found

Quote: εὗρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word found represents experiencing or observing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have experienced” or “I have observed”

such great faith from no one in Israel

Quote: παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “no one in Israel who believes so much”

in Israel

Quote: ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word Israel refers to the people who live in the country of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel”

Matthew 8:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”

you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to everyone who follows him.

many

Quote: πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

from east and west

Quote: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here, Jesus is referring to every direction by naming the directions that are opposities: east and west. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from every direction”

they will recline to eat

Quote: ἀνακλιθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “they will sit down to eat” or “they will eat”

they will recline to eat

Quote: ἀνακλιθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

When Jesus speaks about eating while in the kingdom of the heavens, he could mean: (1) that one thing that people will do is feast together. In this case, Jesus is not using a metaphor. Alternate translation: “they will recline at the feast” (2) that people will rejoice and be happy as if they were at a feast. In this case, Jesus is using a metaphor. Alternate translation: “they will rejoice”

with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob

Quote: μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The words Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob are the names of the three most important ancestors of Jesus’ people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, who are our important ancestors,”

Matthew 8:12

the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out

Quote: οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the sons of the kingdom

Quote: οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the sons of the kingdom refers to people who would normally belong in the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who would normally be part of the kingdom” or “those who expect to be in the kingdom”

the sons

Quote: οἱ & υἱοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

into the outer darkness

Quote: εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase the outer darkness refers to the place of punishment in contrast to the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. Alternate translation: “into the darkness of hell” or “into the dark place of punishment”

the outer darkness

Quote: τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”

grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”

Matthew 8:13

Go

Quote: ὕπαγε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the centurion should return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Return to your house”

let it be done for you

Quote: γενηθήτω σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let it happen to you” or “let God do it for you”

let it be done

Quote: γενηθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be done” or “I am doing it”

the servant was healed

Quote: ἰάθη ὁ παῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

at that hour

Quote: ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase at that hour indicates that the servant was healed when Jesus spoke these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”

Matthew 8:14

when} Jesus had come

Quote: ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when Jesus had gone”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to Peter. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Peter’s”

mother-in-law

Quote: τὴν πενθερὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

The word mother-in-law refers to the mother of Peter’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.

having been laid down

Quote: βεβλημένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lying down”

being sick with a fever

Quote: πυρέσσουσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A fever is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. People with fevers feel sick and weak. If your reader would not be familiar with fevers, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate Translation: “having a high body temperature” or “being ill with an elevated temperature”

Matthew 8:15

the fever left her

Quote: ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Matthew speaks of the fever as if it were a person that left her. He means that she was no longer sick with the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she was no longer sick with a fever” or “her fever was gone”

began to serve him

Quote: διηκόνει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that she took food and offered it to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gave him food”

Matthew 8:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

they brought

Quote: προσήνεγκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people brought”

many being possessed by demons

Quote: δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many whom demons possessed”

many

Quote: πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many people”

the spirits

Quote: τὰ πνεύματα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word spirits refers to the same spiritual beings that Matthew referred to earlier in the verse as demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same term in both places or make it clear in another way that these are same beings. Alternate translation: “the demonic spirits”

with a word

Quote: λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by speaking to them”

the ones having sickness

Quote: τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”

Matthew 8:17

so that might be fulfilled

Quote: ὅπως πληρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus casting out demons and healing people. Alternate translation: “with the result that would be fulfilled” (2) a purpose for which Jesus cast out demons and healed people. Alternate translation: “in order that might be fulfilled”

might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”

that which had been spoken

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 53:4). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”

He himself took our sicknesses and bore our diseases

Quote: αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He himself took our sicknesses; indeed, he bore our diseases”

He himself took our sicknesses and bore our diseases

Quote: αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could mean that Jesus: (1) removed sicknesses and healed diseases. Alternate translation: “He himself removed our sicknesses and healed our diseases” (2) became sick and diseased himself to deal with people’s sicknesses and diseases. Alternate translation: “He himself became sick in our place and became diseased in our place”

Matthew 8:18

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having seen

Quote: ἰδὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, the phrase having seen could introduce: (1) what happened before Jesus commanded his disciples. Alternate translation: “after he saw” (2) the reason for which Jesus commanded his disciples. Alternate translation: “because he saw”

a crowd

Quote: ὄχλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read a crowd. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “large crowds.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

commanded to depart to the other side

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “commanded, ‘Let us depart to the other side’”

commanded to depart

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus commanded the disciples to depart with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “commanded his disciples to depart with him”

to the other side

Quote: εἰς τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to depart with him to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee”

Matthew 8:19

And having approached, a scribe

Quote: καὶ προσελθὼν, εἷς γραμματεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus and the disciples have not yet gotten into a boat to cross over to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. He says that they get into the boat in 8:23. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And before they departed to the other side, a scribe approached and”

I will follow you wherever you go

Quote: ἀκολουθήσω σοι ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρχῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the clause I will follow you indicates that the scribe wishes to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. The phrase wherever you go indicates that he wishes to be Jesus’ disciple no matter what Jesus does or where he goes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will become your faithful disciple” or “I will travel with you as your student wherever you go”

Matthew 8:20

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky, nests

Quote: αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here, Jesus is referring to all animals by naming an animal that lives on land and an animal that flies in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all animals have places to live”

The foxes have dens

Quote: αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word foxes describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word dens refers to how these animals dig holes in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground”

the birds of the sky, nests

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the birds of the sky

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe birds that fly in the sky. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”

the birds of the sky

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression of the sky contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the birds”

but the Son of Man does not have {a place} where he might lay his head

Quote: ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “but I, the Son of Man, do not have a place where I might lay my head”

but the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus for the first time in Matthew uses the title Son of Man to refer to himself. He is using the title to refer to himself, a human, and also to implicitly identify himself with the important and powerful figure named “the son of man” in the Old Testament book of Daniel (see Daniel 7:13–14). See the book introduction for more information about this title. Consider how you might best translate this title here and throughout the rest of Matthew. Alternate translation: “but the Human One” or “but the one called Son of Man”

does not have {a place} where he might lay his head

Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus implies that if the scribe were to follow him, he too might not have a home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not have a place where he might lay his head, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have such a place either”

does not have {a place} where he might lay his head

Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase {a place} where he might lay his head refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not have a place where he might sleep” or “does not have a sleeping place”

does not have {a place} where he might lay his head

Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home”

Matthew 8:21

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

permit me first to go away and to bury my father

Quote: ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciple could be indicating that: (1) his father had not yet died, but he needed to help and support his father until he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “permit me first to go away and help my father until he dies and I bury him” (2) his father had died very recently, and he needed to mourn and arrange the burial ceremonies. Alternate translation: “permit me first to go away and to bury my father who just died”

first to go away and to bury my father

Quote: πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciple means that he plans to bury his father before he travels with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to go away and to bury my father first before I go with you”

Matthew 8:22

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

let the dead bury their own dead

Quote: ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the dead could refer to: (1) people who have already died. In this case, Jesus is stating that dead people will take care of other dead people. What he means is that living people should not be concerned about those who have died. Alternate translation: “let the dead take care of themselves” or “do not concern yourself with the dead” (2) people who are spiritually dead. In this case, Jesus is saying that only people who are spiritually dead should care more about burying their dead than following him. Alternate translation: “let the spiritually dead bury their own dead”

the dead … their own dead

Quote: τοὺς νεκροὺς & τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean dead people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead humans … their own dead humans”

Matthew 8:23

when} he had gotten into a boat, his disciples followed him

Quote: ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they started sailing across the Sea of Galilee, as Jesus had commanded in 8:18. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a boat, his disciples followed him into the boat, and they started to sail across the lake”

his disciples followed him

Quote: ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word followed could indicate: (1) simply that the disciples went into the boat with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his disciples entered the boat with him” (2) that the disciples went into the boat with Jesus since they were acting as his disciples or followers. Alternate translation: “his disciples went with him as his apprentices”

Matthew 8:24

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

the boat was covered by the waves

Quote: τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the waves covered the boat”

the boat was covered by the waves

Quote: τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the storm was causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the boat was filling up with water because of the waves”

he

Quote: αὐτὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”

Matthew 8:25

they woke him

Quote: ἤγειραν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the disciples, and the pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples woke Jesus”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “and they said”

we are perishing

Quote: ἀπολλύμεθα! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, the word we includes both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.

Matthew 8:26

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Why are you cowardly, you of little faith

Quote: τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for being cowardly and for having little faith. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith.” or “Do not be cowardly, you of little faith!”

are you … you of little faith

Quote: ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to all the disciples who are in the boat with him.

you of little faith

Quote: ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you who believe so little”

a great calm happened

Quote: ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of calm, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they became very calm”

Matthew 8:27

the men

Quote: οἱ & ἄνθρωποι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the men refers to the disciples who are on the boat with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

What sort of {man} is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him

Quote: ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “What sort of man is he? Even the winds and the sea obey him!”

What sort of {man} is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him

Quote: ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do these things. Alternate translation: “What sort of person is this man, for even the winds and the sea obey him”

Matthew 8:28

he

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word he refers directly to Jesus, but Matthew implies that the disciples were with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples”

to the other side

Quote: εἰς τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the other side refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee opposite to Capernaum, where Jesus and the disciples had started. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the opposite side of the lake”

of the Gadarenes

Quote: τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The name Gadarenes refers to people from the town of Gadara.

of the Gadarenes

Quote: τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read Gadarenes. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “Gergesenes,” and other ancient manuscripts read “Gerasenes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

two men met him, being possessed by demons, coming out of the tombs, very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road

Quote: ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here Matthew provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “two men met him. Now these men were possessed by demons, and they came out of the tombs. They were very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road”

being possessed by demons

Quote: δαιμονιζόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom demons had possessed”

coming out of the tombs

Quote: ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the two men live in the tombs and came from that area to meet Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming out of where they lived in the tombs”

that road

Quote: τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the road goes through or nearby the tombs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the nearby road” or “the road near them”

Matthew 8:29

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

What to us and to you, Son of God

Quote: τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The two men are using the question form to insist on something urgently. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to us and to you, Son of God!”

What to us and to you

Quote: τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the question What to us and to you asks whether you and us have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and we have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with us”

Son of God

Quote: Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

Have you come here to torment us before the set time

Quote: ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The men are using the question form to confront Jesus about why he has come to their area. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the set time for you to come here to torment us.” or “Surely you have not come here to torment us before the set time!”

before the set time

Quote: πρὸ καιροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the set time refers to the time when God will judge all evil spirits and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before the time when God will judge everyone” or “before the time that God has chosen for judgment”

Matthew 8:30

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthew uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “At the same time,”

at a distance from them

Quote: μακρὰν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase at a distance from them indicates that the pigs were far away from Jesus and the two men, but they could still be seen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “off in the distance” or “far away from them but still visible”

Matthew 8:31

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next part of the story. It does not introduce a contrast with the pigs grazing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next part of a story, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

If you cast us out

Quote: εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Although the demons speak as if this were a hypothetical situation, they are relatively sure that Jesus is going to cast them out. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the demons are saying is uncertain, then you could translate their words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “When you cast us out” or “After you cast us out”

us

Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, the word us refers only to the demons, not to Jesus or any of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.

send us away

Quote: ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

into the herd of the pigs

Quote: εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the demons speak of wanting to go into the herd of the pigs. They mean that they want to enter and control the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the herd of the pigs so that we can possess them”

Matthew 8:32

Go

Quote: ὑπάγετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is plural because Jesus is speaking to all the demons.

having come out

Quote: ἐξελθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they came out of the two men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the two men”

into the pigs

Quote: εἰς τοὺς χοίρους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, much as in 8:31, the demons gointo the pigs. This means that they enter and control the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the pigs to possess them”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

they died

Quote: ἀπέθανον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the pigs. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to the pigs. Alternate translation: “the pigs died”

Matthew 8:33

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the ones feeding them

Quote: οἱ & βόσκοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to the people who were taking care of the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones who were herding the pigs”

the city

Quote: τὴν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the city is the town of Gadara, which Matthew already referred to indirectly in 8:28. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the city of Gadara”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and could introduce: (1) one of the specific things that they reported. Alternate translation: “especially” (2) another thing that they reported. Alternate translation: “and also”

the ones possessed by demons

Quote: τῶν δαιμονιζομένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the demons had possessed”

Matthew 8:34

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

the whole city

Quote: πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says whole here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the city”

the whole city

Quote: πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase the whole city represents most of the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “most of the people from the city”

they begged him that he would depart from their region

Quote: παρεκάλεσαν ὅπως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they begged, ‘Please depart from our region’”

Matthew 9

Matthew 9 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
- Healing a paralytic (9:1–8)
- Calling Matthew and eating with sinners (9:9–13)
- Jesus brings something new (9:14–17)
- Healing a woman and resurrecting a girl (9:18–26)
- Healing two blind men (9:27–31)
- Casting a demon out of a mute man (9:32–34)
Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
- More laborers for the harvest (9:35–38)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Healings

In this chapter, Matthew narrates how Jesus heals a paralyzed man, a woman with a disease that caused bleeding, two blind men, and many other people who were sick. In every case where Matthew describes what happened, Jesus speaks words, or he touches the sick person, or he does both. These stories show how powerful Jesus is. He does not need to use medicine or magic to heal people. Instead, he can just command the sickness to go away or simply touch the person.

Casting out demons

Matthew clearly distinguishes sick people from people who are controlled by demons. Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people. They usually use these people to hurt themselves or others. In 9:32–34, Matthew briefly describes how Jesus drove out a demon who caused the man it controlled to be mute, that is, unable to speak. In response, both the crowds and the Pharisees realize that Jesus is powerful.

Resurrecting the dead

In 9:18–19 and 9:23–26, Matthew narrates how Jesus raised a girl from the dead. While Jesus describes her as only “sleeping,” he uses this word to indicate that the girl will “wake up” from being dead. The story clearly indicates that the girl had died and that Jesus raises her from the dead by touching her.

“Sinners”

When Matthew uses the word “sinners,” he is describing a group of people whom many Jewish religious groups would have considered to be living in ways that were improper for those who were part of God’s people. Some of these people may have committed significant sins, while others may have disagreed with many of the Jewish religious groups about how Jews could properly behave. If possible, use a word or phrase that identifies people who are not living as many religious groups think that people should live. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The short parables in 9:15–17

In these verses, Jesus gives three short parables that describe how certain things do not go well together. Fasting does not happen during a wedding celebration. An unshrunk piece of cloth does not make a good patch for an old garment. Old wineskins do not make a good container for fresh wine that still needs to ferment. Jesus tells these parables to illustrate how his ministry and preaching do not match well with how people had previously done things. In other words, Jesus wants people to expect what he does to be new, and this may require thinking and doing many new things. You should preserve these parables, since they are not direct metaphors. If necessary, you could introduce them in such a way that your readers recognize that they are parables or illustrations. See the notes on each verse for possible translation options. (See: Parables)

The harvest metaphor

In 9:37–38, Jesus speaks of people who will believe as if they were a harvest of grain, and he speaks of those who preach the gospel as the laborers who work to harvest the grain. Just as when there is a large harvest but only a few laborers, so there are many people who will believe, but only a few people who are preaching the gospel. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Matthew 9:1

he crossed over

Quote: διεπέρασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the lake”

he crossed over

Quote: διεπέρασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

his own city

Quote: τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase his own city refers to the city in which Jesus was living, which was Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the city where he was living” or “Capernaum, his own city”

Matthew 9:2

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

they were bringing … their

Quote: προσέφερον & αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronouns they and their refer to the people who brought the paralytic to Jesus. Matthew does not give us any more information about who they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to specific people who are not named. Alternate translation: “certain people were bringing … these people’s”

a paralytic … to the paralytic

Quote: παραλυτικὸν & τῷ παραλυτικῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word paralytic describes people who are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. See how you translated paralytic in 4:24. Alternate translation: “a paralyzed person … to the paralyzed person” or “a person who could not move his limbs … to the person who could not move his limbs”

a mat

Quote: κλίνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a stretcher”

having seen their faith

Quote: ἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having recognized that they were convinced that he could heal the paralytic”

their faith

Quote: τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how they trusted”

Child

Quote: τέκνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus calls the paralytic Child to indicate that he cares for him. The word also implies that the paralytic was younger than Jesus. The paralytic was not actually Jesus’ son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Young one”

have courage

Quote: θάρσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be courageous”

Your sins are forgiven

Quote: ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins”

Matthew 9:3

behold

Quote: ἰδού (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

among themselves

Quote: ἐν ἑαυτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase among themselves could mean that: (1) the scribes said these words to themselves, not out loud. Alternate translation: “in themselves” or “to themselves” (2) the scribes said these words quietly to other scribes. Alternate translation: “to each other”

This one

Quote: οὗτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the scribes refer to Jesus by using the phrase This one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reference more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man” or “This Jesus”

Matthew 9:4

having seen their thoughts

Quote: ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Matthew speaks as if Jesus could see people’s thoughts. He means that Jesus knew what they were thinking, even though they did not say it out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having known their thoughts” or “having perceived their thoughts”

For what reason do you think evil in your hearts

Quote: ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not think evil in your hearts.” or “Do not think evil in your hearts!”

do you think … your

Quote: ἐνθυμεῖσθε & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words you and you are plural because Jesus is speaking to the scribes.

evil

Quote: πονηρὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective evil as a noun to mean evil thoughts. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thoughts”

in your hearts

Quote: ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In Matthew’s culture, hearts are the places where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in your heads” or “in your minds”

Matthew 9:5

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the scribes should not be thinking evil in their hearts (9:4). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “I say that because”

which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk

Quote: τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show the scribes which of these things is easier to say. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. He could mean: (1) that saying Your sins have been forgiven is easier than saying Get up and walk. This is because it is easy to show that someone is lying when they try to heal a paralytic, but it is not easy to show that someone is lying when they claim to forgive sins. Alternate translation: “it is easier to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk.’” (2) that both things are equally easy to say. Alternate translation: “saying ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ is just as easy as saying, ‘Get up and walk.’”

to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk

Quote: εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are no quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to say that a person’s sins have been forgiven or to tell a person to get up and walk”

Your sins have been forgiven

Quote: ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”

Matthew 9:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a slight contrast with the comparison in the previous verse. Jesus now shows that he will both forgive and heal the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a slight contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “But now,” or “Leaving that aside,”

in order that you might know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins,”—he then says to the paralytic—“Getting up

Quote: ἵνα & εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας (τότε λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ), ἐγερθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase in order that introduces the purpose for which Jesus says to the paralytic the commands that he gives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that provides the stated purpose for which a person performs an action. Alternate translation: “here is what I will do so that you might know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins.’ Then, he says to the paralytic, ‘Getting up”

you might know … your … your

Quote: εἰδῆτε & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the you is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of your are singular and are addressed to the paralytic.

the Son of Man has

Quote: ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have”

has authority

Quote: ἐξουσίαν ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has been authorized”

to the paralytic

Quote: τῷ παραλυτικῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word paralytic describes people who are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. See how you translated paralytic in 9:2. Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs”

mat

Quote: τὴν κλίνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. See how you translated this word in 9:2. Alternate translation: “stretcher”

Matthew 9:7

having gotten up, he went away

Quote: ἐγερθεὶς, ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been healed, he got up and went away”

Matthew 9:8

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next action in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

when} the crowds had seen this

Quote: ἰδόντες & οἱ ὄχλοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word this refers to how Jesus had healed the paralytic man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the crowds had seen Jesus heal the man”

they were afraid

Quote: ἐφοβήθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read they were afraid. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “they marveled.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

having given such authority to men

Quote: τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here this phrase further describes God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “who has given such authority to men” or “the one having given such authority to men”

having given such authority to men

Quote: τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having authorized men to do such things”

to men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Matthew is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to humans”

Matthew 9:9

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus healed the paralytic man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he healed the man”

saw a man named Matthew sitting at the tax collector’s office

Quote: εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces a tax collector named Matthew as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “saw a man whose name was Matthew. Matthew was sitting at the tax collection office”

named Matthew

Quote: Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had the name Matthew”

sitting at the tax collector’s office

Quote: καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here we learn that Matthew worked as a tax collector. He would sit at the tax collection office and make sure that people paid their taxes to the Roman empire, who had control over this area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who worked to collect taxes for the Romans at the tax collection office”

he says to him

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to Matthew. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus says to Matthew”

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

he followed him

Quote: ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun he refers to Matthew, and the pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Matthew followed Jesus”

Matthew 9:10

And it happened that

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase And it happened that introduces something that happened soon after what Matthew previously narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an event that came soon after the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,”

was reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνακειμένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to eat” or “was eating”

the house

Quote: τῇ οἰκίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here it is implied that this is Matthew’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Matthew’s house”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Matthew 9:11

having seen this

Quote: ἰδόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word this refers to how Jesus was feasting with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having seen that Jesus was feasting in this way”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus’”

Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners

Quote: διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The Pharisees are using the question form to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your teacher has no reason to eat with tax collectors and sinners.” or “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!”

your

Quote: ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is plural because the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus’ disciples.

Matthew 9:12

he

Quote: ὁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”

having heard this

Quote: ἀκούσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word this refers to what the Pharisees asked the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard what the Pharisees asked”

The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness

Quote: οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do”

the ones having sickness

Quote: οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the ones having sickness

Quote: οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are sick”

Matthew 9:13

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces how Jesus will apply the proverb he spoke in the previous verse (9:12). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”

having gone, learn

Quote: πορευθέντες & μάθετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase having gone indicates that Jesus wants the Pharisees to study the passage he is about to quote more carefully. Jesus does not mean that they have to leave him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “carefully read and learn” or “think carefully and learn”

learn

Quote: μάθετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees.

what this is

Quote: τί ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus means that they should learn what the passage he is about to quote means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what this means” or “the meaning of this passage”

what this is: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice

Quote: τί ἐστιν: ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from Hosea 6:6, where God is speaking to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce the quotation as something that God has said that is written in the Scriptures, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “what this passage from the book of Hosea is: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice” or “what God said through Hosea: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice”

I desire mercy and not sacrifice

Quote: ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here God says that he does not want any sacrifice. The Israelites would have understood him to mean that God primarily wants mercy, and he only wants sacrifice if there is also mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I primarily desire mercy, and only then sacrifice” or “I desire mercy much more than sacrifice”

mercy and not sacrifice

Quote: ἔλεος & καὶ οὐ θυσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of mercy and sacrifice, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “people to be merciful and not to sacrifice to me”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a development based on what the quotation means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then,” or “In light of that,”

For I did not come

Quote: οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word come refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For I did not come to this world” or “For I am not acting”

the righteous

Quote: δικαίους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people”

but sinners

Quote: ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 9:14

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the word Then introduces a new event that took place sometime after the previous event, probably relatively soon after. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “One day,”

of John

Quote: Ἰωάννου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the name John refers to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer to him more explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist”

come

Quote: προσέρχονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Jesus”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

For what reason do we and the Pharisees often fast, but your disciples do not fast

Quote: διὰ τί ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλά, οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σου οὐ νηστεύουσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this sentence into two sentences, one giving the reason for the question, and the other asking the question. Alternate translation: “We and the Pharisees often fast. For what reason do your disciples not fast?”

we

Quote: ἡμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, the word we refers only to the disciples of John. It does not include Jesus or his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.

Matthew 9:15

The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? But days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and then they will fast

Quote: μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers a brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of him as if he were a bridegroom and of his disciples as if they were the sons of the bridal chamber. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that Jesus is like the bridegroom, and his disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? But days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and then they will fast. I am like the bridegroom, and my disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber.”

The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they

Quote: μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach John’s disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” or “The sons of the bridal chamber cannot mourn while the bridegroom is still with them!”

The sons of the bridal chamber

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression sons of describes people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants”

days will come when

Quote: ἐλεύσονται & ἡμέραι ὅταν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus is using the word days to refer to a particular time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a time will come when” or “there will be a time when”

the bridegroom will be taken away

Quote: ἀπαρθῇ & ὁ νυμφίος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 9:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces another example that Jesus uses to explain why his disciples do not fast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “Again,”

no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for its patch tears away from the garment, and a worse tear happens

Quote: οὐδεὶς & ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of the new things that he teaches and does as a patch of unshrunk cloth and of the current ways of doing things as if they were an old garment. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the patch of unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment. Alternate translation: “no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for its patch tears away from the garment, and a worse tear happens. What I say and do is like the unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment.”

no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment

Quote: οὐδεὶς & ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to the practice of patching a hole or tear in a garment by sewing or attaching a patch to the garment to cover the hole or tear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one patches an old garment with a patch of unshrunk cloth”

its patch tears away from the garment

Quote: αἴρει & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the patch will tear away when the garment is washed, because the patch will shrink and rip the old garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the garment is washed, its patch will shrink and tear away from the garment”

Matthew 9:17

Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins. But if not, the skins are burst, and the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed. But they put new wine into new wineskins, and both are preserved

Quote: οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται & ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of the new things that he teaches and does as new wine and of the current ways of doing things as if they were old wineskins. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like old wineskins. Alternate translation: “Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins. But if not, the skins are burst, and the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed. Instead, they put new wine into new wineskins, and both are preserved. What I say and do is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like the old wineskins.”

Neither do they put … they put

Quote: οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “Likewise, no one puts … a person puts”

But if not

Quote: εἰ δὲ μή γε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here, the phrases But if not introduces what would happen if people actually did put new wine into old wineskins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Otherwise” or “But supposing that they actually do that”

the skins are burst, and the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed

Quote: ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the new wine bursts the skins, and the wine spills out, and the wineskins become useless”

the skins are burst

Quote: ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the new wine, when it ferments, will expand and burst the skins, which are old and so no longer able to stretch. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the wine ferments, the skins cannot stretch and are burst”

both

Quote: ἀμφότεροι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word both refers to the new wine and the fresh wineskins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “both wine and wineskins”

both are preserved

Quote: ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that preserves both” or “both are safe”

Matthew 9:18

While} he was saying these things to them

Quote: ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here Matthew uses the clause {While} he was saying these things to them to introduce a new event that began while Jesus was saying the words that Matthew records in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event that began during the previous event. Alternate translation: “Something happened while Jesus was saying these things to them:”

he … to them, … to him

Quote: αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῖς & αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronouns he and him refer to Jesus, and the pronoun them refers to the disciples of John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus … to John the Baptist’s disciples … to Jesus”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

a certain official, having approached, bowed down

Quote: ἄρχων εἷς προσελθὼν, προσεκύνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces the official as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a man approached. He was an official, and he bowed down”

a certain official

Quote: ἄρχων εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

While Mark and Luke identify this man as the ruler or leader of a synagogue, Matthew uses a more general title to identify him as a leader or important person. Since Matthew did not specify exactly what position this man had, you should use a general term for a leader or important person. Alternate translation: “a certain leader” or “a certain prominent man”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him”

but

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word but introduces what the man wants Jesus to do, even though his daughter has already died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but despite that” or “yet even though that has happened”

but, having come, lay your hand on her

Quote: ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

and

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces what the man believes will happen as a result of Jesus laying his hand on his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “and so”

Matthew 9:19

followed him

Quote: ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus and his disciples went with the man to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “followed him to his home”

Matthew 9:20-21

And behold, a woman suffering from a discharge of blood for 12 years, having approached from behind, touched the edge of his cloak … for she was saying in herself, “If only I touch his cloak, I will be saved

Quote: καὶ ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ. & ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 9:20 and 9:21 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to include what the woman is thinking before she acts based on what she is thinking. Alternate translation: “And behold, there was a woman suffering from a discharge of blood for 12 years. She was saying to herself, ‘If only I touch his cloak, I will be saved.’ So, having approached from behind, she touched the edge of his cloak.”

Matthew 9:20

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

a woman suffering from a discharge of blood for 12 years, having approached from behind, touched

Quote: γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces this woman as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had suffered from a discharge of blood for 12 years. She approached Jesus from behind and touched”

suffering from a discharge of blood

Quote: αἱμορροοῦσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Matthew uses the phrase a discharge of blood to refer discreetly to her condition or illness. She was probably experiencing menstrual bleeding at many times, even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering from abnormal menstruation” or “suffering from frequent menstrual bleeding”

touched the edge of his cloak

Quote: ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here Matthew does not explain why she touched the edge of his cloak. Since Matthew does explain it in the next verse, you should not explain its meaning here.

Matthew 9:21

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the woman touched the edge of Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which she did because”

she was saying in herself

Quote: ἔλεγεν & ἐν ἑαυτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the clause she was saying in herself indicates that she was thinking the words, not saying them out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to thinking or speaking only to oneself. Alternate translation: “she was saying to herself” or “she was thinking to herself”

in herself, “If only I touch his cloak, I will be saved

Quote: ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to herself that if she could only touch his cloak, she would be saved”

only I touch

Quote: μόνον ἅψωμαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word only indicates that the woman thinks that, to be healed, she does not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all I do is touch” or “I can just touch”

I will be saved

Quote: σωθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God will save me” or “he will save me”

Matthew 9:22

Daughter

Quote: θύγατερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus calls the woman Daughter to indicate that he cares for her. The word implies that the woman was younger than Jesus. The woman was not actually Jesus’ daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Dear woman”

take courage

Quote: θάρσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be courageous”

your faith has saved you

Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believed, and that has caused you to be saved”

your faith has saved you

Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks of the woman’s faith as if it had actively saved her. He means that her faith was the necessary condition for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because of your faith, you have been saved”

the woman was saved

Quote: ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that it is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God saved the woman” or “Jesus saved the woman”

from that hour

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase from that hour indicates that the woman was healed at the time when she encountered Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that moment on”

Matthew 9:23

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

the flute players

Quote: τοὺς αὐλητὰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A flute is a musical instrument. It is a thin, hollow rod, and people blow into one end of it to make sounds. In Jesus’ culture, people often hired flute players to play music at funerals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of instrument or why people are playing it when someone dies, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “people playing funeral songs” or “the musicians for the funeral”

the crowd being disturbed

Quote: τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to how people make much noise when they are grieving or mourning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the crowd grieving loudly” or “the crowd being very loud as they mourned”

being disturbed

Quote: θορυβούμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “making a commotion” or “being noisy”

Matthew 9:24

Go away

Quote: ἀναχωρεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the flute players and the crowd.

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the flute players and the crowd should go away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because”

the girl

Quote: τὸ κοράσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word girl refers to a very young woman. We know from Mark and Luke that she was about 12 years old. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to a girl who is about this age. Alternate translation: “the young girl”

but sleeps

Quote: ἀλλὰ καθεύδει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 9:25

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast between how the crowd laughed at Jesus and what Jesus himself does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Nevertheless,”

the crowd had been put outside

Quote: ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus made the crowd leave. Alternate translation: “Jesus had put the crowd outside” or “the crowd went outside”

having entered

Quote: εἰσελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus entered the room or place where the dead girl was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having entered the girl’s room” or “having entered the place where the dead girl lay”

he took her hand

Quote: ἐκράτησεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun her refers to the girl who had died. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus took the girl’s hand”

was raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase raised up indicates both that the girl came back to life and that she stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came back to life and got up”

the girl was raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Matthew implies that Jesus raised her from the dead, but the girl herself got up from where she was lying. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl up” or “the girl got up”

Matthew 9:26

this report went out into

Quote: ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Matthew speaks of the report as if it were a person who could go out. He means that people shared the report with others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people shared this report throughout”

this report

Quote: ἡ φήμη αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew is referring to the news about how Jesus raised the girl who had died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the report about what Jesus had done” or “the story about what had happened”

into all that region

Quote: εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word region refers to the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people throughout all that region”

Matthew 9:27

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus raised the girl who had died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the official’s house” or “from where he raised the girl”

crying out and saying

Quote: κράζοντες καὶ λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “crying out” or “saying loudly”

Have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When the blind men ask for mercy, they are asking Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have mercy on us and heal us”

Have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὲ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὲ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”

Matthew 9:28

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

when} he had come

Quote: ἐλθόντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when he had gone”

into the house

Quote: εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the house refers to the place where Jesus was staying. He did not own the house, but someone was letting him live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the house in which he was living”

came

Quote: προσῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Do you believe

Quote: πιστεύετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.

to do this

Quote: τοῦτο ποιῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The pronoun this refers to the act of healing them. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this act directly. Alternate translation: “to make you see”

Yes, Lord

Quote: ναί, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe that you are able to do this”

Matthew 9:29

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Let it be done to you

Quote: γενηθήτω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let it happen to you” or “Let God do it for you”

to you … your

Quote: ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words you and your are plural because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.

Let it be done

Quote: γενηθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be done” or “I am doing it”

according to your faith

Quote: κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “just as you believed”

Matthew 9:30

their eyes were opened

Quote: ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the clause their eyes were opened indicates that they were now able to see with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their eyes were healed” or “their eyes could see”

their eyes were opened

Quote: ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes became open”

warned them, saying

Quote: ἐνεβριμήθη αὐτοῖς & λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “warned them by saying” or “gave them this warning:”

See that

Quote: ὁρᾶτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word See means that men need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that”

See that

Quote: ὁρᾶτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.

you let no one know {about this

Quote: μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that they should let no one know that Jesus was the one who healed them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you let no one know that I healed you” or “you let no one know about what I have done”

Matthew 9:31

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the men actually did in contrast to what Jesus told them to avoid doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “In contrast,”

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

it

Quote: αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the story about how Jesus healed the two blind men. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this story more directly. Alternate translation: “this story” or “how Jesus had healed them”

Matthew 9:32

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they could refer to: (1) the two men whom Jesus had just healed. Alternate translation: “those two men” (2) Jesus and his disciples, who were leaving the house that they had been in. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

they brought

Quote: προσήνεγκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to unnamed friends of the demon-possessed man. It does not refer to the two men who were going away. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a word or phrase that refers to unnamed people. Alternate translation: “certain people brought”

to him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Jesus”

a mute, demon-possessed man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mute person is a person who cannot speak. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of disorder or illness, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a demon-possessed man who was unable to talk”

a mute, demon-possessed man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the demon made the man mute. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a man possessed by a demon that made him mute”

a mute, demon-possessed man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a mute man whom a demon had possessed”

Matthew 9:33

the demon having been cast out

Quote: ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the demon having been cast out

Quote: ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the demon had been cast out of the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon having been cast out of the man”

the mute {man

Quote: ὁ κωφός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mute person is a person who cannot speak. Express the idea as you did in 9:32. Alternate translation: “the man who was unable to talk”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Such as this has never been seen

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this”

Matthew 9:34

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the Pharisees say in contrast to what the crowds said (9:33). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

By the ruler of the demons

Quote: ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the Pharisees mean that Jesus has power from the ruler of the demons to cast out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “By the power of the ruler of the demons” or “As he is empowered by the ruler of the demons”

the ruler of the demons

Quote: τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the ruler of the demons refers to the devil, that is, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Satan, the ruler of the demons,”

Matthew 9:35

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word And introduces a summary of what Jesus normally did during this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of summary, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “During this time,”

all the cities and the villages

Quote: τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew is referring to all the cities and the villages in a specific area. He may mean the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these cities and villages are in a specific region. Alternate translation: “all the cities and the villages of that region”

the gospel of the kingdom

Quote: τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms every disease and every sickness mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says every here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of disease and sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”

Matthew 9:36

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having seen the crowds, he felt compassion for them, because they were troubled and discouraged, like sheep not having a shepherd

Quote: ἰδὼν & τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐριμμένοι, ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the reason why Jesus felt compassion before stating that he felt that way. Alternate translation: “he saw that the crowds were troubled and discouraged, like sheep not having a shepherd. So, he felt compassion for them”

he felt compassion for

Quote: ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”

they were troubled and discouraged

Quote: ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐριμμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were experiencing trouble and discouragement” or “things were troubling and discouraging them”

like sheep not having a shepherd

Quote: ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Matthew compares the crowds to sheep who do not have a shepherd. Just as sheep without a shepherd have no one to lead and take care of them, so the crowds have no one to lead and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the simile more explicitly. Alternate translation: “and, like sheep without a shepherd, they did not know what to do or where to go”

Matthew 9:37

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Indeed, the harvest {is} plentiful, but the laborers {are} few

Quote: ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people who will believe as if they were a harvest, and he speaks of those who proclaim the good news as if they were laborers who help with the harvest. He means that there are many people who are ready to believe, but there are only a few people proclaiming the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There are many people who will believe in me, but only a few people are proclaiming the good news. It is as if there were a plentiful harvest but only a few laborers”

Matthew 9:38

earnestly ask

Quote: δεήθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

the Lord of the harvest, so that he might send out laborers into his harvest

Quote: τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of people who will believe as if they were a harvest and of those who proclaim the good news as if they were laborers who help with the harvest. He also describes God as the Lord of the harvest. He means that the disciples should ask God to send more people to proclaim the good news to others. Express the idea as you did in 9:37. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who is like the person in charge of the harvest, to send out more people who will proclaim the good news. These people are like the laborers for the harvest.”

the Lord of the harvest

Quote: τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe God as the one who is the Lord who is in charge of the harvest. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest”

of the harvest, so that he might send out laborers into his harvest

Quote: τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “of the harvest, ‘Please send out laborers into your harvest.’”

Matthew 10

Matthew 10 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35–10:42)
- The 12 disciples (10:1–4)
- Instructions about behavior and travel (10:5–15)
- Teaching on persecution (10:16–39)
  - Expecting persecution (10:16–23)
  - Motivation to persevere (10:24–33)
  - Purpose during persecution (10:34–39)
- How to treat fellow disciples (10:40–42)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Jesus’ instructions on how to travel

Jesus instructs the disciples not to bring money, sandals, staff, or extra clothing with them when they travel and preach the good news. Instead, he wants the disciples to rely on the hospitality of people they visit. So, he instructs them to find someone who is “worthy” to host them, and he tells them to stay at that person’s house until they leave the area. Make sure that your translation indicates that the disciples should not pack money or extra clothing because they will be staying with people who welcome them and their message.

The coming of the Son of Man

In 10:23, Jesus tells the disciples that they will not complete their work in the towns of Israel before “the Son of Man comes.” Jesus often uses the phrase “Son of Man” to refer to himself as an important representative of God. In this verse, it is not clear what it means for this important figure, Jesus himself, to “come.” Christians have understood this “coming” in several ways:

it could describe Jesus’ second coming, but it seems like the disciples probably did finish their work in the towns of Israel before Jesus’ second coming.
it could describe the time when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem, which was Jesus “coming” to judge and punish.
it could describe Jesus’ ascension to be enthroned in heaven. In this case, “coming” refers going into heaven, not coming to earth.
it could describe Jesus’ appearances to the disciples after his resurrection.

Since Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on 10:23 for translation options.

Persecution and conflict

Throughout this chapter, Jesus speaks about the persecutions and troubles his disciples will face, even from members of their own families. He motivates them to persevere during these persecutions and troubles in several ways. First, he reminds them that people persecute him, and so they will definitely persecute his disciples. That means that persecution is a sign that the disciples are following Jesus. Second, he encourages them that God knows and cares about them and their suffering. Third, he tells them that God will show them what to say when people are accusing them. In the end, Jesus wants to teach his disciples to expect persecution, how to think about it, and how to persevere during it.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

The 12 disciples

The following are the lists of the 12 disciples in Matthew, Mark, and Luke:

In Matthew 10:2–4:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark 3:16–19:

Simon (Peter), James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke 6:14–16:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

These lists do not always follow the same order or use the same names for the disciples. In that culture, people often had two or three names. For example, it is likely that that Thaddaeus was also named Judas or Jude. So, do not harmonize these lists by using the same sequence or names in each case. You should translate Matthew’s list as Matthew presents it.

Singular and plural forms of “you”

In this chapter, Jesus is giving instructions to the 12 disciples. Because of that, all forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 10:1

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

his 12 disciples

Quote: τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Since Matthew will list who these 12 disciples are in the following verse, you do not need to explain in this verse who they are. However, you could clarify that these are the 12 closest or most important disciples. Matthew does not mean that Jesus only had 12 disciples. Alternate translation: “his 12 closest disciples” or “his 12 most important disciples”

he gave them authority over unclean spirits

Quote: ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he empowered them to control unclean spirits”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms every disease and every sickness mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says every here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of disease and sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”

Matthew 10:2

Now the names of the 12 apostles

Quote: τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthews uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand who the 12 disciples were. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for these 12 apostles, their names”

first

Quote: πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “one”

first

Quote: πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here Matthew introduces the first item in the list with the word first, but then he does not number any other items in the list. If it would be unnatural in your language to number the first item in a list but then omit other numbers, you could use another form that introduces the first item in a list, or you could leave first untranslated. Alternate translation: “at the beginning”

called Peter

Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose other name was Peter”

his brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

his brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Matthew 10:3

Thaddaeus

Quote: Θαδδαῖος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Thaddaeus is the name of a man.

Thaddaeus

Quote: Θαδδαῖος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read Thaddaeus. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Lebbaeus, who was surnamed Thaddaeus.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 10:4

the Cananaios

Quote: ὁ Καναναῖος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

Cananaios is a word borrowed from Aramaic that describes someone as a “zealot,” that is, someone who is very zealous about something. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. If you translate the word’s meaning, Cananaios could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One”

the {one} having also handed him over

Quote: ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

Matthew writes having also handed him over to provide some extra information about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “who would later also hand him over”

him

Quote: αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”

Matthew 10:5

These 12 Jesus sent out, having instructed them, saying

Quote: τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events

Here Matthew narrates how Jesus sent out the disciples before he narrates what Jesus instructed them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events more explicit. Alternate translation: “When Jesus was about to send the twelve out, he instructed them, saying”

12

Quote: τοὺς δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective twelve as a noun to mean twelve men. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “twelve men”

sent out

Quote: ἀπέστειλεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew does not clarify here what Jesus sent them out to do. However, in the instructions from Jesus in the following verses, Jesus makes it clear what he has sent them out to do. So, you do not need to include any implicit information here.

having instructed them, saying

Quote: παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “having instructed them with these words:”

on the way {to the} Gentiles

Quote: εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus means that the twelve disciples should not travel to any area where Gentiles live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Gentile regions”

into a city

Quote: εἰς πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word city represents cities in general, not one particular city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into any city”

Matthew 10:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe: (1) all of the house of Israel as lost sheep. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep, who are the house of Israel” (2) some of the house of Israel as lost sheep. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep among the house of Israel”

the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of his fellow Jewish people as if they were lost sheep. He means that they are not following God and need help. This is an important metaphor in the Bible, so you could preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “the house of Israel, who are like lost sheep” or “the house of Israel, who are far away from God, like lost sheep”

of the house of Israel

Quote: οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Matthew refers to a people group or nation as if it were a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the nation of Israel” or “of the Israelites”

Matthew 10:7

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next section of the instructions that Jesus is giving to his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next section, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

preach, saying

Quote: κηρύσσετε λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “preach this:”

saying, ‘The kingdom of the heavens has come near

Quote: λέγοντες, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the kingdom of the heavens has come near.”

has come near

Quote: ἤγγικεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 3:2. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”

Matthew 10:8

the sick, … the dead

Quote: ἀσθενοῦντας & νεκροὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjectives sick and dead as nouns to mean people who are sick and dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sick people … dead people”

raise the dead

Quote: νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase raise the dead refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again”

cleanse the lepers

Quote: λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus commands the disciples to ceremonially cleanse the lepers, but he implies that he wants them to heal people of skin diseases, since they are what make lepers unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “heal lepers from their unclean diseases”

Freely you have received; freely give

Quote: δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that he has given things to them Freely, and so they should also give to others freely. The things that they have received and should give could be: (1) the power and authority to preach, heal, and cast out demons. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received power from me; freely use that power for others” (2) help and blessings from God. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received help from God; freely give help to other people”

Matthew 10:9

Do not acquire

Quote: μὴ κτήσησθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word acquire refers to getting and packing things to take on a trip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not take with you”

gold or silver or copper

Quote: χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words gold, silver, and copper refer to various coins made out of these metals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “gold coins or silver coins or copper coins” or “any amount of money”

copper

Quote: χαλκὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word copper refers to a brown metal that is less valuable than gold or silver. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of metal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “bronze” or “less valuable metal”

in your belts

Quote: εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In Jesus’ culture, people would often wrap their money up in long strips of cloth and then tie them around their waists as belts. This was a way to keep the money safe while the people were traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in your money bag” or “to have with you as you travel”

Matthew 10:10

a bag

Quote: πήραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term bag means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a knapsack”

the road

Quote: ὁδὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, road represents a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the journey”

two tunics

Quote: δύο χιτῶνας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that they should bring only one tunic instead of two. In other words, they should not bring an extra one in case they needed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second tunic” or “a spare tunic”

sandals

Quote: ὑποδήματα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could mean that the disciples should: (1) not wear anything on their feet but instead go barefoot. Alternate translation: “shoes” or “footwear” (2) not bring an extra pair of sandals. Alternate translation: “” “extra sandals”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should not take any of these things with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”

the laborer {is} worthy of his food

Quote: ἄξιος & ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that each laborer desires to receive food. He applies this to the disciples, who are serving others and so deserve to receive what they need to live. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “workers deserve food” or “those who work should be given what they need”

of his food

Quote: τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus is using food to represent what people need to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of what he needs to live”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 10:11

But

Quote: δ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next section of the instructions that Jesus is giving to his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next section, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

someone who is worthy

Quote: τίς & ἄξιός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus does not state in what way this person is worthy. He could mean: (1) that the person is hospitable and willing to host the disciples. Alternate translation: “someone who is hospitable to you” (2) that the person listens to and believes the disciples’ message. Alternate translation: “someone who believes your message”

in it

Quote: ἐν αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the city or village that the disciples have entered. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those places more directly. Alternate translation: “in that city or village”

and stay there

Quote: κἀκεῖ μείνατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the worthy person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay at his or her house”

until you go out

Quote: ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that they are leaving the city or village that they had entered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you go out from that city or village”

Matthew 10:12

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces further clarifications about how to stay in people’s houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further clarifications or instructions, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “More specifically,”

the house

Quote: τὴν οἰκίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the house refers to the home of the “worthy” person whom Jesus mentioned in the previous verse (10:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that house” or “the worthy person’s house”

greet it

Quote: ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the greeting includes a peace blessing (see 10:13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “greet it with a blessing” or “greet it and wish for its peace”

it

Quote: αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Jesus refers to the house to speak about the people who live in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its family” or “those who are in it”

Matthew 10:13

the house is … it, … it is

Quote: ᾖ ἡ οἰκία & αὐτήν & ᾖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, just as in 10:12, Jesus refers to the house to speak about the people who live in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the house’s family is … it … it is” or “those who are in the house are … them … they are”

is worthy, … it is not worthy

Quote: ᾖ & ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 10:11, Jesus does not state in what way the house is worthy or not worthy. He could mean: (1) that the house is hospitable and willing to host the disciples. Alternate translation: “is hospitable to you … it is not hospitable to you” (2) that the house listens to and believes the disciples’ message. Alternate translation: “believes your message … it does not believe your message”

let your peace come upon it, … let your peace be returned to you

Quote: ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the peace were an object that could come upon someone or be returned to someone. He means that the peace that the disciples asked God to give to the house will either happen or not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let it experience your peace … let it not experience your peace” or “let the peace you wished for it happen … let the peace you wished for it not happen”

let your peace come upon it, … let your peace be returned to you

Quote: ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you peace will come upon it … your peace will be returned to you” or “send your peace upon it … take your peace back to you”

your peace … your peace

Quote: ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is peaceful … what is peaceful”

let your peace be returned to you

Quote: ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let your peace come back to you” or “take your peace back to you”

Matthew 10:14

shake off the dust from your feet

Quote: ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a house or city to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider referring to it here, or you could explain the meaning of the action. Alternate translation: “wash the dirt of that place off your hands” or “shake off the dust from your feet to sever your relationship with that place”

Matthew 10:15

for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah … for that city

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων & τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Jesus refers to cities to speak about the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah … for the people who live in that city”

for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people knew that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities where many wicked people had lived. God punished these people harshly. You can read about what happened in Genesis 19:1–29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for the evil land of Sodom and Gomorrah”

in the day of judgment

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a day on which judgment will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”

of judgment

Quote: κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”

for that city

Quote: τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, that city is referring to any city that does not welcome or listen to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for any city that does not welcome you or listen to you”

Matthew 10:16

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

as sheep in the midst of wolves

Quote: ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus compares his disciples to sheep, which are defenseless and not dangerous. He compares people who want to harm them to wolves, which are dangerous and like to kill and eat sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the simile or use more general expressions for the animals. Alternate translation: “as sheep in the midst of wolves, since some people will want to harm you” or “as harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators”

wise as the serpents

Quote: φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus wants his disciples to be like serpents, which were considered wise in Jesus’ culture. If serpents are not considered wise in your culture, you may need to express the idea without the simile form. In this context, the phrase wise as the serpents could mean that the disciples should be: (1) clever or shrewd. Alternate translation: “shrewd” (2) watchful. Alternate translation: “watchful” or “careful”

harmless as the doves

Quote: ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus wants his disciples to be like doves, which were considered harmless in Jesus’ culture. If doves are not considered harmless in your culture, you may need to express the idea without the simile form. In this context, the phrase harmless as the doves could mean that the disciples should be: (1) innocent. Alternate translation: “guileless” or “without guilt” (2) gentle. Alternate translation: “gentle” or “kind”

Matthew 10:17

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to men in general, some of whom will persecute and harm the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “others” or “people”

the men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should beware of the men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”

they will hand you over to

Quote: παραδώσουσιν & ὑμᾶς εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand before” or “they will bring you before”

Matthew 10:18

you will be brought

Quote: ἀχθήσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase you will be brought refers to being arrested and accused before someone in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will be seized and put on trial”

you will be brought

Quote: ἀχθήσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

for my sake

Quote: ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that these things will happen because the disciples are connected with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me”

for a testimony

Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase for a testimony could introduce: (1) the purpose for which God allows the disciples to be brought before governors and kings. Alternate translation: “and that way you can give testimony” (2) the result of the disciples being brought before governors and kings. Alternate translation: “and as a result you will give testimony”

for a testimony

Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation matches the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “which will happen so that you can testify” or “and as a result you will testify”

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) the governors and kings. Alternate translation: “to these authorities” (2) the people who brought them before the governors and kings. Alternate translation: “to your accusers”

Matthew 10:19

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

they hand you over

Quote: παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who hands the disciples over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody hands you over” or “anyone hands you over”

they hand you over

Quote: παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they seize you” or “they bring you before the authorities”

you will speak

Quote: λαλήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the disciples will be required to speak in their defense after people hand them over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will speak when they accuse you” or “you will speak in your defense”

what you will say will be given to you

Quote: δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν & τί λαλήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

in that hour

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in that hour refers to the time during which they will speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”

Matthew 10:20

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples can be confident that they will be given what to say (see 10:19). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You can be confident because” or “Do not be anxious, since”

you are not the one speaking, but the Spirit of your Father speaking through you

Quote: οὐ & ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that they will not say whatever they think but will instead say what the Spirit reveals to them. He does not mean that the Spirit will use their bodies to project his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are not speaking your own words, but the words you speak come from the Spirit of your Father”

the Spirit of your Father

Quote: τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the Spirit of your Father refers to the Holy Spirit, whom the Father sends. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, sent by your Father,”

of your Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the Father also of Jesus.

of your Father speaking

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 10:21

will hand over brother to death

Quote: παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase hand over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will seize brother to cause his death” or “will bring brother before the authorities to cause his death”

to death

Quote: εἰς θάνατον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be killed”

a father, his child

Quote: πατὴρ τέκνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will hand over his child to death”

will rise up against

Quote: ἐπαναστήσονται & ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase rise up against refers to rebelling against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will defy”

put them to death

Quote: θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “cause them to die”

Matthew 10:22

you will be hated by all

Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all will hate you”

all

Quote: πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone”

all

Quote: πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people”

because of my name

Quote: διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, name represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”

the one having endured to the end, this one will be saved

Quote: ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of anyone who endures, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who endure to the end, they will be saved”

to the end

Quote: εἰς τέλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the end could refer to: (1) the time when the persecution of the person who is enduring ceases. Alternate translation: “to the end of the persecution” (2) the time when Jesus comes back. Alternate translation: “until when I return” (3) the person’s death. Alternate translation: “until he dies”

this one will be saved

Quote: οὗτος σωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 10:23

they persecute

Quote: διώκωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who persecutes the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody persecutes” or “anyone persecutes”

in this city

Quote: ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase this city represents any specific city, not the city where Jesus currently is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a city”

the next

Quote: τὴν ἑτέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective next as a noun to mean the next city. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next city”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should quickly go from one city to the next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which you should do because”

you will certainly not finish

Quote: οὐ μὴ τελέσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that they will not finish preaching the good news in the cities of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not finish preaching in” or “you will certainly not finish working in”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

before the Son of Man comes

Quote: ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, Christians disagree on what the clause the Son of Man comes refers to. It could describe Jesus’ second coming; the time when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem, which was Jesus coming to judge and punish; Jesus’ ascension to be enthroned in heaven; or Jesus’ appearances to the disciples after his resurrection; or several other events. If possible, express the idea here in such a way that all of these options are possible. Alternate translation: “before the Son of Man comes again” or “before the coming of the Son of Man”

the Son of Man comes

Quote: ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come”

Matthew 10:24

A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that no disciple is above his or her teacher, and no slave is above his or her master. He applies this proverb to his disciples to show them that people will not treat them any better than they treated Jesus. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Disciples are not above their teachers, and slaves are not above their masters” or “No disciple is above his teacher. No slave is above his master”

above … above

Quote: ὑπὲρ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of people who have more honor and importance than others as if they were above the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more honorable than … more honorable than” or “more significant than … more significant than”

his … his

Quote: τὸν & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

nor a slave

Quote: οὐδὲ δοῦλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 10:25

It is enough for the disciple that he might be like his teacher, and the slave like his master

Quote: ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus continues to develop the proverb that he used in the previous verse (10:24) to teach that each disciple and slave should be content to be like their teacher or master. He applies this proverb to his disciples to show them that they should be content to be like Jesus. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Disciples should be content to be like their teachers, and slaves should be content to be like their masters” or “This is sufficient: the disciple is to be like his teacher, and the slave is to be like his master”

It is enough for the disciple that he might be like his teacher

Quote: ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase It is enough indicates that something is sufficient or satisfying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the disciple should be satisfied to be like his teacher”

for the disciple … the slave

Quote: τῷ μαθητῇ & ὁ δοῦλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrases the disciple and the slave represent any disciples or slaves, not one particular disciple or slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for any disciple … any slave”

he might be … his … his

Quote: γένηται & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms he and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she might be … his or her … his or her”

and the slave

Quote: καὶ ὁ δοῦλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household

Quote: εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus applies the proverb more directly to himself and his disciples. He speaks of himself as the master of the house and his disciples as the members of his household. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or include the meaning of the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “I am like the master of the house, and you are like the members of my household. If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household” or “If they called me, the master of the house, Beelzebul, how much worse you, the members of the household”

If

Quote: εἰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

they called

Quote: ἐπεκάλεσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who called Jesus Beelzebul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person who does that. Alternate translation: “some people called” or “his enemies called”

how much worse

Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (3)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Since Jesus applies this proverb in such a way that he is the master of the house, the word his refers specifically to Jesus. Jesus is not using the word generically here. Preserve the reference to a specific man. Alternate translation: “the master’s”

Matthew 10:26

them

Quote: αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun them refers to the people mentioned in the previous verse who called the master of the house and his household names. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as you did in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “that kind of person” or “those enemies”

for

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word for introduces a reason why the disciples should not fear them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that things that appear to be concealed or hidden will eventually be revealed or made known. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Jesus could be applying this proverb: (1) to things that people do in secret to hurt or harm his disciples, things that will be made known to everyone. Alternate translation: “everything that people conceal will be revealed, and everything that people hide will be made known” (2) to the gospel message, that was or is concealed but that will be made known to everyone. Alternate translation: “the message that is concealed will be revealed, and the message that is hidden will be made known”

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed; yes, there is nothing hidden that will not be made known” or “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed”

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use positive expressions to translate these double negatives that consist of the negative word nothing, which is implied in the second clause, and the negative particle not. Alternate translation: “everything that is concealed will be revealed, and everything that is hidden will be made known”

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus could be implying: (1) that people do the concealing and hiding and God does the revealing and making known. This fits with the view that the proverb refers to how people persecute the disciples. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that people conceal that God will not reveal, and there is nothing that people hide that God will not make known” (2) that God does both the concealing and hiding and the revealing and making known. This fits with the view that the proverb refers to preaching the gospel. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that God has concealed that he will not reveal, and there is nothing that God has hidden that he will not make known”

Matthew 10:27

What I tell you in the darkness, say in the light, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops

Quote: ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “What I tell you in the darkness, say in the light. Again, what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops”

in the darkness

Quote: ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus uses the image of darkness to represent the idea of concealment or secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly”

the darkness

Quote: τῇ σκοτίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a dark place”

in the light

Quote: ἐν τῷ φωτί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus uses the image of light to represent the idea of no concealment or secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “openly”

what you hear in your ear

Quote: ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase what you hear in your ear refers to something that a person told you quietly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what is whispered to you” or “what I say privately to you”

upon the housetops

Quote: ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto housetops and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear”

Matthew 10:28

the ones killing

Quote: τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the ones refers to humans in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “humans, the ones killing”

the body … the soul. … both soul and body

Quote: τὸ σῶμα, τὴν & ψυχὴν & καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus uses the words body and soul to distinguish between the physical and non-physical parts of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the physical and non-physical parts of a person, or you could use more general expressions. Alternate translation: “your physical parts … your non-physical parts … both your physical and non-physical parts”

But instead

Quote: δὲ μᾶλλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Matthew contrasts fear of people with fear of God by using the phrase But instead. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is the one being able to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather”

the one being able

Quote: τὸν δυνάμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the one refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, who is able”

Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this name in 5:22. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna”

Matthew 10:29

Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion? And yet not one of them will fall to the ground apart from your Father

Quote: οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Jesus applies what he says here about sparrows to his disciples in 10:31. So, you do not need to include any implied information in this verse.

Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion

Quote: οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show the disciples how inexpensive sparrows are. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Two sparrows are sold for an assarion.” or “You know that two sparrows are sold for an assarion!”

Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion

Quote: οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion”

sparrows

Quote: στρουθία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word sparrows refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what sparrows are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds”

for an assarion

Quote: ἀσσαρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “for a small copper coin” or “for half an hour’s wage”

not one of them will fall to the ground apart from your Father

Quote: ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative phrase apart from. Alternate translation: “each one of them falls to ground in the presence of your Father”

will fall to the ground

Quote: πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, the phrase fall to the ground refers politely to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that politely refers to an animal dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will pass away” or “will perish”

apart from your Father

Quote: ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase apart from your Father could indicate that something happens: (1) without the Father’s knowledge. Alternate translation: “apart from the knowledge of your Father” (2) without the Father’s will. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (3) without the Father’s care or interest. Alternate translation: “apart from the care of your Father”

your Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew 10:30

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a new but related idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a new but related idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “In fact,”

even the hairs of your head are all numbered

Quote: ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that God knows everything about the disciples, including how many hairs each disciple has on his or her head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God knows everything about you, including the number of all the hairs on your head” or “God knows so much about you that even the hairs of your head are all numbered”

even the hairs of your head are all numbered

Quote: ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

of your head

Quote: ὑμῶν & τῆς κεφαλῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word head is a singular noun that refers to the “heads” of many people. It may be more natural in your language to use a plural form. Alternate translation: “of your heads” or “of each of your heads”

are all numbered

Quote: πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word numbered can also refer to counting. Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”

Matthew 10:31

do not fear; you are more valuable than many sparrows

Quote: μὴ & φοβεῖσθε; πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “since you are more valuable than many sparrows, God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to fear”

sparrows

Quote: στρουθίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate this word as you did in 10:29. Alternate translation: “small birds”

Matthew 10:32

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus has said about persecution and following him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “In the end”

will confess about me before men

Quote: ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people confess that they follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will confess before men that they follow me” or “will confess before men that they believe in me”

before … before

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν (-1)

Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”

I will also confess about him before my Father in the heavens

Quote: ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he will confess that these people truly do follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will also confess before my Father in the heavens that he follows me” or “I will also confess before my Father in the heavens that he believes in me”

him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 10:33

whoever denies me before men

Quote: ὅστις & ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person denies that he or she follows Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever denies before men that he or she follows me” or “whoever denies before men that he or she believes in me”

before … before

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν (-1)

Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

I will also deny him before my Father in the heavens

Quote: ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he will deny that these people truly do follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will also deny before my Father in the heavens that he follows me” or “I will also deny before my Father in the heavens that he believes in me”

him

Quote: αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 10:34

I came … I did not come

Quote: ἦλθον & οὐκ ἦλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the words came and come refer to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I did not come to this world” or “I am acting … I am not acting”

to bring peace … to bring peace, but a sword

Quote: βαλεῖν εἰρήνην & βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another … to make people get along with one another, but I came to bring a sword”

upon the earth

Quote: ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase upon the earth refers to the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people”

but a sword

Quote: ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

a sword

Quote: μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word sword represents strife or fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strife” or “conflict”

Matthew 10:35-36

For I came to set a man against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law … and the enemies of a man {will be} the ones of his household

Quote: ἦλθον γὰρ διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς & καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In these two verses, Jesus paraphrases or refers to an Old Testament passage, Micah 7:6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could format these words differently or indicate in a footnote that Jesus is referring to this passage. Alternate translation: “For I came ‘to set a man against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law; and the enemies of a man will be the ones of his household’”

Matthew 10:35

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about bringing a “sword”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Specifically,”

I came

Quote: ἦλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. Express the idea as you did in 10:34. Alternate translation: “I came to this world” or “I am acting”

to set

Quote: διχάσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word set refers to separating things so that they no longer go together. Jesus means that he will cause family members to quarrel and fight with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to divide” or “to turn”

a man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον (1)

Alternate translation: “a son”

and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law

Quote: καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 10:36

of a man {… his

Quote: τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “of a man or woman … his or her”

Matthew 10:37

more than me … more than me

Quote: ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

is not worthy of me; … is not worthy of me

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase worthy of me indicates that the person deserves or is fit to be Jesus’ disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not deserve to be my disciple … does not deserve to be my disciple”

Matthew 10:38

whoever does not take up his cross and follow after me is not worthy of me

Quote: ὃς οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου, οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this sentence that has two negatives. Alternate translation: “whoever is worthy of me takes up his cross and follows after me”

does not take up his cross

Quote: οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”

does not take up his cross

Quote: οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of taking up a cross in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a cross, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “is not ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “does not take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

is not worthy of me

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the phrase worthy of me in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “does not deserve to be my disciple”

Matthew 10:39

The one having found his life will lose it, and the one having lost his life for my sake will find it

Quote: ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those having found their current lives will lose their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those having lost their current lives will find their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The one having found his current life will lose it forever, and the one having lost his current life for my sake will find it forever”

The one having found his life will lose it

Quote: ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s life as if it were finding it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one having preserved his life will die”

his … his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the one having lost his life for my sake will find it

Quote: ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s life. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one having died for my sake will have eternal life”

for my sake

Quote: ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says for my sake, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” or “because he believes in me”

Matthew 10:40

The one receiving you receives me

Quote: ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive the disciples were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the disciples, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If someone receives you, it is as if he or she received me” or “The one receiving you proves that he or she would receive me”

the one receiving me receives the one having sent me

Quote: ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive him were actually receiving God, who sent him. He means that these people, by receiving him, show that they would receive God too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if someone receives me, it is as if he or she received the one having sent me” or “the one receiving me proves that he or she would receive the one having sent me”

the one having sent me

Quote: τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the one having sent him is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me”

Matthew 10:41

The one receiving a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a reward of a prophet, and the one receiving a righteous {man} in the name of a righteous {man} will receive a reward of a righteous {man

Quote: ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents two similar proverbs in order to teach that people who help others who are serving God will be rewarded in a fitting way. Translate these proverbs in a way that will be recognized as proverbs and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If you receive a prophet in the name of a prophet, you will receive the reward of a prophet. If you receive a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, you will receive the reward of a righteous man”

in the name of a prophet … in the name of a righteous {man

Quote: εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου & εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in the name of indicates that the reason for receiving a person is the recognition or knowledge that the person being received is a prophet or righteous {man}. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the knowledge that he is a prophet … with the knowledge that he is a righteous man” or “because he is a prophet … because he is a righteous man”

a reward of a prophet, … a reward of a righteous {man

Quote: μισθὸν προφήτου & μισθὸν δικαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to indicate that a person receives: (1) the same reward that a prophet or righteous person receives from God. Alternate translation: “the same reward that a prophet receives … the same reward that a righteous man receives” (2) the reward that a prophet or righteous person gives. Alternate translation: “a reward from a prophet … a reward from a righteous man”

a righteous {man} … of a righteous {man} … of a righteous {man

Quote: δίκαιον & δικαίου & δικαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term righteous {man} is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a righteous person … of a righteous person … of a righteous person”

Matthew 10:42

whoever gives to one of these little ones a cup of cold water to drink

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ποτήριον ψυχροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of cold water to drink as an example of one small way in which a person can help another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is an example, or you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “whoever, for example, gives to one of these little ones a cup of cold water to drink” or “whoever helps one of these little ones in any way”

to one of these little ones

Quote: ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus refers to people whom others consider unimportant or insignificant as if they were little. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to any person whom people ignore” or “to an insignificant person”

only in the name of a disciple

Quote: μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the phrase in the name of in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with only the knowledge that this person is a disciple” or “simply because this person is a disciple”

he will certainly not lose

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, certainly not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, lose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “he will most certainly receive”

he will certainly not lose his

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term he is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose his or her”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

Matthew 11

Matthew 11 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50)
- Jesus and John the Baptist (11:1–19)
  - John asks about who Jesus is (11:1–6)
  - Jesus teaches about John (11:7–15)
  - Jesus speaks about himself and John (11:16–19)
- Judgment on Galilean cities (11:20–24)
- Jesus speaks about his ministry (11:25–30)

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from Malachi 3:1 in 11:10.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“Elijah”

In 11:14, Jesus says that John the Baptist is “Elijah, the one being about to come.” Here Jesus refers to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6 that indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see 1 Kings 17–19 and 2 Kings 2:1–17). So, when Jesus says that John is “Elijah,” he means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote.

The day of judgment

In 11:21–24, Jesus refers to “the day of judgment.” He says that, on that day, it will be more tolerable for wicked people who lived in cities like Tyre, Sidon, and Sodom than it will be for people who reject Jesus’ ministry in cities like Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum. The phrase “day of judgment” refers to a specific time in the future when God will judge everyone, punish those who disobey him, and reward those who believe in and obey him. What Jesus means is that even wicked people who lived in cities like Tyre, Sidon, and Sodom will receive less punishment than people who reject him and his message. See the notes on these verses for translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The comparison with children in 11:16–19

In these verses, Jesus compares how people treat him and John with how children play in the marketplace. There are two primary ways to understand the comparison. First, Jesus and John could be like the children who play flutes or sing funeral songs. In this case, Jesus is saying that people reject both John’s mournful ministry and Jesus’ joyful ministry. Second, the people whom Jesus is speaking about could be like the children who play flutes or sing funeral songs. In this case, Jesus is saying that these people are upset that John and Jesus do not behave as they want them to behave. Since both of these options have similar meanings, and because Jesus does not clearly explain which option he intended, if possible express the comparison in such a way that either interpretation could make sense.

Jesus rebuking cities in 11:20–24

In these verses, Jesus speaks to specific cities as if they were among the crowds who were listening to him. He speaks in this way to express his attitude towards these cities. Further, when Jesus refers to the cities, he uses their names to refer to the people who live in those cities. So, when Jesus speaks directly to Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum, he is expressing his attitude toward the people who live in those cities. See the notes on these verses for translation strategies and options.

The yoke and burden metaphor in 11:28–30

In these verses, Jesus promises rest, an easy yoke, and a light burden to those who are laboring and heavy-burdened. There are several ways to understand these images. First, Jesus could be referring to how people struggle and suffer for many reasons, and he promises to make these things better. Second, Jesus could be referring to how people struggle to obey what the religious leaders say to do, and he promises to give them better and easier commands. Third, Jesus could be referring to how people suffer under the Roman empire, and he promises to be a better leader and ruler. Since Jesus is speaking to a crowd of people, most likely he used the images of yokes and burdens so that what he was saying would be relevant to all the people, no matter what they were struggling with. So, if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in a general way that could refer to many different difficult or hard things.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

The meaning of 11:12

This verse contains two clauses, and both clauses can be interpreted in several ways. First, there are several options for understanding the meaning of the clause “the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence”:

the “kingdom” could be what experiences the “violence.” In this case, the violence could come from:
- people who hate and attack the kingdom
- people who want to make the kingdom stronger by using violence
the “kingdom” could be what performs the “violence.” In this case, the kingdom advances or becomes stronger in forceful and powerful ways.

Second, there are also several options for understanding the meaning of the clause “violent men take it by force”:

the “men” could be evil or wicked. In this case, they could be trying to:
- attack and destroy the kingdom
- take the kingdom away from Jesus and his disciples
the “men” could be trying to do what is right. In this case, they are trying to become part of the kingdom in forceful or powerful ways.

Almost any combination of these options is possible for understanding the meaning of the verse. However, the most common interpretations are these:

the kingdom experiences violence, and violent people attack it and try to destroy it
the kingdom advances forcefully, and forceful people want to be part of it
the kingdom advances forcefully, but violent people attack it and try to destroy it
violent people want to make the kingdom stronger by violence, and they try to take the kingdom away from Jesus and his disciples

See the translation notes on this verse for possible ways to express the ideas. Since there are many ways to understand the verse, if possible make your translation general enough to allow for several or all of these interpretations.

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to many people around him. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 11:1

And it happened that when Jesus had finished giving orders to his 12 disciples, he departed from there to teach and to preach in their cities

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ instructions by summarizing what Jesus did and then describing what he did next. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus finished giving orders to his 12 disciples. After that, he departed from there to teach and to preach in their cities”

he departed

Quote: μετέβη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the 12 disciples also left that place to do what Jesus had instructed them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he sent them out, and then he departed”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus was when he gave his disciples the instructions that are quoted in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he had been”

to teach and to preach

Quote: τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms teach and preach mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to teach frequently” or “to preach often”

their cities

Quote: ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word their refers to Jewish people in general, particularly those who lived in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish cities” or “the cities in Galilee”

Matthew 11:2

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

John, having heard in the prison about

Quote: ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew has not yet told the story of why John was in prison. Since Matthew narrates this story in 14:4-5, you do not need to explain it to your reader here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that John is in the prison when he hears about the deeds of Christ. Alternate translation: “John, who was in prison, having heard about”

the deeds of Christ

Quote: τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Χριστοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe deeds that Christ did. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deeds that Christ had done”

having sent through his disciples

Quote: πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that John sent his disciples to Jesus and had them speak to Jesus for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sent his disciples to speak to Jesus for him”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “his own”

Matthew 11:3

you

Quote: σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since John’s disciples are talking to Jesus, the word you in this verse is singular.

the one coming

Quote: ὁ ἐρχόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, John uses the phrase the one coming to refer to a special person whom God promised would come and help God’s people. People sometimes called this special person “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special person whom God said would come” or “the Messiah whom God said would come”

should we expect another

Quote: ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 11:4

answering, Jesus said

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the question that John’s disciples had asked him. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”

Matthew 11:5

The blind see again, and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised, and the poor are being told the gospel

Quote: τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When he answers John’s disciples, Jesus lists many things that he has done. John’s disciples would have known that this list is similar to the lists found in Isaiah 35:5–6 and Isaiah 61:1 that describe what will happen when God acts to help his people. Jesus does not directly quote either of these lists, but he wants John’s disciples to know that what he has done is what God promised would happen when the Messiah came. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a footnote that refers to the lists in Isaiah, or you could include a small amount of explanatory information. Alternate translation: “Just as God promised, the blind are seeing again, and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised, and the poor are being told the gospel”

The blind … the lame … the deaf … the dead … the poor

Quote: τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives blind, lame, deaf, dead, and poor as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Blind people … lame people … deaf people … dead people … poor people”

lepers are cleansed, … the dead are raised, and the poor are being told the gospel

Quote: λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται & νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lepers become clean … the dead come back to life, and the poor hear the gospel”

lepers are cleansed

Quote: λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, much as in 10:8, Jesus speaks of ceremonially cleansing lepers, but he implies that the lepers are healed of their skin diseases, since these are what make lepers unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “lepers are healed from their unclean diseases”

the dead are raised

Quote: νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the dead are raised refers to people who have died becoming alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dead live again”

Matthew 11:6

blessed is whoever

Quote: μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will bless any person who”

whoever is not caused to stumble on me

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever does not stumble on me”

is not caused to stumble on me

Quote: μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that people could stumble on. He means that some people will reject and desert him because of what he does and because of what will happen to him. However, those who do not reject or desert him will be blessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not desert me because of what I do” or “does not run away from me”

Matthew 11:7

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

these

Quote: τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun these refers to John’s disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these people. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples”

What did you go out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken by the wind

Quote: τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out into the wilderness to see a reed shaken by the wind!” or “I know what you went out into the wilderness to see. It was not a reed shaken by the wind.”

What did you go out into the wilderness to see

Quote: τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people went out to see and hear John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “When you visited John in the wilderness, what did you go out to see”

A reed shaken by the wind

Quote: κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase a reed being shaken by the wind could describe: (1) a person who changes his or her mind or message whenever there is any trouble or difficulty, just like a reed moves whenever the wind blows. Alternate translation: “a man who changes his message whenever it is convenient” or “a man who changes his mind as easily as a reed is shaken by the wind” (2) something or someone ordinary, just like a reed being shaken by the wind was a common or normal sight in Matthew’s culture. Alternate translation: “something ordinary, like a reed being shaken by the wind”

A reed shaken by the wind

Quote: κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed that the wind shakes”

Matthew 11:8

But

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with the possibility that Jesus asked about in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “If not that,” or “So,”

But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothing

Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” or “I know what you went out to see. It was not a man dressed in soft clothing.”

A man dressed in soft clothing

Quote: ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out just to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see.”

dressed in

Quote: ἐν & ἠμφιεσμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had put on”

soft clothing? … soft clothing

Quote: μαλακοῖς & τὰ μαλακὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The term soft clothing refers to luxurious or expensive clothes, since normal clothing was rough. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “splendid clothing … splendid clothing” or “expensive clothing … expensive clothing”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Matthew 11:9

But

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, much as in 11:8, the word But introduces a contrast with the possibility that Jesus asked about in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “If not that,” or “So,”

why did you go out? To see a prophet

Quote: τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here the two questions could be divided so that the phrase To see goes with: (1) a prophet. See the ULT. (2) go out. Alternate translation: “what did you go out to see? A prophet?”

But why did you go out? To see a prophet

Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you went out to see a prophet!” or “I know why you went out. It was to see a prophet.”

I say to you

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is telling the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”

and more than

Quote: καὶ περισσότερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

more than a prophet

Quote: περισσότερον προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even more than a typical prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” or “greater than the other prophets”

Matthew 11:10

This

Quote: οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun This refers to John the Baptist. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John”

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Malachi (see Malachi 3:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Malachi”

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Malachi wrote in the Scriptures”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention”

before your face

Quote: πρὸ προσώπου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase before your face means before or in front of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “before I send you”

your … your … you

Quote: σου (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words your, your, and you are singular because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in this quotation.

will prepare your way before you

Quote: κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation speaks of helping people to get ready for the coming of the Messiah as if it were preparing the way or road for the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will help people get ready for you to arrive”

Matthew 11:11

among those born of women

Quote: ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase those born of women refers to all people who have lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among all the people who have ever lived”

among those born of women

Quote: ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne”

there has not arisen one greater than

Quote: οὐκ ἐγήγερται & μείζων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, greater. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “there have only arisen ones lesser than”

there has not arisen

Quote: οὐκ ἐγήγερται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus speaks of people having lived as if they had arisen, or stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there has not existed” or “there has not lived”

the least

Quote: ὁ & μικρότερος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective least as a noun to mean people who are not very important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this phrase with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person”

is greater than he

Quote: μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that being part of the kingdom of the heavens is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of the kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because he or she is part of something greater than anything that is human”

Matthew 11:12

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, based on how this verse is interpreted (see the following notes and the chapter introduction) the word But could introduce: (1) a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse about how great the kingdom of the heavens is. In contrast with that, the kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently. Alternate translation: “However,” (2) a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how great the kingdom of the heavens is. The kingdom advances and grows forcefully. Alternate translation: “Now”

the days

Quote: τῶν ἡμερῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word days refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time period”

of John the Baptist

Quote: Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe days in which John the Baptist preached. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when John the Baptist ministered”

the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence, and violent men take it by force

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

If you understand these two clauses to say similar things (see the following notes and the chapter introduction), then the second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence; yes, violent men take it by force”

the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Christians disagree about what exactly this clause means. See the chapter introduction for more information and options. Most likely, the clause could mean: (1) that people attack God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently” (2) that God’s kingdom triumphs forcefully in the world. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully”

suffers violence

Quote: βιάζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of violence, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is violently treated” or “is attacked violently”

violent men take it by force

Quote: βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Christians disagree about what exactly this clause means. See the chapter introduction for more information and options. Most likely, the clause could mean: (1) that the men are evil and violent and attack the kingdom. Alternate translation: “violent men attack it forcefully” (2) that the men are forceful and want to be part of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “forceful men take hold of it”

violent men

Quote: βιασταὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

take it by force

Quote: ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of force, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “take it forcefully”

Matthew 11:13

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of how John is an important or significant person. As the last verse showed, the kingdom of the heavens has “suffered violence” since John began his ministry, and this verse shows that the Prophets and the Law prophesied about these things up to the time when John began his ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “In fact,”

all the Prophets and the Law have prophesied

Quote: πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος & ἐπροφήτευσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Jesus speaks as if the Prophets and the Law were people who have prophesied. He means that these sections of Scripture contain prophecies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the Prophets and the Law contain what people have prophesied”

the Prophets and the Law

Quote: οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures”

have prophesied until John

Quote: ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the Scriptures include prophecies about the kingdom of the heavens, Jesus’ ministry, and all the things that were happening once John and then Jesus began their ministries. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. If possible, use a general phrase that could refer to many of these events and actions. Alternate translation: “have prophesied until John about what has begun to happen”

until John

Quote: ἕως Ἰωάννου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could mean that: (1) the Prophets and the Law contain prophecies written down only until John began his ministry. Alternate translation: “up to when John began his ministry” (2) what the Prophets and the Law prophesied was a prediction about the future only until John began his ministry. Now these prophecies have come true. Alternate translation: “until John began his ministry, when the prophecies came true”

Matthew 11:14

to accept {it}, he

Quote: δέξασθαι, αὐτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus leaves out what will happen if the people are willing to accept {it}. He implies that, when they accept {it}, they will learn or understand what he is about to tell them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this implied idea. Alternate translation: “to accept it, you can be sure that he” or “to accept it, you will understand that he”

to accept {it

Quote: δέξασθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be implying that they need to be willing to accept: (1) what Jesus says about John. Alternate translation: “to accept what I tell you” (2) what the Law and the Prophets prophesied (see 11:13). Alternate translation: “to accept what the Law and the Prophets said”

he is Elijah, the one being about to come

Quote: αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6. This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. What Jesus implies is that John the Baptist fulfills this prophecy, and so he is like Elijah, just as Malachi prophesied. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he is the person about whom it is prophesied that someone like Elijah would come” or “he is the one being about to come, whom the prophets named Elijah”

he

Quote: αὐτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to John the Baptist. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”

Matthew 11:15

The one having ears to hear let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase ears to hear represents the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one who wishes to understand, let him understand and obey” or “The one who can listen to me should pay attention”

The one having ears to hear let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, not about other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person plural here. Alternate translation: “You who have ears to hear should hear” or “If you have ears to hear, then hear”

to hear

Quote: ἀκούειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read to hear. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

let him hear

Quote: ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should hear”

let him hear

Quote: ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 11:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Now to what will I compare this generation

Quote: τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to introduce a comparison between this generation and children sitting in the marketplace. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Here is what I compare this generation to.”

this generation

Quote: τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “today’s people” or “the people of this generation”

It is like

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about Jesus not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation.

the marketplace

Quote: ταῖς ἀγοραῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town square” or “the park”

Matthew 11:17

saying, ‘We played a flute for you, and you did not dance. We sang a funeral song, and you did not mourn

Quote: λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they played the flute for them, and they did not dance, and that they sang a funeral song, and they did not mourn.”

saying

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they say”

We played a flute

Quote: ηὐλήσαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The children are referring to the flute to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the flute was well suited. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune”

and … and

Quote: καὶ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

In both places, the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “and yet … and yet”

Matthew 11:18

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word came refers to John living and behaving in certain ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was” or “lived”

neither eating nor drinking

Quote: μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” or “neither eating good food nor drinking wine”

they say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many say” or “others say”

they say, ‘He has a demon

Quote: λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon.”

He has a demon

Quote: δαιμόνιον ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

To say that someone has a demon is to say that the demon possesses or controls that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is demon-possessed” or “He is controlled by a demon”

Matthew 11:19

The Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word came refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “came to this world” or “lived”

eating and drinking

Quote: ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here Jesus means that he did not fast and that he participated in feasts and enjoyed eating and drinking. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating good food and drinking wine” or “feasting”

they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners

Quote: λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

a glutton and a drunkard

Quote: φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word glutton refers to a person who eats too much food. The word drunkard refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. If you do not have words for these kinds of people, you could use descriptive phrases. Alternate translation: “one who eats and drinks more than he should”

wisdom has been justified by her children

Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb that he applies to what people say about him and John. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children”

wisdom has been justified by her children

Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Jesus speaks as if wisdom were a woman who had children. The children could be: (1) people who are wise. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by wise people” (2) the children could be the results of wise behavior. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by its results”

wisdom has been justified by her children

Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with how you chose to translate children (see the previous note). Here, the word wisdom could refer to: (1) wise behavior and thinking. Alternate translation: “what is wise has been justified by wise people” (2) how God is wise. Alternate translation: “how wise God is has been justified by wise people”

wisdom has been justified by her children

Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wisdom’s children justify her”

her children

Quote: τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read her children. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “her works.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 11:20

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, the word Then introduces what happened after Jesus finished saying what Matthew has included in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing that happened. Alternate translation: “After that,”

Then he began to rebuke the cities in which most of his miracles were done, because they had not repented

Quote: τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐ μετενόησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, because the cities in which most of his miracles were done had not repented, he began to rebuke them”

the cities

Quote: τὰς πόλεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the cities refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of the cities”

most of his miracles were done

Quote: ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 11:21

Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! … you

Quote: οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “There will be woe for Chorazin! There will be woe for Bethsaida! … those cities”

Woe to you, … Woe to you

Quote: οὐαί σοι (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase woe to you is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How bad it is for you … How bad it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you … Trouble will come to you”

to you, … to you

Quote: σοι (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular in both cases.

Chorazin! … Bethsaida

Quote: Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The words Chorazin and Bethsaida are the names of two cities.

Chorazin! … Bethsaida! … in Tyre and Sidon

Quote: Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Tyre and Sidon refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Chorazin … people of Bethsaida … among the people of Tyre and Sidon”

For

Quote: ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus pronounces Woe to these cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I rebuke you because” or “That is because”

For if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes

Quote: ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even they would have repented if they had seen the miracles which happened in you. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well”

if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes

Quote: εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Here Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “suppose that the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes”

you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual

Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.

they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes

Quote: πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have worn sackcloth and put ashes on their heads. These actions are signs of humility and sorrow that show that they were very sorry for doing what was wrong. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins by wearing sackcloth and putting ashes on their heads”

Matthew 11:22

Nevertheless

Quote: πλὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word Nevertheless introduces a contrast with how people might think about the wicked people of Tyre and Sidon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave Nevertheless untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yet” or “As a matter of fact”

I say to you, it will be

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν & ἔσται (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to say. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that it will be”

it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than for you

Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked”

for Tyre and Sidon

Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words Tyre and Sidon refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people of Tyre and Sidon”

in the day of judgment

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

of judgment

Quote: κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”

Matthew 11:23

And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades.For if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom, it would have remained until today

Quote: καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Much as in 11:21, Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about that city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “And Capernaum will not be exalted to heaven, will it? It will go down to Hades. For if the miracles that happened in it had happened in Sodom, Sodom would have remained until today”

And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades

Quote: καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And you, Capernaum, the one being exalted to heaven, will be brought down as far as Hades.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you

Quote: σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think that they will be exalted to heaven. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you, Capernaum, will certainly not be exalted to heaven.” or “you, Capernaum, will by no means be exalted to heaven!”

you, … you will not be exalted … will you? You will be brought down … you

Quote: σύ & μὴ & ὑψωθήσῃ & καταβήσῃ & σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular throughout this verse.

Capernaum, … in Sodom

Quote: Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words Capernaum and Sodom refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom”

you will not be exalted to heaven, will you

Quote: μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase be exalted refers to receiving honor. To be exalted all the way up to heaven indicates that this honor is very great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will not be honored greatly, will you”

you will not be exalted to heaven, will you

Quote: μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?”

You will be brought down as far as Hades

Quote: ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase be brought down refers to experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades indicates that this punishment and dishonor are very great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will be punished severely”

You will be brought down as far as Hades

Quote: ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

For

Quote: ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus says that Capernaum will go down to Hades. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say this about you because” or “That is because”

For if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom, it would have remained until today

Quote: ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people knew that Sodom was a city where many wicked people had lived. God punished these people by destroying them. You can read about what happened in Genesis 19:1–29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the city of Sodom because it was so wicked. But even those people would have repented, and Sodom would have remained until today, if they had seen the miracles which happened in you. So the people of Capernaum certainly should have repented as well”

if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom, it would have remained until today

Quote: εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Here Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but that they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “suppose that the miracles had happened in Sodom which happened in you. That city would have remained until today”

it would have remained until today

Quote: ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that God would not have destroyed the city of Sodom because its people would have repented when they saw the miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it would have remained until today because its people would have repented” or “they would have stopped sinning, and so the city would not have been destroyed”

until today

Quote: μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase until today indicates that something is true or exists at the time when the speaker is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “up to our time” or “even now”

Matthew 11:24

Nevertheless

Quote: πλὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word Nevertheless introduces a contrast with how people might think about the wicked people of Sodom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave Nevertheless untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yet” or “As a matter of fact”

I say to you

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the land of Sodom because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people who lived in the land of Sodom, even though he destroyed that land because they were so wicked”

for the land of Sodom

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase the land of Sodom refers to the people who live in that land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people of the land of Sodom”

in the day of judgment

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

of judgment

Quote: κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”

for you

Quote: σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is addressing an individual city, Capernaum, you here is singular.

Matthew 11:25

answering, Jesus said

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus is responding to what he has said in the previous verses about how people have not repented in response to Jesus’ message and miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of how people were not repenting, Jesus said”

you, … you concealed

Quote: σοι & ἔκρυψας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Jesus is praying to God the Father, all forms of you in this verse are singular.

Father

Quote: Πάτερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.

Lord of heaven and earth

Quote: Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here, Jesus is referring to all of creation by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord over everything that exists” or “Lord of all creation”

these things … them

Quote: ταῦτα & αὐτὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase these things and the word them refer generally to the meaning and significance of Jesus and his ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what my ministry means … its meaning” or “my message … it”

from the wise and intelligent

Quote: ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and intelligent”

the wise and intelligent

Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Jesus calls these people wise and intelligent because that is what they think about themselves. Jesus knows that God has not revealed things to them, so they are not actually that wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent”

the wise and intelligent

Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms wise and intelligent mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything”

to little children

Quote: νηπίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase little children refers to people who may not have much education but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people who are like little children” or “to people who trust you completely” or “to uneducated people”

Matthew 11:26

Yes

Quote: ναί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word Yes emphasizes that God has indeed done what Jesus said he had in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You have indeed done that” or “You have done those things”

Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.

before you

Quote: ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase before you indicates that it is well-pleasing according to God’s evaluation or judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your sight” or “in your judgment”

you

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Jesus is praying to God the Father, you here is singular.

Matthew 11:27

All things have been handed over to me by my Father

Quote: πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed over all things to me”

All things have been handed over

Quote: πάντα & παρεδόθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase All things could refer to: (1) knowledge about the Father and what the Father does. Alternate translation: “All things about the Father have been handed over” or “All knowledge has been handed over” (2) authority over everything that the Father has created. Alternate translation: “All authority has been handed over”

my Father; … the Son … the Father, … the Father … the Son, … the Son

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου & τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Πατήρ & τὸν Πατέρα & ὁ Υἱὸς & ὁ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The words Father and Son are important titles for God that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.

no one knows the Son except the Father

Quote: οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

the Son … the Son, … the Son desires

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς & βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son, … me, the Son … I, the Son, desire”

and no one knows the Father except the Son, and to whomever the Son desires to reveal him

Quote: οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “and the only ones who know the Father are the Son and anyone to whom the Son desires to reveal him”

Matthew 11:28

Come to me

Quote: δεῦτε πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase Come to me is an invitation to be with Jesus as his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Be with me as my students”

all the ones laboring and heavy burdened, and I will give you rest

Quote: πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) how many experiences and situations make people tired and exhausted. Jesus promises rest from these things. Alternate translation: “all the ones whose lives are full of labor and heavy burdens, and I will give you rest from these things” (2) how the religious leaders’ interpretation of the law made people tired and exhausted when they tried to obey it. Jesus promises rest and offers a different interpretation of the law. Alternate translation: “all the ones laboring under the law and heavy burdened by it, and I will give you rest from that law”

laboring

Quote: κοπιῶντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word laboring could describe: (1) people who are tired. Alternate translation: “who are tired” or “who are exhausted” (2) people who are working hard. Alternate translation: “who are working hard”

heavy burdened

Quote: πεφορτισμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of how people struggle or suffer as if they were burdened by a heavy load. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering” or “being oppressed”

will give you rest

Quote: ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of rest, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will make you restful” or “cause you to rest”

Matthew 11:29

Take my yoke on you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls

Quote: ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ; καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last two clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. Therefore, take my yoke on you and learn from me”

Take my yoke on you

Quote: ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people who obey his commands and teaching as if they were farm animals that accepted a yoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Obey me as if you were a farm animal wearing a yoke” or “Obey me”

I am gentle and humble

Quote: πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms gentle and humble mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” or “I am very humble”

I am gentle and humble in heart

Quote: πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase gentle and humble in heart means that Jesus has a gentle and humble attitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have a gentle and humble attitude” or “I am gentle and humble”

you will find rest for your souls

Quote: εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if rest were an object that his audience could find. He means that they will be able to experience rest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your souls will be able to rest”

rest for your souls

Quote: ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of rest, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that your souls can rest”

for your souls

Quote: ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, the word souls refers to the people who find rest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for yourselves”

Matthew 11:30

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why people should take Jesus’ yoke and find rest (see 11:30). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do that because” or “That is because”

my yoke {is} easy and my burden is light

Quote: ὁ & ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “my yoke is easy; yes, my burden is light” or “my yoke and burden are easy”

my yoke {is} easy and my burden is light

Quote: ὁ & ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of people who obey his commands and teaching as if they were farm animals that accepted a yoke or carried a burden. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeying me is easy. It is as if you were a farm animal wearing an easy yoke. Accepting my teaching is not difficult. It is as if you were a farm animal carrying a light burden” or “Obeying me is easy, and accepting my teaching is not difficult”

Matthew 12

Matthew 12 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50)
- Arguments with the Pharisees about the Sabbath (12:1–14)
  - Picking heads of grain on the Sabbath (12:1–8)
  - Healing a man on the Sabbath (12:9–14)
- Jesus fulfills a quotation from Isaiah (12:15–21)
- Argument with the Pharisees about casting out demons (12:22–30)
- Jesus teaches on words and God’s judgment (12:31–37)
- Jesus condemns “this generation” (12:38–45)
- Jesus’ true family (12:46–50)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18–21, which is a quotation from Isaiah 42:1–4.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The Sabbath

In the law that God gave to Moses, God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, which was called the Sabbath. The Jewish religious leaders disagreed with each other about what kinds of things a person could do on the Sabbath and still rest as God had commanded. For example, they debated which emergencies were serious enough that someone could do work on the Sabbath without disobeying God’s command. In 12:1–14, the Pharisees and Jesus engage in these kinds of debates about the Sabbath. Jesus disagrees with how the Pharisees understand the Sabbath, and he argues for a different view. If your readers may not understand what the Sabbath is and why Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about it, you may need to include some information in a footnote. (See: Sabbath)

Casting out demons

Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people and who serve Satan. They usually use the people they control to hurt themselves or others. In 12:22, Matthew briefly describes how Jesus drove out a demon who caused the man it controlled to be blind and mute, that is, unable to see or speak. In response, the crowds wonder whether Jesus is the special “Son of David.” However, the Pharisees accuse Jesus of using the power of Beelzebul, that is, Satan, to cast out demons. Jesus tells them that it does not make sense for Satan, who rules the demons, to empower someone to cast out demons.

“Blasphemy against the Spirit”

In 12:31–32, Jesus speaks about “blasphemy of the Spirit” and speaking “against the Holy Spirit.” He indicates that God will forgive all kinds of sins, including speaking against Jesus himself. However, God will not forgive people who speak against the Holy Spirit. Jesus says these things because the Pharisees said that he cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. Jesus implies that he actually cast out demons by the power of the Holy Spirit. So, since the Pharisees have called the Holy Spirit Beelzebul, they have blasphemed or spoken against the Spirit. Christians debate what counts as this kind of blasphemy and why God will not forgive people for it. In your translation, you should express the idea as generally as Jesus does. (See: blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous and Holy Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit)

The sign of Jonah

In 12:39–41, Jesus refers to a story about a prophet named Jonah. God told Jonah to prophesy in the city of Nineveh that God would destroy it. Jonah instead got on a boat to go the opposite direction. God sent a bad storm on the ocean, and to stop the storm Jonah had the sailors throw him into the ocean. God then had a huge fish swallow Jonah. He was inside the fish for three days and three nights, and then the fish spit Jonah out onto the shore. Jonah then did prophesy in the city of Nineveh, and the people there repented and asked God for mercy. In response, God chose not to destroy the city. You can read this story in Jonah 1–4. When Jesus refers to “the sign of Jonah,” he is speaking about this story, particularly about how Jonah was in the fish for three days and nights. Jesus indicates that he will be in his tomb for three days, just as Jonah was in the fish for three days.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The parable about the strong man

In 12:29, Jesus describes how thieves must subdue and tie up a strong man before they can steal things from his house. Jesus does not directly state how to apply this proverb. However, most Christians think that Satan is like the strong man, and the demons that Jesus casts out are like the strong man’s things. In this case, Jesus is like the thieves who tie up the strong man. Jesus is saying that, since he can cast out demons, it proves that he has subdued and conquered Satan, just as thieves can only steal things after they have subdued the strong man. You should not include this extra information in your translation, but if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include it in a footnote. (See: Parables)

Demons living in people as if they were houses

In 12:43–45, Jesus tells a story that describes people as if they were houses that demons could live in. When a demon is living in someone, this means that the demon is controlling that person. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If it is necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning more plainly. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: Metaphor)

Jesus’ mother and brothers

In 12:46–50, Jesus’ mother and brothers arrive and want to talk with Jesus. In response, Jesus says that his disciples, those who do God’s will, are his mother and brothers and sisters. In other words, Jesus calls his disciples, who are those who do God’s will, his family members. He means that they are as close and important to him as his own family. This is an important metaphor that appears throughout the Bible, so preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

The quotation from Isaiah 42:1–4 in 12:18–21

Matthew quotes a long section of Isaiah in this chapter. However, he does not quote every line, specifically leaving out parts of Isaiah 42:4. Also, in many places his quotation does not directly match the Hebrew version of Isaiah. However, since Matthew quotes these verses for a specific reason and in a different language (Greek), you should translate what Matthew wrote, not what you might find in Isaiah 42:1–4.

Matthew 12:1

At that time

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

The phrase At that time introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “Then,”

on the Sabbaths

Quote: τοῖς Σάββασιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Matthew uses the phrase on the Sabbaths to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”

the grainfields

Quote: τῶν σπορίμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word grainfields refers to places where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of field, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fields where grain is grown”

but

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word but introduces a contrast with how people were expected to behave on the Sabbaths, which included not picking grain or other crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this contrast. Alternate translation: “but, even though it was the Sabbath,” or “and, despite the fact that it was the Sabbath,”

heads of grain

Quote: στάχυας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tops of the grain plants” or “the edible parts of the grain plants”

Matthew 12:2

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word your is singular since the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.

are doing what is not lawful to do on a Sabbath

Quote: ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Pharisees considered even the small action of picking heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. This kind of work was prohibited on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are harvesting grain, and that is work that is not lawful to do on the Sabbath”

Matthew 12:3-4

Have you not read what David did when he was hungry, and the ones with him … how he went into the house of God and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the story about David that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have not understood what you have read about what David did when he was hungry, and the ones with him—how he went into the house of God and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests.”

Have you not read what David did when he was hungry, and the ones with him … how he went into the house of God and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests

Here Jesus refers to a story about David before he became king. The current king, Saul was trying to kill David. So, David ran away to the priest who was serving God at the time. David and the men who ran away with him were very hungry, so they asked the priest for food. The priest gave them the special bread that was laid out in God’s presence every day, and David and his men ate this bread. You can read this story in 1 Samuel 21:1–6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Have you not read what David did when he was hungry after he escaped from King Saul, who wanted to kill him? He and the ones with him visited the priest, went into the house of God, and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests.”

Matthew 12:4

the house of God

Quote: τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the phrase the house of God to refer to the tabernacle, the place where God’s presence was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the sanctuary”

the loaves of the Presence

Quote: τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase the loaves of the Presence refers to loaves of bread that were placed every day on a table in the tabernacle or temple as an offering to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the loaves that were presented to God” or “the bread that was placed in God’s presence every morning”

except only for the priests

Quote: εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

Here Jesus indicates that the only people who were allowed to eat this bread were the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of exception. Alternate translation: “since only the priests could eat it” or “which was lawful only for the priests to eat”

Matthew 12:5

Or have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent

Quote: ἢ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the laws about priests working on the Sabbath that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Again, you have not understood what you have read in the law about how on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.”

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a second example from the Scriptures that Jesus uses to prove his point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example. Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “Further,”

profane the Sabbath

Quote: τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The priests were said to profane the Sabbath because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “profane the Sabbath by doing priestly work”

are innocent

Quote: ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that, although the priests do work on the Sabbath, the law does not condemn them, since doing priestly work on the Sabbath is an exception to the Sabbath requirements. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are innocent, since God permits this kind of work on the Sabbaths”

Matthew 12:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a slight contrast with what Jesus has said about how serving in the temple is an exception to keeping the Sabbath. In this verse, Jesus indicates that there is an even greater thing that provides an exception to keeping the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “And yet” or “But now”

something greater than

Quote: μεῖζόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, the word something is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”

Matthew 12:7

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a further development of what Jesus has been saying about the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” or “In fact,”

if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent

Quote: εἰ & ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary

Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that the Pharisee have not understood this quotation, because they have indeed condemned the innocent. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “since you do not know what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you have condemned the innocent”

what this is

Quote: τί ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus means that they should learn what the passage he is about to quote means. See how you translated this phrase in 9:13. Alternate translation: “what this means” or “the meaning of this passage”

I desire mercy and not sacrifice

Quote: ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from Hosea 6:6, where God is speaking to the Israelites. Jesus has already quoted this verse in 9:13, so translate it exactly as you did there.

the innocent

Quote: τοὺς ἀναιτίους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective innocent as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” or “my innocent disciples”

the innocent

Quote: τοὺς ἀναιτίους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that his disciples are innocent of breaking the Sabbath laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who are innocent of breaking the Sabbath” or “those who have not disobeyed Sabbath laws”

Matthew 12:8

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces the basis for what Jesus has said about the Sabbath in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I can say those things because” or “Here is why I am able to say such things:”

the Son of Man is

Quote: ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am”

is Lord of the Sabbath

Quote: Κύριος & ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a Lord who rules over the Sabbath. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or “rules over the Sabbath”

Matthew 12:9

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase from there refers to the grainfields that Jesus and his disciples were walking through when the Pharisees confronted them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from those fields” or “from that place”

their synagogue

Quote: τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun their refers to the Jewish people living in this region. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish synagogue” or “the synagogue in that area”

Matthew 12:10

behold, a man having a withered hand

Quote: ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is using the phrase behold, a man to introduce this man with a withered hand as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man was in the synagogue, and he had a withered hand”

having a withered hand

Quote: χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Use a word or phrase that expresses this idea clearly. Alternate translation: “having a shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied”

they questioned him, saying

Quote: ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they questioned him”

they questioned … they might accuse

Quote: ἐπηρώτησαν & κατηγορήσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they in both cases could refer to: (1) the Pharisees, the ones who had asked about the disciples picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “these Pharisees questioned … they might accuse” (2) some people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “some people there questioned … they might accuse”

him, … him

Quote: αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him in both places refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus”

saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that

Quote: λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking whether it was lawful to heal on the Sabbaths, in order that”

so that

Quote: ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees ask this question. They intend to accuse Jesus based on how he answers the question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that, when he answered,” or “They asked this question so that”

they might accuse him

Quote: κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they would accuse Jesus of breaking the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses”

Matthew 12:11

What man will there be among you who will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift {it} out

Quote: τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Every man among you, if he has one sheep that falls into a pit on the Sabbaths, will definitely grasp hold of it and lift it out.” or “There is no man among you who, having one sheep that falls into a pit on the sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift it out!”

What man will there be among you who will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift {it} out

Quote: τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain when it is appropriate to work on the Sabbaths. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “What would one of you do if you had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbaths? You would grasp hold of it and lift it out, wouldn’t you”

one sheep

Quote: πρόβατον ἕν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase one sheep could imply that: (1) the person only owns one sheep. Alternate translation: “only one sheep” (2) the person owns more than one sheep, but only this one falls into a pit. Alternate translation: “a sheep”

man

Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “person”

on the Sabbaths

Quote: τοῖς Σάββασιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus uses the phrase on the Sabbaths to indicate that this event would occur on a Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”

will not grasp hold of it and lift {it} out

Quote: οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these actions are considered work, which would normally break the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not work on the Sabbath by grasping hold of it and lifting it out”

Matthew 12:12

How much more valuable, then, {is} a man than a sheep

Quote: πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that a man is more valuable than a sheep and should be treated accordingly. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A man, then, is more valuable than a sheep.” or “A man, then, is much more valuable than a sheep!”

How much more valuable, then, {is} a man than a sheep

Quote: πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that, since even on Sabbath days people help sheep that are less valuable, they should also help people, who are more valuable, even on Sabbath days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? So, even on the Sabbaths, you should assist other people more than you assist sheep.”

How much more valuable, then, {is} a man than

Quote: πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the transition word then to the beginning of the question. Alternate translation: “Then how much more valuable is a man than”

then

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then introduces an inference based on what Jesus said about the sheep in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “given what I have said about sheep” or “in light of that”

is} a man

Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Therefore, it is lawful

Quote: ὥστε ἔξεστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference based on what Jesus has said about sheep and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “Because of those things, you can see that it is lawful” or “Since that is true, you can tell that it is lawful”

to do good

Quote: καλῶς ποιεῖν (1)

Alternate translation: “to help people”

Matthew 12:13

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Stretch out your hand

Quote: ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “I heal you. Now stretch out your hand!”

Stretch out your hand

Quote: ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command and the word your are singular since Jesus is speaking to the man with the withered hand.

it was restored to health

Quote: ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

it was restored to health

Quote: ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of health, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it was made healthy”

the other

Quote: ἡ ἄλλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective other as a noun to mean the man’s other hand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other hand”

Matthew 12:14

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

took counsel against him

Quote: συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase took counsel against him indicates that the Pharisees were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about how they could harm Jesus”

Matthew 12:15

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having perceived this

Quote: γνοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus perceived that the Pharisees were planning to kill him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “having perceived that they were taking counsel against him”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the area where Jesus had been when he healed the man with the withered hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “from that region” or “from where he had healed the man”

many

Quote: πολλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

them all

Quote: αὐτοὺς πάντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed all the people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all of them who had diseases”

Matthew 12:16

them so that they might not make him known

Quote: αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Do not make me known,’”

them so that they might not make

Quote: αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ & ποιήσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) all the people who were following Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of them that they might not make” (2) just the people whom he healed. Alternate translation: “those he had healed that they might not make”

they might not make him known

Quote: μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase make him known refers to telling many people about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not talk about him with many other people” or “they might not speak about him with everyone”

Matthew 12:17

This verse is identical to 4:14, so express the idea as you did there.

Matthew 12:18-21

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In these verses, Matthew quotes parts of Isaiah 42:1–4. He leaves out parts of Isaiah 42:4, and in many places his quotation does not match the Hebrew version of Isaiah. So, translate what Matthew writes, not what you might read in Isaiah 42:1–4.

Matthew 12:18

Behold, my servant

Quote: ἰδοὺ, ὁ παῖς μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

my beloved

Quote: ὁ ἀγαπητός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I love”

in whom my soul was well pleased

Quote: εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases my soul”

my soul was well pleased

Quote: εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

God is using my soul to represent himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I myself am well pleased”

was well pleased

Quote: εὐδόκησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here the past tense indicates that God was well pleased with the servant and continues to be well pleased. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is well pleased” or “has been well pleased”

I will put my Spirit upon him

Quote: θήσω τὸ Πνεῦμά μου ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here God speaks as if the Spirit were an object that he will put on the servant. He means that he will give the Spirit to the servant so that the servant can act with power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will give him my Spirit” or “I will enable him to act by the power of my Spirit”

my Spirit

Quote: τὸ Πνεῦμά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase my Spirit refers to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “my Holy Spirit”

justice to the Gentiles

Quote: κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word justice could indicate that: (1) God does what is just. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles that God is just” or “to the Gentiles that God does what is just” (2) God will judge justly. Alternate translation: “just judgment to the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles that God will judge”

justice to the Gentiles

Quote: κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of justice, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation of justice that you chose in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles that God will act justly”

to the Gentiles

Quote: τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the words translated to the Gentiles could refer to: (1) people who are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “to Gentile people” (2) all people, including Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the nations” or “to all peoples”

Matthew 12:19

his voice

Quote: τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, his voice represents him speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him talking”

in the streets

Quote: ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, the streets were public, noisy places. The author of the quotation uses the phrase the streets as an example of any public, noisy place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar place in your culture. Alternate translation: “in the public square” or “in noisy places where there are many people”

Matthew 12:20

He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax

Quote: κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He will not break a bruised reed; yes, he will not quench a smoking flax”

He will not break a bruised reed

Quote: κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation speaks of weak or suffering people as if they were a bruised or damaged reed. He means that Jesus will not ignore or hurt these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He will not hurt suffering people, which would be like breaking a bruised reed” or “He will not hurt suffering people”

he will not quench a smoking flax

Quote: λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation speaks of weak or suffering people as if they were a smoking flax. He means that Jesus will not ignore or hurt these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He will not ignore injured people, which would be like quenching a smoking flax” or “He will not ignore injured people”

a smoking flax

Quote: λίνον τυφόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A flax is a piece of cloth or thread made out of parts of the flax plant. People in the author’s culture would use these pieces of cloth or thread as lamp wicks. If the flax was smoking, it was not burning properly and would normally be thrown away and replaced. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of cloth and its use, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a smoldering wick” or “a lamp that is barely burning”

until

Quote: ἕως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, the word until indicates that the servant will continue to act as this verse describes up to the time when the goal of justice is accomplished. It does not mean that the servant will start acting differently at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates a duration of time up to a point in the future. Alternate translation: “up to the time when”

he casts out justice

Quote: ἐκβάλῃ & τὴν κρίσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase casts out indicates that the servant is producing justice or causing justice to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he produces justice” or “he causes justice to happen”

to victory

Quote: εἰς νῖκος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase to victory could mean that justice: (1) is accomplished successfully. Alternate translation: “successfully” or “completely” (2) lasts forever. Alternate translation: “forever”

he casts out justice to victory

Quote: ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of justice or victory, you could express the same ideas in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the choices you made in the previous two notes. Alternate translation: “he successfully accomplishes what is just” or “he makes everything just forever”

Matthew 12:21

in his name Gentiles will hope

Quote: τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation implies that the Gentiles will hope for the servant to help or save them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Gentiles will hope in his name, that he will help them” or “Gentiles will hope in his name, that he will save them”

in his name

Quote: τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, name represents the person who has that name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in my servant”

Gentiles

Quote: ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 12:18, the words translated the Gentiles could refer to: (1) people who are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (2) all people, including Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “all peoples”

Matthew 12:22

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

The word Then introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,”

one being demon-possessed was brought to him, blind and mute

Quote: προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is using the phrase one being demon-possessed to introduce this man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a person was brought to Jesus. He was demon-possessed, blind, and mute”

one being demon-possessed was brought to him, blind and mute

Quote: προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the demon made the man blind and mute. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one being possessed by a demon that made him blind and mute was brought to Jesus”

one being demon-possessed was brought to him

Quote: προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

one being demon-possessed

Quote: δαιμονιζόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom a demon had possessed”

blind and mute

Quote: τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mute person is a person who cannot speak, and a blind person is a person who cannot see. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of disorders or illnesses, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “who was unable to talk or see things”

he healed him

Quote: ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed the man in every way, which would include casting out the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he cast out the demon and healed him”

the mute one

Quote: τὸν κωφὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew uses the phrase the mute one to indicate that the man had been mute, and also blind, before Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this phrase describes what the man was like before Jesus healed him, or you could refer back to the man in a different way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been mute and blind” or “he”

Matthew 12:23

were amazed

Quote: ἐξίσταντο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were marveling”

Is this not the Son of David

Quote: μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The crowds are using the question form to suggest that Jesus might be the Son of David. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “This might be the Son of David.” or “Maybe this is the Son of David!”

the Son of David

Quote: ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in 9:27. Alternate translation: “the Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”

the Son of David

Quote: ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” Express the idea as you did in 9:27. Alternate translation: “the Son of David, the Messiah”

Matthew 12:24

having heard this

Quote: ἀκούσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Pharisees heard what the crowds were asking about Jesus (see 12:23). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard what the crowds were asking”

He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul

Quote: οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that the Pharisees were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He is only able to cast out demons by Beelzebul”

by Beelzebul

Quote: ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “by the power of Beelzebul”

Matthew 12:25

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand

Quote: πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents two proverbs in order to teach the Pharisees that his power cannot come from the same source as the demon’s power. Translate these proverbs in such a way that they will be recognized as proverbs and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If a kingdom is divided against itself, it will be made desolate. Similarly, if a city or a house is divided against itself, it will not stand”

Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand

These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate; indeed, every city or house divided against itself will not stand”

Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand

Here, the words kingdom, city, and house represent the people who live in those places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People in one kingdom who are divided against each other will be made desolate, and people in one city or house who are divided against each other will not stand”

divided against itself … divided against itself

Quote: μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that attacks itself … that attacks itself”

is made desolate

Quote: ἐρημοῦται (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ruins itself” or “destroys itself”

will not stand

Quote: οὐ σταθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase will not stand means that the city or house will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist”

Matthew 12:26

if Satan casts out Satan, he has been divided against himself

Quote: εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary

Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Satan is not divided against himself, because Satan has not been divided against himself. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were Satan to cast out Satan, he would have been divided against himself”

Satan casts out Satan

Quote: ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In both places, Satan represents people who act by the power of Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Satan’s followers cast out Satan’s followers” or “those who act by Satan’s power cast out others who also act by Satan’s power”

he has been divided against himself

Quote: ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he has attacked himself”

How then will his kingdom stand

Quote: πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that Satan’s kingdom will not stand if he is divided against himself. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “His kingdom, then, will not stand.” or “His kingdom will certainly not stand!”

will his kingdom stand

Quote: σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word stand means that the kingdom would exist for a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will his kingdom continue to exist” or “will his kingdom remain”

Matthew 12:27

if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out

Quote: εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary

Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that he does not cast out demons by Beelzebul, but he wants to show what would also be true if he did cast out demons by Beelzebul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were I to be casting out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom would your sons be casting them out”

if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out

Quote: εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out? Since you do not believe that they cast out demons by Beelzebul, it must not be true about me, either.”

by whom do your sons cast them out

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that the sons of the Pharisees must use the same power that he uses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your sons cast them out by that same power” or “then your sons also cast them out by Beelzebul”

your sons

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of the disciples of the Pharisees as if they were their sons. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your disciples” or “your followers”

Because of this

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, Jesus implies that the Pharisees would not say that their sons cast out demons by Beelzebul, and the phrase Because of this introduces a result based on this implied answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reason for this result more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because you would not say that they cast out demons by Beelzebul,” or “Since you would not answer that they do it by Beelzebul,”

they will be your judges

Quote: αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the sons of the Pharisees as if they were the Pharisees’ judges. He means that what the sons do proves that the Pharisees are wrong about what they have said about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they do proves that you are wrong” or “when they cast out demons, it shows that you have spoken falsely”

Matthew 12:28

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what the Pharisees have said about how Jesus casts out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” or “In contrast,”

if I cast out the demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you

Quote: εἰ & ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since I cast out the demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you”

the kingdom of God has come upon you

Quote: ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the kingdom of God had come upon the Pharisees. He means that God is making where they and Jesus are into part of his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is ruling among you” or “this region has become part of God’s kingdom”

Matthew 12:29

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, Jesus uses the word Or to introduce another explanation of the same point that he has been making. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an alternate explanation, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “In other words,” or “Think about it this way:”

Or how is anyone able

Quote: ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To help the Pharisees understand what he has been saying, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. For an explanation of this parable, see the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration of what I mean: how is anyone able”

Or how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first bound the strong man

Quote: ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to show that a strong man must be tied up before someone can steal his possessions. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one is able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first tied up the strong man.” or “It is impossible for anyone to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first bound the strong man!”

how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first bound the strong man

Quote: πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “how, unless he has first bound the strong man, is anyone able to enter into the house of that strong man and steal his belongings”

he has not first bound … he will plunder

Quote: μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ & διαρπάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Although the term he in both these places is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has not first bound … that person will plunder”

he will plunder his

Quote: αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word he refers to the person who is stealing. The word his refers to the strong man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the thief will plunder the strong man’s”

Matthew 12:30

The one not being with me is against me, and the one not gathering with me scatters

Quote: ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει (1)

Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”

The one not being with me

Quote: ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase with me describes people who support or are friendly to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one not being my friend” or “The one not helping me”

the one not gathering with me scatters

Quote: ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that people are either gathering other people to him as disciples or scattering other people away from Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one not gathering people to be with me scatters people away from me”

Matthew 12:31

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase For this reason introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus has said in 12:25–30. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore”

I say to you, every sin

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν, πᾶσα ἁμαρτία (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to tell his audience. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that every sin”

every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven

Quote: πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only sin or blasphemy that will not be forgiven men is the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit” or “most sins and blasphemies will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven”

every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven

Quote: πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the actions, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive men for every sin and blasphemy, but God will not forgive the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit”

every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men

Quote: πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is indicating that God forgives all kinds of sin and blasphemy, not that God will forgive every single sin or blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “every sin and blasphemy can be forgiven men” or “all kinds of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men”

every sin and blasphemy

Quote: πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of sin and blasphemy, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “all sinful and blasphemous things” or “whenever anyone sins or blasphemes, it”

men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the blasphemy of the Spirit

Quote: ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe blasphemy that is spoken against the Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the blasphemy against the Spirit” or “the blasphemy spoken against the Spirit”

the blasphemy of the Spirit

Quote: ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whenever anyone blasphemes against the Spirit, it”

Matthew 12:32

speaks a word

Quote: εἴπῃ λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “says anything”

the Son of Man

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, that is, me”

it will be forgiven him. … it will not be forgiven him

Quote: ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

him. … him

Quote: αὐτῷ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms him and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person … that person”

in this age, nor in the one coming

Quote: ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase this age refers to the time before God judges everyone and renews the world, and the phrase the one coming refers to the time after God judges everyone and renews the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this life, nor in the life to come” or “before God judges everyone, nor after God judges everyone” or “now nor ever”

Matthew 12:33

Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten and its fruit rotten, for the tree is known by its fruit

Quote: ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were trees that produced fruit. It makes sense to say that a tree and its fruit together are either good or rotten. It does not make sense to say that a tree is good and its fruit rotten or that a tree is rotten and its fruit good. That is because trees are known by their fruits. Similarly, people who follow God do what is right, and people who do not follow God do what is wrong. It does not make sense to say that someone who does what is right is not following God or that someone who does what is wrong is following God. Most likely, Jesus wishes to apply this figure of speech both to himself (a good tree) and to the Pharisees (bad trees). If possible, preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten and its fruit rotten. Similarly, either call people good and their deeds good, or call people bad and their deeds bad. For, just as a tree is known by its fruit, so people are known by their deeds”

Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten and its fruit rotten

Quote: ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be indicating that: (1) people should make consistent judgments or evaluations of both a tree and its fruit. Alternate translation: “Either consider both the tree and its fruit good, or consider both the tree and its fruit bad” (2) people can make a tree either good or rotten by how they care for that tree. Then, the tree will make fruit that fits with how people cared for that tree. Alternate translation: “Either make the tree good, and it will make its fruit good, or make the tree rotten, and it will make its fruit rotten” or “Either make the tree good, and its fruit will be good, or make the tree rotten, and its fruit will be rotten” (3) a tree produces fruit that fits with what kind of tree it is. Alternate translation: “Either a tree is good and produces good fruit, or a tree is rotten and produces rotten fruit”

the tree … the tree … the tree

Quote: τὸ δένδρον (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word tree represents trees in general, not one particular tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “any tree … any tree … every tree”

for

Quote: γὰρ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why a tree and its fruit must either be good or rotten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which I command because”

the tree is known by its fruit

Quote: ἐκ & τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 12:34

You offspring of vipers, being

Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν & ὄντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Translate this metaphor as you did in 3:7. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures! Being” or “You wicked people! Being”

being evil

Quote: πονηροὶ ὄντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase being evil gives the reason why Jesus implies that the Pharisees cannot say good things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “since you are evil”

how are you able to say good things

Quote: πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees for failing to speak good things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things” or “you are never able to say good things!”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why evil people cannot say good things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “The reason you are not able to say good things is that”

out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks

Quote: ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the heart were a container that could be full of an abundance of thoughts or desires. When the heart is full, it overflows out through the mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever fills the heart comes out of the mouth” or “whatever is in the heart is what the mouth speaks”

of the heart the mouth speaks

Quote: τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words heart and mouth represents people’s hearts and mouths in general, not one particular person’s heart and mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of their hearts people’s mouths speak”

of the heart

Quote: τῆς καρδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the thoughts” or “of the desires”

the mouth speaks

Quote: τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, the word mouth represents the person as a whole, in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person speaks”

Matthew 12:35

The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things

Quote: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people say and do whatever they value and think about. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A good man brings forth good things from his good treasure. Similarly, an evil man brings forth evil things from his evil treasure”

The good man from his good treasure … the evil man from his evil treasure

Quote: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ & ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “The good person from his or her good treasure … the evil person from his or her evil treasure”

The good man … the evil man

Quote: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος & ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrases The good man and the evil man represents good and evil men in general, not two particular men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Every good man … every evil man”

from his good treasure brings forth good things, … from his evil treasure brings forth evil things

Quote: ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά & ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking of the thoughts and desires of people as if they were their treasure that they bring forth when they act and especially when they speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he values produces good things … from the evil things that he values produces evil things” or “from his good thoughts speaks good things … from his evil thoughts speaks evil things”

his good treasure … his evil treasure

Quote: τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ & τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word treasure could refer to: (1) a place where treasures are kept or stored. Alternate translation: “his good treasury … his evil treasury” or “his storehouse of good things … his storehouse of evil things” (2) the treasures that the person has. Alternate translation: “his good treasures … his evil treasures”

Matthew 12:36

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”

every careless word

Quote: πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word careless could indicate that the word is: (1) unproductive or useless. In other words, the word does not accomplish anything. Alternate translation: “every unproductive word” or “every word with no value” (2) hurtful to others, even if the person who said it did not intend it to be hurtful. Alternate translation: “every hurtful word” or “every damaging word”

men

Quote: οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

they will give an account concerning it

Quote: ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to give an account refers to giving reasons and explanations for something that one has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will have to give reasons for it” or “they will have to explain it”

in the day of judgment

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

of judgment

Quote: κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”

Matthew 12:37

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about the day of judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”

by your words you will be justified, and by your words you will be condemned

Quote: ἐκ & τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses use the same form to give two options. The second provides a contrasting alternative to the first. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine parts of the two clauses together to form a natural contrast in your language. Alternate translation: “by your words you will be justified or condemned” or “by your words either you will be justified or you will be condemned”

your words you will be justified, … your words you will be condemned

Quote: τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ & τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many people, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation.

you will be justified, … you will be condemned

Quote: δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 12:38

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

to see a sign from you

Quote: ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “to see you do a sign that shows that your authority is from God”

you

Quote: σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular since the scribes and Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.

Matthew 12:39

An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to it

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about his audience in the third person instead of directly addressing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here instead. Alternate translation: “You, an evil and adulterous generation, seek a sign, but no sign will be given to you”

An evil and adulterous generation seeks … to it

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς & ἐπιζητεῖ & αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in 11:16. Alternate translation: “today’s people, who are evil and adulterous, seek … to them” or “Evil and adulterous people of this generation seek … to them”

adulterous

Quote: μοιχαλὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people who do not fully trust and obey God as if they were adulterous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unfaithful” or “disobedient”

a sign

Quote: σημεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 12:38, the implication is that the sign is a miracle that proves that Jesus’ authority comes from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign that shows that my authority is from God”

but a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet

Quote: καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that it will be given is the sign of Jonah the prophet”

a sign will not be given to it

Quote: σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it could be: (1) God the Father. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign”

the sign of Jonah the prophet

Quote: τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a sign that happened to Jesus. Jesus will describe this sign in the following verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sign that Jonah the prophet experienced” or “the sign related to Jonah the prophet”

Matthew 12:40

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of “the sign of Jonah” (see 12:39). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is that sign:” or “Now”

just as Jonah was three days and three nights in the belly of the big fish

Quote: ὥσπερ & ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to part of the story of Jonah. God told Jonah to preach to people in the town of Nineveh, but Jonah ran away instead. God had a big fish swallow Jonah, and Jonah was inside this fish for three days and three nights. After that, God had the fish spit Jonah out. You can read this story in Jonah 1–2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “just as Jonah was swallowed by a big fish and was in its belly for three days and three nights before it spit him out”

three days and three nights … three days and three nights

Quote: τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The phrase three days and three nights refers to three periods of 24 hours in a row. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “three straight days … three straight days”

the belly of the big fish

Quote: τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the phrase big fish refers to any large creature that lives in the sea or ocean. Its belly is its stomach. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of sea creature, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the stomach of the large sea creature” or “the stomach of the sea monster”

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, that is, me,”

three days and three nights in the heart of the earth

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that after the three days and three nights he will no longer be in the heart of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, and then he will arise”

in the heart of the earth

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the heart of the earth refers to how people are buried deep in the ground. Jesus means that he will be in a tomb for three days and three nights. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “deep in the ground” or “in a grave”

Matthew 12:41

The men of Nineveh will rise up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it, for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah {is} here

Quote: ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here. So, they will rise up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it”

The men

Quote: ἄνδρες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

will rise up in the judgment with this generation

Quote: ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, the phrase rise up could mean: (1) to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment to give testimony before God against this generation” (2) to resurrect. Alternate translation: “will be resurrected with this generation at the judgment”

will rise up in the judgment

Quote: ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will, when people are judged, rise up”

this generation … it

Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης & αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Translate the phrase this generation as you did in 12:39. Alternate translation: “today’s people … them” or “the people of this generation … them”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “see” or “listen carefully”

something greater than Jonah {is} here

Quote: πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people of this generation have not repented, unlike the men of Nineveh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, but you have not repented”

something greater than

Quote: πλεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, the phrase something greater is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:6. Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”

Matthew 12:42

The Queen of the South will stand up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it, for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon {is} here

Quote: βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of the South came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon is here. So, she will stand up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it”

The Queen of the South

Quote: βασίλισσα νότου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Here, the phrase The Queen of the South refers to the Queen of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Queen who ruled Sheba, the country to the south,”

will stand up in the judgment with this generation

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, as in 12:41, the phrase stand up could mean: (1) to stand on one’s feet. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment to give testimony before God against this generation” (2) to resurrect. Alternate translation: “will be resurrected with this generation at the judgment”

will stand up in the judgment

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:41. Alternate translation: “will, when people are judged, stand up”

this generation … it

Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης & αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Translate the phrase this generation as you did in 12:41. Alternate translation: “today’s people … them” or “the people of this generation … them”

she came from the ends of the earth

Quote: ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the ends of the earth describes any place that is very far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she traveled a long way” or “she came from a faraway place”

the wisdom of Solomon

Quote: τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Solomon speak wisely”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

something greater than Solomon {is} here

Quote: πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people of this generation have not listened to wisdom, unlike the Queen of the South. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, but you have not listened”

something greater than

Quote: πλεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew 12:43

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

when the unclean spirit

Quote: ὅταν & τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To further explain what he has been saying about “this generation,” Jesus tells a short story that continues through 12:45. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “here is an illustration about this generation: when the unclean spirit”

when the unclean spirit has gone out from the man

Quote: ὅταν & τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

With this clause, Jesus introduces the unclean spirit and the man as characters in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was an unclean spirit possessing a man. When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man”

waterless places

Quote: ἀνύδρων τόπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a desert” or “the wilderness”

rest

Quote: ἀνάπαυσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of rest, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a place to rest”

rest

Quote: ἀνάπαυσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, rest represents a place to live or stay, which for an unclean spirit would be a person to possess or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place to live” or “a home” or “a person to control”

Matthew 12:44

it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out.’ And having come

Quote: λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον & καὶ ἐλθὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to its house from which it came out. And having come”

to my house from which I came out

Quote: εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here the demon refers to the person it formerly controlled as if he were its house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the person whom I used to control, who is like a house from which I came out” or “to the man from whom I came out”

having come

Quote: ἐλθὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

it finds {it} being empty, having been swept out and put in order

Quote: εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus refers to the person whom the demon formerly controlled as if he were a house that was empty, swept out, and put in order. This means that no one is living in the house, so it is ready for someone to move in. Similarly, the person is not serving or obeying anyone, so he is ready for someone to lead or control him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it finds the man like an empty house, having been swept out and put in order” or “it finds that the man is not serving anybody, but he is living a good life”

having been swept out and put in order

Quote: σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and a person has swept it out and put it in order”

Matthew 12:45

it goes

Quote: πορεύεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of goes. Alternate translation: “it comes”

they having entered, it resides there

Quote: εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the evil spirits entered the man and lived in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they having entered the man, it resides in him”

they having entered, it resides there

Quote: εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here Jesus continues to refer to the person whom the evil spirit formerly controlled as if he were a house. When the evil spirits control the man, it is as if they are living in him as their home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having entered, they reside there as if he were their home” or “having overpowered the man, they possess him”

it resides

Quote: κατοικεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus speaks of the evil spirit living in the man, but he implies that the seven other spirits also live in the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the spirits reside”

the last things of that man become worse than the first things

Quote: γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase last things refers to the situation or condition of the man after the evil spirits return. The phrase the first things refers to the situation or condition of the man before the first evil spirit left him. Jesus means that the man’s situation or condition is now worse than it was when he only had one evil spirit possessing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that man’s condition is now worse than it was before” or “the current situation of that man has become worse than the previous situation”

with this evil generation

Quote: τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in 12:39. Alternate translation: “with today’s people who are evil” or “with evil people of this generation”

Matthew 12:46

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

brothers

Quote: οἱ ἀδελφοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.

had stood outside

Quote: ἵστήκεισαν ἔξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived and then stood outside wherever Jesus was. Since 13:1 describes Jesus leaving a house, he may have been in a house while he was teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “had come and stood outside the house” or “had arrived outside the place where he was teaching”

Matthew 12:47

Now someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers have stood outside, seeking to speak to you

Quote: εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, many ancient manuscripts do include this verse. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to include the verse, as the ULT does.

Now

Quote: δέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers have stood outside, seeking to speak to you

Quote: αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to him that his mother and his brothers had stood outside, seeking to speak to him”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”

your … your … to you

Quote: σου & σου & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words your, your, and you are singular since this person is speaking to Jesus.

your brothers

Quote: οἱ ἀδελφοί σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Translate this phrase as you did in 12:46.

Matthew 12:48

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

answering, he said

Quote: ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys

Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the information that the person gave him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “he responded”

Who is my mother and who are my brothers

Quote: τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach his audience about whom he considers to be part of his family. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Since Jesus answers the question in 12:49, you should not include an implied answer here. Alternate translation: “I will inform you about whom I call my mother and my brothers.” or “Let me tell you whom I love as if they were my mother or my brothers.”

my brothers

Quote: οἱ ἀδελφοί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Translate brothers as you did in 12:46.

Matthew 12:49

having stretched out his hand toward his disciples

Quote: ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here Matthew describes how Jesus used his hand to motion toward or indicate his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe a motion that indicates a specific group of people, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “having gestured with his hand toward his disciples” or “having indicated his disciples”

Behold, my mother

Quote: ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word Behold indicates that the audience should look where Jesus indicated when he stretched out his hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Consider these people to be my mother” or “These are my mother”

my mother and my brothers

Quote: ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as if they were his mother and brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning of the metaphor more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my mother and my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my mother and my brothers”

my brothers

Quote: οἱ ἀδελφοί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Translate brothers as you did in 12:46.

Matthew 12:50

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation concerning why Jesus can call the disciples his mother and brothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “I say that because”

the will of my Father in the heavens

Quote: τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

he is my brother and sister and mother

Quote: αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of everyone who does God’s will as if they were his brother and sister and mother. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse (12:49). Alternate translation: “I call him my brother and sister and mother” or “he is a person whom I love as if he were my brother and sister and mother”

he

Quote: αὐτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 13

Matthew 13 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1–52)
- The parable of the sower (13:1–9)
- Jesus explains why he uses parables (13:10–17)
- Jesus explains the parable of the sower (13:18–23)
- The parable of the darnel (13:24–30)
- The parable of the mustard seed (13:31–32)
- The parable of the yeast (13:33)
- Summary statement (13:34–35)
- Jesus explains the parable of the darnel (13:36–43)
- The parable of the treasure in the field (13:44)
- The parable of the pearl (13:45–46)
- The parable of the net (13:47–50)
- Jesus concludes his teaching (13:51–52)
Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27)
- Jesus visits his hometown (13:53–58)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14–15, which is a quote from Isaiah 6:9–10, and in 13:35, which is a quote from Psalm 78:2.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Farming

Jesus refers to many different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options.

Darnel

Darnel are plants that look much like wheat plants. However, they do not produce the same kind of grain, and the grain that they do produce is somewhat poisonous. In your translation, you could refer to a plant that looks like wheat or grain plants, or you could use a descriptive phrase. See the notes for translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Parables

Throughout this chapter, Jesus uses many parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see 13:10–17). Jesus explains three of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: Parables)

The parable of the sower—In 13:3–9, Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in 13:18–23. Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways.
The parable of the darnel—In 13:24–30, Jesus tells a story about a farmer who planted good seed and the farmer’s enemy who planted darnel seed in the same field. Jesus explains this parable in 13:37–43. Jesus is the farmer, and the good seed are people who believe in him. The enemy is the devil, and the darnel seed are people who serve him. The farmer in the story allows the darnel to grow until the harvest, when he has them cut down and burned. Similarly, Jesus allows people who serve the devil to live until this time period ends, when he will have his angels collect these people. Then, he will judge and punish them, and he will reward those who believed in him.
The parable of the mustard seed—In 13:31–32, Jesus tells a story about how a very small seed (a mustard seed) grows into a very large plant. Most likely, he is describing how his group of followers was very small but will eventually become very large. Jesus mentions that birds nest in the branches of this large plant. Some people think that Jesus is referring to passages like Ezekiel 17:23, which could suggest that the birds represent Gentiles who become part of God’s kingdom. Others think that the detail about the birds simply illustrates how large the plant is. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.
The parable of the yeast—In 13:33, Jesus tells a story about how a woman leavened a large amount of flour with some yeast. Most likely, he is describing how his message and his followers will affect many things. He could be speaking about how his message completely changes people. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers will spread throughout the whole world. Or, he could be speaking about how his message and his followers are small and insignificant but affect the whole world. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.
The parable of the treasure in the field—In 13:44, Jesus tells a story about a worker who discovered a hidden treasure in a field that belonged to someone else. To obtain the treasure, the worker sold everything that he had and bought the field. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like a treasure, and people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom.
The parable of the pearl—In 13:45–46, Jesus tells a story about a merchant who wanted to obtain valuable pearls. When he saw a very expensive pearl, he sold everything that he had and bought the pearl. Most likely, Jesus means that being part of God’s kingdom is very valuable, like an expensive pearl, and that people should be willing to give up everything to be part of the kingdom.
The parable of the net—In 13:47–48, Jesus tells a story about fishermen who use a net to catch many kinds of fish, some useful and some useless. They sort through the fish, keeping the good ones and throwing away the bad ones. Jesus explains this parable in 13:49–50. The fish are like people, and the fishermen are like angels. At the end of this time period, the angels will separate righteous people from wicked people, just like the fishermen sorted the fish. Then, the wicked people will be punished, just as the useless fish were thrown away.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Matthew 13:1

On that day

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase On that day introduces the next major event in the story, an event that happened on the same day as the teaching recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later during the same day. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that day”

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

of the house

Quote: τῆς οἰκίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to the house that Jesus was in while he was teaching what is recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the house where he had been” or “of the house in which he had been teaching”

was sitting

Quote: ἐκάθητο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to instruct people” or “was sitting down as a teacher does”

Matthew 13:2

large crowds were gathered to him

Quote: συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “large crowds gathered to him” or “large crowds came to listen to him”

sat down

Quote: καθῆσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Just as in the previous verse, Jesus sat down to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sat down down to instruct the people” or “sat down as a teacher does”

on the beach

Quote: ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word beach refers to the ground next to a body of water when this ground is covered by sand or small rocks. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of terrain, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “on the edge of the sea” or “on the sandy area by the water”

Matthew 13:3

in parables, saying

Quote: ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “in parables. Here is what he said:”

Behold, the sower went out

Quote: ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the sower went out”

Behold, the sower

Quote: ἰδοὺ & ὁ σπείρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Jesus introduces a sower as a character in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a sower. He”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Matthew 13:4

as he sowed

Quote: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which farmers pick up handfuls of seed and throw them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. This method is a quick and easy way to plant seeds in large fields, but some seeds land on ground that is not good for them to grow in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit what kind of sowing this is. Alternate translation: “as he threw the seeds over the ground” or “as he scattered the seeds over the field”

some fell beside the road, and the birds came and devoured them

Quote: ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the seeds that fall beside the road do not sink into the ground. Instead, they just sit on top of the hard-packed dirt by the road and are unprotected from birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “some fell on the hard ground beside the road, and the birds came and easily devoured them”

some

Quote: ἃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective some as a noun to mean some of the seeds. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some seeds”

the birds

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the birds represents any birds, not particular birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “birds”

Matthew 13:5

others

Quote: ἄλλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective others as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”

the rocky ground, where it did not have much soil

Quote: τὰ πετρώδη, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus describes an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes this kind of area. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area, where there was very little soil”

it did not have … it sprang up, because it did not have

Quote: οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν (1)

Here Jesus refers back to the others as a group using singular words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural words to refer back to the others. Alternate translation: “they did not have … they sprang up, because they did not have”

immediately it sprang up, because it did not have deep soil

Quote: εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it did not have deep soil, immediately it sprang up”

it sprang up

Quote: ἐξανέτειλεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase sprang up refers to how plants sprout or begin to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “it came up” or “it began to grow”

Matthew 13:6

when} the sun had risen

Quote: ἡλίου & ἀνατείλαντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the sun had risen refers to the sun coming up over the horizon in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the sun came up” or “in the morning when the sun began to shine”

it was scorched, and because it had no root, it withered

Quote: ἐκαυματίσθη καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη (1)

Here, much as in 13:5, Jesus refers to the plants that sprouted from the seeds by using singular words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural words to refer to these plants. Alternate translation: “they were scorched, and because they had no roots, they withered”

it was scorched

Quote: ἐκαυματίσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

it had no root

Quote: τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says no root here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it had almost no root” or “it had very small roots”

Matthew 13:7

others

Quote: ἄλλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective others as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in 13:5. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”

the thorns grew up and choked them

Quote: ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the thorns grew quickly and took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew very large and crowded them out” or “the thorns grew faster and kept them from growing well”

Matthew 13:8

others

Quote: ἄλλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

were giving fruit

Quote: ἐδίδου καρπόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the word fruit refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more wheat seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were producing more seeds” or “sprouted and produced a harvest”

fruit

Quote: καρπόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”

some 100, and some 60, and some 30

Quote: ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that plants produced 100, 60, or 30 new seeds. Scholars estimate that these numbers are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “and they produced a very good harvest, with some plants producing 100 seeds, and some plants producing 60 seeds, and other plants producing 30 seeds” or “many times more than the farmer planted: some 100 times more, and some 60 times more, and some 30 times more”

Matthew 13:9

The one having ears let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This verse is almost identical to 11:15, although that verse includes the phrase “to hear” after ears. Express the idea as you did in 11:15, but omit the phrase “to hear” if you expressed it explicitly there.

having ears

Quote: ἔχων ὦτα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read having ears. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “having ears to hear.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 13:10

said to him, “For what reason do you speak to them in parables

Quote: εἶπαν αὐτῷ, διὰ τί ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him for what reason he spoke to them in parables.”

do you speak

Quote: λαλεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular since the disciples are speaking to Jesus.

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the “crowd” that was standing on the shore of the sea to listen to Jesus (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the crowd”

Matthew 13:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

has been given … it has not been given

Quote: δέδοται & οὐ δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe mysteries that are about the kingdom of the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the mysteries concerning the kingdom of the heavens”

to those it has not been given

Quote: ἐκείνοις & οὐ δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that those people have not been given the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens”

to those

Quote: ἐκείνοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective those as a noun to mean the people whom the disciples asked him about. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to those people” or “to the crowds”

Matthew 13:12

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For could introduce: (1) a reason why God reveals the mysteries of the kingdom to some people and not to other people. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why that happens:” (2) an explanation concerning why God reveals the mysteries of the kingdom to some people and not to other people. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:”

whoever has, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him

Quote: ὅστις & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people who have something usually gain more of it, while people who have very little usually lose everything. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “people who have things receive more, and they have an abundance. But people who do not have things lose what they used to have”

whoever has, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him

Quote: ὅστις & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that what the person has or does not have is knowledge or understanding about the “mysteries of the kingdom of heaven” (see 13:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have understanding, even what he has will be taken away from him” or “whoever has knowledge about the kingdom, more will be given to him, and he will have an abundance of knowledge. But whoever does not have knowledge about the kingdom, even what knowledge he has will be taken away from him”

it will be given … will be taken away

Quote: δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

to him, and he will have an abundance. … what he has … him

Quote: αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται & ὃ ἔχει & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms him and he are masculine in this verse, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “to that person, and he or she will have an abundance … what that person has … him or her”

he will have an abundance

Quote: περισσευθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of abundance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will abound” or “he will have very much”

But whoever does not have

Quote: ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says whoever does not have here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that the person did have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But whoever has almost nothing” or “But whoever does not have much”

Matthew 13:13

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun this could refer to: (1) what Jesus is about to say, beginning with the word because. Alternate translation: “Here is why” (2) what Jesus said in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “That is why” or “For those reasons”

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the “crowd” that was standing on the shore of the sea to listen to Jesus (see 13:2). Express the idea as you did in 13:10. Alternate translation: “to the crowd”

seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand

Quote: βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the people see things, but they do not look carefully. They hear things, but they do not listen carefully or understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “although they see, they do not really see; and although they hear, they do not really hear nor understand” or “seeming to see, they do not actually see, and seeming to hear, they do not actually hear nor understand”

Matthew 13:14

in them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled

Quote: ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are fulfilling the prophecy of Isaiah” or “what they do fulfills the prophecy of Isaiah”

the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says

Quote: ἀναπληροῦται & ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Jesus’s culture, this was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see Isaiah 6:9–10). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the prophecy from the book of Isaiah is being fulfilled. Here is the prophecy:” or “is being fulfilled what Isaiah prophesied when he wrote”

In hearing you will hear, … seeing, you will see

Quote: ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε & βλέποντες βλέψετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here the author of the quotation repeats the words hear and see in order to emphasize that the people really do hear and see. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly hear … you will certainly see” or “You will indeed hear … you will indeed see”

certainly not … certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The words translated certainly not are two negative words in the original Greek. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means … by no means”

Matthew 13:15

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the people hear but do not understand and see but do not perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “That happens since”

the heart of this people has been thickened, and with {their} ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes, lest they might see with {their} eyes, and they might hear with {their} ears, and they might understand with {their} heart and turn back, and I would heal them

Quote: ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

The author of the quotation switches from speaking to the Israelite people in the second person (see 13:14) to speaking about them in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use second person forms in this verse. Alternate translation: “the heart of you people has been thickened, and with your ears you have hardly heard, and you have shut your eyes, lest you might see with your eyes, and you might hear with your ears, and you might understand with your heart and turn back, and I would heal you”

the heart of this people has been thickened, and with {their} ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes

Quote: ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second and third phrase are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could express the idea with just one or two clauses. Alternate translation: “the heart of this people has been thickened; yes, with their ears they have hardly heard; indeed, they have shut their eyes” or “the heart of this people has been thickened, and they barely use their ears and eyes”

the heart of this people has been thickened

Quote: ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation is speaking as if the heart of the people of Israel has literally been thickened. He means that they are resisting God stubbornly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this people has been made stubborn”

the heart of this people has been thickened, … with {their} heart

Quote: ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the hearts of these people have been thickened … with their hearts”

the heart of this people has been thickened, … with {their} heart

Quote: ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In the author’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the mind of this people was made dull … with their mind” or “the thoughts of this people were made dull … in their thoughts”

has been thickened

Quote: ἐπαχύνθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become thick”

with {their} ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes, lest they might see with {their} eyes, and they might hear with {their} ears

Quote: τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It may be that these expressions contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could shorten them. Alternate translation: “and they have hardly heard anything, and they have shut their eyes, lest they might see clearly, and they might hear clearly”

and with {their} ears they have hardly heard, and they have shut their eyes

Quote: καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The author of the quotation is speaking as if the people of Israel have become unable to hear and have shut their eyes so that they will not see. He means that they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are refusing to pay attention to God, as if they were closing their ears and eyes” or “and they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them”

they might see with {their} eyes, and they might hear with {their} ears, and they might understand with {their} heart

Quote: ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second and third phrase are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could express the idea with just one or two clauses. Alternate translation: “they might see with their eyes; yes, they might hear with their ears; indeed, they might understand with their heart” or “they might use their eyes and ears, and they might understand with their heart”

turn back

Quote: ἐπιστρέψωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The author of the quotation is speaking of the people of Israel as if they had been traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to turn back onto the right way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord again”

I would heal them

Quote: ἰάσομαι αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation does not mean God would only heal the people physically. He would also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I would heal them and forgive them”

Matthew 13:16

your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear

Quote: ὑμῶν & οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus is using eyes and ears to represent people as they see and hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, for you see; and blessed are you, for you hear” or “you as you look at things, for you see; and as you listen to things, for you hear”

they see; … they hear

Quote: βλέπουσιν & ἀκούουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that their eyes can see properly and their ears can hear properly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they see well … they hear well”

and your ears

Quote: καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 13:17

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples are blessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because” or “That is because”

what you see, … what you hear

Quote: ἃ βλέπετε & ἃ ἀκούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that what the disciples see and hear is what he does and teaches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you see me do … what you hear me say”

did not see, … did not hear

Quote: οὐκ εἶδαν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these people did not see or hear what the disciples can see and hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not see those things … did not hear those things”

did not see, … did not hear

Quote: οὐκ εἶδαν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these people did not see or hear what the disciples see and hear because they lived before Jesus was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because they lived before this time, did not see … because they lived before this time, did not hear”

and to hear

Quote: καὶ ἀκοῦσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 13:18

therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said in the previous verses about how the disciples are blessed because they can listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference, or you could leave therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “then” or “given all that”

listen to the parable

Quote: ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that he is going to explain the parable that he just spoke. He does not mean that he is going to tell it again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “listen to the explanation of the parable”

Matthew 13:19

the word of the kingdom

Quote: τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a word that is about the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the kingdom”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”

the evil one comes and snatches away {what} had been sown in his heart

Quote: ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks about the message about the kingdom as if it were seed that had been sown in a person’s heart. He speaks of the evil one as if he were a bird that swooped down and snatched away the seed. Since these figures of speech connect to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve them or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “the evil one comes like a bird and snatches away the word, which had been sown like a seed in his heart”

the evil one

Quote: ὁ πονηρὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the evil one refers to the devil, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “the evil one, Satan,”

what} had been sown in his heart

Quote: τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

in his heart

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In Jesus’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his head” or “in his thoughts”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

This is {what} was sown beside the road

Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown beside the road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to the seed that was sown beside the road”

This

Quote: οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun This refers to the person whom Jesus has described in the previous sentence. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the person more directly. Alternate translation: “That person” or “He”

what} was sown beside the road

Quote: ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 13:20

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

the one having been sown on the rocky ground, this is the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy

Quote: ὁ & ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown on the rocky ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown on the rocky ground is like what happens to the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy”

the one having been sown on the rocky ground, this

Quote: ὁ & ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the word this refers directly back to the one having been sown on the rocky ground. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the one having been sown on the rocky ground and then explain what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown on the rocky ground”

having been sown

Quote: σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the rocky ground

Quote: τὰ πετρώδη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 13:5, Jesus refers to an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. Express the idea as you did in that verse. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”

with joy

Quote: μετὰ χαρᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “joyfully”

Matthew 13:21

but he has no root in himself but is temporary

Quote: οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks about these people as if they were the plants in the parable that had no root and were only temporary since they withered when the sun rose. Since this figure of speech connects to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve it or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “but he is like a plant with no roots that does not live for long”

he has … himself … he is caused to stumble

Quote: ἔχει & ἑαυτῷ & σκανδαλίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms he, himself, and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has … himself or herself … he or she is caused to stumble”

no root

Quote: οὐκ & ῥίζαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, just as in 13:6, Jesus says no root as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no root” or “very small roots”

and tribulation or persecution having happened

Quote: γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of tribulation and persecution, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “and when he is afflicted or persecuted”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”

he is caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he stumbles”

he is caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe the gospel as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he stops believing” or “he ceases to trust the good news”

Matthew 13:22

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the one having been sown among the thorns, this is the one hearing the word, but the worry of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful

Quote: ὁ & εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown among the thorns, which choke the plant that grows from the seed and make it unfruitful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown among the thorns is like what happens to the one hearing the word, but the worry of this age and the deceitfulness of riches, like thorns, choke the word, so that it is not effective, just like that seed which becomes unfruitful”

the one having been sown among the thorns, this

Quote: ὁ & εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the word this refers directly back to the one having been sown among the thorns. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the one having been sown among the thorns and then explains what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown among the thorns”

having been sown

Quote: σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the word, … the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation … the proclamation” or “the news … the news”

the word, … the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he has mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom … this word”

the worry of this age and the deceitfulness of riches

Quote: ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of worry and deceitfulness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “this person worries about this age and is deceived by riches. These things”

the worry of this age

Quote: ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe worry that is related to this age. In other words, the worry is about things and problems that exist in this age or world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worry about things in this age” or “the worry about what happens in this age”

the deceitfulness of riches

Quote: ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe riches that are characterized by deceitfulness. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitful riches” or “riches that deceive”

Matthew 13:23

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the one having been sown on the good soil, this is the one hearing the word and understanding {it}, who indeed bears fruit and yields, some 100, and some 60, and some 30

Quote: ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιείς; ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown on the good soil and produced a crop of various sizes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown on the good soil is like what happens to the one hearing the word understanding it. That person will be like a seed that bears fruit and yields, some 100, and some 60, and some 30”

the one having been sown on the good soil, this

Quote: ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the word this refers directly back to the one having been sown on the good soil. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the one having been sown on the good soil and then explains what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown on the good soil”

having been sown

Quote: σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, just as in 13:19, Jesus is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

bears fruit and yields, some 100, and some 60, and some 30

Quote: καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that plants produced 100, 60, or 30 new seeds. Scholars estimate that these numbers are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. Express the idea as you did in 13:8. Alternate translation: “bears fruit, with some plants yielding 100 seeds, and some plants yielding 60 seeds, and other plants yielding 30 seeds” or “bears fruit and yields many times more than the farmer planted: some 100 times more, and some 60 times more, and some 30 times more”

bears fruit

Quote: καρποφορεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “bears fruits”

Matthew 13:24

He set before them

Quote: παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Matthew speaks as if the parable were an object that Jesus could set before the people. He means that Jesus told them another parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He spoke to them” or “He narrated to them”

them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people standing on the shore” or “those people”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

The kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

The kingdom of the heavens is compared to

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

a man … his

Quote: ἀνθρώπῳ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here Jesus is telling a story about a specific man. It is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does.

good seed

Quote: καλὸν σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase good seed refers to seed that sprouts into plants that produce helpful crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “seed that sprouts into productive plants”

seed

Quote: σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”

Matthew 13:25

the men

Quote: τοὺς ἀνθρώπους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the men could refer to: (1) the farmer and the people who help take care of his field and crops. Alternate translation: “the man and his helpers” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people” or “everyone”

darnel

Quote: ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word darnel refers to a plant that looks like a wheat plant, but the grain that it produces can be poisonous. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “weeds” or “poisonous plants that look like wheat”

went away

Quote: ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the implication is that the enemy sowed the darnel and went away without the farmer and his workers noticing what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went away without the men noticing what he had done”

Matthew 13:26

the blades sprouted and produced a crop

Quote: ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to the how seeds sprouted as small blades of grass and then grew until they began to produce heads of grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe this process more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wheat sprouted and grew until it began to produce heads of grain”

the darnel became visible also

Quote: ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the field workers recognized that some plants were darnel once the wheat and the darnel had sprouted and grown. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the darnel also grew and became recognizable”

the darnel

Quote: τὰ ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”

Matthew 13:27

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

of the master of the house

Quote: τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The master of the house is the farmer who owns the field. He is the “man” whom Jesus already mentioned in 13:24. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the man, the one who owned the field” or “of the farmer who owned the field”

said to him, ‘Master, did you not sow good seed in your field? From where then does it have darnel

Quote: εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked him, their master, about whether he had sown good seed in his field and about where the darnel came from.”

did you not sow good seed in your field

Quote: οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The servants are using the question form to indicate that they know that the farmer sowed good seed. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we realize that you sowed good seed in your field.” or “you certainly sowed good seed in your field!”

did you not sow … your

Quote: οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας & σῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words you and your are singular since the servants are speaking to the master of the house.

did you not sow

Quote: οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did you not have us sow”

good seed

Quote: καλὸν σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase good seed refers to seed that sprouts into plants that produce helpful crops. Express the idea as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “seed that sprouts into productive plants”

seed

Quote: σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”

From where then does it have darnel

Quote: πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The servants could be using the question form to: (1) inform the landowner that there is darnel in the field and they are not sure where it came from. Alternate translation: “Despite that, there is darnel in the field, and we are not sure where it came from.” (2) ask the landowner if he knows where the darnel came from. Alternate translation: “So, from where did the darnel in the field come?”

darnel

Quote: ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “weeds” or “poisonous plants that look like wheat”

Matthew 13:28

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

to them, ‘A hostile man did this

Quote: αὐτοῖς, ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that a hostile man had done this.”

did this

Quote: τοῦτο ἐποίησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to the action of planting the weed seeds. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this action more directly. Alternate translation: “planted the weeds”

But

Quote: δὲ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

say to him, ‘Do you therefore desire that, having gone out, we would gather them

Quote: λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες, συλλέξωμεν αὐτά? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “ask him whether he would desire that, having gone out, they would gather them.”

say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”

Do you therefore desire that

Quote: θέλεις οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular since the servants are speaking to the master of the house.

having gone out, we would gather them

Quote: ἀπελθόντες, συλλέξωμεν αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the servants mean that they could go to the field, pull up the weeds, and gather them in one place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out to your field, we would pull up and gather them together”

we would gather

Quote: συλλέξωμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we, the servants means themselves but not the farmer, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

them

Quote: αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the weed plants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the weeds”

Matthew 13:29-30

But he says, ‘Certainly not, lest gathering the darnel, you might uproot the wheat along with them … Permit both to grow together until the harvest, and at the time of the harvest I will say to the reapers, “First gather the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up but gather the wheat into my barn

Quote: ὁ δέ φησιν, οὔ, μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον & ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφότερα μέχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ; καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these verses so that there are no quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “he says that they should certainly not, lest gathering the darnel, they might uproot the wheat along with them. He told them to permit both to grow together until the harvest, and at the time of the harvest he would say to the reapers that they should first gather the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but that they should gather the wheat into his barn.”

Matthew 13:29

But

Quote: δέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

gathering the darnel, you might uproot the wheat along with them

Quote: συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the farmer is implying that they will pull up the darnel before they gather it. He also implies that pulling up the darnel may also uproot the wheat, since their roots are growing together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “pulling up and gathering the darnel, you might uproot the wheat that is growing with them in the ground”

the darnel

Quote: τὰ ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”

them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the darnel. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the plant’s name here. Alternate translation: “the darnel”

Matthew 13:30

both

Quote: ἀμφότερα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word both refers to the wheat and the darnel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “both wheat and darnel”

until the harvest, and at the time of the harvest

Quote: μέχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ; καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expressions until the harvest and at the time of the harvest contain extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expressions. Alternate translation: “until the harvest, when”

at the time of the harvest

Quote: ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the farmer is using the possessive form to describe a time in which to perform the harvest. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at harvest time” or “at the time when we harvest”

the darnel

Quote: τὰ ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”

gather the wheat

Quote: τὸν & σῖτον συναγάγετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the farmer implies that the reapers should first harvest the wheat and then gather it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “harvest the wheat and gather it”

my barn

Quote: τὴν ἀποθήκην μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word barn refers to a place where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the place where my food is stored”

Matthew 13:31

He set before them

Quote: παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Matthew speaks as if the parable were an object that Jesus could set before the people. He means that Jesus told them another parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 13:24. Alternate translation: “He spoke to them” or “He narrated to them”

them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. See how you expressed the idea in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the people standing on the shore” or “those people”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

The kingdom of the heavens is like a mustard seed

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

a mustard seed

Quote: κόκκῳ σινάπεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”

a man … his

Quote: ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here Jesus is telling a story about a specific man. However, it is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does.

Matthew 13:32

the smallest of all the seeds

Quote: μικρότερον & πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says smallest of all the seeds here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “one of the smallest seeds” or “smaller than most seeds”

the vegetable plants

Quote: τῶν λαχάνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase vegetable plants refers to plants that people grow so that they can eat them or parts of them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “other plants that people grow to eat” or “plants that people have in their gardens”

becomes a tree

Quote: γίνεται δένδρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase becomes a tree means that the plant grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “becomes as large as a tree”

the birds of the sky

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the birds”

nest

Quote: κατασκηνοῦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word nest could indicate that: (1) the birds are building nests in the branches of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “build nests” (2) the birds are perching or resting on the branches of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “perch” or “roost”

Matthew 13:33

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see 13:2). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. See how you expressed the idea in 13:24. Alternate translation: “to the people standing on the shore” or “to those people”

The kingdom of the heavens is like yeast

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

yeast

Quote: ζύμῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of yeast is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast”

three seahs of flour

Quote: ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

The term seahs is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour”

until it was all leavened

Quote: ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 13:34

All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds, and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by summarizing how Jesus taught the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a speech. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus stopped speaking to the crowds. He had spoken all those things in parables to them, and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable”

All these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase All these things is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All those teachings”

he was speaking nothing to them without a parable

Quote: χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word nothing and the negative preposition without. Alternate translation: “he was only speaking to them with a parable”

Matthew 13:35

so that

Quote: ὅπως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus teaching in parables. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus was teaching in parables. Alternate translation: “in order that”

what} had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the speaking, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill that which God said through the prophet”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 78:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Psalms” or “who declared”

I will open my mouth

Quote: ἀνοίξω & τὸ στόμα μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase I will open my mouth refers to speaking words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will talk”

what} has been hidden

Quote: κεκρυμμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

from the foundation of the world

Quote: ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of foundation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from when God founded the world”

Matthew 13:36

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Then untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Next”

the house

Quote: τὴν οἰκίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to the house that Jesus had been in before he taught in parables (see 13:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the house where he had been” or “the house in which he had taught previously”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

saying, “Explain to us the parable of the darnel of the field

Quote: λέγοντες, διασάφησον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking him to explain to them the parable of the darnel of the field.”

Explain to us

Quote: διασάφησον ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you explain to us”

Explain

Quote: διασάφησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is singular because the disciples are speaking to Jesus.

the parable of the darnel of the field

Quote: τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the disciples are using the possessive form to describe the parable that was about the darnel that grew in the field. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the parable concerning the darnel that grew in the field”

of the darnel

Quote: τῶν ζιζανίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “of the weeds” or “of the poisonous plants that look like wheat”

Matthew 13:37

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

The one sowing the good seed is the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the one sowing were the Son of Man. He means that the sower represents or is like the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “The one sowing the good seed represents the Son of Man” or “The one sowing the good seed should be interpreted as the Son of Man”

the good seed

Quote: τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Translate the phrase good seed as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the seed that sprouts into productive plants”

seed

Quote: σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man”

Matthew 13:38

the field is the world

Quote: ὁ & ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the field were the world. He means that the field represents or is like the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the field represents the world” or “the field should be interpreted as the world”

the good seed—these are the sons of the kingdom

Quote: τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the good seed were the sons of the kingdom. He means that the good seed represents or is like the sons of the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the good seed—these represent the sons of the kingdom” or “the good seed—these should be interpreted as the sons of the kingdom”

the good seed—these

Quote: τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the word these refers directly back to the good seed. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the good seed and then explain what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word these would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the good seed”

the good seed

Quote: τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Translate the phrase good seed as you did in 13:37. Alternate translation: “the seed that sprouts into productive plants”

seed

Quote: σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”

the sons of the kingdom

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the sons of the kingdom refers to people who are part of God’s kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who are part of the kingdom” or “people who are in the kingdom”

the sons … the sons

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the darnel are the sons of the evil one

Quote: τὰ & ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the darnel were the sons of the evil one. He means that the darnel represent or are like the sons of the evil one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the darnel represent the sons of the evil one” or “the darnel should be interpreted as the sons of the evil one”

the darnel

Quote: τὰ & ζιζάνιά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Translate the word darnel as you did in 13:24. Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”

the sons of the evil one

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the sons of the evil one refers to people who belong to or follow the evil one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who belong to the evil one” or “people who follow the evil one”

of the evil one

Quote: τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the evil one refers to the devil, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Express the idea as you did in 13:19. Alternate translation: “of the devil” or “of the evil one, Satan,”

Matthew 13:39

the enemy having sowed them is the devil

Quote: ὁ & ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά, ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the enemy having sowed them were the devil. He means that the enemy represents or is like the devil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the enemy having sowed them represents the devil” or “the enemy having sowed them should be interpreted as the devil”

them

Quote: αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the darnel. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the plant more directly. Alternate translation: “the darnel” or “the weeds”

And the harvest is the end of the age

Quote: ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the harvest were the end of the age. He means that the harvest represents or is like the end of the age. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “And the harvest represents the end of the age” or “the harvest should be interpreted as the end of the age”

the end of the age

Quote: συντέλεια αἰῶνός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the end of the age refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

the reapers are angels

Quote: οἱ & θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the reapers were angels. He means that the reapers represent or are like angels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the reapers represent angels” or “the reapers should be interpreted as angels”

Matthew 13:40

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on how Jesus has interpreted the story about the darnel and the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then”

just as the darnel are gathered and burned with fire, thus it will be at the end of the age

Quote: ὥσπερ & συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus compares how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire to what will happen at the end of the age. Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, so you do not need to explain it here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that clearly compares the end of the age with how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire. Alternate translation: “think about how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire. That is what the end of the age will be like”

the darnel are gathered and burned with fire

Quote: συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the workers who were harvesting. Alternate translation: “the ones who are harvesting gather the darnel and burn them with fire”

at the end of the age

Quote: ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the phrase the end of the age in 13:39. Alternate translation: “during the end of the world” or “at the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

Matthew 13:41

The Son of Man will send out his angels, … his kingdom

Quote: ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, will send out my angels … my kingdom”

they will gather from his kingdom

Quote: συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the angels will gather these things and people and remove them from his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they will gather and take out of his kingdom”

all the stumbling blocks

Quote: πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were stumbling blocks. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the things that lead people to disobey”

the stumbling blocks

Quote: τὰ σκάνδαλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase stumbling blocks could refer to: (1) things that cause people to stumble. Alternate translation: “the things that cause people to stumble” (2) people who cause others to stumble. Alternate translation: “the ones who cause others to stumble”

the ones doing lawlessness

Quote: τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are lawless” or “the ones doing what is lawless”

Matthew 13:42

they will throw them

Quote: βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the angels. The pronoun them refers to the people and things that the angels gathered (see 13:41). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people and things more directly. Alternate translation: “those angels will throw the people and things that they gathered”

the furnace of fire

Quote: τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a furnace that is full of fire. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” or “the furnace blazing with fire”

the furnace of fire

Quote: τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase the furnace of fire refers to hell and describes it as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as a furnace of fire” or “hell”

grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 8:12. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”

Matthew 13:43

the righteous

Quote: οἱ δίκαιοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

will shine

Quote: ἐκλάμψουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of how great and glorious the righteous will be by describing them as if they will shine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will have glory, as if they were shining” or “will have glory”

as the sun

Quote: ὡς ὁ ἥλιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus compares how the righteous will shine to how the sun shines. He means that they will shine very brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “as brightly as the sun shines”

of their Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The one having ears let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the identical sentence in 13:9.

Matthew 13:44

The kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure”

hidden

Quote: κεκρυμμένῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

which, having found, a man hid. And from his joy, he goes and sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field

Quote: ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει καὶ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus tells the story partly in the past tense and partly in the present tense. This was a natural way to tell the story in his language. Consider what tense your language might use to tell this kind of story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same tense throughout the story. Alternate translation: “which, finding, a man hides. And from his joy, he goes and sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field”

which, having found, a man hid

Quote: ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the man found the treasure, but then he hid it again so that no one else would find it before he could buy the field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which a man found and then hid again”

from his joy, he goes

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could mean that: (1) the man sold everything and bought the field because of his joy. Alternate translation: “because of his joy, he goes” (2) the man sold everything and bought the field while he experienced joy. Alternate translation: “joyfully he goes”

from his joy

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “because of how joyful he was”

everything, as much as he has

Quote: πάντα ὅσα ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression everything, as much as he has contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that he has”

buys that field

Quote: ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the man buys that field so that he can also own the treasure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “buys that field and the treasure in it” or “buys that field so he can possess the treasure”

Matthew 13:45

Again

Quote: πάλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Again introduces another parable or short story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another story, or you could leave Again untranslated. Alternate translation: “Also” or “Even further”

the kingdom of the heavens is like a man

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a man”

a man, a merchant, seeking

Quote: ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A merchant is a trader who buys merchandise and sells it to people. If your readers would not be familiar with this occupation, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a man, a shopkeeper, seeking” or “a man who sold goods who was seeking”

seeking fine pearls

Quote: ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus implies that the man is seeking fine pearls because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls”

fine pearls

Quote: καλοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word pearls refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. When pearls are fine, they are particularly beautiful and valuable. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated pearls in 7:6. Alternate translation: “beautiful jewelry” or “very valuable beads”

Matthew 13:46

one very valuable pearl

Quote: ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated “pearls” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one piece of very valuable jewelry” or “one very valuable bead”

everything, as much as he had, and

Quote: πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression everything, as much as he had contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you translated the similar phrase in 13:44. Alternate translation: “everything that he had and”

Matthew 13:47

Again

Quote: πάλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Again introduces another parable or short story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another story, or you could leave Again untranslated. See how you translated this word in 13:45. Alternate translation: “Also” or “Even further”

the kingdom of the heavens is like a net

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

a net

Quote: σαγήνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap many fish at once. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch many fish at once in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. See how you translated the similar word in 4:18. Alternate translation: “a fish trap” or “a fishing tool”

having been cast

Quote: βληθείσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

having gathered from every kind

Quote: ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that every kind of fish was trapped in the net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having collected every kind of fish” or “having caught some fish of every kind”

every kind

Quote: παντὸς γένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says every kind here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many kinds”

Matthew 13:48

it was filled

Quote: ἐπληρώθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the beach

Quote: τὸν αἰγιαλὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated beach in 13:2. Alternate translation: “the edge of the sea” or “the sandy area by the water”

having sat down

Quote: καθίσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people sat down to sort through the fish to find the useful ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sat down to separate the fish”

they gathered

Quote: συνέλεξαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the fishermen who cast the net into the sea. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the fishermen gathered”

the good things … the rotten things

Quote: τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to good fish and rotten fish. The good fish are good for eating, while the rotten fish are not good for eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the useful fish … the worthless fish” or “the fish that were good to eat … the fish that were not good to eat”

Matthew 13:49

at the end of the age

Quote: ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The angels will go out

Quote: ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus does not say where the angels go out from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” or “The angels will go out from heaven”

will go out

Quote: ἐξελεύσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “will come out”

the wicked … the righteous

Quote: τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives wicked and righteous as nouns to mean people who are wicked or righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the wicked people … the righteous people”

Matthew 13:50

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)

This verse is identical to 13:42, so express the idea as you did there. Make sure that your translation still fits the context of this verse.

Matthew 13:51

all these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to what he has been teaching the disciples (see 13:37–50). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all these things I have told you” or “everything I have been teaching you”

They say to him, “Yes

Quote: λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “They say to him that they do.”

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Matthew 13:52

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase For this reason could introduce: (1) a general conclusion to Jesus’ teaching in this chapter. Alternate translation: “Given all that I have said” (2) an inference from what the disciples said about how they understood what Jesus had taught them. Alternate translation: “Because you understand” or “Therefore”

scribe

Quote: γραμματεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word scribe usually refers to teachers of the Jewish law. Here it refers more generally to anyone who is an expert in a specific subject and can teach it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “educated person” or “expert”

having been discipled

Quote: μαθητευθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could refer generally to the scribe’s teacher or leader. Alternate translation: “whose teacher has disciplined him or her”

for the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase discipled for the kingdom of the heavens indicates that the scribes are part of the kingdom of the heavens and have knowledge about the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “concerning the kingdom of the heavens” or “as part of the kingdom of the heavens”

is like a man, the master of the house, who brings forth new and old from his treasure

Quote: ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the scribe and the master of the house because they both use new and old things to help other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “is like a man, the master of the house, who brings forth new and old goods from his treasure, just as a scribe speaks both old and new teachings”

new and old

Quote: καινὰ καὶ παλαιά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives new and old as nouns to mean things that are new and old. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “new things and old things”

his treasure

Quote: τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, just as in 12:35, the word treasure could refer to: (1) a place where treasures are kept or stored. Alternate translation: “his treasury” or “his storehouse” (2) the treasures that the person has. Alternate translation: “his treasures”

Matthew 13:53

And it happened that when Jesus finished these parables, he departed from there

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking in parables and then describing what he did next. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking all those parables. Then, he departed from there”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the “house” (see 13:36) where Jesus was when he gave to his disciples the instructions and parables that are quoted in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the house where he had been staying” or “from where he had been”

Matthew 13:54

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

his hometown

Quote: τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase his hometown refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth”

them in their … they

Quote: αὐτοὺς ἐν & αὐτῶν & αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns them, their, and they refer to the people who were living in Jesus’ hometown. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people living there in their … they”

they were astonished

Quote: ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

From where to this one {is} this wisdom and these miracles

Quote: πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people in Jesus’ hometown are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus has wisdom and can do miracles. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised that this one has this wisdom and these miracles.” or “We have no idea where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles!”

From where to this one {is} this wisdom

Quote: πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase From where to this one asks about the source from which Jesus received his wisdom and the power to do miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source of this wisdom” or “How did he receive this wisdom”

is} this wisdom

Quote: ἡ σοφία αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is this wise teaching” or “comes how wise he is”

Matthew 13:55

Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James and Joseph and Simon and Judas

Quote: οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus’ family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” or “He is only the son of the carpenter! His mother is called Mary, and his brothers, James and Joseph and Simon and Judas!”

of the carpenter

Quote: τοῦ τέκτονος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word carpenter refers to someone who builds things with wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of worker, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of the man who builds with wood” or “of the construction worker”

Is not his mother called

Quote: οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Do they not call his mother” or “Is not the name of his mother”

and his brothers, James

Quote: καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The people are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and are not his brothers called James”

his brothers

Quote: οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Joseph … Simon … Judas

Quote: Ἰωσὴφ & Σίμων & Ἰούδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The words Joseph, Simon, and Judas are the names of men.

Matthew 13:56

are not all his sisters with us

Quote: αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus’ family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us.” or “we all know that all his sisters are with us!”

From where, therefore, to this one {are} all these things

Quote: πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus can do all these things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised, therefore that this one has all these things.” or “We have no idea, therefore, where to this one are all these things!”

From where, therefore, to this one {are} all these things

Quote: πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase From where, therefore, to this one asks about the source from which Jesus received the ability to do all these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source, therefore, of all these things” or “How, therefore, did he receive all these things”

From where, therefore, to this one

Quote: πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word therefore introduces an inference based on the fact that the people in Jesus’ hometown know his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference, or you could leave therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then, from where to this one” or “Because of that, from where to this one”

are} all these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase all these things refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles, as mentioned in the previous verse (13:55). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and miracles”

Matthew 13:57

they were being caused to stumble on him

Quote: ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Matthew speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that the people in Jesus’ hometown were stumbling on. He means that these people were offended by him and rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were offended by him” or “they did not listen to him”

they were being caused to stumble on him

Quote: ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were stumbling on him”

is not without honor

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν & ἄτιμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative preposition without. Alternate translation: “has honor” or “is always honored”

without honor

Quote: ἄτιμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of honor, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonored” or “treated dishonorably”

A prophet is not without honor except

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

in his house

Quote: ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus uses the phrase in his house to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “among his father, mother, or siblings”

Matthew 13:58

he did not do many miracles there, because of their unbelief

Quote: οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of their unbelief, he did not do many miracles there”

because of their unbelief

Quote: διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of unbelief, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe”

Matthew 14

Matthew 14 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27)
- Herod hears about Jesus (14:1–2)
- Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (14:3–12)
- Jesus feeds 5,000 men (14:13–21)
- Jesus walks on water (14:22–33)
- Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (14:34–36)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Herod and Herodias

The man named “Herod the tetrarch” (14:1) was a son of King Herod, the man mentioned in 2:1–22. Herod the tetrarch ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see Leviticus 20:21), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter.

The miracle of multiplying food

In 14:13–21, Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle.

The miracle of walking on water

In 14:22–33, Matthew tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. Later, Jesus allows Peter to walk briefly on the water, and when Jesus and Peter climb into the boat that the rest of the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus or Peter walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water, Peter walking on the water, and the storm stopping were all miracles.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

The flashback to John’s death

In this chapter, Matthew includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. The previous chapter includes much of Jesus’ teaching, and this chapter begins by describing Herod Antipas’ response to Jesus (see 14:1–2). Then, to explain what Herod said about Jesus, Matthew includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see 14:3–12). In 14:13, Matthew returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in chapter 13 and 14:1–2. While the story that begins in 14:13 is linked to the flashback by the phrase “Now having heard,” Matthew does not indicate how long it took for Jesus to hear about John’s death from John’s disciples. So, you should use a form that shows your readers that 14:3–12 is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and 14:13 continues with the main narrative. (See: Background Information)

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between characters. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 14:1

At that time

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase At that time introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “While all those things were happening” or “During this period”

Matthew 14:2

This

Quote: οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun This refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “This person” or “This Jesus”

He has been raised

Quote: αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”

He has been raised

Quote: αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Herod could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has risen”

from the dead

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Paul is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”

because of this

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase because of this introduces the result of what Herod thinks about John being raised from the dead. Herod thinks that Jesus has powers because he has already been raised from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he has been raised,”

the powers work in him

Quote: αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Herod speaks as if the powers were people that could work in Jesus. He means that Jesus is powerful and can do powerful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has his powers” or “he is very powerful”

Matthew 14:3-4

For Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison because of Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip … For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her

Quote: ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο, διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ & ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 14:3 and 14:4 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to include what John said to Herod before stating what Herod did in response. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod, ‘It is not lawful for you to have Herodias, the wife of your brother Philip.’ So, because of Herodias, Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison.”

Matthew 14:3

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here, the word For introduces background information that tells about how John died. This background information continues in 14:4–12. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information, not the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Now sometime earlier,” or “By this time, John had already died. Here is what happened:”

Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison because of Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip

Quote: ὁ & Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο, διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these elements, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip, Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison”

Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison

Quote: ὁ & Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod sent his soldiers to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to seize John, bind him, and put him in prison”

because of Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip

Quote: διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod married Herodias after she divorced Philip, Herod’s brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of Herodias, whom he married after she divorced his brother Philip”

Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip

Quote: Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces Herodias as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman named Herodias, who was the wife of his brother Philip”

of … Philip

Quote: Φιλίππου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Philip is the name of a man.

his brother

Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

It is not certain whether Philip was older or younger than Herod, but it is slightly more likely that he was older. So, if you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Philip was older. Alternate translation: “his older brother”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Herod’s”

Matthew 14:4

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Herod put John in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “He did that because”

to him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Herod”

was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her

Quote: ἔλεγεν & αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “was saying to him that it was not lawful for him to have her”

Matthew 14:5

wanting to put him to death

Quote: θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word wanting introduces a clause that states something that contrasts with what Herod actually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “although he wanted to put him to death” or “despite the fact that he wanted to put him to death”

him … he feared … him

Quote: αὐτὸν & ἐφοβήθη & αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns him and him refer to John the Baptist, and the pronoun he refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “John … Herod feared … John”

he feared the crowd

Quote: ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod both feared the crowd and did not have John killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he feared the crowd and did not put him to death” or “he did not give the order, for he feared the crowd”

the crowd

Quote: τὸν ὄχλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod feared what the crowd would do if he put John to death. They might have rioted or attacked Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”

Matthew 14:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the birthday of Herod having come, the daughter of Herodias danced

Quote: γενεσίοις & γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces the daughter of Herodias as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Herodias had a daughter, and the birthday of Herod having come, she danced”

the birthday of Herod having come

Quote: γενεσίοις & γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the phrase the birthday of Herod having come gives the time period in which the following events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that gives the time period in which something happens. Alternate translation: “when it was the birthday of Herod” or “while Herod was celebrating his birthday”

the birthday of Herod

Quote: γενεσίοις & τοῦ Ἡρῴδου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In some cultures, people celebrate a birthday, the day that someone was born. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of celebration, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Herod’s birthday celebration” or “the celebrations on the anniversary of Herod’s birth”

the daughter of Herodias

Quote: ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here Matthew implies that this woman was the daughter of Herodias by a previous husband, probably Philip. She was not the daughter of Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias and Philip” or “the daughter of Herodias, Herod’s step-daughter,”

in the midst

Quote: ἐν τῷ μέσῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the midst indicates that the daughter of Herodias danced so that Herod and the guests at his party could all see her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before all Herod’s guests” or “in front of everyone”

Matthew 14:7

because of which

Quote: ὅθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase because of which introduces what Herod did because Herodias’ daughter pleased him with her dancing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “and because she pleased Herod,”

he promised with an oath to give her whatever she asked

Quote: μεθ’ ὅρκου, ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he promised with an oath, ‘I will give you whatever you ask.’”

Matthew 14:8

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having been urged beforehand by her mother

Quote: προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her mother having urged her beforehand”

having been urged beforehand

Quote: προβιβασθεῖσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the woman’s mother, Herodias, had already told her what to ask for if Herod offered to do something for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been instructed ahead of time” or “having been told what to request ahead of time”

Give me here, on a platter, the head of John the Baptist

Quote: δός μοι & ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι, τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the woman implies that she wants Herod to have John killed by having his head cut off and brought to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have one of your soldiers behead John the Baptist and then give me his head here, on a platter”

Give me

Quote: δός μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “I ask that you give me”

a platter

Quote: πίνακι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A platter is a large, flat serving dish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of dish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”

Matthew 14:9

was grieved

Quote: ἐλυπήθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was very sorry”

but} because of the oaths and the ones reclining to eat with him

Quote: διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew indicates two reasons why Herod kept his word. First, he had made oaths that he did not want to break. Second, he had promised in front of the ones reclining to eat with him, and it would be embarrassing and shameful to break his promise when everyone had heard it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these reasons more explicit. Alternate translation: “but because he had used oaths and because the ones reclining to eat with him had heard what he promised”

the ones reclining to eat with him

Quote: τοὺς συνανακειμένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him”

he commanded {it} to be given

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Matthew implies that one of Herod’s soldiers would do it. Alternate translation: “he commanded that one of his soldiers give it”

he commanded {it} to be given

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Herod commanded someone to do what Herodias’ daughter asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “commanded that someone give her what she had requested”

Matthew 14:10

having sent, he beheaded

Quote: πέμψας, ἀπεκεφάλισεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Herod sent one of his soldiers to behead John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sent a soldier, Herod had him behead”

Matthew 14:11

his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl

Quote: ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could refer to whoever beheaded John, or you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the soldier who beheaded John brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” or “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John’s”

a platter

Quote: πίνακι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the word platter in 14:8. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”

to the girl

Quote: τῷ κορασίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word girl refers to a woman who has reached puberty but who is still young, probably between 12 and 20 years old. Use a word in your language that refers generally to a young woman who has reached puberty. Alternate translation: “to the young woman”

Matthew 14:12

having approached

Quote: προσελθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples went to the jail where John had been imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having visited the place where John had been imprisoned”

the corpse

Quote: τὸ πτῶμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that this was John’s corpse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “John’s corpse”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come to where Jesus was”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

they reported {this} to Jesus

Quote: ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples told Jesus that Herod had executed John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what had happened to John”

Matthew 14:13

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having heard

Quote: ἀκούσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus has heard: (1) what John’s disciples told him about how Herod executed John (see 14:12). Alternate translation: “having heard the news about John’s death” (2) what Herod was saying about how Jesus must be John the Baptist raised from the dead (see 14:2). Alternate translation: “having heard what Herod was saying about him”

Jesus … by himself

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς & κατ’ ἰδίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples … by themselves”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here Matthew does not state where Jesus was when he heard, so your translation should not identify exactly where Jesus was either. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to wherever Jesus was when he heard. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from the place where he heard this”

having heard

Quote: ἀκούσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the crowds heard that Jesus had gone to a desolate place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that Jesus went there”

on foot

Quote: πεζῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase on foot means that the crowds walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by walking”

from the cities

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to the cities near the Sea of Galilee, which Jesus had crossed over in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the cities in that region” or “from the cities near the Sea of Galilee”

Matthew 14:14

having come out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus comes out: (1) of the boat in which he traveled across the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “having come out of the boat” or “having disembarked” (2) of the desolate area, where he wanted to be alone. Alternate translation: “having come out of the place where he was alone”

having come out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

he had compassion on

Quote: ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”

their sick

Quote: τοὺς ἀρρώστους αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective sick as a noun to mean sick people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the sick people among them”

Matthew 14:15

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

came

Quote: προσῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

the hour has already passed by

Quote: ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The clause the hour has already passed by means that it is late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the day is about to end” or “the sun is setting”

Send the crowds away

Quote: ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

the villages

Quote: τὰς κώμας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples are referring to villages that are near the desolate place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the nearest villages” or “the villages that are close to this place”

Matthew 14:16

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

You give them

Quote: δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the disciples should give food to the crowds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You give them food”

You

Quote: ὑμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to his disciples, the word You here is plural.

Matthew 14:17

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the disciples say in contrast to what Jesus told them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

We have nothing here except

Quote: οὐκ ἔχομεν ὧδε, εἰ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that the disciples were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only food we have here are”

loaves

Quote: ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word loaves refers to loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bread, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

Matthew 14:18

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

he said, “Bring them here to me

Quote: ὁ & εἶπεν, φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples did what Jesus commanded them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Bring them here to me.’ So they brought them.”

Bring

Quote: φέρετέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

Matthew 14:19

having commanded the crowds to recline on the grass, having taken

Quote: κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνακλιθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου, λαβὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he commanded the crowds, ‘Recline on the grass!’ Then, having taken”

to recline

Quote: ἀνακλιθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

loaves … the loaves

Quote: ἄρτους & τοὺς ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread … the large chunks of bread”

having looked up to heaven

Quote: ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that heaven was up above the earth. Looking up towards heaven was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray”

he blessed

Quote: εὐλόγησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus blessed: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed God” or “he praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed the food” or “he asked God to make the food holy”

having broken {them}, he gave the loaves

Quote: κλάσας, ἔδωκεν & τοὺς ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having divided the loaves into servings, he gave them” or “having broken the loaves into smaller pieces, he gave the pieces”

the disciples to the crowds

Quote: οἱ & μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 14:20

they all ate … they took up

Quote: ἔφαγον πάντες & ἦραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they in the phrase they all ate refers to the crowds. The pronoun they in the phrase they took up refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate … the disciples took up”

and were satisfied

Quote: καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”

the remaining of the broken pieces

Quote: τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the remaining refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces”

baskets

Quote: κοφίνους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word baskets refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”

Matthew 14:21

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthews uses the word Now to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”

besides women and children

Quote: χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the number he has given does not include women and children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which does not include women and children”

Matthew 14:22

to the other side

Quote: εἰς τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples are sailing to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “across the sea to the opposite side”

Matthew 14:23

the mountain

Quote: τὸ ὄρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

evening having come

Quote: ὀψίας & γενομένης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew indicated that it was evening earlier in the story (see 14:15). Here, he uses the same phrase but implies that it was later on in the evening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes a time later than the time described in 14:15. Alternate translation: “when it was even later in the evening” or “further into the evening”

Matthew 14:24

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the disciples were doing while Jesus was on the mountain. There is a slight contrast between Jesus, who was safe on the mountain, and the disciples, who were in danger on the sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “At the same time,”

was already in the middle of the sea

Quote: ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read was already in the middle of the sea. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “was already many stadia away from the land.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

being tormented by the waves, for the wind was against {it

Quote: βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and the wind was against it, so it was being tormented by the waves”

being tormented by the waves

Quote: βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the waves tormenting it”

being tormented by the waves

Quote: βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Matthew speaks as if the waves were people who were tormenting another person. What he means is that the waves were crashing against the boat and putting it under much strain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being battered by the waves” or “being tossed about by the waves”

for the wind was against {it

Quote: ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When wind is against a boat, that means that it is blowing directly opposite to the direction in which the boat is traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for the wind was opposite to the direction they were sailing” or “for the wind was blowing directly against it”

Matthew 14:25

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

in the fourth watch of the night

Quote: τετάρτῃ & φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the phrase the fourth watch of the night refers to the period of time between 3:00 AM and 6:00 AM. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “in the last part of the night” or “shortly before dawn”

them

Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples”

walking on the sea

Quote: περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus was miraculously walking on the surface of the sea. He did not sink into the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”

Matthew 14:26

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

walking on the sea

Quote: ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this phrase in 14:25. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”

were greatly troubled

Quote: ἐταράχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were very nervous” or “were very anxious”

saying, “It is a ghost

Quote: λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he was a ghost,”

a ghost

Quote: φάντασμά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word ghost refers to an spiritual or supernatural being that people see. In Jesus’ culture, when people saw a ghost, they usually assumed that something bad was going to happen. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of unusual experience, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an apparition” or “some powerful and dangerous being”

from fear

Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fear, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid”

Matthew 14:27

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told them”

Take courage! … Do not be afraid

Quote: θαρσεῖτε & μὴ φοβεῖσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the commands are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

Take courage

Quote: θαρσεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous”

Matthew 14:28

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

if it is you, command

Quote: εἰ σὺ εἶ, κέλευσόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Here Peter could be using the conditional form: (1) to refer to something that he thinks may or may not be true. In this case, if Jesus commands him to walk on the water, Peter will believe that it really is Jesus. Alternate translation: “if it is you, then command” or “to prove that it is you, command” (2) to refer to something that he thinks is true. In this case, he is already convinced that it is really Jesus. Alternate translation: “since it is you, command”

command

Quote: κέλευσόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

to come

Quote: ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”

on the water

Quote: ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Peter means that he wants Jesus to command him to walk miraculously on the surface of the water, just as Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 14:25. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the water” or “miraculously on top of the water”

Matthew 14:29

said, “Come

Quote: εἶπεν, ἐλθέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that he should come”

Come

Quote: ἐλθέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”

walked on the water

Quote: περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means Peter walked miraculously on the surface of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 14:28. Alternate translation: “walked on the surface of the water” or “walked miraculously on top of the water”

to go

Quote: ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “to come”

Matthew 14:30

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces how Peter begins to sink in contrast with how he started walking on the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “And yet,” or “Soon, however,”

seeing the strong wind

Quote: βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Matthew could mean that: (1) Peter saw the effects of the strong wind, including the waves. Alternate translation: “seeing what the strong wind did” or “seeing large waves” (2) Peter felt or experienced the strong wind. Alternate translation: “noticing the strong wind” or “feeling the strong wind”

having begun to sink

Quote: ἀρξάμενος καταποντίζεσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Peter began to sink into the water that he was walking on top of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having begun to sink into the Sea of Galilee”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

save me

Quote: σῶσόν με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask you to save me”

Matthew 14:31

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

took hold of him

Quote: ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus grabbed Peter and lifted him up out of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “took hold of him and lifted him up”

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

You of little faith

Quote: ὀλιγόπιστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You who believe so little”

why did you doubt

Quote: εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter for doubting. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted.” or “you never should have doubted!”

why did you doubt

Quote: εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that Peter doubted whether Jesus could really enable him to walk on the water and keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking”

Matthew 14:32

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to Jesus and Peter. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the two of them”

Matthew 14:33

the ones

Quote: οἱ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew is referring to the disciples who were in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

the Son of God

Quote: Θεοῦ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

Matthew 14:34

having crossed over

Quote: διαπεράσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that they crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having crossed over the lake”

they came

Quote: ἦλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went”

Gennesaret

Quote: Γεννησαρέτ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The wordGennesaret could refer to: (1) a region on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the area called Gennesaret” (2) a small town on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the village of Gennesaret”

Matthew 14:35

the men

Quote: οἱ ἄνδρες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here Matthew uses a word that refers specifically to men. However, the gender of these people is not important for the story, so you could use a word or phrase that refers to both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people”

of that place

Quote: τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase that place refers to the area named “Gennesaret” (see 14:34). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the region of Gennesaret”

they brought

Quote: προσήνεγκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to the people who lived in that surrounding area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these people. Alternate translation: “people from that whole area brought”

all

Quote: πάντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of”

the ones having sickness

Quote: τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”

Matthew 14:36

they were begging

Quote: παρεκάλουν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the sick people. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness were begging”

him so that they might only touch the edge of his garment, and

Quote: αὐτὸν ἵνα μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ; καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let us only touch the edge of your garment.’ And”

they might only touch

Quote: μόνον ἅψωνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word only indicates that these people think that, to be healed, they do not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all they might do is touch” or “they could just touch”

as many as touched {it} were healed

Quote: ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that was God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God healed as many as touched it” or “Jesus healed as many as touched it”

Matthew 15

Matthew 15 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)
- Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (15:1–9)
- Jesus teaches about what defiles people (15:10–20)
- Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (15:21–28)
- Jesus heals many people (15:29–31)
- Jesus feeds 4,000 men (15:32–39)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8–9, which is a quote from Isaiah 29:13.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “tradition of the elders”

The “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: tradition and elder, older, old)

Washing hands before eating

In 15:1, the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt.

The gift for God

In 15:4–6, Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation.

The Canaanite woman

Matthew describes the woman as a “Canaanite,” which is an old term for the people who lived in the land of Israel before the Israelites arrived. Matthew means that the woman is not a Jew, and he might mean that she is descended from the people that the Israelites defeated when they took over the land of Israel. Your translation should make clearly indicate that the woman is not a Jew. (See: Canaan, Canaanite)

The miracle of multiplying food

In 15:32–39, Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Matthew told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in 14:13–21, so see how you expressed the ideas there.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Feeding little dogs

In 15:26, Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In 15:27, the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall off their owners’ tables. The children represent Jews, and the little dogs represent non-Jews. The food represents things that Jesus does for people. What Jesus means is that he is supposed to do things for Jews, not for non-Jews. What the woman means is that what she is asking Jesus to do is unimportant enough that he can do it without taking away from what he does for Jews. If possible, do not express the meaning of what Jesus and the woman say about little dogs, but make sure that your translation naturally expresses this meaning.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the Pharisees, the crowds, or the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 15:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

come to

Quote: προσέρχονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go to”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Matthew 15:2

Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders

Quote: διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The Pharisees are using the question form to rebuke Jesus for what his disciples are doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples should not transgress the tradition of the elders.” or “We are shocked that your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders!”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word your is singular since the Pharisees and scribes are speaking to Jesus.

the tradition of the elders

Quote: τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the scribes and Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a tradition that came from the elders. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the elders” or “the tradition handed down to us by the elders”

the tradition of the elders

Quote: τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the elders taught us”

of the elders

Quote: τῶν πρεσβυτέρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word elders refers to respected ancestors whose teaching is trusted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the ancestral teachers” or “of our respected forefathers”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the disciples are transgressing the tradition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “They do that when” or “Here is how they do that:”

they do not wash their hands

Quote: οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the scribes and Pharisees are referring to how they would wash their hands with water to make them ritually or ceremonially clean. See the chapter introduction for more information about this kind of washing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they do not ceremonially wash their hands with water”

bread

Quote: ἄρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The scribes and Pharisees are using bread to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “anything”

Matthew 15:3

Why do you also transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition

Quote: διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees for things that they do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition.” or “I am shocked that you transgress the commandment of God because of your traditions!”

Why do you also transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition

Quote: διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the rest of the question describes. Alternate translation: “Why, because of your tradition, do you also transgress the commandment of God”

the commandment of God

Quote: τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a commandment that came from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God”

the commandment of God

Quote: τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of commandment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us”

your tradition

Quote: τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you were taught”

Matthew 15:4

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the scribes and Pharisees transgress God’s law. This explanation continues in 14:5–6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how you do that:” or “What I mean is that”

God commanded, saying

Quote: ὁ & Θεὸς ἐνετείλατο λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read God commanded, saying. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “God said.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The first quotation could be from Exodus 20:12 or Deuteronomy 5:16. The second quotation could be from Exodus 21:17 or Leviticus 20:9. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “saying in the law he gave to Moses” or “speaking through Moses”

saying Honor your father and your mother,’ and ‘The one speaking evil of his father or mother, let him end in death

Quote: λέγων, τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that all people should honor their father and their mother and that everyone speaking evil of his father or mother should end in death.”

Honor your … your

Quote: τίμα τὸν & τὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command the words your and your are singular.

The one speaking evil of his father or mother, let him end in death

Quote: ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one speaking evil of his father or mother, he should end in death” or “Anyone who speaks evil of his father or mother must end in death”

The one speaking evil of

Quote: ὁ κακολογῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The one saying evil things about”

let him end in death

Quote: θανάτῳ τελευτάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase end in death means that the person is killed or executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him be put to death” or “let him be killed”

let him end

Quote: τελευτάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 15:5-6

But you say, ‘Whoever says to his father or mother, “Whatever you might have benefited from me {is} a gift … he will certainly not honor his father

Quote: ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς & οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother that whatever they might have benefited from him is a gift, he will certainly not honor his father.”

Matthew 15:5

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the scribes and Pharisees allow in contrast to what God commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Despite that,”

Whatever you might have benefited from me

Quote: ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase Whatever you might have benefited from me refers to money or goods that children might give to their parents when they need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whatever I might have given to help you” or “Anything you might have received from me”

you might have benefited

Quote: ὠφεληθῇς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular since a child is speaking to one of his or her parents.

is} a gift

Quote: δῶρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person is giving something as a gift to God. Because of that, the person will not give it to his or her parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” or “is a gift to God, so I cannot give it to you”

Matthew 15:6

he will certainly not honor his father

Quote: οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the Pharisees and scribes mean that the person cannot honor his father by giving him the money or goods that he promised to give to God. The person could still honor his father in other ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not honor his father in that way” or “he will certainly not honor his father by giving him what he declared to be a gift for God”

he will certainly not honor his

Quote: οὐ μὴ τιμήσει & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

he will certainly not honor

Quote: οὐ μὴ τιμήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could mean that the scribes and Pharisees taught that: (1) the person was not allowed to honor his father. Alternate translation: “we is certainly not allowed to honor” (2) the person did not have to honor his father. Alternate translation: “he does not need to honor”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

father

Quote: πατέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this person will also not honor his mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “father or his mother”

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word And introduces the result of what the Pharisees and scribes tell people that they can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “So,”

you have set aside the word of God because of your tradition

Quote: ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “because of your tradition, you have set aside the word of God”

you have set aside

Quote: ἠκυρώσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the word of God were an object that people could set aside and ignore. He means that they are ignoring the word of God and treating it like it is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have nullified” or “you have ignored”

the word of God

Quote: τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term word to refer to the commands that God gave using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God said”

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read the word. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the commandment,” and some other ancient manuscripts read “the law.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

your tradition

Quote: παράδοσιν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you were taught”

Matthew 15:7

well

Quote: καλῶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word well indicates that what Isaiah prophesied accurately describes the scribes and the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “accurately” or “truly”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Isaiah 29:13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “saying in the book of Isaiah” or “as it is written”

Matthew 15:8

This people honors

Quote: ὁ λαὸς οὗτος & τιμᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase This people refers to the Israelites about whom Isaiah was speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The Israelites honor” or “These Jewish people”

me … me

Quote: με & ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, both uses of the word me refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “me, their God, … me”

with their lips

Quote: τοῖς χείλεσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, lips represent someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with their speech” or “with their words”

their heart is far away from me

Quote: ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Isaiah speaks as if the Israelites’ heart was far away from God. He means that they do not think about God or want to obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if their hearts were far away from me” or “they do not want to serve me”

their heart is far away

Quote: ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

their heart

Quote: ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew 15:9

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next idea in the quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”

teaching

Quote: διδάσκοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word teaching introduces a reason why their worship is in vain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since they teach”

as doctrines commandments of men

Quote: διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of doctrines and commandments, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as authoritative what men have commanded”

commandments of men

Quote: ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe commandments that are given by men. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things commanded by men”

of men

Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Isaiah is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people”

Matthew 15:11

What enters into the mouth

Quote: τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are what people put into their mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The food and drink that the man puts into his mouth”

the mouth … the man, … the mouth, … the man

Quote: τὸ στόμα & τὸν ἄνθρωπον & τοῦ στόματος & τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrases the mouth and the man represent men and their mouths in general, not one particular man and his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone’s mouth … that person … someone’s mouth … that person”

the man, … the man

Quote: τὸν ἄνθρωπον (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

what comes out from the mouth, this

Quote: τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the word this refers directly back to what comes out from the mouth. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce what comes out from the mouth and then explain what it does. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word this would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “what comes out from the mouth”

what comes out from the mouth

Quote: τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to words, which are what come out of people’s mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the words that come out of his mouth”

comes out

Quote: ἐκπορευόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes out”

Matthew 15:12

Do you know that the Pharisees, having heard this word, were caused to stumble

Quote: οἶδας ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The disciples are using the question form to inform Jesus about how the Pharisees responded. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should know that the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended.” or “The Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended!”

Do you know

Quote: οἶδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular since the disciples are speaking to Jesus.

the Pharisees, having heard this word, were caused to stumble

Quote: οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

this word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The disciples is using the term word to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words that you spoke” or “the things that you said”

were caused to stumble

Quote: ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here disciples speaks as if the word that Jesus said were a lump or rock that the Pharisees were stumbling on. They mean that the the Pharisees were offended by what he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were offended”

Matthew 15:13

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted

Quote: πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the Pharisees who were offended by him as if they were plants that God did not plant. He means that they are not serving God. Then, Jesus speaks of God’s punishment as if it were uprooting these plants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those Pharisees are like plants that my heavenly Father will uproot because he did not plant them” or “Those Pharisees will be punished by my heavenly Father because they have not obeyed him”

my heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

will be uprooted

Quote: ἐκριζωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 15:14

Leave them

Quote: ἄφετε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the clause Leave them means that the disciples should not worry about or pay attention to the Pharisees who were offended by Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Ignore them” or “Do not pay attention to them”

them! They are

Quote: αὐτούς & εἰσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The words them and They refer to the Pharisees who were offended by Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “those Pharisees! They are”

They are blind guides But if a blind one guides a blind one, both will fall into a pit

Quote: ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of the Pharisees who were offended by him as if they were blind guides, and he speaks of other Jewish people as if they were blind people. He means that neither the Pharisees nor the rest of the people know what is right, but the Pharisees teach the people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. They teach people what is wrong, just as a blind one guides a blind one so that they both fall into a pit”

They are blind guides

Quote: ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read They are blind guides. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “They are blind guides of the blind.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”

if a blind one guides a blind one, both will fall

Quote: τυφλὸς & τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι & πεσοῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a blind person guided another blind person. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a blind one guiding a blind one. They would both fall”

Matthew 15:15

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Explain

Quote: φράσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Explain

Quote: φράσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is singular because the Peter is speaking to Jesus.

the parable

Quote: τὴν παραβολήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Peter could be referring to: (1) the parable about blind people guiding other blind people (see 15:14). Alternate translation: “the parable about the blind guides” (2) the parable about things that go into and out of a person (see 15:11). Alternate translation: “the parable about what goes into a person”

to us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By us, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Matthew 15:16

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Are you also still without understanding

Quote: ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for how they still do not understand what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are still without understanding.” or “I am amazed that you still do not understand!”

Matthew 15:17

Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine

Quote: οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to remind his disciples about what happens to the food that people eat. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should already understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” or “You already know that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine!”

everything that enters into the mouth

Quote: πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are what people put into their mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:11. Alternate translation: “all the food and drink that a person puts into his mouth”

into the mouth … into the stomach

Quote: εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrases the mouth and the stomach represent mouths and stomachs in general, not one particular mouth and stomach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into someone’s mouth … into that person’s stomach”

is passed out into the latrine

Quote: εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Jesus is referring to the process of expelling and removing feces and urine in a polite way by using the phrase is passed out into the latrine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “is evacuated from the bowels” or “passes out of the body as waste”

is passed out

Quote: ἐκβάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the latrine

Quote: ἀφεδρῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A latrine is a place where people expel and remove feces and urine. If your readers would not be familiar with this word, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the bathroom” or “the water closet”

Matthew 15:18

the things coming out from the mouth

Quote: τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to words, which are what come out of people’s mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:11. Alternate translation: “the words that come out of the mouth”

coming out … come

Quote: ἐκπορευόμενα & ἐξέρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” and “go” instead of coming and come. Alternate translation: “going out … go”

the mouth … the heart, … the man

Quote: τοῦ στόματος & τῆς καρδίας & τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrases the mouth, the heart, and the man represent men, their mouths, and their hearts in general, not one particular man his mouth, and his heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone’s mouth … that person’s heart … that person”

the heart

Quote: τῆς καρδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

the man

Quote: τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 15:19

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a basis for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse about how what comes out of the heart defiles a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “I say that because”

the heart

Quote: τῆς καρδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the heart represents hearts in general, not one particular heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people’s hearts”

the heart

Quote: τῆς καρδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated heart in 15:18. Alternate translation: “the mind” or “the thoughts”

come

Quote: ἐξέρχονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go”

evil thoughts, murders, adultery, sexual immorality, thefts, false testimony, blasphemies

Quote: διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι (1)

Each of the items in this list translates a plural term that refers to specific actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to specific actions. Alternate translation: “acts of evil thinking, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, false testimony, and blasphemy”

evil thoughts, murders, adultery, sexual immorality, thefts, false testimony, blasphemies

Quote: διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things that people do, including evil thinking, murdering, acting in adulterous and sexually immoral ways, stealing things, claiming that something false is true, and blaspheming”

Matthew 15:20

the man, … the man

Quote: τὸν ἄνθρωπον & τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the man represents men in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone … someone”

man, … man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

to eat with unwashed hands

Quote: τὸ & ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to how people would wash their hands with water to make them ritually or ceremonially clean. See the chapter introduction for more information about this kind of washing. Express the idea as you did in 15:2. Alternate translation: “to eat without ceremonially washing one’s hands with water”

Matthew 15:21

And having come out from there

Quote: καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase And having come out from there introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said those things, he came out from there. Then”

having come out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the region of Gennesaret (see 14:34), which is where Jesus was teaching the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from Gennesaret”

Jesus withdrew

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”

Matthew 15:22

behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out from those regions, was crying out

Quote: ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces a Canaanite woman as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who was a Canaanite. She came out from those regions to Jesus, and she was crying out”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

having come out from those regions

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the woman left her home and went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out from her home in those regions to where Jesus was”

having come out

Quote: ἐξελθοῦσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

saying

Quote: λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she said”

Have mercy on me, Lord, Son of David! My daughter is severely demon-possessed

Quote: ἐλέησόν με, Κύριε, Υἱὸς Δαυείδ; ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here the woman asks Jesus to have mercy on her before she says why she needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why she needs help before she asks for mercy. Alternate translation: “Lord, my daughter is severely demon-possessed. Have mercy on me, Son of David!”

Have mercy on me

Quote: ἐλέησόν με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to me”

Have mercy

Quote: ἐλέησόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is singular because the woman is speaking to Jesus.

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in 9:27. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”

My daughter is severely demon-possessed

Quote: ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A demon is severely possessing my daughter”

is severely demon-possessed

Quote: κακῶς δαιμονίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the woman implies that the demon is hurting or injuring her daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is painfully demon-possessed” or “is demon-possessed and suffering greatly”

Matthew 15:23

did not answer her a word

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. The phrase did not answer her a word means that Jesus did not use words to respond to the woman’s requests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “kept silent” or “did not answer her in any way”

having approached

Quote: προσελθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples approached Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having approached Jesus”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “and they said”

Send her away, for she is crying out after us

Quote: ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause expresses. Alternate translation: “She is crying out after us, so send her away”

Send her away

Quote: ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Send her away

Quote: ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples could be asking Jesus: (1) to tell the women to leave them alone and go away. Alternate translation: “Make her leave us alone” (2) to cast the demon out of the woman’s daughter and tell her to go home. Alternate translation: “Cast the demon out of her daughter and send her away”

Send her away

Quote: ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is singular because the disciples are speaking to Jesus.

she is crying out after us

Quote: κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples imply that the woman was walking behind them and crying out many times. The disciples found this very annoying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information explicit. Alternate translation: “she is following us and annoying us by crying out”

Matthew 15:24

said

Quote: εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here Matthew does not specify to whom Jesus said these words. It is possible that it was the woman, or more likely, the disciples. If possible, do not specify to whom Jesus said these words. Alternate translation: “spoke these words:”

I was not sent, except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”

I was not sent

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεστάλην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of his fellow Jewish people as if they were lost sheep. He means that they are not following God and need help. This is an important metaphor in the Bible, so you could preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. See how you translated this phrase in 10:6. Alternate translation: “the house of Israel, who are like lost sheep” or “the house of Israel, who are far away from God, like lost sheep”

of the house of Israel

Quote: οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus refers to a people group or nation as if it were a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 10:6. Alternate translation: “of the nation of Israel” or “of the Israelites”

Matthew 15:25

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

bowed down to him

Quote: προσεκύνει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In the woman’s culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect”

help

Quote: βοήθει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

help

Quote: βοήθει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is singular because the woman is speaking to Jesus.

Matthew 15:26

It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To explain to the woman why he has not helped her, Jesus offers a story or illustration. In the story, the children represent the Jewish people, the little dogs represent non-Jewish people, and the bread represents the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs” or “It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs. That is what helping you instead of my fellow Jews would be like”

the bread of the children

Quote: τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe bread that was prepared for the children to eat. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the food prepared for the children” or “the food that the children were going to eat”

the bread

Quote: τὸν ἄρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus is using bread to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meals”

to throw {it} to the little dogs

Quote: βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus implies that the bread is thrown to the little dogs so that they can eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to throw it to the little dogs for them to eat”

to the little dogs

Quote: τοῖς κυναρίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the phrase little dogs could describe: (1) domesticated animals that eat pests and can protect houses and families. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the guard animals” (2) scavenging animals that were generally considered unclean and dirty. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the scavenging animals” or “to the dirty animals”

Matthew 15:27

Yes

Quote: ναί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the woman uses the word Yes to indicate that she understands and agrees with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, I agree” or “Yes, that is true”

for also

Quote: καὶ γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces the woman’s further explanation of what Jesus said about children and little dogs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “but it is also true” or “yet even further,”

for also the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters

Quote: καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To ask Jesus to help her, the woman offers a story or illustration based on the parable that Jesus told in 15:26. In the story, the little dogs represent non-Jewish people, and the crumbs represent the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “and here is a similar story: the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters” or “for also the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters. That is what helping me would be like”

the little dogs

Quote: τὰ κυνάρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See you how you translated this phrase in 15:26. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the scavenging animals”

the crumbs falling from the table of their masters

Quote: τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the woman refers to how dogs often eat bits of food that fall off the table where the dogs’ owners are eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the bits of food that fall off the place where their masters are eating”

the table

Quote: τῆς τραπέζης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word table is singular in form, but it refers to all the tables of their masters as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the tables”

Matthew 15:28

O woman

Quote: ὦ γύναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the phrase O woman to address the Canaanite woman. This phrase was a polite way to refer to someone, and Jesus uses it to show how impressed he is with what the woman said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers politely to woman who has a daughter. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” or “My lady”

great {is} your faith

Quote: μεγάλη σου ἡ πίστις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you have believed greatly”

your … for you … you desire

Quote: σου & σοι & θέλεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words your, you, and you are singular because Jesus is speaking to the woman.

let it be done

Quote: γενηθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

let it be done

Quote: γενηθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let it happen” or “let God do it”

her daughter was healed

Quote: ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

from that hour

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase from that hour indicates that the woman’s daughter was healed at the time when Jesus said those words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time”

Matthew 15:29

And having left from there, Jesus

Quote: καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase And having left from there introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus left that place. He”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the areas near the cities of Tyre and Sidon (see 15:21), where Jesus was when he spoke with the Canaanite woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the region of Tyre and Sidon” or “from where he met the Canaanite woman”

Jesus went

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went”

having gone up

Quote: ἀναβὰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come up”

a mountain

Quote: τὸ ὄρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew 15:30

the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute

Quote: χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjectives lame, blind, crippled, and mute as nouns to mean people who were sick in all those ways. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were lame, blind, crippled, and mute”

many others

Quote: ἑτέρους πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that these people were sick in other ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many other sick people” or “many who were sick in various other ways”

they laid them at his feet

Quote: ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase they laid them at his feet means that the crowds laid the sick people in front of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they laid them before him”

they laid them … them

Quote: ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς & αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word they refers to the large crowds, and the word them refers to the sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds laid the sick people … those sick people”

Matthew 15:31

so that

Quote: ὥστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that introduces a result from Jesus healing many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that”

the mute … the crippled … the lame … the blind

Quote: κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated these phrases in 15:30. Alternate translation: “people who were mute … people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind”

the God of Israel

Quote: τὸν Θεὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the God whom Israel worships. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God whom Israel worships”

of Israel

Quote: Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word Israel refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel”

Matthew 15:32

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

I have compassion on the crowd, because they are remaining with me already three days and do not have anything {that} they might eat

Quote: σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd is remaining with me already three days and does not have anything to eat, so I have compassion on them”

I have compassion on

Quote: σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I sympathize with”

they might faint

Quote: ἐκλυθῶσιν (1)

Alternate translation: “they might become weary” or “they might lose their strength”

on the way

Quote: ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus implies that the people would be walking on the way to their homes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the way to their homes” or “while they going home”

Matthew 15:33

say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

From where {would be} to us in a desolate place so many loaves so as to satisfy so large a crowd

Quote: πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The disciples are using the question form to tell Jesus that they do not have enough food for the crowd. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for us in a desolate place to find enough loaves so as to satisfy so large a crowd.” or “There is certainly no place in this desolate area where we can get enough loaves to satisfy so large a crowd!”

loaves

Quote: ἄρτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The disciples are using loaves to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food”

Matthew 15:34

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

loaves

Quote: ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

Seven, and

Quote: ἑπτά, καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have seven loaves and”

Matthew 15:35

to recline on the ground

Quote: ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 15:36

loaves

Quote: ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

he broke {them} and was giving {them

Quote: ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he divided the loaves into servings and was giving them” or “he broke the loaves into smaller pieces and was giving the pieces”

the disciples to the crowds

Quote: οἱ & μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 15:37

they all ate … they took up

Quote: ἔφαγον πάντες & ἦραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

and were satisfied

Quote: καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”

the remaining of the broken pieces

Quote: τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

baskets

Quote: σπυρίδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Matthew 15:38

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthews uses the word But to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”

besides women and children

Quote: χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 15:39

he got

Quote: ἐνέβη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

went

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came”

of Magadan

Quote: Μαγαδάν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Magadan could be the name of: (1) a small village. Alternate translation: “of the village of Magadan” (2) a district or area. Alternate translation: “of the district of Magadan”

of Magadan

Quote: Μαγαδάν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read Magadan. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Magdala.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 16

Matthew 16 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)
- The Pharisees and Sadducees test Jesus (16:1–4)
- The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees (16:5–12)
- Who Jesus really is (16:13–20)
- What Jesus and his disciples must do (16:21–28)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The sign of Jonah

In 16:4, Jesus briefly refers to “the sign of Jonah.” He has already discussed this sign in more detail in 12:39–41. See the introduction to chapter 12 for more information. Express the idea here as you did there. (See: Jonah)

Peter, “this rock,” and the keys of the kingdom

In 16:18–19, Jesus tells Peter that he is a rock on which the church will be built and that he has been given the keys to the kingdom of the heavens. It is clear is that Peter is very important for God’s kingdom. However, Christians debate in what way Peter is important. Some think that Peter is primarily important because of what he confessed about Jesus. Others think that Peter and his successors have authority over the church. Others think that Peter himself had authority over the early church but that he did not have any successors. If possible, express the idea in a general way but so that it is clear that Peter supports the church and has some kind of authority.

The coming of the Son of Man

In 16:27–28, Jesus twice refers to how he, the Son of Man, will “come.” The first time (in 16:27), Jesus speaks about coming in glory with his angels. In this case, he is almost certainly referring to his second coming, when he will punish or reward everyone for what they have done.

The second time he refers to his “coming” (in 16:28), Jesus speaks about coming “in his kingdom.” Christians debate what he could be referring to. It could be:

Jesus’ transfiguration, which Matthew narrates in 17:1–8
Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven
the empowerment and growth of the church
the destruction of Jerusalem
Jesus’ second coming
several of these options together

Since Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on 16:28 for translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

In 16:5–12, Jesus tells his disciples to guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. When he repeats that they should guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the disciples realize that Jesus is speaking figuratively about what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, you should not explain what “yeast” means when Jesus uses the word. However, make sure that it is clear that “yeast” refers to teachings when Matthew explains the metaphor in 16:12. (See: Metaphor)

“This rock” and the name Peter

In 16:18, Jesus tells Peter that his name is “Peter.” Jesus does this because he wants to comment on what the name “Peter” means, which is “rock.” After saying the name “Peter,” Jesus says that he will build his church “on this rock,” which refers back to the name “Peter.” Consider how you might naturally explain what the name “Peter” means so that your readers understand what Jesus means when he speaks about “this rock.” You could consider using a footnote or explaining the name in the translation itself.

The keys of the kingdom

In 16:19, Jesus promises that he will give “the keys of the kingdom of the heavens” to Peter. This could mean that Peter will control who enters the kingdom and who does not enter the kingdom. Or, it could mean that Peter has a position of authority within the kingdom. Since Christians debate exactly what the “keys” mean, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in a general way. See the notes on the verse for translation options. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Verses 2b–3

Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 16:2b–3. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT and omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote.

Matthew 16:1

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having approached, testing {him

Quote: προσελθόντες & πειράζοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees and Sadducees approached Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “having approached with the goal of testing him”

asked him to show them a sign from heaven

Quote: ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him, ‘Show us a sign from heaven!’”

a sign from heaven

Quote: σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the Pharisees and Sadducees wanted Jesus to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign from heaven that proved that his authority was from God”

from heaven

Quote: ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase from heaven indicates that the sign originates in heaven, where God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from heaven, where God rules” or “that comes from the place where God is”

Matthew 16:2-3

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ὀψίας γενομένης λέγετε, εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός. & καὶ πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε διακρίνειν τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include 16:2b–3 in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in these verses, for those who decide to include them.

Matthew 16:2

you say, ‘It will be fair weather, for the sky is red

Quote: λέγετε, εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it will be fair weather, for the sky is red.”

It will be fair weather, for the sky is red

Quote: εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

It will be fair weather

Quote: εὐδία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the people speaking are implying that the fair weather will take place on the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “fair weather tomorrow”

Matthew 16:3

in early morning, ‘Today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast

Quote: πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in early morning you say that today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.”

in early morning, ‘Today

Quote: πρωΐ, σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in early morning, you say, ‘Today”

Today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast

Quote: σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The sky is red, being overcast, so today will be stormy”

the face

Quote: τὸ & πρόσωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the sky had a face. He is referring to how the sky looks from the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the appearance” or “the look”

but the signs of the times you are not able

Quote: τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε (1)

This clause could be: (1) a statement that rebukes the Pharisees and Sadducees. Alternate translation: “but you are not able to interpret the signs of the time.” (2) a rhetorical question that rebukes the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Alternate translation: “but are you not able to interpret the signs of the times?”

the signs of the times

Quote: τὰ & σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe signs that: (1) happen during the times. Alternate translation: “the signs that are happening during these times” (2) indicate that specific times have arrived. Alternate translation: “the signs that show that the times are here”

you are not able

Quote: οὐ δύνασθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 16:4

An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ (1)

What Jesus says here is identical to what he said in 12:39 except for the phrase “the prophet” before the name Jonah. Translate this sentence as you did in 12:39.

them

Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the Pharisees and Sadducees who had asked for a sign (see 16:1). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who asked him for a sign” or “those Pharisees and Sadducees”

he went away

Quote: ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 16:5

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

the disciples, having come to the other side, forgot to take loaves

Quote: ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἐπελάθοντο ἄρτους λαβεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples forgot the loaves before they traveled to the other side, but they realized that they had forgotten it when they reached the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples forgot to take loaves with them, and when they came to the other side, they realized that they had forgotten” or “the disciples, having come to the other side, recognized that they had forgotten to take loaves”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that both the disciples and Jesus came to the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when they and Jesus came”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

the other side

Quote: τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they traveled to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake”

Matthew 16:6

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

See and guard from

Quote: ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms See and guard mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Guard against” or “Keep away from”

See and

Quote: ὁρᾶτε καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word See means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you”

the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”

the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, yeast is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, they do not realize what yeast refers to until 16:12. So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Matthew will give an explanation in 16:12.

Matthew 16:7

among themselves

Quote: ἐν ἑαυτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase among themselves could mean: (1) that the disciples were reasoning with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the disciples were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”

saying, “{It is} because we did not take loaves

Quote: λέγοντες, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, the word translated because could introduce: (1) what the disciples think might be the reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘He said that because we did not take loaves’” (2) what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘We did not take loaves’”

saying, “{It is} because we did not take loaves

Quote: λέγοντες, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that it was because they did not take loaves”

It is} because

Quote: ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples imply that they are giving a reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus has spoken about yeast because”

we did not take

Quote: οὐκ ἐλάβομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we, the disciples mean themselves but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Matthew 16:8

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

You of little faith, why are you reasoning among yourselves that you do not have loaves

Quote: τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You of little faith! Do not reason among yourselves that you do not have loaves!” or “You of little faith, it is wrong for you to be reasoning among yourselves that you do not have loaves.”

You of little faith

Quote: ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You who believe so little”

among yourselves

Quote: ἐν ἑαυτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, much as in 16:7, the phrase among yourselves could mean: (1) that the disciples were reasoning with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the disciples were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within yourselves”

Matthew 16:9

Do you not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received

Quote: οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation.Alternate translation: “You do not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received!” or “I am disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received.”

the five loaves of the 5,000

Quote: τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to refer to the five loaves that he used to feed the 5,000. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the five loaves that fed the 5,000”

of the 5,000

Quote: τῶν πεντακισχιλίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the number 5,000 as a noun to mean 5,000 men. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 5,000 men”

loaves

Quote: ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

baskets

Quote: κοφίνους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the baskets were full of leftover food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of leftovers”

baskets

Quote: κοφίνους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated baskets in 14:20. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”

Matthew 16:10

Nor the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received

Quote: οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Nor do you perceive or remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received!” or “I am also disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received.”

Nor

Quote: οὐδὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nor do you understand or remember”

the seven loaves of the 4,000

Quote: τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to refer to the seven loaves that he used to feed the 4,000. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seven loaves that fed the 4,000”

loaves

Quote: ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated loaves in 14:17. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

of the 4,000

Quote: τῶν τετρακισχιλίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the number 4,000 as a noun to mean 4,000 men. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 4,000 men”

baskets

Quote: σπυρίδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

baskets

Quote: σπυρίδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated baskets in 15:37. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”

Matthew 16:11

How do you not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves

Quote: πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves!” or “I am disappointed that you do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves.”

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus really wants to say about yeast in contrast to simply speaking about bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Rather,”

the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, just as in 16:6, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”

the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, just as in 16:6, yeast is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, they do not realize what yeast refers to until 16:12. So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Matthew will give an explanation in 16:12.

Matthew 16:12

they understood

Quote: συνῆκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples understood”

he had not told them to guard from the yeast of loaves, but from the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: οὐκ εἶπεν προσέχειν ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “he had told them to guard from the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees, not from the yeast of loaves”

the yeast of loaves

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe yeast that people use to make loaves. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast used to make loaves”

but from

Quote: ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things that the Pharisees and Sadducees taught”

Matthew 16:13

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he and his disciples came”

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

men

Quote: οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the Son of Man is

Quote: εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is the Son of Man, am”

the Son of Man

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

The title Son of Man may refer to a special person, possibly the Messiah, that people expected to arrive. However, since Jesus is asking about who people say that the Son of Man is, if possible you should not explain what the title means. Alternate translation: “the Human One”

Matthew 16:14

Some, John the Baptist; and some, Elijah; and others, Jeremiah, or one of the prophets

Quote: οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν; ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλείαν; ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν ἢ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Since all these people and prophets had died before the disciples answered this question, the disciples are implying that people think that Jesus is one of these people who has come back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Some, John the Baptist come back to life; and some, Elijah come back to life; and others, Jeremiah or one of the prophets come back to life”

Some, John the Baptist; and some, Elijah; and others, Jeremiah

Quote: οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν; ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλείαν; ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Some say John the Baptist; and some say Elijah; and others say Jeremiah”

Some, … some, … others

Quote: οἱ μὲν & ἄλλοι & ἕτεροι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The disciples are using the adjectives Some, some, and others as nouns to mean various groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Some among the people … some among the people … others among the people”

one of the prophets

Quote: ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples are not excluding John the Baptist, Elijah, or Jeremiah from the group of the prophets. Instead, they are referring the many other prophets that God had sent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another one of the prophets”

Matthew 16:15

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Matthew 16:16

You

Quote: σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word You here is singular.

the Son of the living God

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

of the living God

Quote: τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the living God identifies God as the one who “lives.” The primary point is that God actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God”

Matthew 16:17

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Blessed are you, Simon Bar Jonah, because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens

Quote: μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses since the last clauses gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed, Simon Bar Jonah”

Blessed are you

Quote: μακάριος εἶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

are you, … to you

Quote: εἶ & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

Simon Bar Jonah

Quote: Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

Bar is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon son of Jonah”

Bar Jonah

Quote: Βαριωνᾶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Jonah is the name of a man.

flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens

Quote: σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “my Father in the heavens revealed this to you, not flesh and blood”

flesh and blood did not reveal this

Quote: σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The words flesh and blood together identify what it means to be human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “humans did not reveal this” or “no human being revealed this”

did not reveal this to you

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that pronouncement more directly. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ” or “did not reveal to you what you just said”

but my Father in the heavens

Quote: ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

my Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

in the heavens

Quote: ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

Matthew 16:18

I also say to you

Quote: κἀγὼ & σοι λέγω (1)

Jesus uses the clause I also say to you this to emphasize what he is telling the Peter. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I also want you to know”

to you … you

Quote: σοι & σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

you are Peter

Quote: σὺ εἶ Πέτρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The name Peter means “rock.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you have the name Peter, which means ‘rock’”

upon this rock

Quote: ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus could be referring to this rock in order to: (1) describe Peter, whose name means “rock,” as solid foundation, a rock, for the church. Alternate translation: “upon you, who are like a rock,” or “upon you” (2) refer to what Peter said about Jesus (that he is the Christ) as a solid foundation or rock for the church. Alternate translation: “upon your confession, which is like a rock,” or “upon your confession”

I will build my church

Quote: οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus here speaks as if his church were a building that someone could build. With this metaphor, he refers to making the church become stronger and more mature, just like the one who builds a house makes it strong and complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will strengthen my church as if I were building it” or “I will make my church strong”

the gates of Hades

Quote: πύλαι ᾍδου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus could be referring to the gates of Hades in order to: (1) speak about how, when people enter through the gates of Hades, they die. Alternate translation: “death” or “the power of death” (2) speak about evil powers that come out through the gates of Hades. Alternate translation: “the powers of hell” or “evil powers”

it

Quote: αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to my church. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to the church. Alternate translation: “my church”

Matthew 16:19

I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of giving authority to Peter as if he were giving him the keys of the kingdom of the heavens. Christians debate what kind of authority this is, so if possible, you should preserve the metaphor or simply refer to some kind of authority. Alternate translation: “I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of the heavens so that you have authority” or “I will give you authority in the kingdom of the heavens”

to you … you bind … you loose

Quote: σοι & δήσῃς & λύσῃς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

the keys of the kingdom

Quote: τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word keys refers to tools that are used to lock and unlock things, especially doors and gates. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the tools for locking and unlocking the kingdom” or “the openers for the kingdom”

and

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces how Peter will exercise the authority that Jesus will give to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result or goal. Alternate translation: “so that”

whatever you bind on the earth will have been bound in the heavens

Quote: ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of decisions that Peter and God make as if they were binding something. These decisions are specifically about requiring or enforcing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Since Jesus uses very general language, your translation should also be very general. Alternate translation: “whatever you require on the earth will have been required in the heavens” or “whatever you enforce on the earth will have been enforced in the heavens”

will have been bound … will have been loosed

Quote: ἔσται δεδεμένον & ἔσται λελυμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

whatever you loose on the earth will have been loosed in the heavens

Quote: ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of decisions that Peter and God make as if they were binding something. These decisions are specifically about allowing or abrogating something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Since Jesus uses very general language, your translation should also be very general. Alternate translation: “whatever you allow on the earth will have been allowed in the heavens” or “whatever you annul on the earth will have been annulled in the heavens”

Matthew 16:20

the disciples that they tell no one that he is the Christ

Quote: τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the disciples, ‘Tell no one that I am the Christ’”

they tell no one that he is the Christ

Quote: μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they tell no one, ‘He is the Christ’”

Matthew 16:21

to his disciples that it is necessary for him to go to Jerusalem and to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes and to be killed and to be raised on the third day

Quote: τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to his disciples, saying, ‘It is necessary for me to go to Jerusalem and to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes and to be killed and to be raised on the third day’”

to be killed

Quote: ἀποκτανθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that the elders and chief priests and scribes would order someone to do it. Alternate translation: “to die” or “for them to put him to death”

to be raised

Quote: ἐγερθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be restored to life”

to be raised

Quote: ἐγερθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Matthew could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “to have God raise him” or “for God to raise him” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “to raise himself”

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase on the third day refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”

Matthew 16:22

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Merciful to you

Quote: ἵλεώς σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase Merciful to you could mean: (1) that Jesus should not be thinking about or talking about what he has predicted will happen. Alternate translation: “Far be it from you” or “Stop saying those things” (2) that he believes that God will mercifully protect Jesus from what Jesus has predicted will happen. Alternate translation: “God will have mercy on you” or “May God be merciful to you”

to you, … to you

Quote: σοι (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

this

Quote: τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to the things that Jesus had just spoken about what would happen to him. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those things more directly. Alternate translation: “those things” or “what you have said”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

Matthew 16:23

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having turned

Quote: στραφεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus turned: (1) to face Peter. Alternate translation: “having turned toward Peter” (2) away from Peter. Alternate translation: “having turned away from Peter”

Get behind me

Quote: ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if he wants Peter to Get behind him. He means that Peter should not rebuke him but should instead accept what Jesus says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stand in my way” or “Do not rebuke me”

Satan

Quote: Σατανᾶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus calls Peter Satan because Peter is asking like Satan by tempting Jesus to disobey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or explain the metaphor. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like Satan” or “for you are tempting me as Satan does”

You are a stumbling block to me, because you are not considering the things of God, but the things of men

Quote: σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are not considering the things of God, but the things of men, you are a stumbling block to me”

You are a stumbling block to me

Quote: σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of someone who tempts others to sin as if that person were a stumbling block. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are tempting me to sin”

You are … you are not considering

Quote: εἶ & οὐ φρονεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the words You and you are singular.

you are not considering the things of God, but the things of men

Quote: οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “you are considering the things of men, not the things of God”

but the things

Quote: ἀλλὰ τὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

of men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 16:24

If anyone wants

Quote: εἴ τις θέλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Here Jesus uses the conditional form to refer to anyone who wants to come after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form naturally introduces anyone who wants to follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who wants” or “When someone wants”

to come after me

Quote: ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase come after me refers to traveling with Jesus and being his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciples” or “to travel with me as my students”

let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me

Quote: ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”

let him deny himself … his

Quote: ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms him, himself, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person deny himself or herself … his or her”

let him deny himself

Quote: ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase deny himself refers to a person choosing not to do what they would naturally do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him exercise self-control” or “choose not to do what he naturally desires”

take up his cross

Quote: ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”

take up his cross

Quote: ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of taking up a cross in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a cross, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See how you translated the similar expression in 10:38. Alternate translation: “be ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”

Matthew 16:25

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “In fact,”

whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will find it

Quote: ὃς & ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those who want to save their current lives will lose their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those who have lost their current lives will find their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar ideas in 10:39. Alternate translation: “whoever wants to save his current life will lose it forever, but whoever loses his current life for my sake will find it forever”

wants to save his life will lose it

Quote: θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s life as if it were saving it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in 10:39. Alternate translation: “wants to preserve his life will die”

his … his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

but whoever loses his life for my sake will find it

Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s life. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in 10:39. Alternate translation: “but whoever has died for my sake will have eternal life”

for my sake

Quote: ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 16:26

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces another basis for what Jesus said in 16:24. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Another reason I say that is because” or “Even further,”

what will a man benefit if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life

Quote: τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man will benefit nothing if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life.” or “a man will never benefit anything if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life!”

what will a man benefit if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life

Quote: τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s life is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his life. What will that man benefit”

a man … he gains … his … a man … his

Quote: ἄνθρωπος & κερδήσῃ & αὐτοῦ & ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms man, he, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … he or she gains … his or her … a person … his or her”

his life? … for his life

Quote: τὴν & ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “his soul … for his soul”

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a second question that again emphasizes how important a person’s life is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”

Or what will a man give in exchange for his life

Quote: ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his life.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his life!”

in exchange for his life

Quote: ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s life. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his soul” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s life when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his soul”

Matthew 16:27

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. More specifically, the word For could introduce the basis for: (1) what Jesus said in 16:26 about how nothing is as valuable as a person’s soul. Alternate translation: “You should be thinking about your soul because” (2) what Jesus has said in 16:24–26. Alternate translation: “I have said all those things because”

the Son of Man is about … his … his … he will repay

Quote: μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … my … my … I will repay”

is about to come

Quote: μέλλει & ἔρχεσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he, the Son of Man, will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to come back to this world” or “will leave this world, but he is about to come back”

in the glory of his Father

Quote: ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a way that his Father has made glorious along” or “as one who is as great as his Father”

of his Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

his angels

Quote: τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his could refer to: (1) the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “the angels of the Son of Man” (2) the Father. Alternate translation: “his Father’s angels”

he will repay

Quote: ἀποδώσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the Son of Man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will repay”

he will repay

Quote: ἀποδώσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses repay to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will decide how to treat people,”

his action

Quote: τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of action, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he did”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (3)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 16:28

will certainly not taste death

Quote: οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if death were food that people could taste. Those who taste death truly experience death as much as a person who eats food truly experiences that food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not experience death” or “will certainly not participate in death”

will certainly not taste death

Quote: οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

the Son of Man coming in his kingdom

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, coming in my kingdom”

coming in his kingdom

Quote: ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Christians debate what the phrase coming in his kingdom means. It could refer to one or several of the following events: Jesus’ transfiguration (see 17:1–8), Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven, the empowerment and growth of the church, the destruction of Jerusalem, and Jesus’ final return. If possible, express the idea in such a way that most or all of these interpretations are possible. Alternate translation: “acting as king in his kingdom” or “taking charge of his kingdom”

Matthew 17

Matthew 17 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)
- Jesus is transfigured (17:1–8)
- The disciples ask about Elijah (17:9–13)
- Jesus heals an epileptic boy (17:14–21)
- Jesus predicts his suffering and death (17:22–23)
- The two-drachma tax (17:24–27)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“transfigured”

In 17:1–8, Matthew describes how Jesus was “transfigured.” This word indicates that Jesus looked very different to the disciples. Matthew does not tell us all the ways in which Jesus looked different, but he does say that Jesus’ face “shone as the sun” and that his clothes became very white. What this means is that the disciples were able to see some of the glory and majesty that Jesus has as God’s Son. Make sure that your translation shows that Jesus looked great and glorious.

Elijah

When Jesus was transfigured, the disciples saw Moses and Elijah talking with him. Later, they ask Jesus about Elijah. They refer specifically to what the scribes say about a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6, which indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see 1 Kings 17–19 and 2 Kings 2:1–17). The disciples ask about whether this Elijah is supposed to come before the Messiah does. Jesus says that this is true, and he talks about this “Elijah” in a way that shows the disciples that John the Baptist was “Elijah.” He means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: Elijah)

The epileptic boy

In 17:14–21, Matthew tells a story about how Jesus healed a boy. Matthew first describes this boy as an “epileptic,” which refers to a disease that causes people to pass out and move uncontrollably. Later on, however, Matthew makes it clear that a demon is causing the boy’s sickness. You should only make this clear when Matthew does. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to the disease and how to introduce the demon.

The two-drachma tax

During this time period, Jewish men were expected to pay a tax of two drachmas to the leaders, who would use the money to keep the Jewish temple operating properly. A drachma was about a day’s wages for a hired worker. When Jesus told Peter how to pay the tax, he said that he would find a coin worth four drachmas (a shekel) in the mouth of a fish he would catch. This coin would be enough to pay both Peter’s and Jesus’ taxes. You could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Verse 21

Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 17:21. Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 17:1

And after six days

Quote: καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase And after six days introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then, after six days had passed,” or “Six days after those things happened,”

takes along … brings them up

Quote: παραλαμβάνει & ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

his brother

Quote: τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Matthew 17:2

he was transfigured

Quote: μετεμορφώθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word transfigured means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “his appearance was changed” or “he began to look different”

he was transfigured

Quote: μετεμορφώθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Matthew could be implying that: (1) Jesus did the action. Alternate translation: “he transfigured himself” (2) God did the action. Alternate translation: “God transfigured him”

before them

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν (1)

Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “as they watched”

his face shone as the sun

Quote: ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Matthew is saying that Jesus’ face is like the sun because both shine brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his face shone as brightly as the sun does”

white as the light

Quote: λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Matthew is saying that how white Jesus garments were is like the light because both are bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “white as the light that shines brightly”

Matthew 17:3

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Moses and Elijah were seen by them

Quote: ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they saw Moses and Elijah”

talking

Quote: συνλαλοῦντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Moses and Elijah were talking with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and the two of them were talking”

him

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”

Matthew 17:4

answering

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word answering indicates that Peter was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to seeing those things”

for us

Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we, Peter could mean: (1) everyone who was there, including himself, the other two disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “for us all” (2) just himself and the other two disciples. Alternate translation: “for us disciples”

you wish, … for you

Quote: θέλεις & σοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

I will make

Quote: ποιήσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read I will make. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “let us make.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

tents

Quote: σκηνάς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term tents means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of temporary shelter. Alternate translation: “booths”

Matthew 17:5

behold, … behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

In both places, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this … picture this too” or “suddenly … suddenly”

a bright cloud

Quote: νεφέλη φωτεινὴ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, a bright cloud is one that is white and reflects the light from the sun very strongly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a shining cloud” or “a very white cloud”

overshadowed

Quote: ἐπεσκίασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) the cloud enveloped or surrounded them. Alternate translation: “enveloped” or “surrounded” (2) the cloud cast a shadow on them. Alternate translation: “cast a shadow on”

them

Quote: αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) the three disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “them all” (2) just Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Moses, and Elijah”

a voice

Quote: φωνὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

saying

Quote: λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”

This is my beloved Son with whom I am well pleased

Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα (1)

See how you translated the identical sentence in 3:17.

Matthew 17:6

the disciples fell on their face and were very afraid

Quote: οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses, since the second clause describes something that happened before what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the disciples were very afraid and fell on their face”

fell on their face

Quote: ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

In Matthew’s culture, “falling” on one’s face refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “bowed down” or “lay down to show respect”

their face

Quote: πρόσωπον αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one face, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their faces”

Matthew 17:7

said, “Get up and do not be afraid

Quote: εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that they should get up and not be afraid”

Get up and do not be afraid

Quote: ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two commands. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid; get up”

Matthew 17:8

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having lifted up their eyes

Quote: ἐπάραντες & τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase having lifted up their eyes means that they stopped looking at the ground and looked up at what was happening around them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having looked up from the ground” or “having looked around”

they saw no one except only Jesus himself

Quote: οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus himself”

Jesus himself

Quote: αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

Here, the word translated myself emphasizes Jesus. Consider using a natural way to emphasize Jesus in your language. Alternate translation: “him, that is, Jesus”

Matthew 17:9

as} they were coming down

Quote: καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “as they were going down”

saying, “Tell the vision to no one until the Son of Man might have risen from the dead

Quote: λέγων, μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that they should tell the vision to no one until the Son of Man has risen from the dead”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”

might have risen from the dead

Quote: ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase risen from the dead refers to people who had died then coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “might have been restored to life” or “might have resurrected”

the dead

Quote: νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses”

Matthew 17:10

his disciples

Quote: οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three disciples who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked”

Why then

Quote: τί οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then indicates that the disciples ask this question because of what they saw on the mountain. More specifically, they ask the question because they had just seen Elijah and wondered why he appeared after Jesus the Messiah came and not before. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because of what we saw on the mountain, we have a question: why” or “We just saw Elijah appear after you, the Messiah, have already come. Why then”

it is necessary for Elijah to come

Quote: Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples are referring to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6. This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. The scribes teach that this means that Elijah must come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for Elijah, who was a prophet long ago, to come” or “the Scriptures indicate that it is necessary for Elijah the prophet to come”

to come

Quote: ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word come refers to Elijah appearing in the word and doing what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to do what he is predicted to do”

first

Quote: πρῶτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples imply that Elijah comes first because he comes before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “first, before the Messiah comes”

Matthew 17:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

comes

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated “come” in 17:10. Alternate translation: “appears” or “does what he is predicted to do”

comes

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to state something that is generally true: the scribes are right that Elijah has to come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form indicates that Jesus is agreeing with the scribes about Elijah. Alternate translation: “must come” or “needs to come”

Matthew 17:12

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus has said about how Elijah is going to come. Here, he indicates that Elijah has already come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even further,”

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated “come” in 17:10. Alternate translation: “appeared” or “did what he was predicted to do”

they did not recognize … they did … them

Quote: οὐκ ἐπέγνωσαν & ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns they, they, and them could refer to: (1) people in generally who did not recognize Elijah and who mistreated him. Alternate translation: “most people did not recognize … those people did … them” (2) the Jewish religious leaders. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did not recognize … they did … those same leaders”

whatever they wanted

Quote: ὅσα ἠθέλησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that what they wanted was to mistreat and harm this Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whatever harmful things they wanted to do” or “any evil things they wanted to do”

the Son of Man is about

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about”

Matthew 17:13

the disciples

Quote: οἱ μαθηταὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three disciples who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”

he spoke to them about John the Baptist

Quote: περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples realized that Jesus was using the name “Elijah” to refer to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he was talking about Elijah, he was speaking to them about John the Baptist” or “he was saying that Elijah was John the Baptist”

Matthew 17:14

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus and the three disciples came to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and the disciples came”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

kneeling before him

Quote: γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In the Jesus’ culture, kneeling before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “prostrating himself before him” or “kneeling before him to ask a favor”

Matthew 17:15

Lord, have mercy on my son, because he is epileptic and has sickness, for he often falls into the fire and often into the water

Quote: Κύριε, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει, πολλάκις γὰρ πίπτει εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here the man asks Jesus to have mercy on his son before he says why his son needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why the son needs help before the father asks for mercy. Alternate translation: “Lord, my son is epileptic and has sickness, for he often falls into the fire and often into the water. Have mercy on him!”

have mercy on my son

Quote: ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to my son”

have mercy on

Quote: ἐλέησόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

have mercy on

Quote: ἐλέησόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the man is talking to Jesus, the imperative here is singular.

he is epileptic and has sickness

Quote: σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here the man states the more specific type of sickness before stating that his son is sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order so that the general statement appears before the specific one. Alternate translation: “he has sickness and is epileptic” or “he has sickness, specifically epilepsy”

he is epileptic

Quote: σεληνιάζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

An epileptic is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. See how you translated the similar term in 4:24. Alternate translation: “he has seizures” or “he sometimes becomes unconscious and moves uncontrollably”

has sickness

Quote: κακῶς ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is sick”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word for introduces an explanation of how the son has sickness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “which means that”

the fire … the water

Quote: τὸ πῦρ & τὸ ὕδωρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words fire and water represent fire and water in general, not one particular fire or body of water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fires … rivers and lakes”

often into

Quote: πολλάκις εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The man is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he often falls into”

Matthew 17:16

I brought him to your disciples

Quote: προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the man implies that he brought his son so that Jesus’ disciples could heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I brought him to your disciples to be healed”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The man Peter is talking to Jesus, the word your here is singular.

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces what the disciples were actually able to do in contrast with what the man wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

Matthew 17:17

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you

Quote: ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire generation of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the disciples and the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You who are part of this unbelieving and perverse generation, how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?”

O unbelieving and perverted generation

Quote: ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 11:16. Alternate translation: “O today’s people who are unbelieving and perverted” or “O unbelieving and perverted people of this generation”

until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you

Quote: ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples and the crowds and to show how frustrated he is by them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be with you for long. I do not want to bear with you for long.” or “I want to leave you! I want to stop bearing with you!”

until when … Until when

Quote: ἕως πότε (-1)

Alternate translation: “how long … How long”

will I bear with you

Quote: ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase bear with refers to being charitable or kind to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “will I be charitable to you” or “will I act kindly with you”

him

Quote: αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to the boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the boy” or “the epileptic”

Matthew 17:18

it

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun translated it could refer to: (1) the demon that was possessing the boy. Alternate translation: “the demon” (2) the boy. Alternate translation: “the boy”

the demon

Quote: τὸ δαιμόνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus knew that a demon was causing the man’s son to be epileptic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon that was causing the boy to be epileptic” or “the demon that was making him sick”

him

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the epileptic” or “the boy”

the boy was healed

Quote: ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

from that hour

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase from that hour indicates that boy was healed at the time when Jesus rebuked the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time”

Matthew 17:19

said, “For what reason were we not able to cast it out

Quote: εἶπον, διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked why they were not able to cast the demon out.”

we

Quote: ἡμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

it

Quote: αὐτό (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the demon more directly. Alternate translation: “the demon”

Matthew 17:20

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Because of your little faith

Quote: διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you believe so little”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation about how much faith the disciples need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Here is what I mean:”

if you had faith like a mustard seed, you will say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and it will move, and nothing will be impossible for you

Quote: ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with even a little bit of faith can do amazing things, like having a mountain move. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith like a mustard seed. In that case, you could even say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and it would move, and nothing would be impossible for you”

faith like a mustard seed

Quote: πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that their faith might be like a mustard seed because both would be very small. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith as small as a mustard seed”

a mustard seed

Quote: κόκκον σινάπεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and

Quote: τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to this mountain that you want it move from here to there, and”

to this mountain

Quote: τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase this mountain refers to the mountain from which Jesus and three of his disciples had just come down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountain I was just on”

Move

Quote: μετάβα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the command is singular because someone is speaking to one mountain.

from here to there

Quote: ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here Jesus is not referring to specific locations. Instead, he is referring to telling the mountain to move from where it is to some other location. Use a form that refers to changing locations without specifying where those locations are. Alternate translation: “from this place to another place”

nothing will be impossible

Quote: οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word nothing and the negative word impossible. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible”

Matthew 17:21

But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting

Quote: Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ γένος οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.

this kind

Quote: Τοῦτο & τὸ γένος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he is speaking about a kind of demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this kind of demon”

does not go out except by prayer and fasting

Quote: οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

Matthew 17:22-23

The Son of Man is about … him, … he will be raised up

Quote: μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Matthew 17:22

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they could refer to: (1) the disciples. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (2) Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and the disciples”

being gathered together

Quote: συστρεφομένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering together”

The Son of Man is about to be handed over

Quote: μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

into the hands

Quote: εἰς χεῖρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The term hands represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”

of men

Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word men refers to people who have authority and who want to get rid of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of powerful people” or “of people who hate him”

Matthew 17:23

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase on the third day refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”

he will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

he will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “he will raise himself up”

they were very grieved

Quote: ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 17:24

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

when} they had come

Quote: ἐλθόντων & αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when they had gone”

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to Jesus and the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples and Jesus”

the two-drachma tax … the two-drachma tax

Quote: τὰ δίδραχμα (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the two-drachma tax refers to a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple … the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple”

the two-drachma tax … the two-drachma tax

Quote: τὰ δίδραχμα (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A drachma was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “the tax of two valuable silver coins … the tax of two valuable silver coins” or “the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages … the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages”

Matthew 17:25

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

having entered into the house

Quote: εἰσελθόντα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Peter is the one who entered into the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter entered into the house”

the house

Quote: τὴν οἰκίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus anticipated him

Quote: προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Peter was about to ask about the tax, but Jesus asked him first. The implication is that Jesus knew that Peter was going to ask about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew what he was thinking and spoke to him first” or “Jesus acted before could”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

you

Quote: σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular because Jesus is speaking to Peter.

The kings of the earth

Quote: οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe kings who rule on the earth. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The kings who reign on earth”

taxes or tolls

Quote: τέλη ἢ κῆνσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms taxes and tolls mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “any taxes”

From their sons or from strangers

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus could be contrasting: (1) children of kings as opposed to the rest of the people over whom the kings rule. Alternate translation: “From their families or from other people” (2) citizens of the kingdom as opposed to conquered people. Alternate translation: “From their citizens or from people they have conquered”

Matthew 17:26

But

Quote: δέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having said

Quote: εἰπόντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Peter is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter said”

strangers,” … the sons

Quote: τῶν ἀλλοτρίων & οἱ υἱοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 17:25, the words strangers and sons could be referring to: (1) people over whom kings rule as opposed to their own children. Alternate translation: “other people … the families” (2) conquered people as opposed to citizens of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “people they have conquered … the citizens”

Therefore, the sons are free

Quote: ἄρα γε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he agrees with Peter’s answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are correct, and so the sons are free”

the sons are free

Quote: ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he and Peter are like sons and so do not have to pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the sons are free, and we are like those sons” or “the sons are free, which means that you and I also do not have to pay”

Matthew 17:27

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here the word But introduces what Jesus wants Peter to do in contrast to what he has said about how “the sons are free” (see 17:26). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “Even though that is true,”

we might not cause them to stumble

Quote: μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if he and Peter were lumps or rocks that the tax collectors might stumble on. He means that the tax collectors might be offended by him and Peter if they did not pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we might not offend them”

them … to them

Quote: αὐτούς & αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them in both places refers to the people who were collecting taxes. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones collecting the tax … to the ones collecting the tax” or “the tax collectors … to the tax collectors”

having gone

Quote: πορευθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

throw in … draw in … you will find … give {it} … you

Quote: βάλε & ἆρον & εὑρήσεις & δὸς & σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the commands and the word you throughout this verse are singular.

throw in a fishhook

Quote: βάλε ἄγκιστρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A fishhook is a sharp curved object that fishermen would tie to the end of a rope or line in order to catch fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fishing implement, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could refer more generally to fishing. Alternate translation: “cast your line” or “go fishing”

draw in the first fish having come up

Quote: τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that Peter should take the first fish that he catches with his fishhook. The fish would need to come up from further down in the water to be caught on the hook. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “take the first fish that you catch”

a shekel

Quote: στατῆρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A shekel was a silver coin equivalent to about four drachmas (see 17:24), that is, about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a four-drachma coin” or “a coin worth four days’ wages”

on behalf of me and you

Quote: ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that this coin will pay for both his and Peter’s two-drachma tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as payment for my tax and your tax”

Matthew 18

Matthew 18 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
- The disciples ask about who is the greatest (18:1–5)
- Jesus teaches about stumbling blocks (18:6–9)
- The parable of the lost sheep (18:10–14)
- Jesus teaches about a sinning brother (18:15–20)
- The parable of the unforgiving slave (18:21–35)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “little ones”

In 18:6, 18:10, and 18:14, Jesus refers to people whom he calls “little ones.” In the previous paragraph, he told the disciples that they needed to be like little children if they wanted to be great in the kingdom of the heavens. Because of this, it is possible that Jesus uses the phrase “little ones” to continue to refer to children. However, it is also possible that he uses the phrase to refer to people who are like little children in some specific way. They could be like little children either because they are insignificant or unimportant or because they are immature in their faith. If possible, express the idea in such a way that all of these interpretations are possible. If you must make the idea more explicit, it is recommended that you refer to insignificant or unimportant people. That is how Jesus used the phrase in 10:42.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Stumbling and stumbling blocks

In 18:6–9, Jesus discusses “stumbling blocks” and things that cause stumbling. He uses these terms to refer to people and things that cause people to sin. See the notes on these verses for translation options.

Hyperbole

In 18:8–9, Jesus commands his disciples to cut off or pluck out body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language. There are very similar verses in 5:29–30, so you translate as you did there.

The parable of the lost sheep

In 18:12–14, Jesus tells a story about a shepherd who had 100 sheep. When one of the sheep went astray, the shepherd left the other sheep behind to find it. When he found it, he was happier about that one sheep than he was about the 99 sheep that had not gone astray. Jesus applies this story to God the Father, who does not want any person to perish. Just like the shepherd, God will rescue people who go astray and rejoice when they are rescued. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does. (See: Parables)

The parable of the unforgiving slave

In 18:23–35, Jesus tells a story about a slave who owed an enormous debt to his master, the king. When the slave begs the king to be patient with him, the king forgives the entire debt. However, the slave immediately finds another slave who owes him a small amount of money. He demands that the slave pay him immediately and does not forgive the debt. When the king finds out about this, he has the first slave jailed and tortured until he can pay the enormous debt. Jesus applies this story to believers who do not forgive fellow believers. God will punish them, just as the king punished the slave who did not have mercy on his fellow slave. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does. (See: Parables)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that Jesus gives to individual disciples or in dialogues between individual people. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Verse 11

Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 18:11. Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “For the Son of Man came to save the one that had been lost.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 18:1

At that hour

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase At that hour introduces the next major event in the story. The phrase clarifies that this new event happened immediately after the previous event. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event that happened immediately after the previous one. Alternate translation: “Right after that,” or “Then, shortly after that,”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Who then

Quote: τίς ἄρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then could: (1) indicate that the disciples are asking the question because of something that just happened. That could be Jesus implying that the disciples are important enough to be exempt from paying taxes, or it could be Jesus singling out Peter as an important disciple, or it could be something else that the disciples have experienced. Alternate translation: “Because of what just happened, we want to ask this: Who” (2) make the question stronger or more urgent. Alternate translation: “Who is it who” or “Tell us! Who”

Matthew 18:2

having summoned a little child, he set

Quote: προσκαλεσάμενος παιδίον, ἔστησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having said to a little child, ‘Come here,’ he set”

him

Quote: αὐτὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, the word translated him refers to the child without identifying whether the child was male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “this child”

Matthew 18:3

unless you turn and become like little children, you will certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

to you, … you turn … you will certainly not enter

Quote: ὑμῖν & στραφῆτε & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Throughout this verse, the word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

you turn

Quote: στραφῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of changing one’s attitude and behavior as if it were physically turning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you change your attitude” or “you act differently”

and become

Quote: καὶ γένησθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces the goal for which the disciples should turn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order to become”

become like little children

Quote: γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that his disciples should be like little children because little children are humble. Jesus clarifies this meaning in the following verse, so if possible you should not state this explicitly here. Alternate translation: “act as little children do”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

Matthew 18:4

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces Jesus’ application of what he said in 18:3 to what the disciples asked him about who was the greatest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of application. Alternate translation: “Here is what that means:” or “Consequently”

himself … he

Quote: ἑαυτὸν & οὗτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms himself and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “himself or herself … that person” or “himself or herself … he or she”

will humble himself like this little child

Quote: ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that people should humble themselves like this little child because the little child is humble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will make himself as humble as this little child is humble” or “will humble himself with the result that he is as humble as this little child”

this little child

Quote: τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase this little child refers back to the child whom Jesus set in their midst (see 18:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this little child who is in our midst” or “this little child whom I summoned”

the greatest

Quote: ὁ μείζων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective greatest as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person”

Matthew 18:5

whoever receives a little child like this in my name receives me

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive a little child like this were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the little child, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives a little child like this in my name, it is as if he or she received me” or “whoever receives a little child like this in my name proves that he or she would receive me”

a little child like this

Quote: ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is again referring to the little child whom he set in their midst (see 18:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a little child like the one standing here” or “a little child, like this one that I summoned,”

in my name

Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase in my name could mean that: (1) the person receives a little child because the person follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because that person is acting as my disciple” (2) the person receives the little child because the little child follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because the child is my disciple”

Matthew 18:6

causes one of these little ones who believe in me to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin”

one of these little ones who believe in me

Quote: ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase these little ones could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”

it is better for him that

Quote: συμφέρει αὐτῷ ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that what he is about to describe is better than being punished by God for causing one of these little ones to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “rather than being punished by God for doing that, it is better for him that”

for him … his … he would have been sunk

Quote: αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ & καταποντισθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms him, his, and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for that person … his or her … he or she would have been sunk”

that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung around his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea

Quote: ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that people might hang a millstone of a donkey around his neck and make sink him into the depth of the sea”

a millstone of a donkey

Quote: μύλος ὀνικὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A millstone was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. The phrase of a donkey indicates that this kind of millstone was heavy enough that it took a donkey to turn it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a very large rock” or “a very heavy object”

would have been hung around his neck

Quote: κρεμασθῇ & περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that someone would tie the millstone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would have been attached to his neck”

the depth of the sea

Quote: τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the phrase the depth of the sea refers to the parts of a body of water that are deep and far away from land. If your readers would not be familiar with what this phrase describes, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “deep water” or “the parts of the sea that are far from land”

the depth

Quote: τῷ πελάγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of depth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deep parts”

Matthew 18:7

Woe to the world … woe to the man

Quote: οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ & οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrases Woe to the world and woe to the man are the opposite of blessing the world and the man. The phrases indicate that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How bad it is for the world … how bad it is for the man” or “Trouble will come to the world … trouble will come to the man”

to the world

Quote: τῷ κόσμῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word world refers primarily to the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” or “to people”

the stumbling blocks! … the stumbling blocks … the stumbling block

Quote: τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τὸ σκάνδαλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation about the stumbling blocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “Further,”

to the man … the stumbling block

Quote: τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ & τὸ σκάνδαλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words man and stumbling block represent men and stumbling blocks in general, not one particular man or stumbling block. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to any man … a stumbling block”

to the man

Quote: τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 18:8

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next topic about which Jesus will speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ & ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their hand or foot causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clauses in 5:29–30. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your hand or foot causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”

your hand or your foot causes you to stumble

Quote: ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks of your hand and your foot as if they were people who could cause you to stumble. He means that the hand or the foot is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your hand’s or your foot’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your hand or your foot”

your … your … you … you. … for you

Quote: σου & σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

causes you to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”

cut it off and throw {it} away from you

Quote: ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar constructions in 5:29–30. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”

to enter into life

Quote: εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if life were a house into which someone could enter. He is referring to experiencing or receiving life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”

to enter into life

Quote: εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”

life

Quote: τὴν ζωὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this life is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”

to be thrown

Quote: βληθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the eternal fire

Quote: τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase the eternal fire refers to hell and describes at as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as an eternal fire” or “hell”

Matthew 18:9

if your eye causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their eye causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in 18:8. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”

your eye causes you to stumble

Quote: ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks of your eye as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the eye is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in 18:8. Alternate translation: “it is your eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your eye”

your … you … you. … for you

Quote: σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

causes you to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 18:8. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”

pluck it out and throw {it} away from you

Quote: ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar construction in 18:8. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”

to enter into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if life were a house into which someone could enter. He is referring to experiencing or receiving life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 18:8. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”

to enter into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”

life

Quote: τὴν ζωὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this life is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the idea in 18:8. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”

to be thrown

Quote: βληθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the Gehenna of fire

Quote: τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

the Gehenna of fire

Quote: τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Matthew 18:10

See that you would not despise … to you

Quote: ὁρᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The command See and the word you throughout this verse are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

See that

Quote: ὁρᾶτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

one of these little ones

Quote: ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated little ones in 18:6. The phrase could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should not despise one of these little ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why:” or “Indeed,”

their angels

Quote: οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe angels that guard or protect the little ones. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the angels who guard them”

look on the face of my Father

Quote: βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus means that the angels are with God, in God’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are before my Father” or “are close enough to him to see my Father”

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 18:11

For the Son of Man came to save the one that has been lost

Quote: Ἦλθεν γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces another reason why the disciples should not despise little ones (see 18:10). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Even further,”

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”

came

Quote: Ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

the one that has been lost

Quote: τὸ ἀπολωλός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of some people as if they are lost. He means that they are not following God and need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one that has been far from God” or “the one that is not following God”

the one that has been lost

Quote: τὸ ἀπολωλός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one that had been lost represents lost people in general, not one particular lost person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone that had been lost”

Matthew 18:12

What do you think

Quote: τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want you to pay attention to what I am about to say.” or “Listen to this!”

you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

If a certain man has 100 sheep

Quote: ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

If a certain man has 100 sheep, and one of them goes astray, having left

Quote: ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν & ἀφείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a person had 100 sheep, but one of them went astray. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine a certain man who has 100 sheep. However, one of them goes astray. Having left”

having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone, does he not seek the one having gone astray

Quote: οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone out, he will seek the one having gone astray” or “having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone out, he will most definitely seek the one having gone astray!”

the 99

Quote: τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the number 99 as a noun to mean 99 sheep. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 99 sheep”

on the mountains

Quote: ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, the phrase the mountains refers to hilly or mountainous areas in general, not several specific mountains. If possible, use a general word for a hilly or mountainous area without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “in the hill country” or “in a mountainous area”

having gone

Quote: πορευθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

Matthew 18:13

if he happens to find it, … he rejoices

Quote: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό & χαίρει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the man might find that sheep that went astray. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “were he to find it … he would rejoice”

to you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

more than over

Quote: μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the 99

Quote: τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew 18:14

In the same way

Quote: οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, the phrase In the same way indicates that Jesus is comparing God with the man who found the lost sheep. He implies that God is like the man because they both rejoice when something that was lost is recovered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Much like that man who wanted to find his lost sheep” or “Just as that man rejoiced over the sheep that he found”

the will before your Father in the heavens

Quote: θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what your Father in the heavens desires”

the will before your Father

Quote: θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the will before your Father refers to what is the will of the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the will of your Father” or “the will that belongs to your Father”

your Father in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

your Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read your Father. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “my Father.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

your

Quote: ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word your is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

one of these little ones

Quote: ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated little ones in 18:6. The phrase could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”

Matthew 18:15

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next topic that Jesus wishes to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

your brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

your … you … you … to you, you have gained your

Quote: σὲ & σου & σοῦ & σου & ἐκέρδησας & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

brother … him … him … he listens … brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός & αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ & ἀκούσῃ & τὸν ἀδελφόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms brother, him, him, and brother are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … him or her … him or her … he or she … brother or sister”

against you

Quote: εἰς σὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read against you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

between you and him alone

Quote: μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase between you and him alone means that the two people are alone, with no one else listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when it is just the two of you” or “when you are alone with him”

you have gained your brother

Quote: ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of restoring the relationship with your brother as if it were having gained your brother. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have restored the relationship with your brother” or “you have made that person your brother again”

Matthew 18:16

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here the word But introduces the fact that the brother might not listen in contrast with the brother “listening” to the reproof (see 18:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,”

he does not listen

Quote: μὴ ἀκούσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

take with you yet one or two {others

Quote: παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that you will go back to the other person and “reprove” them again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “go back to him, and take with you yet one or two others” or “take with you yet one or two others and reprove him again”

you

Quote: σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

so that ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified

Quote: ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Deuteronomy 19:15. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “so that, as you can read in the Scriptures, ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified’” or “so that you are doing what God required in the law, that is, that every word might be verified by the mouth of two or three witnesses”

by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified

Quote: ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the mouth of two or three witnesses might verify every word”

the mouth

Quote: στόματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, mouth represents what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words” or “the testimony”

every word

Quote: πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew 18:17

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that could happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

he refuses to listen to … he also refuses to listen to … let him be

Quote: παρακούσῃ & καὶ & παρακούσῃ & ἔστω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms he, he, and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she refuses to listen to … he or she also refuses to listen to … let him or her be”

them

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the “one or two others” whom the person who was sinned against took along to meet the person who committed the sin (see 18:16). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the one or two others whom you took with you”

speak

Quote: εἰπὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the person should speak about how he or she was sinned against and how he or she has tried to speak to the other person about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “speak about it” or “speak about the sin and what has happened since”

to you

Quote: σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so you is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

But

Quote: δὲ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector

Quote: ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that the person who sinned and refused to listen should be treated like the Gentile and the tax collector because they are all people who are not treated like members of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector who are not fellow believers” or “let him be to you as a non-believer, like a Gentile or tax collector”

let him be

Quote: ἔστω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should be”

the Gentile and the tax collector

Quote: ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words Gentile and tax collector represent Gentiles and tax collectors in general, not one particular Gentile and one particular tax collector. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles and the tax collectors” or “any Gentile or any tax collector”

Matthew 18:18

to you, … you bind … you release

Quote: ὑμῖν & δήσητε & λύσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you throughout this verse is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

whatever you bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on the earth will be released in heaven

Quote: ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the almost identical sentence in 16:19. The only differences are that the words you and whatever throughout this verse are plural, and 16:19 has the phrase “in the heavens” instead of the phrase in heaven. Express the idea as you did in 16:19, but be sure to make any adjustments needed for the plural words and the phrase in heaven.

Matthew 18:19

Again

Quote: πάλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Again introduces a statement that is related to what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar or related statement, or you could leave Again untranslated. Alternate translation: “In addition,”

to you … you

Quote: ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you throughout this verse is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

if two of you

Quote: ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he means not only two, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you”

they might ask, … for them

Quote: αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Since Jesus begins the sentence by referring to two of you, If it would be helpful in your language you could continue to refer to these people in the second person. Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”

it will be done for them by my Father in the heavens

Quote: γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father in the heavens will do it for them”

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 18:20

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why God will do whatever two disciples agree to ask for (see 18:19). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”

two or three

Quote: δύο ἢ τρεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he means not only two or three, but two or three or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two or three or more”

two or three

Quote: δύο ἢ τρεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the numbers two and three as nouns to mean two and three believers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two or three believers”

are gathered together

Quote: εἰσιν & συνηγμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gather together” or “assemble together”

in my name

Quote: εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, name represents the person whose name it is. Jesus means that they are gathered together because of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”

there I am in their midst

Quote: ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of being spiritually present with believers as if he were physically in their midst. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if I am there in their midst” or “there I am in their midst spiritually”

Matthew 18:21

how often will my brother sin against me and I will forgive him

Quote: ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be more natural in your language, you could refer to forgiving before sinning. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother when he sins against me”

will my brother sin against me and I will forgive

Quote: ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Peter is using the future form to ask a question about what he should do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that asks about an obligation or requirement. Alternate translation: “can my brother sin against me and I should forgive” or “could my brother sin against me and I ought to forgive”

my brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

brother … him

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός & αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms brother and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … him or her”

Until seven times

Quote: ἕως ἑπτάκις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous question if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Will I forgive him until seven times”

Until seven times

Quote: ἕως ἑπτάκις (1)

Alternate translation: “Up to seven times”

Matthew 18:22

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

I do not say to you up to seven times, but up to 77 times

Quote: οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “I say to you up to 77 times, not up to seven times”

up to seven times, but up to 77 times

Quote: ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

77 times

Quote: ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the large number 77 to indicate that Peter and all believers must always forgive other people. Jesus does not mean to count up to 77 and then stop forgiving other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “77 times and beyond” or “77 times, by which I mean always”

77 times

Quote: ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά (1)

Here, the phrase translated as 77 times could be indicating: (1) 70 times plus seven times. Alternate translation: “70 times plus seven times” (2) 70 times multiplied by seven times. Alternate translation: “70 times seven times”

Matthew 18:23

For this reason, the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: given what I just said, the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase For this reason a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about how his disciples should forgive others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “Given all that”

the kingdom of the heavens is compared to

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

to take up a word together

Quote: συνᾶραι λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase to take up a word together refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to settle accounts”

Matthew 18:24

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

to take up together

Quote: συναίρειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase to take up together refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. See how you translated the similar phrase in 18:23. Alternate translation: “to settle”

one debtor of 10,000 talents was brought to him

Quote: προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

debtor of 10,000 talents

Quote: ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a debtor who owes 10,000 talents. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “debtor who owed 10,000 talents”

of 10,000 talents

Quote: μυρίων ταλάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A talent was a unit of money equivalent to about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. This was a very large, almost uncountable, amount of money. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Make sure that your translation shows that this is a very large sum of money. Alternate translation: “of a huge amount of money” or “of 60 million days’ wages”

Matthew 18:25

But, he not being able to repay, the master

Quote: μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, & ὁ κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces the fact that the servant could not repay in contrast to how much he owed the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Although he had that debt, he was not able to repay, so the master”

the master

Quote: ὁ κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. Alternate translation: “his master the king”

commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and repayment to be made

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν & πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “commanded, ‘Let him be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and let repayment be made’”

him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and repayment to be made

Quote: αὐτὸν & πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it was some of the king’s other servants. Alternate translation: “some other servants to sell him, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and to make repayment”

everything, as much as he had

Quote: πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression everything, as much as he had contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that he had”

repayment to be made

Quote: ἀποδοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of repayment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be repaid”

Matthew 18:26

So

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word So introduces what the servant did in response to what the king commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave So untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”

having fallen down, the slave was bowing down before

Quote: πεσὼν & ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Matthew’s culture, the phrases having falling down and bowing down refer to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “having thrown himself on the ground, the slave was prostrating himself before” or “having lain down, the slave was showing respect to”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

have patience

Quote: μακροθύμησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

have patience

Quote: μακροθύμησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of patience, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be patient”

Matthew 18:27

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having had compassion

Quote: σπλαγχνισθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with the slave”

the master of that slave

Quote: ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus again refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. See how you translated “master” in 18:25. Alternate translation: “the slave’s master, the king,”

forgave him the debt

Quote: τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase forgave him his debt indicates that the king would no longer require the slave to pay the debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “canceled the debt” or “told him not to pay back the debt”

Matthew 18:28

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

found

Quote: εὗρεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could mean that the slave: (1) happened to meet the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “encountered” (2) intentionally looked for the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “looked for”

100 denarii

Quote: ἑκατὸν δηνάρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. This is a much smaller amount than the 10,000 talents that the first slave owed, so make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “100 silver coins” or “just 100 days’ wages”

having seized him, he choked {him

Quote: κρατήσας αὐτὸν ἔπνιγεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be indicating that the slave took: (1) one action, which was seizing his fellow slave around the neck so that he choked him. Alternate translation: “he choked him by seizing him around the neck” (2) two actions, one of which was seizing his fellow slave and the other of which was chocking him. Alternate translation: “he seized him and was choking him”

he choked {him

Quote: ἔπνιγεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the slave seized his fellow slave by the throat and made it hard for him to breath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he began to strangle him”

saying, ‘Repay whatever you owe

Quote: λέγων, ἀπόδος εἴ τι ὀφείλεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he needed to repay whatever he owed”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Matthew 18:29

So

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word So introduces what his fellow slave did in response to what the first slave said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave So untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”

having fallen down

Quote: πεσὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Matthew’s culture, the phrase having falling down refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. See how you translated this phrase in 18:26. Alternate translation: “having thrown himself on the ground” or “lying down to show respect”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Have patience

Quote: μακροθύμησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. See how you translated the phrase in 18:26. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have patience”

Have patience

Quote: μακροθύμησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of patience, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be patient”

Matthew 18:30

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the first slave did in contrast to what the other slave asked (see 18:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use another word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite that,”

he was not willing. … he threw him … he might repay

Quote: ὁ & οὐκ ἤθελεν & ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν & ἀποδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun he in the phrase he was not willing and the pronoun he in the phrase he threw refer to the first slave. The pronoun him and the pronoun he in the phrase he might repay refer to his fellow slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the first slave was not willing … he threw his fellow slave … his fellow slave might repay”

was not willing

Quote: οὐκ ἤθελεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the first slave was not willing to be patient and wait for the other slave to pay him back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was not willing to have patience”

having gone away

Quote: ἀπελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”

he threw him into prison

Quote: ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase he threw him into prison refers to locking someone up in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him into prison” or “he locked him up in prison”

he threw him

Quote: ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the slave sent someone else to do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had people throw him”

what} is owed

Quote: τὸ ὀφειλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 18:31

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces what how the other slaves responded to what the first slave did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”

his fellow slaves, having seen {what} had happened, were very grieved

Quote: ἰδόντες & οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ τὰ γενόμενα, ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what the first slave said and did. Alternate translation: “what had happened grieved his fellow slaves very much when they saw it”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

to their master

Quote: τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus again refers to the king as the master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in 18:23. See how you translated “master” in 18:25. Alternate translation: “their master the king”

Matthew 18:32

him, his … to him

Quote: αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ & αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns him, his, and him refer to the first slave. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the first slave, his … to him”

his master

Quote: ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

I forgave you all that debt because you begged me

Quote: πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

I forgave you all that debt

Quote: πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase forgave you all that debt indicates that the king no longer required the slave to pay the debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I canceled for you all that debt” or “I told you not to pay back all that debt”

you begged me

Quote: παρεκάλεσάς με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the master implies that the slave begged him to be patient. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you begged me to be patient”

Matthew 18:33

Was it not necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you

Quote: οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The slave’s master is using the question form to rebuke the slave. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you.” or “It was most certainly necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!”

to have had mercy on your fellow slave, … had mercy on you

Quote: ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου & σὲ ἠλέησα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be merciful to your fellow slave … was merciful to you”

Matthew 18:34

his master

Quote: ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

handed him over

Quote: παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase handed him over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent him” or “gave him”

to the torturers

Quote: τοῖς βασανισταῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) prison guards whose job it was to torture certain prisoners. Alternate translation: “to the guards who tortured prisoners” (2) prison guards in general. Alternate translation: “to the jailers” or “to the prison guards”

all that is owed

Quote: πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 18:35

my heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

to you, … each of you … your

Quote: ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words you, you, and your are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.

if

Quote: ἐὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that you might not forgive your brother. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “as long as” or “supposing that”

his brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Since Jesus has already referred to each of you, if it would be helpful in your language you could continue to refer to these people in the second person. Alternate translation: “your”

out of your hearts

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase out of your heart indicates that the person has done something sincerely or completely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “sincerely”

Matthew 19

Matthew 19 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
- Jesus goes to Judea (19:1–2)
- Jesus teaches about marriage and divorce (19:3–12)
- Jesus blesses little children (19:13–15)
- Jesus talks with a young man (19:16–22)
- Jesus teaches about wealth, possessions, and the kingdom (19:23–30)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Divorce

In 19:3, the Pharisees test Jesus by asking him about an issue that was controversial among Jewish religious leaders: divorce. More specifically, the religious leaders argued about what were acceptable grounds for a divorce. So, they ask Jesus about this. Jesus responds that divorce is never what God wants, and he quotes from Genesis 1 and 2 to prove this. In response, the Pharisees refer to Deuteronomy 24:1–4, which assumes that men do divorce their wives. Jesus replies that this section of the Law exists only because the Israelites were stubborn. He means that God knew that the Israelite men would sometimes divorce their wives, so he included a law about how to do it. Jesus then states that the only acceptable ground for a divorce is sexual immorality. He further says that any divorced person who marries again is involved in adultery. Make sure that it is clear that both Jesus and the Pharisees are making arguments based on the Scriptures.

Eunuchs

The word “eunuch” refers to a man who is unable to reproduce. People in Jesus’ culture knew about two types of eunuchs:

some eunuchs were men who underwent a surgery in which parts of their genitals were removed. This kept them from being able to reproduce. These eunuchs were often important servants of kings and rulers, often serving in the harem.
some eunuchs were men who were born with genitals that were already unable to reproduce.

In 19:12, Jesus refers to both of these kinds of eunuchs. Then he refers to “eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs because of the kingdom of the heavens.” Here he is referring to people who live like eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom. Consider how you might naturally refer to “eunuchs” in your language.

Rich people and the kingdom of the heavens

In Jesus’ culture, many people thought that rich people had been specifically blessed by God. When Jesus said that it was extremely difficult for rich people to enter God’s kingdom (see 19:23–24), the disciples were shocked. They thought that if it was hard for rich people to enter the kingdom, it would be impossible for everyone else. That is why they ask the question, “Who then is able to be saved?” (19:25). If your readers might not understand why the disciples respond in this way, you may need to include a footnote that explains some of this information.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees or to his disciples. This means that Jesus frequently uses plural forms of “you.” In this chapter, you should assume that forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 19:1

And it happened that when Jesus had finished these words, he departed

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, μετῆρεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking these words. Then, he departed”

these words

Quote: τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Matthew uses the term words to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking these words”

he departed

Quote: μετῆρεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples departed”

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

beyond the Jordan

Quote: πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase beyond the Jordan could refer to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that Jesus traveled on the eastern side of the Jordan River and then went back across it to reach Judea. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that some areas on the eastern side of the Jordan River could be called Judea. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”

Matthew 19:2

them

Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed the people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who had diseases”

Matthew 19:3

approached him, testing him, and saying

Quote: προσῆλθον αὐτῷ & πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which some Pharisees approached Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “approached him with the goal of testing him, saying”

saying whether it is lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any reason

Quote: λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπολῦσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any reason?’”

Matthew 19:4-5

Have you not read that the one having made {them} from the beginning ‘made them male and female … and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς & καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read that the one having made them from the beginning ‘made them male and female,’ and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh.’” or “Surely you have read that the one having made them from the beginning ‘made them male and female,’ and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’!”

Matthew 19:4

Have you not read

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to reading something in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the Scriptures”

the one having made {them} from the beginning

Quote: ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the one having made refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one having made them from the beginning, God,”

from the beginning

Quote: ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase from the beginning refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the beginning of creation”

from the beginning ‘made them male and female

Quote: ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Genesis 1:27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “from the beginning, in the words of the Scriptures, ‘made them male and female’”

Matthew 19:5

and said

Quote: καὶ εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Genesis (see Genesis 2:24). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and said, as you can read in the book of Genesis,” or “and said in the Scriptures”

Because of this

Quote: ἕνεκα τούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to what the previous verse includes about how God created people male and female (see 19:4). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those ideas more directly. Alternate translation: “Because God created people that way”

a man will leave

Quote: καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation implies that this happens when the man gets married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he gets married, a man will leave”

will leave … will be joined to … will be

Quote: καταλείψει & κολληθήσεται & ἔσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “leaves … is joined … are”

will be joined to his wife

Quote: κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will join himself to his wife” or “will unite with his wife”

the two will be one flesh

Quote: ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the two are one flesh. He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had one flesh or one body between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will be like one flesh” or “the two will be as closely united as possible”

the two

Quote: οἱ δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the number two as a noun to refer to a husband and a wife together. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them” or “the two spouses”

Matthew 19:6

So then

Quote: ὥστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase So then introduces a conclusion or inference based on the words Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “As you can see”

they are no longer two, but one flesh

Quote: οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus repeats in different form the words from the figure of speech at the end of the previous verse (see 19:5). He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had one flesh or one body between them. Express the idea as you did in 19:5. Alternate translation: “it is as if they are no longer two, but they are like one flesh” or “they are no longer two separate people, but are as closely united as possible”

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “So then”

let man not separate

Quote: ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “man should not separate”

man

Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 19:7

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Why then

Quote: τί οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase Why then indicates that the Pharisees are asking a question based on what Jesus has just said. This question suggests that there is evidence against what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “If you are correct, why”

Why then did Moses command {us} to give a certificate of divorce and to divorce her

Quote: τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the Pharisees are referring to a specific section in the law that God gave to Moses (see Deuteronomy 24:1–4). This passage discusses divorce and remarriage, and it mentions the use of a certificate of divorce. The Pharisees interpreted this passage to mean that men could divorce their wives, but they had to use a certificate of divorce. They did not think that Moses commanded that men must divorce their wives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Why then has Moses commanded in the Law that a man who wants to divorce his wife must give her a certificate of divorce and then can divorce her”

a certificate of divorce

Quote: βιβλίον ἀποστασίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A certificate of divorce is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this phrase in 5:31. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”

Matthew 19:8

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Because of your hardness of heart

Quote: πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase your hardness of heart refers to obstinacy or unwillingness to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are hardheaded” or “Because you are so stubborn”

from the beginning

Quote: ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase from the beginning refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this phrase in 19:4. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the beginning of creation”

Matthew 19:9

This verse is similar to 5:32, although there are some significant differences. See how you translated that verse for help with this verse.

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wishes to say about divorce in contrast to what Moses permitted (see 19:8). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

I say to you

Quote: λέγω & ὑμῖν (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you this to emphasize what he is telling the Pharisees. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”

whoever divorces his wife, except for sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery

Quote: ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her and marries another, he commits adultery”

sexual immorality

Quote: πορνείᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind immorality, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is sexually immoral” or “sexually immoral behavior”

another

Quote: ἄλλην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective another as a noun to mean another woman. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person”

commits adultery; … commits adultery

Quote: μοιχᾶται (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “becomes an adulterer … becomes an adulterer” or “does what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”

and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery

Quote: καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts include the words and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

one that has been divorced

Quote: ἀπολελυμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 19:10

say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

thus

Quote: οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word thus refers to what Jesus has said about divorce and remarriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you have described” or “what you have commanded”

the reason of the man with his wife

Quote: ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word reason could refer to: (1) the basis on which a man can divorce his wife. Alternate translation: “the only reason for a man to divorce his wife” (2) the accusation against a man who divorces his wife. Alternate translation: “the charge against a man who divorces his wife” (3) the situation or relationship between a man and his wife. Alternate translation: “the situation of a man with his wife”

of the man with his wife

Quote: τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words the man and his wife represents men and their wives in general, not one particular man and his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of any man with his wife”

Matthew 19:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

all

Quote: πάντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people”

this word

Quote: τὸν λόγον τοῦτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase this word could refer to: (1) what the disciples just said. Alternate translation: “the word you have just said” (2) what Jesus previously said about divorce and remarriage. Alternate translation: “the word I have taught” or “this word about divorce”

this word

Quote: τὸν λόγον τοῦτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term word to refer to what someone said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “what has just been said” or “what you spoke”

but to whom it has been given

Quote: ἀλλ’ οἷς δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

it has been given

Quote: δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 19:12

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of what Jesus said about how only some people can “receive” what the disciples said (see 19:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “More specifically,” or “Indeed,”

who were born thus from their mother’s womb

Quote: οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose mothers gave birth to them thus”

from their mother’s womb

Quote: ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase from their mother’s womb indicates that these people were eunuchs already when they were born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from their birth” or “from the beginning of their lives”

who were made eunuchs by men

Quote: οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom men made eunuchs”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs

Quote: εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if people physically made themselves eunuchs in order to describe people who live like eunuchs, that is, they do not marry or have children. Since this is an important metaphor in the context, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “people like eunuchs who made themselves that way” or “people who made themselves like eunuchs”

because of

Quote: διὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase because of could mean that: (1) they are making themselves eunuchs in order to act for or in service of the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “for the sake of” or “in order to work for” (2) they are making themselves eunuchs in order to enter the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “to participate in” or “in order to enter”

The one being able to receive {this}, let him receive {it

Quote: ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one being to accept this must accept it”

let him receive {it

Quote: χωρείτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 19:13

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

little children were brought to

Quote: προσηνέχθησαν & παιδία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

he would lay his hands on them

Quote: τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Matthew’s culture, when Jesus would lay his hands on the little children, that would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what laying his hands on them means. Alternate translation: “he would stretch out his hands toward them” or “he would lay his hands on them to bless them”

would pray

Quote: προσεύξηται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the people who brought the little children want Jesus to pray that God would bless the children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would pray for God to bless them”

them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the people who were bringing the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were bringing the little children”

Matthew 19:14

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

Permit the little children, and do not forbid them to come to me

Quote: ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Permit the little children; yes, do not forbid them to come to me” or “Permit the little children to come to me”

to come

Quote: ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the little children should be permitted to come to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which I command because”

of the ones such as these is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in the kingdom of the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. See how you translated the similar construction in 5:3. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones such as these” or “the ones such as these belong in the kingdom of the heavens”

the ones such as these … of

Quote: τῶν & τοιούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun these refers to the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the little children more directly. Alternate translation: “of the ones such as these little children”

the ones such as these … of

Quote: τῶν & τοιούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is referring to the little children and to people who are like them. He does not indicate exactly how these people are like the little children, so if possible express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “of people who are like these”

Matthew 19:15

having laid his hands on them

Quote: ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Matthew’s culture, when Jesus laid his hands on the little children, that expressed God’s love for them and conveyed God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what having laid his hands on them means. See how you translated the similar phrase in 19:13. Alternate translation: “having stretched out his hands toward them” or “having laid his hands on them to bless them”

from there

Quote: ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word there refers to the place where Jesus laid his hands on the little children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he did that”

Matthew 19:16

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

one

Quote: εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the number one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one man”

I might have eternal life

Quote: σχῶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I might live eternally”

Matthew 19:17

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

he said to him

Quote: ὁ & εἶπεν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the man who asked Jesus the question. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the man”

Why do you ask me about {what is} good

Quote: τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not ask me about what is good.” or “You should not ask me about what is good!”

do you ask … you want … keep

Quote: ἐρωτᾷς & θέλεις & τήρησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Throughout this verse, the word you and the command are singular because Jesus is speaking to the young man.

One is good

Quote: εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says One is good, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “One is good, that is, God” or “God alone is good”

but

Quote: δὲ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But indicates that Jesus is about to stop analyzing what the man said and will go on to answer the man’s question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that signals this kind of transition, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “but about what you asked,” or “but as for your question,”

if

Quote: εἰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

to enter into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

to enter into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”

Matthew 19:18-19

Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely … honor your father and your mother, and love your neighbor as yourself

Quote: τὸ οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις, & τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus quotes commands from the law that God gave to Moses. The first five commands come from either Exodus 20:12–16 or Deuteronomy 5:16–20. The last command comes from Leviticus 19:18. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “These are the ones: ‘Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and your mother, and love your neighbor as yourself’”

Matthew 19:18

He says to him

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun He refers to the man, and the pronoun him refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “The man says to Jesus”

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely

Quote: οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the commands are singular.

do not commit adultery

Quote: οὐ μοιχεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “do not do what is adulterous”

Matthew 19:19

honor your … your … love your

Quote: τίμα τὸν & τὴν & ἀγαπήσεις & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word your and the commands are singular throughout this verse.

as yourself

Quote: ὡς σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

as yourself

Quote: ὡς σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”

Matthew 19:20

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

What do I still lack

Quote: τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the man is asking about what he lacks in order to gain what he wants, which is eternal life (see 19:16). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do I still lack before receiving eternal life”

Matthew 19:21

If

Quote: εἰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that he knows it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because”

you want … go, sell your … give … you will have … come, follow

Quote: θέλεις & ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου & δὸς & ἕξεις & δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Throughout this verse, the word you, the word your, and the commands are singular because Jesus is speaking to the young man.

to the poor

Quote: πτωχοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces the result that will follow if the man does sell his possessions and give to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result”

come, follow me

Quote: δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase come, follow me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “come with me as my student”

Matthew 19:22

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, word represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words that Jesus said”

being grieved

Quote: λυπούμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being very sorrowful”

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the young man was being grieved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”

he was having many possessions

Quote: ἦν & ἔχων κτήματα πολλά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the young man did not want to sell these possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was having many possessions that he did not want to sell”

Matthew 19:23

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

will enter

Quote: εἰσελεύσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Matthew 19:24

And again

Quote: πάλιν δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the phrase And again introduces a restatement of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a restatement, or you could leave And again untranslated. Alternate translation: “To repeat:” or “Indeed”

it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God

Quote: εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here Jesus compares a rich {person} entering the kingdom of the heavens with something that is impossible: a camel passing through an eye of a needle. Jesus does this to emphasize how hard it is for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God. As 19:26 shows, Jesus does not think that this is completely impossible, however. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea here in such a way that it does not sound as if it is totally impossible for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “consider how difficult it is for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle. That illustrates how difficult it is for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”

an eye of a needle

Quote: τρήματος ῥαφίδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase an eye of a needle refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing needle through which the thread passes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool or the hole in it, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term for a small opening. Alternate translation: “the small hole at the end of a needle” or “a very small hole”

Matthew 19:25

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having heard this, the disciples were very astonished, saying

Quote: ἀκούσαντες & οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Who then is able to be saved

Quote: τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The disciples are using the question form to express their astonishment. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It seems then that no one is able to be saved.” or “No one then is able to be saved!”

Who then is able to be saved

Quote: τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “Who then can receive salvation” or “Whom then will God save”

Who then

Quote: τίς ἄρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then indicates that the disciples ask this question in response to what Jesus just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If that is true, who” or “Given that, who”

Matthew 19:26

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

With men … with God

Quote: παρὰ ἀνθρώποις & παρὰ & Θεῷ (1)

Alternate translation: “For men … for God”

men

Quote: ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

this

Quote: τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to being able to be saved (see 19:25). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that idea more directly. Alternate translation: “being saved”

Matthew 19:27

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”

we … for us

Quote: ἡμεῖς & ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we and us, Peter means himself and the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

followed you

Quote: ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase followed you indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become your disciples” or “traveled with you as your students”

you

Quote: σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular because Peter is speaking to Jesus.

What then will there be for us

Quote: τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Peter is asking what he and his fellow disciples will receive because they left everything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What then will we receive” or “What reward then will there be for us”

What then

Quote: τί ἄρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then indicates that Peter is asking this question in response to what he just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Since we did that, what” or “Given what we did, what”

Matthew 19:28

in the renewal

Quote: ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the renewal refers to the time when God will renew or recreate everything that he has made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time when things are recreated,” or “when God makes everything new,”

the Son of Man sits on his

Quote: καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, sit on my”

sits on his throne of glory

Quote: καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. Alternate translation: “sits on his throne of glory as king” or “rules from his throne of glory”

his throne of glory

Quote: θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus could using the possessive form to describe a throne that: (1) belongs to the Son of Man and that is characterized by glory. Alternate translation: “his throne that is glorious” (2) shows or illustrates the glory that the Son of Man has. Alternate translation: “the throne that displays his glory”

throne of glory

Quote: θρόνου δόξης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “glorious throne”

the ones having followed me

Quote: οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase followed με indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having become my disciples” or “the ones having traveled with me as my students”

will sit upon 12 thrones

Quote: καθήσεσθε & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. See how you translated the similar phrase earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “will sit on 12 thrones as kings” or “will rule from 12 thrones”

judging

Quote: κρίνοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word judging could mean that the disciples are acting: (1) as judges. Alternate translation: “acting as judges for” (2) as rulers. Alternate translation: “ruling” or “acting as rulers for”

Matthew 19:29

or a wife

Quote: ἢ γυναῖκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read or wife. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

for the sake of my name

Quote: ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, name represents the person whose name it is. Jesus means that they have left all these things because of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake”

100 times {as much

Quote: ἑκατονταπλασίονα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

Here Jesus is using a round number (100) indicates a large number of times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression for a large number or state more explicitly that 100 is a round number. Alternate translation: “very many times as much” or “something like 100 times as much”

will inherit eternal life

Quote: ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author speaks as if these people were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people will receive eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive eternal life” or “will be given eternal life”

will inherit eternal life

Quote: ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be able to live eternally”

Matthew 19:30

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yes,” or “Indeed,”

many first will be last, and last, first

Quote: πολλοὶ & ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of important or respected people as if they were first and of unimportant or non-respected people as if they were last. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many respected will be non-respected, and non-respected, respected” or “many significant will be insignificant, and insignificant, significant”

first … and last

Quote: πρῶτοι & καὶ ἔσχατοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives first and last as nouns to mean first and last people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “first people … and last people” or “people who are first … and people who are last”

and last, first

Quote: καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 20

Matthew 20 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
- The parable of the denarius wage (20:1–16)
- Jesus predicts his death and resurrection (20:17–19)
- Jesus and the disciples speak about who will be great (20:20–28)
- Jesus heals two blind men (20:29–34)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Hiring people to work in a vineyard

In 20:1–7, Jesus speaks about a master of a house hiring people to work in his vineyard. These people were day laborers who would wait in the marketplace for someone to offer them a job. Then, they would agree with the person hiring them on how much money they would make before starting the job. If this is not a practice that your readers would be familiar with, make sure that what is happening is clear to your readers.

Sitting at Jesus’ right and left hand

In 20:21 and 20:23, Jesus and the mother of the sons of Zebedee refer to sitting at Jesus’ right hand and at his left hand. They are referring to the places of honor at the right and left side of a king or ruler. The people who sit in these places have authority and are respected the most after the king or ruler. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation. See the notes on these two verses for translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The parable of the denarius wage

In 20:1-15, Jesus tells a story about a master of a house who hires people throughout the day to work in his vineyard. He agrees with the first people he hires to pay them a denarius each. However, when he pays everyone at the end of the day, he pays each worker a denarius, even those who only worked for one hour. When the workers who were hired first complain about this, he points out that he can do what he wants with his own money, and they agreed to work for one denarius each. Jesus uses this story to illustrate the point he makes before (19:30) and after (20:16) the story: people who are first will be last, and people who are last will be first. What Jesus means is that the rewards and blessings people receive do not always match what people expect, and God can do whatever he wants with the blessings and rewards he gives. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: Parables)

Drinking the cup

In 20:22–23, Jesus refers to a “cup” from which he is going to drink. He is referring to a figure of speech in the Old Testament that refers to experiencing suffering and pain (for example, see Psalm 75:8 and Isaiah 51:17). He means that he will experience suffering, and his disciples must be ready to experience it as well. Since this figure of speech is from the Old Testament, if possible you should preserve it or express the idea in simile form. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that Jesus gives to his disciples or in speeches that the master of the house gives in the parable. Because of this, many of the forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 20:1

For the kingdom of the heavens is like a man

Quote: ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a man”

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of what Jesus said about how the first will be last and the last first (19:30). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “Let me explain:”

went out

Quote: ἐξῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”

with the morning

Quote: ἅμα πρωῒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase with the morning means that the master of the house left as soon as it was morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as the sun rose” or “as soon as it was morning”

Matthew 20:2

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having agreed with the workers for a denarius for the day

Quote: συμφωνήσας & μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the master of the house found some workers, told them what he wanted them to do, and then agreed with them on how much he would pay them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “having located some workers and having agreed to pay them a denarius for the day”

a denarius

Quote: δηναρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”

Matthew 20:3

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

about the third hour

Quote: περὶ τρίτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the third hour would be around nine o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 9:00 AM”

the third hour

Quote: τρίτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour three”

standing idle in the marketplace

Quote: ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would wait in the marketplace when they wanted to find work. If they had not yet found work, they would be standing idle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace still looking for work”

the marketplace

Quote: τῇ ἀγορᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 11:16. Alternate translation: “the town square” or “the park”

Matthew 20:4

he said, ‘You also, go into the vineyard, and whatever is right I will give you

Quote: εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δίκαιον, δώσω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that they too should go into the vineyard and that he would give them whatever is right.”

go into the vineyard

Quote: ὑπάγετε & εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the master of the house implies that he wants these people to work in the vineyard along with the other people he already hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go into the vineyard and work there”

Matthew 20:5

they went out

Quote: οἱ & ἀπῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people went to the vineyard and began to work there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they went to the vineyard and worked there”

went out

Quote: ἀπῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”

Having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “Having come out”

about the sixth and ninth hour

Quote: περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the sixth hour would be around noon, and the ninth hour would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in 20:3. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM”

the sixth and ninth hour

Quote: ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hours six and nine”

he did likewise

Quote: ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the master of the house did and said the same things that he said and did at “the third hour” (see 20:3–4). He also implies that there were people in the marketplace who agreed to work in his vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “he told even more people that he would pay them whatever was right, and they too agreed to work in his vineyard”

Matthew 20:6

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

about the eleventh {hour

Quote: περὶ & τὴν ἑνδεκάτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the eleventh {hour} would be around five o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in 20:3. Alternate translation: “about 5:00 PM”

the eleventh {hour

Quote: τὴν ἑνδεκάτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour eleven”

others standing, … have you stood here idle

Quote: ἄλλους ἑστῶτας & ὧδε ἑστήκατε & ἀργοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would wait in the marketplace when they wanted to find work. If they had not yet found work, they would be standing idle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “others still looking for work … have you been standing here looking for work”

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

he says to them, ‘Why have you stood here idle the whole day

Quote: λέγει αὐτοῖς, τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asks them why they had stood there idle the whole day.”

Matthew 20:7

They say … He says

Quote: λέγουσιν & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to him, ‘Because no one hired us.’ He says to them, ‘You also go into the vineyard

Quote: αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο λέγει αὐτοῖς, ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to him that it was because no one hired them. He says to them that they too should go into the vineyard.”

go into the vineyard

Quote: ὑπάγετε & εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 20:8

the owner of the vineyard

Quote: ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the owner of the vineyard is the same person whom Jesus previously called “the master of the house” (see 20:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same person. Alternate translation: “the master of the house, who owned the vineyard,” or “the master of the house, who was in charge of the vineyard,”

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to his manager

Quote: τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word manager is referring to a worker who supervised or managed the other workers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to his manager, who was in charge of the workers”

Call … pay

Quote: κάλεσον & ἀπόδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the master of the house is speaking to his manager, the commands throughout this verse are singular.

having begun from the last to the first

Quote: ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the owner of the vineyard means that he wants his manager to pay the workers in the reverse order in which they were hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “beginning with the last and ending with the first” or “beginning from the last and going backwards to the first”

the last … the first

Quote: τῶν ἐσχάτων & τῶν πρώτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The owner of the vineyard is using the adjectives first and last as nouns to mean the workers who were hired last and the workers who were hired first. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the last workers … the first workers” or “the workers hired last … the workers hired first”

Matthew 20:9

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

the ones about the eleventh hour

Quote: οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who were hired at about the eleventh hour”

about the eleventh hour

Quote: περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the phrase the eleventh hour in 20:6. Alternate translation: “about 5:00 PM”

the eleventh hour

Quote: τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour eleven”

a denarius

Quote: δηνάριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated the word denarius in 20:2. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”

Matthew 20:10

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

the first

Quote: οἱ πρῶτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the workers who were hired first. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the ones who were hired first”

thought that they will receive more, but

Quote: ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλεῖον λήμψονται, καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “thought, ‘We will receive more.’ But”

Quote: πλεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the first workers thought that they would receive more than one denarius, since that is what the workers who started at the end of the day received. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than one denarius” or “more than the workers who started latest received”

a denarius

Quote: δηνάριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated the word denarius in 20:2. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”

Matthew 20:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Matthew 20:12

saying, ‘These last ones have done one hour, but you made them equal to us, the ones having borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat

Quote: λέγοντες, οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας, τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the last ones had done one hour, but the master of the house made them equal to themselves, the ones having borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat.”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

These last ones

Quote: οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the workers are referring to the other workers who were hired last. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “These ones who were hired last”

you made

Quote: ἐποίησας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the workers are speaking to the master of the house, the word you is singular.

to us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By us, the workers mean themselves who were hired first but not any of the other workers, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

the ones having borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat

Quote: τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the workers are speaking of their hard work as if it were burden that they had borne. They also speak as if the scorching heat were also an object that they had borne. They mean that they had to work hard and experience the hot sun during the middle of the day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ones having worked hard the whole day and having experienced the scorching heat”

the burden of the day

Quote: τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the workers are using the possessive form to describe a burden that they had to bear during the day. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another. Alternate translation: “the burden during the day”

Matthew 20:13

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the master of the house said in contrast with what the workers were saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response,” or “In contrast,”

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἑταῖρε, οὐκ ἀδικῶ σε. οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

Alternate translation: “called one of them friend and said to him that he was not wronging him and that he agreed with him for a denarius.”

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: σε. οὐχὶ & συνεφώνησάς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

Did you not agree with me for a denarius

Quote: οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The master of the house is using the question form to remind the worker what he agreed to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You remember that you agreed with me for a denarius” or “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!”

me for a denarius

Quote: δηναρίου & μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the master of the house implies that the worker agreed to work for a denarius. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “me to work for a denarius”

Matthew 20:14

Take {what is} yours … go away. … to you

Quote: ἆρον τὸ σὸν & ὕπαγε & σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the commands and the words yours and you throughout this verse are singular.

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the master of the house is going to do in contrast to what the worker wishes he would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite what you want,”

to this last

Quote: τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The master of the house is using the adjective last as a noun to mean workers who were hired last. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to this worker who was hired last”

to this last

Quote: τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase this last represents the last ones in general, not one particular last one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to these last”

as also to you

Quote: ὡς καὶ σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The master of the house is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as I give also to you”

Matthew 20:15

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a contrasting alternative to what the master of the house has said about what he wants to do. He then uses the question form to show that this alternate is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”

Or is it not lawful for me to do what I desire with {what is} mine

Quote: ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The master of the house is using the question form to remind the worker that can do what he wants with his own things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that it is lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine.” or “It is certainly lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine!”

Or

Quote: ἢ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a second question that again shows that the worker should not complain about how the master of the house is behaving. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”

Or is your eye evil because I am good

Quote: ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The master of the house is using the question form to rebuke the worker. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye should not be evil because I am good.” or “Do not let your eye be evil because I am good!”

is your eye evil

Quote: ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, when the master of the house speaks of a person’s eye as evil, he means that the person is jealous or envious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you feel jealousy” or “are you envious”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the word your is singular.

Matthew 20:16

In the same way

Quote: οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase In the same way introduces how Jesus applies the story he just told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just as in that story” or “Here is what that story means:”

the last will be first, and the first last

Quote: ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι (1)

See how you translated the similar sentence in 19:30. This sentence switches the order and does not include the word “many,” so make sure you include those differences.

last

Quote: ἔσχατοι (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Some ancient manuscripts do not include any words after last. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “For many are called, but few are chosen” after the word last. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 20:17

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

going up

Quote: ἀναβαίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming up”

going up

Quote: ἀναβαίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he and the disciples were going up”

Matthew 20:18

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”

Matthew 20:18-19

the Son of Man … him … him … to crucify him. … he will be raised up

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … me … me … to crucify me … I will be raised up”

Matthew 20:18

we are going up

Quote: ἀναβαίνομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Jesus is using the pronoun we to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction.

we are going up

Quote: ἀναβαίνομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “we are coming up”

the Son of Man will be handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

to death

Quote: θανάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to die”

Matthew 20:19

to the Gentiles

Quote: τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is speaking specifically of Gentiles who rule or control the the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles who rule” or “to the Gentiles who are in charge”

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase on the third day refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you translated this phrase in 17:23. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”

he will be raised up

Quote: ἀναστήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

he will be raised up

Quote: ἀναστήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 20:20

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the word Then introduces the next major event in the story. It happened sometime soon after Jesus spoke the words recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “After Jesus said those things,”

the mother of the sons of Zebedee approached him

Quote: προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces the mother of the sons of Zebedee as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “the mother of the sons of Zebedee was there. She approached him”

of the sons of Zebedee

Quote: τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to James and John, who were the sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of James and John, the sons of Zebedee,”

bowing down

Quote: προσκυνοῦσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In the woman’s culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrating herself” or “bowing down to him in respect”

asking for something from him

Quote: αἰτοῦσά τι παρ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking, ‘Please do something for me.’”

Matthew 20:21

said to her, “What do you desire

Quote: εἶπεν αὐτῇ, τί θέλεις? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked her what she desired.”

do you desire

Quote: θέλεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Jesus is speaking to the mother of the sons of Zebedee, the word you is singular.

She says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Say

Quote: εἰπὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Say … your right hand … your … your

Quote: εἰπὲ & δεξιῶν & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the mother of the sons of Zebedee is speaking to Jesus, the command the word your are singular throughout what she says.

might sit, one at your right hand and one at your left hand

Quote: καθίσωσιν & εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits at the right hand or at the left hand of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “might sit down to rule, one at your right hand and one at your left hand” or “might took the places of honor and authority, one at your right hand and one at your left hand”

one at your right hand and one at your left hand

Quote: εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrases at your right hand and at your left hand refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side” and “left side.” Make sure that your readers understand that these sides indicate that the two sons of Zebedee would have honor and authority when they sits there. Alternate translation: “one at your right side and one at your left side” or “one in the honorable place at your right and one in the honorable place at your left”

Matthew 20:22

said

Quote: εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus is speaking directly to the two sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “said to her two sons”

to drink the cup that I am about to drink

Quote: πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a cup. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the pain that I am about to experience” or “to experience the suffering that I am about to experience”

the cup

Quote: τὸ ποτήριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, cup represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup”

to drink

Quote: πίνειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts end the question with the word drink. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word drink the words “or to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun They refers to the sons of Zebedee. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say”

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

We are able

Quote: δυνάμεθα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By We, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother or Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

We are able

Quote: δυνάμεθα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The sons of Zebedee are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We are able to drink that cup”

Matthew 20:23

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

My cup you will drink

Quote: τὸ & ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus again speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a cup. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed this idea in 20:22. Alternate translation: “You will experience the pain that I experience” or “You will experience the suffering that I experience”

My cup

Quote: τὸ & ποτήριόν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

you will drink

Quote: πίεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts end the question with the word drink. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word drink the words “and you will be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

But to sit at my right hand and at my left hand

Quote: τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits at the right hand or at the left hand of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. See how you translated the similar phrases in 20:21. Alternate translation: “But to sit down to rule at my right hand and at my left hand” or “to take the places of honor and authority at my right hand and at my left hand”

at my right hand and at my left hand

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrases at my right hand and at my left hand refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. See how you expressed the idea in 20:21. Alternate translation: “at my right side and at my left side” or “in the honorable places at my right and at my left”

but for whom

Quote: ἀλλ’ οἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

it has been prepared by my Father

Quote: ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared it”

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

Matthew 20:24

the ten

Quote: οἱ δέκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the number ten as a noun to refer to other ten disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other ten disciples” or “the rest of the disciples”

Matthew 20:25

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them, and the great ones exercise authority over them

Quote: οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses Alternate translation: “the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them; indeed, the great ones exercise authority over them” or “the rulers of the Gentiles and the great ones lord it over them”

lord it over … exercise authority over

Quote: κατακυριεύουσιν & κατεξουσιάζουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The words translated lord it over and exercise authority over refer to using power to control and dominate others. The words do not indicate whether the rulers and the great ones are doing good or bad things with their power. If possible, use words or phrases that refer to total control and domination but that do not imply good or bad use of that control and domination. Alternate translation: “reign absolutely over … have complete authority over”

exercise authority over

Quote: κατεξουσιάζουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rule over” or “control”

Matthew 20:26

It is not this way

Quote: οὐχ οὕτως ἔστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Here Jesus could be using the present tense to: (1) give a command or instruction. Alternate translation: “It should not be this way” or “Let it not be this way” (2) state how things work differently among his disciples. Alternate translation: “That is not how it is”

Matthew 20:26-27

whoever desires to become great among you will be your servant … and whoever desires to be first among you will be your slave

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν μέγας γενέσθαι, ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος & καὶ ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences Alternate translation: “whoever desires to become great among you will be your servant; indeed, whoever desires to be first among you will be your slave” or “whoever desires to become first or great among will you be your servant or slave”

Matthew 20:26

will be

Quote: ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”

Matthew 20:27

first

Quote: πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of being important or respected as if it were being first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this word in 19:30. Alternate translation: “respected” or “significant”

will be

Quote: ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Matthew 20:28

the Son of Man … his

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … my”

did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many

Quote: οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “came to serve, and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many, not to be served”

to be served

Quote: διακονηθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

but to serve

Quote: ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many

Quote: δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if his life were a price or ransom he would give to free many from someone or something that owned or controlled them. He means that he will obtain forgiveness for his people’s sins and will keep those sins from controlling them. This is an important biblical image, so if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “to offer his life as if it were a ransom to set many free from sin”

to give his life

Quote: δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to allow himself to die”

many

Quote: πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew 20:29

as} they were going out from Jericho

Quote: ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ἰερειχὼ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus and the disciples had previously entered Jericho. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after visiting Jericho, as they were going out from the city” or “as they were traveling through Jericho”

as} they were going out

Quote: ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “as they were coming out”

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”

Matthew 20:30

And behold, two blind men, sitting beside the road, having heard that Jesus is passing by

Quote: καὶ ἰδοὺ, δύο τυφλοὶ καθήμενοι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is using the phrase behold, two blind men to introduce these two people as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And there were two blind men sitting beside the road. When they heard that Jesus is passing”

having heard that Jesus is passing by

Quote: ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Jesus is passing by,’”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”

Have mercy

Quote: ἐλέησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the two blind men are speaking to Jesus, the request is singular.

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”

Matthew 20:31

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”

have mercy

Quote: ἐλέησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because the two blind men are speaking to Jesus, the request is singular.

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in 20:30. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Express the idea as you did in 20:30. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”

Matthew 20:32

and said, “What do you desire {that} I might do for you

Quote: καὶ εἶπεν, τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and asked them what they desired him to do for them.”

Matthew 20:33

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Lord, that

Quote: Κύριε, ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Lord, we desire that”

that our eyes might be opened

Quote: ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the clause that our eyes might be opened indicates that the two blind men want to be able to see with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that our eyes might be healed” or “that our eyes might see”

our eyes might be opened

Quote: ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “our eyes might become open”

Matthew 20:34

having had compassion

Quote: σπλαγχνισθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with them”

they followed him

Quote: ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase followed him could indicate that: (1) the two blind men traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students” (2) the two blind men walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “they walked with him” or “they went with him”

Matthew 21

Matthew 21 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
- Jesus enters Jerusalem (21:1–11)
- Jesus drives people out of the temple and argues with the leaders (21:12–17)
- Jesus curses a fig tree (21:18–22)
- Jesus speaks with the chief priests and elders (21:23–46)
  - Questions about authority (21:23–27)
  - The parable of the two children (21:28–32)
  - The parable of the vineyard (21:33–41)
  - The stone that the builders rejected (21:42–44)
  - The reaction of the chief priests and elders (21:45–46)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5, 21:9, and 21:42, which are mostly quotes from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The donkey and the colt

In 21:1–4, Jesus instructs two of his disciples to collect a donkey and a colt for him to use as he enters into Jerusalem. Matthew comments that Jesus did that in fulfillment of Zechariah 9:9, which indicates that a special king of Israel will ride on a donkey and on a colt, which is a poetic way of referring to a donkey that is a colt. In the story in Matthew, Matthew refers to both the donkey and the colt that the disciples collect, but he does not indicate which one Jesus actually rides. Make sure that it is clear that there are two animals that match the way that Zechariah 9:9 was written, but do not indicate which one Jesus rode on.

Hosanna

The word “Hosanna” is a Hebrew word spelled out how it sounds in Matthew’s language. The word means “save us, please.” By the time of Jesus, however, people would use the word to praise or honor God and others. Consider whether to spell the word out as it sounds or state its meaning. See the notes on 21:9 and 21:15 for translation options. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Disrupting activity in the temple area

In 21:12–13, Jesus disrupts normal activity in the temple by driving out some people and by overturning the chairs and tables of others. Jesus performed this symbolic action to express a specific message. However, Christians debate exactly what the symbolic action means. Jesus could have been protesting against people who were buying and selling dishonestly. He could have been protesting against all buying and selling in the temple area. He could have been indicating that the temple would be destroyed. Your translation should state what Jesus did while allowing for all of these possible interpretations.

The baptism of John

In 21:25–27, Jesus and the chief priests and elders discuss “the baptism of John.” Here they are referring to how John baptized people for repentance. Jesus asks them whether they think that John’s baptism came from heaven or from people, which means that he performed baptisms by God’s authority or by human authority. The chief priests and elders decide not to answer the question. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to John’s baptism and to the authority behind it.

Renting out a vineyard

In 21:33–41, Jesus tells a story about a man who built a vineyard and then rented it out to farmers. Jesus is referring to a common arrangement in which a wealthy person who owned property would have poorer people use that property for farming or tending grapes. These poorer people would do the work and then sell the produce, and they would give the person who owned the property a portion of what they made. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement, make sure that your translation is clear about what is happening in the story.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The parable of the two children

In 21:28–32, Jesus tells and explains a story about a man and his two children. The man asks both children to work in his vineyard. The first child says that he will not but later works there anyways. The second child says that he will but later does not work there. Jesus and the chief priest and elders agree that it was the first child who actually did what the father wanted. Jesus then explains that he is illustrating how different groups of people reacted to John the Baptist’s ministry. People who sinned much but then repented when John preached are like the first child who actually did what the father wanted. The Jewish religious leaders who did not repent when John preached are like the second child who did not actually do what the father wanted. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: Parables)

The parable of the vineyard

In 21:33–41, Jesus tells a story about a man who planted a vineyard and rented it out to farmers. When the man sends servants to collect the rent, the farmers refuse and injure or kill the servants. When the man sends his own son, the farmers kill him as well. Jesus and the chief priests and elders agree that the man should destroy the farmers and rent the vineyard to other people. When he applies the parable in 21:42–44, Jesus indicates that the Jewish religious leaders are like those farmers who will be destroyed. He also implies that the vineyard represents the people of Israel, the servants represent God’s messengers, the son represents Jesus himself, and the man who owned the vineyard represents God. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: Parables)

The stone

In 21:42, Jesus quotes from Psalm 118:22–23, which refers to a specific “stone.” In the Psalm, this stone most likely represents the king of Israel, or it perhaps represents the Israelite people in general. When Jesus refers to the stone in 21:42 and 21:44, he is implicitly identifying it with himself. Since the stone language comes from a quotation from the Psalms, you should preserve it in some form in your translation. Also, since Jesus does not explicitly claim to be the stone, you should keep that implicit in your translation. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to his disciples or to the Jewish leaders. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

The quote from Zechariah and Isaiah in 21:5

In 21:5, Matthew quotes from someone whom he calls “the prophet” (21:4). The last three lines of the quotation are from Zechariah 9:9. The first line sounds somewhat like the first line of Zechariah 9:9, but it matches the first line of Isaiah 62:11 exactly. Most likely, Matthew was thinking of both of these verses when he wrote down the quotation. If you must refer to the author of the quotation or book from which the quotation came, it is recommended that you refer to Zechariah, since most of the quotation is from that book. (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Different versions of the parable of the two children

There are two primary versions of the parable of the two children in 21:28–31:

The first child says that he will not work in the vineyard but later does. Meanwhile, the second child says that he will work in the vineyard but does not. The chief priests and scribes say that the first child did what the father wanted.
The first child says that he will work in the vineyard but does not. Meanwhile, the second child says that he will not work in the vineyard but later does. The chief priests and scribes say that the second child did what the father wanted.

The ULT and the UST are based on the first version listed above. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. (See: Textual Variants)

Verse 44

A few manuscripts do not include anything for 21:44. Many early manuscripts do include the verse. While it it possible that people added this verse because similar words appear in the same place in Luke 20:18, it is more likely that this verse was accidentally omitted from a few manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. Otherwise, since it is likely that 21:44 does belong here, it is recommended that you follow the ULT by including the verse. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 21:1

And when

Quote: καὶ ὅτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the phrase And when introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then”

they came near … came

Quote: ἤγγισαν & ἦλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went near … went”

they came near

Quote: ἤγγισαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came near”

Bethphage

Quote: Βηθφαγὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Bethphage is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem.

to the Mount of Olives

Quote: πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Bethphage is near the Mount of Olives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “near the Mount of Olives” or “which is at the Mount of Olives”

Matthew 21:2

saying to them

Quote: λέγων αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said to them”

Go

Quote: πορεύεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come”

the village opposite you

Quote: τὴν κώμην, τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, a village that is opposite someone means that it is directly in front of them. Jesus is here referring to the village of Bethphage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the village directly in front of you” or “the village of Bethphage, which is before you”

a donkey tied up

Quote: ὄνον δεδεμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

tied up

Quote: δεδεμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the donkey so that it cannot wander away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “secured with a tether”

a colt

Quote: πῶλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one of her young ones” or “a young donkey”

Matthew 21:3

And if anyone says anything to you, you will say

Quote: καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that they will only have to say these words if someone says anything to them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say”

says anything to you

Quote: ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is implying that people might ask the disciples why they are taking someone’s donkey and colt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “confronts you about what you are doing” or “speaks to you about what you are doing”

you will say, ‘The Lord has need of them

Quote: ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will say that the Lord has need of them,”

The Lord

Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word Lord could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “The Lord, our teacher,” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”

he will send

Quote: ἀποστελεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 21:4

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

this happened

Quote: τοῦτο & γέγονεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word this refers to what Jesus has just instructed two of his disciples to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to those instructions more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave those instructions”

so that

Quote: ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what Jesus commanded. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus commanded those things. Alternate translation: “in order that”

what} was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

through the prophet

Quote: διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the prophet whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Zehariah (see Zechariah 9:9). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Zechariah” or “who declared”

Matthew 21:5

Tell the daughter of Zion, Behold, your King is coming to you, humble and riding on a donkey, and on a colt, a son of a beast of burden

Quote: εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ἰδοὺ, ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῢς καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Tell the daughter of Zion that her King is coming to her, humble and riding on a donkey, and on a colt, a son of a beast of burden.”

the daughter of Zion

Quote: τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The prophet is using the phrase daughter of Zion to mean the people who live in the city of Zion, which is Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do, make sure that you use plural forms of “you” throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

your … to you

Quote: σου & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since someone is talking to the daughter of Zion, the words your and you are singular.

on a donkey, and on a colt, a son of a beast of burden

Quote: ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, the author of the quotation refers to one animal both as a donkey and as a colt, which is a son of a beast of burden. This was poetic in his culture. Matthew knows that this is a poetic form, but his story refers to two animals, both a donkey and a colt. If possible, express the idea in such a way that this quotation could be referring to either one or two animals. Alternate translation: “on a donkey, riding on a colt, a son of a beast of burden”

a colt

Quote: πῶλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. See how you translated this word in 21:2. Alternate translation: “a young donkey”

a son of a beast of burden

Quote: υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here the author of the quotation refers to the direct offspring of a beast of burden as if it were its son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a foal of a beast of burden”

of a beast of burden

Quote: ὑποζυγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A beast of burden is an animal that is used to perform jobs that require strength, such as carrying or pulling heavy objects. In Jesus’ culture, the phrase almost always referred to a donkey. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make some of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “of a work animal” or “of a draft animal”

Matthew 21:6

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having gone

Quote: πορευθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

Matthew 21:7

the colt

Quote: τὸν πῶλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. See how you translated this word in 21:2. Alternate translation: “a young donkey”

cloaks

Quote: τὰ ἱμάτια (1)

Alternate translation: “outer garments”

he sat upon them

Quote: ἐπεκάθισεν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here Matthew does not specify which animal Jesus sat on, and if possible you should not specify either. If you need to include an object for sat, you could refer generally to one of the animals. Alternate translation: “he sat upon them on one of the animals”

them

Quote: αὐτῶν (3)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word them could refer to: (1) the cloaks. Alternate translation: “the cloaks” (2) the donkey and the colt. Alternate translation: “the animals”

Matthew 21:8

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the largest crowd

Quote: ὁ & πλεῖστος ὄχλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Matthew says the largest crowd here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “an enormous crowd”

spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading {them} on the road

Quote: ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The people did these things to give Jesus honor and glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of these actions. Alternate translation: “spread their cloaks on the road to give him honor, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them on the road to give him glory”

cloaks

Quote: τὰ ἱμάτια (1)

Alternate translation: “outer garments”

others

Quote: ἄλλοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective others as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “different people”

Matthew 21:9

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

going before

Quote: οἱ προάγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming before”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Hosanna … Hosanna

Quote: ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The word Hosanna is a Hebrew word. Matthew has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Hosanna had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell Hosanna the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how the word was used. Alternate translation: “Honor … Honor”

to the Son of David

Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Descendant of David” or “the one who is descended from David”

to the Son of David

Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Son of David, the Messiah”

Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord

Quote: εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the crowds are quoting from Psalm 118:26. Since they do not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what the crowds said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.

Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord

Quote: εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase Blessed is the one could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “Let the one coming in the name of the Lord be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one coming in the name of the Lord is blessed”

Blessed is

Quote: εὐλογημένος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

in the name of the Lord

Quote: ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by your authority of the Lord”

Hosanna

Quote: ὡσαννὰ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word Hosanna could refer to praising: (1) Jesus, the Son of David. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to this one” (2) God, who sent Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God”

the highest

Quote: τοῖς ὑψίστοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The people are using the adjective highest as a noun to mean the highest heavens, where God dwells. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the highest heavens”

Matthew 21:10

the whole city was shaken, saying

Quote: ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term city to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city were shaken, saying”

the whole city was shaken

Quote: ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

was shaken

Quote: ἐσείσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Matthew is speaking of people becoming agitated as if they were shaken. He could be implying: (1) that the people were concerned or confused. Alternate translation: “was disturbed” or “was greatly concerned” (2) that the people were excited. Alternate translation: “was excited”

saying

Quote: λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and the people said”

Matthew 21:11

Nazareth of Galilee

Quote: Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the crowds are using the possessive form to describe Nazareth as a place in Galilee. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, a town in Galilee”

Matthew 21:12

entered into the temple

Quote: εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “entered into the temple courtyard”

the ones selling and buying in the temple

Quote: τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that merchants were selling animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones selling and buying things in the temple for the sacrifices”

the tables of the money changers

Quote: τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew is referring to people who exchanged the commonly used Greek and Roman money for special money that could be used at the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tables of the people who exchanged money” or “the tables of the people who exchanged the temple currency”

the seats of the ones selling the doves

Quote: τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to people who sold doves, which the poorest people would offer as sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the seats of the ones selling the doves to be sacrificed”

Matthew 21:13

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the people who were buying, selling, and exchanging things in the temple area. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the people who were buying and selling”

It has been written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Jesus’ culture, It is written was a normal way to introduce quotations from important texts, in this case, the books of Isaiah and Jeremiah (see Isaiah 56:7 and Jeremiah 7:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the books of Isaiah and Jeremiah”

It has been written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

My house will be called

Quote: ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

My house

Quote: ὁ οἶκός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as My house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple”

a house of prayer

Quote: οἶκος προσευχῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, is using the possessive form to describe a house that is a place where people perform prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a house where prayer is offered” or “a place where there is prayer”

a ‘den of robbers

Quote: σπήλαιον λῃστῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to the temple as a den where robbers hide and plot their crimes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “a place where robbers live” or “like a cave where robbers hide”

Matthew 21:14

the blind and the lame

Quote: τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjectives blind and lame as nouns to mean people who were blind and lame. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and lame”

in the temple

Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus was in the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. See how you expressed the idea in 21:12. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”

Matthew 21:15

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces how the chief priests and the scribes reacted in contrast with how most of the people reacted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

in the temple

Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the children were in the temple area. He does not mean that they were in the most sacred parts of the temple building. See how you expressed the idea in 21:12. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”

saying, “Hosanna to the Son of David

Quote: λέγοντας, ὡσαννὰ τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “giving hosannas to the Son of David,”

Hosanna

Quote: ὡσαννὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

See how you translated Hosanna in 21:9. Alternate translation: “Honor”

to the Son of David

Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the phrase Son of David in 21:9. Alternate translation: “to the Descendant of David” or “to the one who is descended from David”

Matthew 21:16

Do you hear what these are saying

Quote: ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the chief priests and the scribes are implying that what these children are saying is bad or wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you hear the wrong things that these are saying”

Do you hear

Quote: ἀκούεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the chief priests and the scribes are talking to Jesus, the word you here is singular.

these

Quote: οὗτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The chief priests and scribes are using the adjective these as a noun to mean specific children. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these children”

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Yes

Quote: ναί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word Yes implies that Jesus thinks that what the children are saying is not wrong or bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, and they are doing what is good” or “Yes, and they are right”

Have you never read, From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the chief priests and scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’” or “Surely you have read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’!”

Have you never read

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 8:2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Have you never read in the book of Psalms” or “Have you never read in our Scriptures”

From the mouths

Quote: ἐκ στόματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, mouths represents speaking or things that are spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From the voices” or “From the speech”

of little children and nursing infants

Quote: νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms little children and nursing infants mean similar things. The author of the quotation is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of the youngest children”

you have prepared praise

Quote: κατηρτίσω αἶνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of praise, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you have chosen to be praised” or “you have prepared praising words”

you have prepared

Quote: κατηρτίσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the author of the quotation is talking to God, the word you here is singular.

Matthew 21:17

them

Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the chief priests and the scribes (see 21:15). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and the scribes”

he went out

Quote: ἐξῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

he went out

Quote: ἐξῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”

the city

Quote: τῆς πόλεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”

Matthew 21:18

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

returning

Quote: ἐπανάγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were returning”

the city

Quote: τὴν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”

Matthew 21:19

he went

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”

found nothing on it except leaves only

Quote: οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

fruit

Quote: καρπὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”

you

Quote: σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the Jesus is talking to the fig tree, the word you here is singular.

to eternity

Quote: εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase to eternity means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” or “ever again”

Matthew 21:20

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Matthew 21:21

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

if you have faith and do not doubt, you will not only do {what was} of the fig tree, but also if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen

Quote: ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with faith can do amazing things, like casting a mountain into the sea. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith and did not doubt. In that case, you could do not only what was of the fig tree. Even more, you could say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ and it would happen”

you have faith and do not doubt

Quote: ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have faith without doubting” or “you truly believe”

you have faith

Quote: ἔχητε πίστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believe”

what was} of the fig tree

Quote: τὸ τῆς συκῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to what he did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what I did to the fig tree” or “things like what I did to the fig tree”

you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen

Quote: τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you tell this mountain to be taken up and to be thrown into the sea, it will happen”

to this mountain

Quote: τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase this mountain could refer to: (1) the Mount of Olives, which Jesus and his disciples were near. Alternate translation: “to the Mount of Olives” or “to the mountain we are near” (2) any mountain. Alternate translation: “to a mountain”

Be taken up and be thrown into the sea

Quote: ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “May God take you up and throw you into the sea”

Be taken up and be thrown

Quote: ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since someone is talking to a mountain, the commands here are singular.

Matthew 21:22

everything, as much as you request

Quote: πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression everything, as much as you request contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that you request”

in prayer

Quote: ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of prayer, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as you pray”

Matthew 21:23

when} he had come

Quote: ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “when he had gone”

into the temple

Quote: εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

the elders of the people

Quote: οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the people refers to the Jewish people group. These are elders who are respected among the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the elders who lead the Jewish people”

teaching

Quote: διδάσκοντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew indicates that Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he was teaching”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority

Quote: ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The question By what authority do you do these things and the question who gave you this authority could: (1) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who is the one who gave you this authority” (2) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If you choose this option, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who was it who gave you the authority to do these things?”

By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority

Quote: ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How are you empowered to do these things, and who empowered you in this way”

do you do these things

Quote: ταῦτα ποιεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”

do you do … you

Quote: ποιεῖς & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the chief priests and the elders are talking to Jesus, the words you and you here are singular.

Matthew 21:24

one word

Quote: λόγον ἕνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term word to refer to what Jesus will ask. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one thing”

by what authority I do these things

Quote: ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in 21:23. Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”

I do these things

Quote: ταῦτα ποιῶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in 21:23. Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”

Matthew 21:25

The baptism of John—from where was it

Quote: τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, πόθεν ἦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, Jesus first introduces the baptism of John and then asks a question about it. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word it would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “From where was the baptism of John”

The baptism of John

Quote: τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a kind of baptism that was performed by John. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”

The baptism of John

Quote: τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of baptism, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When John baptized people”

From heaven … From heaven

Quote: ἐξ οὐρανοῦ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, heaven represents God because it is where he dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From God … From God”

from men

Quote: ἐξ ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

among themselves

Quote: παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase among themselves could mean: (1) that the chief priests and elders were reasoning with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the chief priests and elders were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘For what {reason} then did you not believe him

Quote: ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that it was from heaven, then he will ask us for what reason we did not believe him.”

If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘For what {reason} then did you not believe him

Quote: ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Here the chief priests and elders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we say, ‘From heaven.’ In that case, he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’”

For what {reason} then did you not believe him

Quote: διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The chief priests and elders expect that Jesus would use the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed him.” or “You certainly should have believed him, then!”

Matthew 21:26

if we say, ‘From men,’ we fear the crowd

Quote: ἐὰν & εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here the chief priests and elders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that we say, ‘From men.’ In that case, we fear the crowd”

if we say, ‘From men

Quote: ἐὰν & εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if we say that it was from men,”

From men

Quote: ἐξ ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

we fear the crowd, for they all regard John as a prophet

Quote: φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον, πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd regard John as a prophet, so we fear them all”

the crowd

Quote: τὸν ὄχλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders feared what the crowd would do if they answered in this way. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”

they all regard

Quote: πάντες & ἔχουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The chief priests and elders say all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of them regard”

Matthew 21:27

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word And introduces what the chief priests and scribes did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”

We do not know

Quote: οὐκ οἴδαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John was from”

Nor do I tell you

Quote: οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

With the words Neither do I tell you, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” or “Well then, neither do I tell you”

by what authority I do these things

Quote: ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

I do these things

Quote: ταῦτα ποιῶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 21:28

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

what do you think

Quote: τί & ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the chief priests and the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want you to pay attention to what I am about to say.” or “listen to this!”

A man had two children

Quote: ἄνθρωπος εἶχεν τέκνα δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the chief priests and the elders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: A man had two children”

the first

Quote: τῷ πρώτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the first child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first child”

the first

Quote: τῷ πρώτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word first could imply that: (1) this child was the older one. Alternate translation: “the older” (2) this child simply the first one with whom the father spoke. Alternate translation: “the first one he found”

the first

Quote: τῷ πρώτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “child one”

he said, ‘Child, go, work today in the vineyard

Quote: εἶπεν, τέκνον, ὕπαγε σήμερον, ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he called him son and told him to go work that day in the vineyard.”

go, work

Quote: ὕπαγε & ἐργάζου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the man is talking to one of his children, the commands here are singular.

go

Quote: ὕπαγε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “come”

Matthew 21:29-31

I will not,’ but afterward, having changed his mind, he went … I will, lord,’ but he did not go … The first

Quote: οὐ θέλω; ὕστερον δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς, ἀπῆλθεν & ἐγώ, κύριε, καὶ οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν & ὁ πρῶτος. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts have the story as the ULT presents it. Some ancient manuscripts tell the story in a different sequence or with different answers to the questions. See the chapter introduction for more information. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 21:29

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the man’s child said in contrast with what his father told him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response,” or “In contrast,”

said, ‘I will not

Quote: εἶπεν, οὐ θέλω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he would not,”

I will not

Quote: οὐ θέλω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the man’s child means that he will not go and work in the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not work in the vineyard”

afterward

Quote: ὕστερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, the word afterward introduces something that happened after the man’s child said I will not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened later. Alternate translation: “later that day”

having changed his mind

Quote: μεταμεληθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase changed his mind refers to deciding to do something that one had previously chosen not to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having second thoughts” or “having reconsidered”

he went

Quote: ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the man’s child went to the vineyard and worked there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he went and worked in the vineyard”

he went

Quote: ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”

Matthew 21:30

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the other

Quote: τῷ ἑτέρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective other as a noun to mean the other child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other child”

he said likewise

Quote: εἶπεν ὡσαύτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the man said the same things that he said to the the first child (see 21:28). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said the same thing” or “he told him also to go work in his vineyard”

said, ‘I will, lord

Quote: εἶπεν, ἐγώ, κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “called him lord and said that he would,”

I will

Quote: ἐγώ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the man’s child means that he will go and work in the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will work in the vineyard”

lord

Quote: κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness

In Jesus’ culture, the word lord was a polite way for a child to address a father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address a father in your culture. Alternate translation: “sir”

he did not go

Quote: οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the man’s child did not go to the vineyard and did not work there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he did not go and work in the vineyard”

he did not go

Quote: οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “he did not come”

Matthew 21:31

the two

Quote: τῶν δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the number two as a noun to refer to the two children. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them”

the will of his father

Quote: τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what his father desired”

They say, “… says

Quote: λέγουσιν & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

The first

Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The chief priests and the scribes are using the number first as a noun to refer to the first child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first child”

The first

Quote: ὁ πρῶτος. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Child one”

enter into the kingdom of God before you

Quote: προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be implying that: (1) the tax collectors and prostitutes enter into the kingdom of God first, and at least some of the chief priests and elders will enter later. Alternate translation: “enter into the kingdom of God first, before you do” (2) the tax collectors and prostitutes enter into the kingdom of God instead of the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “enter into the kingdom of God instead of you”

Matthew 21:32

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

in the way of righteousness

Quote: ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the righteous way”

in the way of righteousness

Quote: ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the word way to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, he could mean that: (1) John lived a life characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “living righteously” or “behaving in righteous ways” (2) John showed others how to live lives characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “to show you how to be righteous”

you did not believe him

Quote: οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

did not change your minds

Quote: οὐ μετεμελήθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase change your minds refers to deciding to do something that one had previously chosen not to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not have second thoughts” or “did not reconsider”

Matthew 21:33

Listen to another parable. There was a man

Quote: ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε: ἄνθρωπος ἦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

There was a man, a master of a house, who

Quote: ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is using the phrase There was a man, a landowner to introduce this person into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “A man, a landowner,”

a hedge

Quote: φραγμὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A hedge is a thick wall made out of busy plants that were planted close together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of wall, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a wall made of bushes” or “wall of plants”

rented it out to farmers

Quote: ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”

Matthew 21:34

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the time of the fruits came near

Quote: ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the time of the fruits refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it was almost harvest time” or “the grapes were almost ripe”

to receive his fruits

Quote: λαβεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the master of the house wants to receive the share of the fruits that the farmers agreed to pay him when he rented the vineyard to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to receive his portion of the fruit” or “to receive the fruits that they agreed to pay him”

his fruits

Quote: τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word fruits could refer: (1) directly to the grapes that the vineyard produced. Alternate translation: “his grapes” (2) figuratively to what the farmers made when they sold the grapes. Alternate translation: “his money”

his fruits

Quote: καρποὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word translated his could refer to: (1) the master of the house, who owned the vineyard. Alternate translation: “the fruits that were his” (2) the vineyard. Alternate translation: “its fruits” or “the fruits of the vineyard”

Matthew 21:35

his servants

Quote: τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to the master of the house. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the master of the house’s servants”

Matthew 21:36

the first

Quote: τῶν πρώτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the number first as a noun to mean the servants who were sent first. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first servants”

the first

Quote: τῶν πρώτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the previous ones”

they did to them likewise

Quote: ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the farmers did the same things to these later servants as they did to the first servants (see 21:35). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did the same things to them” or “they beat, killed, or stoned them too”

they did to them

Quote: ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the farmers, and the pronoun them refers to the servants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the farmers did to the servants”

Matthew 21:37

But afterward

Quote: ὕστερον δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, the phrase But afterward introduces something that happened after the man sent many servants to the farmers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened later. Alternate translation: “After all that happened”

he sent to them his son, saying, ‘They will respect my son

Quote: ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘They will respect my son,’ he sent to them his son.”

saying, ‘They will respect my son

Quote: λέγων, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they would respect his son”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he thought”

They will respect my son

Quote: ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the man implies that respecting his son would also mean giving him the portion of the fruits that he and the farmers had agreed upon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They will respect my son and give him my portion of the fruits”

Matthew 21:38

But the farmers, having seen the son

Quote: οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the son traveled to the vineyard, after which the farmers saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the son arrived at the vineyard. But the farmers, having seen him”

said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and have his inheritance

Quote: εἶπον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτὸν καὶ σχῶμεν τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said among themselves that this man was the heir and that they should come and kill him and have his inheritance”

among themselves

Quote: ἐν ἑαυτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase among themselves could mean: (1) that the farmers were speaking with each other. Alternate translation: “to one another” (2) that the farmers were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”

Come

Quote: δεῦτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”

and

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word and introduces the purpose for which the farmers plan to kill the son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might”

his inheritance

Quote: τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the farmers are referring primarily to the vineyard, which would be the son’s inheritance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his inheritance, this vineyard”

his inheritance

Quote: τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of inheritance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he will inherit”

Matthew 21:39

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word And introduces what the farmers did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”

Matthew 21:40

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces a question that Jesus asks based on the story that he has told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “In light of that story” or “Given all that”

the lord of the vineyard

Quote: ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a lord who owns the vineyard. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lord who owned the vineyard” or “the man whose vineyard it is”

comes

Quote: ἔλθῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word comes indicates that the lord of the vineyard returns to the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “returns” or “visits them”

Matthew 21:41

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the chief priests and elders. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders say”

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

he will rent out the vineyard to other farmers

Quote: τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐκδώσεται ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here the chief priests and elders refer to the same kind of arrangement that Jesus referred to in 21:33. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “allow other farmers to use it”

in their times

Quote: ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in their times refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 21:34. Alternate translation: “at harvest time” or “when the grapes are ripe”

Matthew 21:42

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the chief priests and the elders. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests and elders”

Did you never read in the Scriptures, A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the chief priests and elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” or “Surely you have read, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’!”

Did you never read in the Scriptures

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 118:22–23). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Did you never read in the book of Psalms” or “Have you never read what someone wrote in our Scriptures”

A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner

Quote: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation speaks of a person whom others reject as if he were a stone that builders rejected. He speaks of this person gaining power and respect as if he became the head of the corner. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself as the stone. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if necessary you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “A person who is like a stone that the builders rejected, that person has become like the head of the corner”

A stone that the builders rejected

Quote: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation is referring to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. In this case, the people do not want to use the stone for building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”

the head of the corner

Quote: κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase the head of the corner refers to a specific stone that is especially key or important for a structure. It could be a stone at the corner of a wall, a stone at the top of an arch, or another important stone. You could use a term for one of these kinds of stones, or you could refer generally to an important or essential stone. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the capstone” or “the most important stone”

This came about from the Lord

Quote: παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη (1)

Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this”

in our eyes

Quote: ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represents a person’s judgement or evaluation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our opinion” or “from our perspective”

Matthew 21:43

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase For this reason introduces an inference based on the parable that Jesus has told and the quotation in the previous verse.. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that,” or “Therefore,”

I say to you

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is telling the chief priests and elders. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”

the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation

Quote: ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the kingdom of God were an object that could be taken away and given. He means that the ability to be part of God’s kingdom will be taken away and given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable image or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ability to be in the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation” or “the kingdom of God will no longer accept you and will accept a nation”

the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given

Quote: ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take away his kingdom from you and give it”

producing its fruits

Quote: ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of how people behave as if they were plants that produced fruit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acting in its ways” or “perform its deeds”

its fruits

Quote: τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun its refers to the kingdom of God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the kingdom more directly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom’s fruits”

its fruits

Quote: τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe fruits that are appropriate for the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fruits appropriate for it” or “fruits that are required for those who are in the kingdom”

Matthew 21:44

And the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces, but on whomever it falls, it will crush him

Quote: καὶ ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται; ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts include this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces, but on whomever it falls, it will crush him

Quote: ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται; ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of people who reject a person as if they had fallen on this stone and will be broken to pieces. He speaks of people whom this person punishes as if the stone fell on them and crushed them. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself as the stone. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if necessary you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “people who have rejected the person I have mentioned are like people who fall on a stone and are broken to pieces. When the person I have mentioned punishes people, it is like a stone falling on them and crushing them”

the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces

Quote: ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the stone. Alternate translation: “this stone will break to pieces the one having fallen on it”

this stone

Quote: τὸν λίθον τοῦτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this stone is the same stone as in 21:42. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that stone” or “the stone that became the head of the corner”

on whomever it falls, it will crush him

Quote: ἐφ’ ὃν & ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, Jesus first introduces on whom the stone falls and then state what will happen to that person. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word him would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will crush whomever it falls on”

him

Quote: αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 21:45

he is speaking

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Matthew 21:46

And seeking to seize him, they feared the crowds, because they were regarding him as a prophet

Quote: καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπεὶ εἰς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “Now the crowds regarded him as a prophet, so they, seeking to arrest him, were afraid of those crowds”

they feared the crowds

Quote: ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and Pharisees did not seize Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did not do so since they feared the crowds”

the crowds

Quote: τοὺς ὄχλους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Pharisees feared what the crowds would do if they seized Jesus. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”

Matthew 22

Matthew 22 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
- The parable of the wedding feast (22:1–14)
- Jesus debates with the religious leaders (22:15–46)
  - Jesus debates with the Pharisees and Herodians about taxes (22:15–22)
  - Jesus debates with the Sadducees about the resurrection (22:23–33)
  - Jesus debates with a lawyer about the greatest commandment (22:34–40)
  - Jesus asks the religious leaders about the Christ (22:41–46)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:44, which is a quote from Psalm 110:1.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The poll tax

The word translated “poll tax” refers to a specific amount of money that each adult person had to pay to the government. In Jesus’ time period, the Roman government required Jewish adults to pay a high tax. The Pharisees ask whether this tax that the Roman government required contradicted the law that God gave Moses. Make sure that your readers understand that the Pharisees are asking about a tax that the Roman government required each adult Jewish person to pay.

A man marrying his brother’s widow

In 22:23–33, the Sadducees question Jesus in regard to a hypothetical situation in which a woman marries seven brothers in succession. This situation is based on a command in the Jewish law that can be found in Deuteronomy 25:5–6. The law requires a woman who is widowed without children to marry a brother of her late husband. The first child that they have together will be considered the child of the dead man. In this way, that man’s family line would continue. The Sadducees present an extreme application of this law, with seven brothers successively marrying the same woman and dying without having children. They use this example to try to make the idea of resurrection look strange or silly. Make sure that your readers understand the example that the Sadducees present.

The great commandment

Jewish teachers sometimes debated which specific commandment was the greatest or most important one. This was important because, if commandments seemed to contradict each other in a specific situation, the greater one would be the correct one to obey. When the lawyer asks Jesus about “the first and great commandment” in 22:36, he wants Jesus to offer an opinion about this debate. Make sure that your readers understand that this is what the lawyer is asking about.

King David and the Christ

In 22:41–45, Jesus asks the Pharisees about which important person the Christ is descended from. They give a commonly accepted answer: the Christ is King David’s descendant. Jesus then quotes from Psalm 110:1, in which King David, the author of the Psalm, calls God “Lord” but then also calls someone else, the Christ, “my Lord.” Since people in David’s culture called older and more important people “lord,” it does not make sense for David to call his own descendant “Lord.” When Jesus asks about this, he implies that the Christ is indeed King David’s descendant, but he is also more than that. Make sure that this the discussion about calling someone “Lord” is clear to your readers.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The Parable of the Wedding Feast

In 22:1–14, Jesus tells a story about a king whose son was getting married. He wanted to throw a feast, so he invited important people to come. However, they refused to come and even mistreated the king’s servants. In response, the king punished those people and instead invited many unimportant people whom his servants found. When the king went to visit these guests, he noticed that one of them was not wearing clothing appropriate for a wedding feast. He had him tied up and punished. He applies this parable by indicating that many people are “called” to be part of God’s kingdom but only a few of them are “chosen” to actually do so. In other words, just as the king invited many people to come to the feast, but only a few actually attended, so God invites many people to participate in his kingdom, but only a few actually do so. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: Parables)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the Jewish leaders or in things that the king in the parable says to his servants. Because of this, many forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Paradox

A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. However, in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (22:45). He is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Christ will be divine, and that he himself is the Christ. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Christ, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”

Matthew 22:1

answering

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus is responding to how the chief priests and the Pharisees wanted to arrest him (see 21:45–46). He is not responding to something that they said to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “responding to what they wanted to do” or “in response”

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the chief priests, the elders, and the Pharisees, with whom Jesus has been talking. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests, the elders, and the Pharisees” or “to the Jewish leaders”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

Matthew 22:2

The kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the Jewish leaders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”

The kingdom of the heavens is compared to

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 22:3

he sent out his servants to call the ones having been invited to the wedding feast

Quote: ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the king had already sent out invitations and was now sending his servants to let people know that it was time to come to the feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he invited many guests to the wedding feast. When it was time, he sent out his servants to call the ones having been invited”

to call the ones having been invited to the wedding feast

Quote: καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here, the phrase to the wedding feast could go with: (1) the phrase had been invited. Alternate translation: “to call the the ones having been invited to be guests at the wedding feast” (2) the phrase to call. Alternate translation: “to call to go to the wedding feast the ones having been invited”

the ones having been invited

Quote: τοὺς κεκλημένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces what actually happened in contrast to what the king wanted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

to come

Quote: ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”

Matthew 22:4

saying, ‘Say to the ones having been invited, “Behold, I have prepared my dinner. My bulls and fattened calves have been killed, and all things are ready. Come to the wedding feast

Quote: λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις, ἰδοὺ, τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα, οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα, καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα; δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “telling them to say to the ones having been invited that he had prepared his dinner, that his oxen and fattened calves had been killed, and that all things were ready, so they should come to the wedding feast.”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told them”

to the ones having been invited

Quote: τοῖς κεκλημένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold is intended to draw the attention of the people who were invited and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks these people to listen. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”

I have prepared my dinner

Quote: τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the king implies that he had his servants prepare the dinner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have had people prepare my dinner”

My bulls and fattened calves have been killed

Quote: οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

My bulls and fattened calves

Quote: οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word bulls refers to male cows. The phrase fattened calves refers to young cows that were specially fed and taken care of so that they would make good food when they were slaughtered. These animals were valuable and considered to be very good for food. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “My male cows and specially fed young cows” or “The special animals that we will eat”

have been killed

Quote: τεθυμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the king implies that the oxen and fattened calves have been slaughtered and prepared for eating. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have been prepared as food”

Come

Quote: δεῦτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Come

Quote: δεῦτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”

Matthew 22:5

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what those people did in contrast to what the king asked them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite that,”

went away, one to his own field and one to his business

Quote: ἀπῆλθον, ὃς μὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν, ὃς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus gives examples of what some of the people did instead of attending the wedding feast. He does not mean that there were only two people who were invited. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went away to do other things, like taking care of fields or businesses”

his own … his

Quote: τὸν ἴδιον & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms his and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to his or her own … his or her”

Matthew 22:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what other guests did in contrast to what some guests did as described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces that kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

the rest

Quote: οἱ & λοιποὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective rest as a noun to mean the rest of the invited guests. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the rest of the guests”

mistreated and killed {them

Quote: ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed some of the servants. They did not always mistreat and kill each servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “mistreated some and killed others”

Matthew 22:7

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

he destroyed those murderers and burned their city

Quote: ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the king had his soldiers destroy those murderers and burn their city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had them kill those murders and burn their city”

Matthew 22:8-9

he says to his servants, ‘The wedding feast is ready, but the ones having been invited were not worthy … Therefore, go to the crossings of the roads and invite as many as you find to the wedding feast

Quote: λέγει τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, ὁ μὲν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι & πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, καὶ ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told his servants that the wedding feast was ready, but the ones having been invited were not worthy. So, he commanded them to go to the crossings of the roads and invite as many as they found to teh wedding feast.”

Matthew 22:8

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

the ones having been invited

Quote: οἱ & κεκλημένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

worthy

Quote: ἄξιοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the king implies that the people were not worthy to attend the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “worthy to come” or “worthy to be at the feast”

Matthew 22:9

go

Quote: πορεύεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “come”

the crossings of the roads

Quote: τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the crossings of the roads could refer to: (1) the places where roads cross other roads. Alternate translation: “the street crossings” (2) the places where roads from the city cross into the country. Alternate translation: “where the roads leave the city”

Matthew 22:10

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

both evil and good

Quote: πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives evil and good as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people”

the wedding was filled {with those} reclining to eat

Quote: ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding”

the wedding

Quote: ὁ γάμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, wedding represents the place where the wedding celebration would take place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “place for the wedding”

with those} reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνακειμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 22:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having come in

Quote: εἰσελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone in”

the ones reclining to eat

Quote: τοὺς ἀνακειμένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. See how you expressed the idea in 22:10. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat” or “the ones ready to eat”

wedding clothes

Quote: ἔνδυμα γάμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase wedding clothes refers to nice or special clothing that people would wear to weddings. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “appropriate clothes” or “the correct clothing”

Matthew 22:12

he says to him, ‘Friend, how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ, ἑταῖρε, πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked him politely how he came in that place, not having wedding clothes.”

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes

Quote: πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The king is using the question form to rebuke the man who was not wearing wedding clothes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it was wrong for you to come in here, not having wedding clothes.” or “you should never have come in here, not having wedding clothes!”

did you come in

Quote: εἰσῆλθες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the word you is singular because the king is speaking to one of the wedding guests.

did you come in

Quote: εἰσῆλθες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “did you go in”

wedding clothes

Quote: ἔνδυμα γάμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase wedding clothes refers to nice or special clothing that people would wear to weddings. Express the idea as you did in 22:11. Alternate translation: “appropriate clothes” or “the correct clothing”

Matthew 22:13

the king said to the servants, ‘Having bound his feet and hands, throw him out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν τοῖς διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας, ἐκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to bind his feet and hands and to throw him out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”

into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, the clause where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth could be: (1) something that the king says. Alternate translation: “into the outer darkness, which is where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.’” (2) something that Jesus adds in comment. Alternate translation: “into the outer darkness.’ That is where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”

into the outer darkness

Quote: εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase the outer darkness refers to a place of punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. See how you expressed the similar idea in 8:12. Alternate translation: “into the dark place of punishment”

the outer darkness

Quote: τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”

grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you expressed this phrase in 8:12. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”

Matthew 22:14

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces Jesus’ explanation of the story he has just told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “What that parable illustrates is that”

many are called, but few chosen

Quote: πολλοὶ & εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

many … few

Quote: πολλοὶ & ὀλίγοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjectives many and few as nouns to mean many people and few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “many people … few people”

called, … chosen

Quote: κλητοὶ & ἐκλεκτοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that people are called and chosen to enter into God’s kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “called to enter God’s kingdom … chosen to enter it”

few chosen

Quote: ὀλίγοι & ἐκλεκτοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 22:15

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having gone

Quote: πορευθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

took counsel

Quote: συμβούλιον ἔλαβον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase took counsel indicates that the Pharisees were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 12:14. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning” or “came up with ideas for”

they might entrap him

Quote: αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees wanted to catch Jesus in a trap. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might catch him” or “they might cause him to make an error”

in word

Quote: ἐν λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, word represents something said in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his speech”

in word

Quote: ἐν λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in word could refer to things spoken by: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his words” (2) the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “with their words”

Matthew 22:16

they send

Quote: ἀποστέλλουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

the Herodians

Quote: τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The Herodians were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule”

saying

Quote: λέγοντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

you are … you teach … to you … you do not look

Quote: εἶ & διδάσκεις & σοι & οὐ & βλέπεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Throughout this verse, the word you is singular because the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.

the way of God

Quote: τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a way that God desires or approves of. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way that pleases God”

the way of God

Quote: τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the word way to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, he means that this behavior pleases God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior that pleases God”

in truth

Quote: ἐν ἀληθείᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of truth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a truthful way”

it is not a concern to you about anyone, for you do not look at the face of men

Quote: οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since you do not look at the face of men, it is not a concern to you about anyone”

it is not a concern to you about anyone

Quote: οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees use this clause to say that Jesus does not care what others think and say about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not concern yourself with the opinions of others” or “you are not influenced by what others think of you”

it is not a concern to you about anyone

Quote: οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The words translated not and anyone are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “it is a concern to you about no one”

it is not a concern to you

Quote: οὐ μέλει σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of concern, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing concerns you”

for you do not look at the face of men

Quote: οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to look at the face of men refers to making decisions about how to treat people based on how they appear. People who look at the face of men treat wealthy and important people differently than they treat poor and unimportant people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you do not judge men by appearances” or “for you do not treat people based on what they look like”

of men

Quote: ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans”

Matthew 22:17

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces what the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees want to ask because of what they have claimed to think about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “Since you teach that way”

tell us, what do you think

Quote: εἰπὲ & ἡμῖν, τί σοι δοκεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The Herodians and the Pharisees are using the question form to get the attention of Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “tell us what you think.” or “tell us what you think!”

tell

Quote: εἰπὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

tell … you

Quote: εἰπὲ & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the imperative and the word you are singular because the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.

Is it lawful

Quote: ἔξεστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word lawful could be referring to: (1) whether something is permitted by the Jewish law that God gave to Moses. Alternate translation: “Does the law that God gave to Moses permit us” (2) whether something is generally right or wrong. Alternate translation: “Is it right” or “Is it appropriate”

to Caesar

Quote: Καίσαρι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Caesar represents the Roman leaders and government in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman leaders” or “to the Roman empire”

not

Quote: οὔ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it not lawful to do so”

Matthew 22:18

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

their wickedness

Quote: τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wickedness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that they were acting wickedly”

Why are you testing me, hypocrites

Quote: τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you are testing me, hypocrites.” or “Stop testing me, hypocrites!”

Matthew 22:19

the coin of the poll tax

Quote: τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a coin that is used to pay the poll tax. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the coin used to pay the poll tax”

they

Quote: οἱ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the people who were there, more specifically the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees and the Herodians” or “the people there”

a denarius

Quote: δηνάριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

Matthew 22:20

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees”

image and inscription {is} this

Quote: ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, when governments made coins, they would usually put the face of the king or leader on one side, and they would usually have writing on the coin that honored that king or leader. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this practice more explicit. Alternate translation: “face and words of honor did the Roman government stamp on this coin”

inscription

Quote: ἡ ἐπιγραφή (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word inscription refers to a few words carved or pressed into a hard surface. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “writing” or “written message”

Matthew 22:21

They say, “… he says

Quote: λέγουσιν & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Caesar’s

Quote: Καίσαρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The image and inscription are Caesar’s”

Caesar’s

Quote: Καίσαρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the fact that the image and inscription on the coin are Caesar’s implies that they were created by the empire that Caesar ruled, the Roman empire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They are of Caesar, the man who rules the Roman empire”

the things of Caesar to Caesar

Quote: τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Caesar represents the Roman leaders and government in general. See how you translated this word in 22:17, but make sure that the connection to the answer Caesar’s earlier in the verse is clear. Alternate translation: “the things of the Roman leaders to the Roman leaders” or “the things of the Roman empire to the Roman empire”

and the things of God to God

Quote: καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 22:22

they went away

Quote: ἀπῆλθαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “they came away”

Matthew 22:23

On that day

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The phrase On that day indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that Matthew described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later on the same day. Alternate translation: “Later on, during that same day,”

On that day Sadducees, saying there is no resurrection, approached him and questioned him

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι λέγοντες, μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is here introducing the Sadducees as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “On that day some people approached him. They were Sadducees, who are a group who say that there is no resurrection. They questioned him”

On that day Sadducees, saying there is no resurrection, approached him

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι λέγοντες, μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here Matthew provides background information about the Sadducees that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Sadducees teach that there is no resurrection. On that day, some of them approached him”

there is no resurrection

Quote: μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people do not resurrect”

Matthew 22:24

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Moses said, ‘If someone dies, not having children, his brother will marry his wife and will raise up seed for his brother

Quote: Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses said that if someone has died, not having children, his brother will marry his wife and will raise up seed for his brother.”

Moses said

Quote: Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, the Sadducees introduce a summary of a section of an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 25:5–6). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the Sadducees are summarizing an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote in the book of Deuteronomy” or “Moses declared in the Law”

If someone dies, not having children, his brother will marry

Quote: ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Moses uses an imaginary situation to show what should happen when that kind of situation actually happens. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that someone has died, not having children. Then, his brother will marry”

his brother will marry his wife and will raise up seed for his brother

Quote: ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Moses required that, when a man’s brother died without having any children even though he was married, the man had to marry his brother’s widow. The first child that they had would be considered offspring of the man’s deceased brother. That way, the deceased brother’s family line could continue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit in your translation, or you could include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “his brother will marry the widow and will raise up seed with her. The first child will continue the dead man’s family line”

his brother will marry his wife and will raise up

Quote: ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up”

will raise up seed

Quote: ἀναστήσει σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the author of the quotation is speaking of having a child as if it were raising up seed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will produce offspring”

Matthew 22:25

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next topic that the Sadducees want to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”

there were among us seven brothers, and the first

Quote: ἦσαν & παρ’ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here the Sadducees use an imaginary situation to set up a question they want to ask Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a family with seven brothers. The first”

the first

Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the number first as a noun to mean the first brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first brother”

the first

Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one”

And not having seed, he left his wife to his brother

Quote: καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα, ἀφῆκεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the Sadducees are indicating that the dead man’s brother married the widow, as Moses commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And since he did not have seed, his brother married his wife to produce seed for him”

seed

Quote: σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were seed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “offspring”

Matthew 22:26

the second and the third, until the seven

Quote: ὁ δεύτερος, καὶ ὁ τρίτος, ἕως τῶν ἑπτά, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Likewise also, the second and the third died without having seed and left her to a brother, until the seven had done so”

the second … the third, … the seven

Quote: ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the numbers second, third, and seven as nouns to mean various brothers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seven brothers”

the second … the third

Quote: ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “brother number two … brother number three”

until the seven

Quote: ἕως τῶν ἑπτά, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the Sadducees imply that all seven brothers had married the woman and died without having children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this had happened to all seven”

Matthew 22:27

of all

Quote: πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people they have mentioned. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all those people”

Matthew 22:28

in the resurrection

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “if there is a resurrection”

in the resurrection

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people resurrect”

of the seven

Quote: τῶν ἑπτὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the number seven as a noun to mean the seven brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the seven brothers”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the Sadducees ask their question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask this question because” or “This is a problem, since”

they all had her

Quote: πάντες & ἔσχον αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the Sadducees imply that all the brothers had the woman as a wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all had her as a wife”

Matthew 22:29

You are being led astray, not knowing the Scriptures or the power of God

Quote: πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God, you are being led astray”

You are being led astray

Quote: πλανᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been led astray or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are being deceived”

You are being led astray

Quote: πλανᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “You are going astray” or “You are leading yourselves astray”

the power of God

Quote: τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the powerful things that God can do”

Matthew 22:30

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the Sadducees have been “led astray” (see 22:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “What you should know is that”

in the resurrection

Quote: ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the period of time that will begin at the resurrection. Alternate translation: “once the resurrection happens” (2) the moment of resurrection itself. Alternate translation: “at the moment of resurrection”

in the resurrection

Quote: ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people resurrect”

they neither marry nor are given in marriage

Quote: οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and women being given in marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men do not marry and women are not given in marriage” or “men and women do not get married”

they neither marry … they are

Quote: οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns they and they refer to everyone who participates in the resurrection. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are”

are given in marriage

Quote: γαμίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Jesus implies that it is the people’s parents. Alternate translation: “do their parents give them in marriage”

are given in marriage

Quote: γαμίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of marriage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are they married”

they are like angels in heaven

Quote: ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ εἰσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that people in the resurrection are like angels because neither of them marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are like angels in heaven, since they too do not marry”

Matthew 22:31-32

have you not read {what} was spoken to you by God, saying … I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος & ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” or “Surely you have read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’!”

Matthew 22:31

But concerning the resurrection of the dead, have you not read

Quote: περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the phrase But concerning introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about the resurrection of the dead. Have you not read”

the resurrection of the dead

Quote: τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when the dead resurrect”

of the dead

Quote: τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of the dead people” or “of the corpses”

what} was spoken to you by God

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you”

by God, saying

Quote: ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Exodus (see Exodus 3:6). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “by God in the book of Exodus” or “by God in the Scriptures when he said”

Matthew 22:32

I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob

Quote: ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he is the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?”

the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob

Quote: ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the God whom Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God that Abraham honors, and the God that Isaac honors, and the God that Jacob honors”

He is not a God of the dead, but of the living

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “God is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living”

He is not a God of the dead, but of the living

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that, although Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had already died by the time God spoke these words, God still called himself their God. Since God is not of the dead, but of the living, this means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must be alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is not of the dead, but of the living, so Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must live again after they died”

not … of the dead, but of the living

Quote: οὐκ & νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two phrases here. Alternate translation: “of the living, not of the dead”

of the dead, but of the living

Quote: νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the living, not the dead, worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “honored by the dead, but by the living”

of the dead, … of the living

Quote: νεκρῶν & ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives dead and living as nouns to mean people who are dead and living. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people”

Matthew 22:33

having heard this, the crowds were astonished at his teaching

Quote: ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 22:34

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

gathered together at the same place

Quote: συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression gathered together at the same place contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “gathered together” or “came to one place”

gathered together at the same place

Quote: συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the Pharisees gathered together and then went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gathered together at the same place and approached Jesus”

Matthew 22:35

And one of them, a lawyer, questioned {him

Quote: καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces a lawyer who is a Pharisee as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “One of them was a lawyer. He questioned him”

a lawyer

Quote: νομικὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A lawyer an expert in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of profession, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a man who studied the Jewish law”

questioned {him}, testing him

Quote: ἐπηρώτησεν & πειράζων αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which the lawyer questioned Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “questioned him with the goal of testing him”

Matthew 22:36

the great commandment

Quote: ἐντολὴ μεγάλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the lawyer is asking about which commandment is the greatest one out of all the commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the greatest commandment”

Matthew 22:37

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

You will love the Lord your God with your whole heart, and with your whole soul, and with your whole mind

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The great commandment is to love the Lord God with one’s whole heart, and with one’s whole soul, and with one’s whole mind”

You will love the Lord your God

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus begins to quote from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 6:5). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “In Deuteronomy you can read, ‘You will love the Lord your God” or “Here is that commandment: ‘You will love the Lord your God”

You will love … your … your … your … your

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σου & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You and your are singular throughout this verse.

the Lord your God

Quote: Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the people of Israel worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord whom you honor”

You will love

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

with your whole heart, and with your whole soul, and with your whole mind

Quote: ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here, the author of the quotation is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all of who you are” or “with your entire being”

with your whole heart

Quote: ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

with your whole soul

Quote: ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, soul represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with everything you are” or “with all your inclinations”

Matthew 22:38

great and first

Quote: μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms great and first mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “greatest”

first

Quote: πρώτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “number one”

Matthew 22:39

a second

Quote: δευτέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the number second as a noun to mean a second commandment. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a second commandment”

a second

Quote: δευτέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “number two”

is} like it

Quote: ὁμοία αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, phrase like it could indicate that this second commandment is: (1) similar in content. Alternate translation: “requires something similar” (2) similar in importance. Alternate translation: “is just as great”

is} like it—‘You will love your neighbor as yourself

Quote: ὁμοία αὐτῇ, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is like it—to love one’s neighbor as oneself.”

You will love your neighbor

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus begins to quote from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Leviticus (see Leviticus 19:18). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as you can read in the book of Leviticus, ‘You will love your neighbor” or “it says in the law, ‘You will love your neighbor”

You will love your … yourself

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You and your and yourself are singular.

You will love

Quote: ἀγαπήσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

as yourself

Quote: ὡς σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

as yourself

Quote: ὡς σεαυτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The author of the quotation assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”

Matthew 22:40

On these two commandments are hung the whole Law and the Prophets

Quote: ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The whole Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments”

On these two commandments are hung the whole Law and the Prophets

Quote: ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

the whole Law and the Prophets depend upon or are based upon these two commandments.

Here Jesus speaks as if these two commandments were hooks upon which the whole Law and the Prophets hang. He could mean that: (1) the whole Law and the Prophets depend upon and elaborate these two commandments. Alternate translation: “The whole Law and the Prophets elaborate on just these two commandments” (2) these two commandments summarize the whole Law and the Prophets. Alternate translation: “These two commandments summarize the whole Law and the Prophets”

the whole Law and the Prophets

Quote: ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

the Prophets

Quote: οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew 22:41

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having been gathered together

Quote: συνηγμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 22:42

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

What do you think about the Christ

Quote: τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the Pharisees and to bring up the topic of the Christ. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am going to ask you what you think about the Christ.” or “Tell me what you think about the Christ!”

Whose son is he

Quote: τίνος υἱός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word son means a male descendant. Jesus is asking about an important ancestor of the Christ, not the direct father of the Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Whose descendant is he” or “From whom is he descended”

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

David’s

Quote: τοῦ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 22:43-44

How then does David in the Spirit call him ‘Lord,’ saying … The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until I put your enemies under your feet

Quote: πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν λέγων & εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

If it would be helpful in your language, you could end the question earlier and introduce the quotation as evidence or support for the question. Alternate translation: “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord? He called him that when he said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right, until I put your enemies under your feet.”’”

saying … The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until I put your enemies under your feet

Quote: λέγων & εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are no quotations within quotations. If you use the following alternate translation, remove the quotation marks at the end of verse 44. Alternate translation: “saying that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand until he puts his enemies under his feet”

Matthew 22:43

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

How then does David in the Spirit call him ‘Lord

Quote: πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would not call any of their descendants Lord, since this title was used for people who were more important or older. Jesus question assumes this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then, since no one calls his son Lord, how does David in the Spirit call him Lord”

How then

Quote: πῶς οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then introduces an question based on the fact that the Messiah is the “son” of David (see 22:42). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Given that, how” or “Because of that, how”

does David in the Spirit call

Quote: Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “did David in the Spirit call”

David in the Spirit

Quote: Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in the Spirit indicates that David called the Messiah Lord as the Spirit inspired him. In other words, the Spirit prompted David to say this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “David, by the inspiration of the Spirit,” or “David, prompted by the Spirit,”

him

Quote: αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to the Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's title here. Alternate translation: “the Christ”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 110:1). This Psalm was written by David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as you can read in the book of Psalms” or “writing in the Scriptures”

Matthew 22:44

The Lord said to my Lord

Quote: εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance refers to God. The second instance refers to a person whom David respectfully calls “lord.” The ULT and UST capitalize this second instance of the word because it refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”

Sit at my right hand

Quote: κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits at God’s right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at my right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at my right hand”

Sit … your … your

Quote: κάθου & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the imperative and the words your and your are singular because God is speaking to the Messiah.

at my right hand

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase at my right hand refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that the Lord has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at my right side” or “at the honorable place next to me”

until I put your enemies under your feet

Quote: ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In the author’s culture, to put people under a person’s feet indicates that those people have been conquered and are powerless and shamed. So, this means that God will conquer and shame all the enemies of the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “until I make your enemies kneel before you” or “until I conquer and shame your enemies”

Matthew 22:45

If David therefore

Quote: εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word therefore introduces what Jesus wants to ask based on what he has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of that, if David” or “Given that, if David”

If

Quote: εἰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because”

is he his

Quote: αὐτοῦ ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the Messiah, and the pronoun his refers to David. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “is the Messiah David’s”

his son

Quote: υἱὸς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word son means a male descendant. Jesus is not asking about the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 22:42. Alternate translation: “his descendant” or “descended from him”

Matthew 22:46

to answer him a word

Quote: ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken in words. The phrase answer him a word refers to using words to answer Jesus’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give an answer” or “to answer him in any way”

nor did anyone dare from that day to question him any longer

Quote: οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησέν τις ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The words translated nor and any longer are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “and people no longer dared from that day to question him”

from that day

Quote: ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase from that day indicates that nobody questioned Jesus after he said what Matthew recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starting right then” or “from that moment on”

Matthew 23

Matthew 23 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
- Jesus warns his disciples against acting like the Pharisees (23:1–12)
- Seven woes against the Pharisees and scribes (23:13–36)
  - First woe: shutting the kingdom (23:13)
  - Second woe: making proselytes (23:15)
  - Third woe: rules about swearing (23:16–22)
  - Fourth woe: tithing (23:23–24)
  - Fifth woe: cleaning inside and outside (23:25–26)
  - Sixth woe: whitewashed tombs (23:27–28)
  - Seventh woe: killing the prophets (23:29–36)
- Lament over Jerusalem (23:37–39)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Woe

Seven times in this chapter, Jesus says “woe to you.” He is speaking to the scribes and Pharisees, and he is warning them that something bad will happen to them because of how they are acting. Consider how might express such a warning in your language. (See: woe)

Hypocrites

Six times in this chapter, Jesus calls the scribes and Pharisees “hypocrites.” This word describes people who or claim one thing but actually do another. After calling them “hypocrites,” Jesus goes on to illustrate how they act in this way. Consider what you might call someone who says one thing but does another. (See: hypocrite, hypocrisy)

Swearing by something

In Jesus’ culture, people would make a promise stronger by swearing by something. This means that they would call upon that thing to witness or guarantee what they promised. Jewish teachers and scholars debated which things most strongly guaranteed a promise. In 23:16–22, Jesus gives his own teaching on this issue.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Being “blind”

Five times in this chapter, Jesus calls scribes and Pharisees “blind.” He means that they fail to understand what is right and true. He does not mean that they are physically blind. Consider how you might express this idea in your language.

Cleaning cups and plates

In 23:25–26, Jesus refers to cleaning the inside and outside of cups and plates. There are two primary ways to understand these verses. First, Jesus could be using cups and plates as a metaphor to speak about the scribes and Pharisees. In this case, he is saying that they should look righteous and also do what is righteous, just like cups and plates should be clean both on the outside and on the inside. Second, Jesus could be referring to literal cups and plates that the Pharisees use to eat food. In this case, he is saying that how they get the food that they eat from their cups and plates should be as “clean” (that is, righteously acquired) as the cups and plates are. The UST follows the first interpretation, and translation options for the second interpretation are in the notes.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to his disciples or to the Jewish leaders. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Verse 14

Most of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 23:14. Some manuscripts include the following words: “But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you devour the houses of widows, also for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST put these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 23:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened soon after the previous event that Matthew has described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened soon after something else. Alternate translation: “Right after saying those things,”

Matthew 23:2

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

sat in the seat of Moses

Quote: ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus refers to having the authority that Moses had in teaching the law as if it were sitting in the seat of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “taught the law as Moses did” or “succeeded Moses as teachers of our law”

sat

Quote: ἐκάθισαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word sat could imply: (1) that the scribes and the Pharisees are right or correct to sit in the seat of Moses. Alternate translation: “are those who sit” (2) that the scribes and the Pharisees have inappropriately sat in the seat of Moses. Alternate translation: “decided to sit” or “seated themselves”

sat

Quote: ἐκάθισαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the past tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “sit”

Matthew 23:3

everything, as much as they say

Quote: πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression everything, as much as they say contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that they say”

do and keep

Quote: ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms do and keep mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “obey”

do not do according to their works, for they say and do not do

Quote: κατὰ & τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, μὴ ποιεῖτε; λέγουσιν γὰρ καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “they say and do not do, so do not do according to their works”

their works

Quote: τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of works, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what they do”

they say and do not do

Quote: λέγουσιν & καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the Pharisees and scribes say what to do, but they themselves do not do what they say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they say what to do and do not do what they say”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces what the Pharisees and scribes actually do in contrast with what they say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

Matthew 23:4

And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put {them} on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them

Quote: δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were putting loads on people’s shoulders without doing anything to help with moving those loads. He means that they tell people many things to do, some of which are hard to do, but they do not do anything to help those people do the things that they require. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they tell people many things that they need to do, which are like loads, heavy and difficult to carry, that they have tied up and put on the shoulders of these people. However, they are not willing to help these people do what what they have told them to do, as if they were not willing to move those loads with their finger” or “And they tell people many things that they need to do, but they are not willing to help these people do what what they have told them to do”

heavy and difficult to carry

Quote: βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms heavy and difficult to bear mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very heavy ones” or “very hard to lift”

of men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

with their finger

Quote: τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one finger, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “with their fingers”

Matthew 23:5

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”

to be seen by men

Quote: πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them”

to be seen

Quote: πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

by men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces examples of how the scribes and Pharisees behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces examples, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “For instance,” or “To illustrate,”

they broaden their phylacteries

Quote: πλατύνουσι & τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word phylacteries refers to small leather boxes containing papers with specific scriptures written on them. Jewish men tied these boxes to their foreheads and right arms when they were praying. If it would be helpful, you could describe these boxes in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they enlarge their devotional boxes containing scriptures”

they lengthen their tassels

Quote: μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word tassels refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes. God commanded them to wear these tassels (see Numbers 15:38–39). If it would be helpful, you could describe these tassels in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they make the tassels that God required us to wear extra long”

Matthew 23:6

the first places … the first seats

Quote: τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the places and seats for the most important people as if they were first in a sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the important places … the important seats”

the first places … the first seats

Quote: τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the number one places … the number one seats”

Matthew 23:7

the marketplaces

Quote: ταῖς ἀγοραῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word marketplaces refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 11:16. Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks”

to be called ‘Rabbi’ by men

Quote: καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 23:8

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wants his disciples to do in contrast to what the scribes and the Pharisees do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Unlike them,”

you should not be called ‘Rabbi,’ for one is your teacher, and you are all brothers

Quote: ὑμεῖς & μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “one is your teacher, and you are all brothers, so you should not be called ‘Rabbi’”

you should not be called

Quote: ὑμεῖς & μὴ κληθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

one

Quote: εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”

one

Quote: εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the one teacher whom they have is he himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one, by which I mean me,”

brothers

Quote: ἀδελφοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

brothers

Quote: ἀδελφοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 23:9

you should not call {anyone} on the earth your father, for one is your heavenly Father

Quote: Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since one is your heavenly Father, you should not call anyone on the earth your father”

you should not call {anyone} on the earth … father, … your

Quote: Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus is referring to using the title father for someone who is not one’s actual father. In his culture, this was a way to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should not call anyone on the earth your father out of respect for him”

your … one is … heavenly Father

Quote: εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that only one person deserves the honorary title father, and that is God, your heavenly Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should only call one your father, your heavenly Father”

one

Quote: εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

your … heavenly Father

Quote: ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew 23:10

And you should not be called ‘teacher,’ for your teacher is one, the Christ

Quote: μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’”

And you should not be called

Quote: μηδὲ κληθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you should not have people call you”

one

Quote: εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

the Christ

Quote: ὁ Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ”

Matthew 23:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wants his disciples to do in contrast to being called Rabbi, father, or teacher. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,” or “Rather,”

the greatest

Quote: ὁ & μείζων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

will be

Quote: ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Matthew 23:12

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

will be humbled

Quote: ταπεινωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble”

himself … himself

Quote: ἑαυτὸν (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term himself is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “himself or herself … himself or herself”

will be exalted

Quote: ὑψωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 23:13

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit the ones entering to enter

Quote: οὐαὶ & ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “you, scribes and Pharisees, shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. You do not enter in, nor do you permit the ones entering to enter. So woe to you, hypocrites!”

For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit the ones entering to enter

Quote: ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the kingdom of the heavens as if it were a house that the scribes and Pharisees have shut so that neither they nor anyone else can enter in. Jesus means that they prevent themselves and others from participating in the kingdom. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men as if it a house. For you are not part of the kingdom, nor do you allow others to be part of it” or “For you keep people from being part of the kingdom of the heavens. You are not part of it, and and you block people who do want to be part of it”

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

the ones entering to enter

Quote: τοὺς εἰσερχομένους & εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be referring: (1) to people who want to enter into the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to enter the ones wanting to enter” (2) to people who are in the process of entering into the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to enter the ones having already begun to enter”

Matthew 23:14

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. διὰ τοῦτο λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: οὐαὶ & ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. διὰ τοῦτο λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “you, scribes and Pharisees, devour the houses of widows, and for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment. So woe to you, hypocrites!”

you devour the houses of widows

Quote: κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were devouring or eating the houses of widows. He means that they are taking the houses away from the widows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you take the houses of widows” or “you defraud widows of their houses”

the houses of widows

Quote: τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus speaks of the houses of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that widows own”

for a pretext

Quote: προφάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase for a pretext could mean: (1) that the scribes and Pharisees are using long prayers to try to look godly. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly” (2) that the scribes are Pharisees are using their long prayers to hide or cover up how they devour the houses of widows. Alternate translation: “to cover that up” or “to disguise what they do”

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to how the scribes and Pharisees devour widows’ houses while they are also praying at length. If this is not clear for your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because you do those things”

you will receive greater judgment

Quote: λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you will be judged more severely”

greater judgment

Quote: περισσότερον κρίμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these scribes and Pharisees will receive greater judgment than they would have if they had not pretended to be godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will receive greater judgment than people who do not pretend to be godly”

Matthew 23:15

Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you go around the sea and the dry land to make one proselyte, and when he becomes {one}, you make him twice as much a son of Gehenna as you

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν γένηται, ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν Γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, go around the sea and the dry land to make one proselyte, and when he becomes one, you make him twice as much a son of Gehenna as you. So woe to you, hypocrites!”

the sea and the dry land

Quote: τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Jesus is referring to all of the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth”

one proselyte

Quote: ἕνα προσήλυτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A proselyte is a non-Jewish person who converts to Judaism. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this term, you could refer to a similar phenomenon in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one convert to Judaism”

he becomes {one}, … him … a son

Quote: γένηται & αὐτὸν υἱὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms he, him, and son are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person becomes one … him or her … a child”

twice as much a son of Gehenna as you

Quote: υἱὸν Γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the phrase twice as much to indicate that the person is even more a son of Gehenna than the scribes and Pharisees. He does not mean that the person is exactly twice a son of Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “even more a son of Gehenna than you are”

a son of Gehenna

Quote: υἱὸν Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a son of Gehenna refers to a person who will end up in Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who will end up in Gehenna” or “a person who belongs in Gehenna”

of Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 18:9. Alternate translation: “of a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “of hell, which is like Gehenna valley,”

Matthew 23:16

Woe to you, blind guides, the ones saying, ‘Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ, οἱ λέγοντες, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὀφείλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the rest of the sentence gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “you, who are blind guides, say, ‘Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated.’ So woe to you!”

blind guides

Quote: ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind guides. He means that they do not know what is right, but they teach people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:14. Alternate translation: “who are like blind guides” or “who teach people what is wrong”

the ones saying, ‘Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated

Quote: οἱ λέγοντες, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὀφείλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the ones saying that whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated”

it is nothing

Quote: οὐδέν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase it is nothing means that the person is not bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that person is not obligated to keep the oath”

the gold of the temple

Quote: τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe gold that: (1) decorates the temple. Alternate translation: “the gold that decorates the temple” (2) makes up the vessels and tools used in the temple. Alternate translation: “the gold vessels in the temple”

he is obligated

Quote: ὀφείλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase he is obligated indicates that the person is bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he is obligated to keep the oath”

he is obligated

Quote: ὀφείλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 23:17

Foolish and blind

Quote: μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives Foolish and blind as nouns to mean foolish and blind people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”

Foolish and blind

Quote: μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms Foolish and blind mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Blind ones” or “Very foolish”

blind

Quote: τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind. He means that they do not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word blind in 23:16. Alternate translation: “like blind people” or “not knowing what is right”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of why the teaching of the Pharisees about oaths is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Think about this:” or “You should know this:”

which is greater, the gold or the temple having sanctified the gold

Quote: τίς & μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the temple having sanctified the gold is greater than the gold.” or “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!”

Matthew 23:18

And, ‘Whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gift on top of it, he is obligated

Quote: καί, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you say that whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gift on top of the altar, he is obligated”

And

Quote: καί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus uses the word And to introduce something else that the scribes and Pharisees say. If you keep the direct quotation in this verse, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “And you also say”

it is nothing

Quote: οὐδέν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase it is nothing means that the person is not bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the same clause in 23:16. Alternate translation: “that person is not obligated to keep the oath”

the gift

Quote: τῷ δώρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word gift refers to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what is offered” or “the offering”

he is obligated

Quote: ὀφείλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase he is obligated indicates that the person is bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the same clause in 23:16. Alternate translation: “he is obligated to keep the oath”

he is obligated

Quote: ὀφείλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 23:19

Foolish and blind

Quote: μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives Foolish and blind as nouns to mean foolish and blind people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”

Foolish and blind

Quote: μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms Foolish and blind mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “Blind ones” or “Very foolish”

blind

Quote: τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind. He means that they do not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “like blind people” or “not knowing what is right”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of why the teaching of the Pharisees about oaths is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. See how you expressed the idea in 23:17. Alternate translation: “Think about this:” or “You should know this:”

which {is} greater, the gift or the altar sanctifying the gift

Quote: τί & μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the altar sanctifying the gift is greater than the gift.” or “Certainly the gift is not greater than the altar that sanctifies the gift!”

the gift … the gift

Quote: τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word gift refers to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this word in 23:18. Alternate translation: “what is offered … what is offered” or “the offering … the offering”

Matthew 23:20

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference from the implied answer to Jesus’ question in 23:19. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Since the altar is greater” or “Because of that”

everything {that is} on top of it

Quote: πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to the gifts that he has previously mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the gifts that are on top of it”

Matthew 23:21

the one inhabiting it

Quote: τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the one inhabiting it refers to God, who is specially present in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one inhabiting it, God”

Matthew 23:22

the one sitting on it

Quote: τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on it as king” or “the one reigning from it”

the one sitting on it

Quote: τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the one sitting on it refers to God, who rules from the throne. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on it, God”

Matthew 23:23

Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you tithe the mint and the dill and the cumin, but you have neglected the weightier {things} of the law—justice and mercy and faith. But it was necessary to do these and those not to neglect

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον, καὶ ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου: τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος, καὶ τὴν πίστιν & ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, tithe the mint and the dill and the cumin, but you have neglected the weightier things of the law—justice and mercy and faith. But it was necessary to do these and those not to neglect. So woe to you, hypocrites!”

you tithe the mint and the dill and the cumin

Quote: ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to tithing mint, dill, and cumin because he wants to show that the scribes and Pharisees carefully tithe even the most insignificant things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tithe even insignificant things like mint and dill and cumin”

the mint and the dill and the cumin

Quote: τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These are the names of plants. People put just a little bit of their leaves or seeds into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what mint, dill, and cumin are, you could refer to similar plants that they would know, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the plants that you use to season your food” or “your garden herbs”

the weightier {things

Quote: τὰ βαρύτερα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally weightier or heavier than others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more significant things”

justice and mercy and faith

Quote: τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος, καὶ τὴν πίστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of justice, mercy, and faith, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to act justly and mercifully and faithfully”

these and those

Quote: ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun these refers to doing justice and mercy and faith. The pronoun those refers to tithing the mint and the dill and the cumin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to doing those things more directly. Alternate translation: “the latter and the former” or “justice, mercy, and faith and tithing”

and those not to neglect

Quote: κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative word neglect. Alternate translation: “those also to do”

Matthew 23:24

Blind guides

Quote: ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were blind guides. He means that they do not know what is right, but they teach people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 23:16. Alternate translation: “You who are like blind guides” or “You who teach people what is wrong”

the ones straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel

Quote: οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were straining out a tiny gnat if they found one in a drink but swallowing a large camel whole without noticing it. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but failing to notice that they were not following the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who are like a person who strains a gnat out of a drink but swallows a camel” or “the ones carefully obeying the less significant laws but failing to obey the more significant laws”

the gnat

Quote: τὸν κώνωπα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A gnat is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the mosquito” or “the tiny insect”

Matthew 23:25

Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and lack of self-control

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and lack of self-control. So woe to you, hypocrites!”

you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and lack of self-control

Quote: καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were a cup and a plate. When he says that they clean the outside of these dishes, he means that they make sure that they appear to be doing what is right. When he says that inside the dishes are full of greed and lack of self-control, he means that they are full of these things. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like cups and plates whose outside you clean but whose inside is dirty, just as you are full of greed and lack of self-control” or “on the outside you look like you do what is right, but on the inside you are full of greed and lack of self-control”

of the cup and of the plate

Quote: τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A cup is a dish from which people drink. A plate is a dish on which food is served. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of dishes, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “of the glass and of the bowl” or “of eating utensils”

they are full of greed and lack of self-control

Quote: γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could mean that the cup and plate: (1) figuratively have greed and self-indulgence inside them. Alternate translation: “they are characterized by greed and lack of self-control” (2) are full of what the scribes and Pharisees gained through greed and lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “they are full of what you took through greed and lack of self-control”

they are full of greed and lack of self-control

Quote: γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of greed and self-control, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are characterized by being greedy and not controlling themselves”

Matthew 23:26

Blind Pharisee

Quote: Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is not referring to a specific Pharisee. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in plural form or in another way. If you use the plural form, make sure that you express the commands in this verse in plural form. Alternate translation: “Blind Pharisees”

Blind Pharisee

Quote: Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks as if this Pharisee were blind. He means that he does not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word blind in 23:17. Alternate translation: “You, Pharisee, are like a blind person” or “You, Pharisee, do not know what is right”

Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of them might become clean also

Quote: καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus continues to speak of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were a cup and a plate. He means that they should actually do what is right, and then they will also appear to be doing what is right. See how you expressed the similar ideas in 23:25. Alternate translation: “you should be like cups and plates whose inside is clean so that their outside is also clean” or “Actually do what is right, and then you will also look like you do what is right”

Clean

Quote: καθάρισον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is addressing one Pharisee, the command here is singular. However, if you refer to plural Pharisees as an earlier note suggested, you should use the plural form here.

the inside

Quote: τὸ ἐντὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, much as in 23:25, the word inside could refer to: (1) the inside of the dishes themselves. Alternate translation: “the inside parts” (2) what the dishes have inside them. Alternate translation: “what is inside”

of the cup and of the plate

Quote: τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the words cup and plate in 23:25. Alternate translation: “of the glass and of the bowl” or “of eating utensils”

Matthew 23:27

Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you are like whitewashed tombs, which on the outside appear beautiful, but on the inside are full of bones of the dead and all uncleanness

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, are like whitewashed tombs, which on the outside appear beautiful, but on the inside are full of bones of the dead and all uncleanness. So woe to you, hypocrites!”

you are like whitewashed tombs, which on the outside appear beautiful, but on the inside are full of bones of the dead and all uncleanness

Quote: παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus compares the scribes and Pharisees with whitewashed tombs. He explains the meaning of the comparison in the next verse, so you should not explain it here.

whitewashed tombs

Quote: τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, people would paint tombs white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has covered in white paint”

of the dead

Quote: νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

all uncleanness

Quote: πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are very unclean”

Matthew 23:28

to men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

full of hypocrisy and lawlessness

Quote: μεστοὶ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of hypocrisy and lawlessness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “very hypocritical and lawless”

Matthew 23:29

Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here the first sentence describes a result for which the second sentence and the following verses give the reasons for. You could reverse the order of these sentences, but then you would need to create a long verse bridge. If possible, preserve the order of the sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase to indicate that the second and following sentences give the reason for the first sentence. Alternate translation: “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees! You are hypocrites. I say that because you build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous”

you build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous

Quote: οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When the scribes and Pharisees build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous, they are honoring important people who have died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you build the tombs of the prophets to honor them, and you decorate the tombs of the righteous to show them respect”

of the righteous

Quote: τῶν δικαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people”

Matthew 23:30

you say, ‘If we were in the days of our fathers, we would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets

Quote: λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets.”

If we were in the days of our fathers, we would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets

Quote: εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus quotes the scribes and Pharisees using an imaginary situation to show that they would not have participated in killing the prophets. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we were in the days of our fathers. In that situation, we would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets”

in the days

Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in the days refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the times”

of our fathers

Quote: τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word fathers refers to ancestors, not direct fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “of our forefathers”

the blood of the prophets

Quote: τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, blood represents death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “killing the prophets” or “the death of the prophets”

Matthew 23:31

Therefore

Quote: ὥστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus said that the Pharisees and scribes say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion, or you could leave Therefore untranslated. Alternate translation: “In saying that,” or “So then,”

you are sons of the ones having killed

Quote: υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase sons means male descendants. It does not mean that the scribes and Pharisees are the direct sons of the people who killed the prophets. In this case, the expression sons of also indicates that the sons are similar to their ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like your ancestors, the ones having killed” or “you are descended from and much like the ones having killed”

Matthew 23:32

And you, fill up the measure of your fathers

Quote: καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to fill up a measure of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their fathers began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you, finish doing the evil things that your fathers started”

fill up the measure of your fathers

Quote: πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here Jesus commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that they should carefully consider the consequences if they do fill up the measure of their fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “consider whether you really want to fill up the measure of your fathers” or “perhaps you should not fill up the measure of your fathers”

of your fathers

Quote: τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew 23:33

Serpents, offspring of vipers

Quote: ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms serpents and offspring of vipers both refer to poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “Poisonous snakes”

Serpents, offspring of vipers

Quote: ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were serpents and offspring of vipers. He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You who are like serpents and the offspring of vipers” or “Evil and wicked people”

how might you escape from the judgment of Gehenna

Quote: πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you will not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” or “you cannot escape from the judgment of Gehenna!”

the judgment of Gehenna

Quote: τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe judgment that takes place in Gehenna. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judgment in Gehenna”

the judgment of Gehenna

Quote: τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged in Gehenna”

of Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 23:15. Alternate translation: “of a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “of hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

Matthew 23:34

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase For this reason introduces something that Jesus says he will do in response to how the scribes and Pharisees are acting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a response. Alternate translation: “Because you are behaving like that”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

From them … from them

Quote: ἐξ αὐτῶν (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrases From them and from them refer to some of the prophets and wise men and scribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Some from among them … some from among them”

Matthew 23:35

so that

Quote: ὅπως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what the scribes and Pharisees will do. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus sends people to the scribes and Pharisees even when he knows that they will kill them. Alternate translation: “in order that”

might come upon you

Quote: ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the blood of righteous people would come upon the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might be considered guilty for”

the righteous blood being shed on the earth, … the blood … the blood

Quote: αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In this verse, Jesus uses the phrase blood being shed and the word blood to refer to murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the murders of righteous people having happened on the earth … the murder … the murder”

all the righteous blood

Quote: πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the phrase righteous blood to refer to blood from righteous people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the blood from righteous people”

being shed

Quote: ἐκχυννόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

from the blood of Abel the righteous to the blood of Zechariah

Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here Jesus refers to Abel and Zechariah because the stories of their murders are the first and last stories about the murders of righteous people in the Hebrew Scriptures. In this way, Jesus indicates that he is speaking about all the stories about the murders of righteous people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the blood of Abel the righteous, the first victim, and including the blood of every victim after that up to the last, the blood of Zechariah”

of Zechariah … of Barachiah

Quote: Ζαχαρίου & Βαραχίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The words Zechariah and Barachiah are the names of men. The man named Zechariah is most likely the one whose murder is described in 2 Chronicles 24:20–22. King Joash had him stoned to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols.

you killed

Quote: ἐφονεύσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Jesus speaks as if you, his current audience, killed Zechariah. He means that the ancestors of his current audience did that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors killed”

Matthew 23:36

all these things will come upon this generation

Quote: ἥξει ταῦτα πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the things he has just spoken about will come upon this generation. He means that God will consider this generation to guilty of doing those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this generation will be considered guilty for all these things”

all these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase all these things refers to the murders that Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those evil deeds”

this generation

Quote: τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew 23:37

Jerusalem, Jerusalem, the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to her! How often I desired to gather your children the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you were not willing

Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα, τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν! ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here Jesus speaks as if the city of Jerusalem were a woman with children. He is referring to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, people of Jerusalem, the ones killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to you! How often I desired to gather you the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you were not willing”

Jerusalem, Jerusalem

Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “I am very upset about Jerusalem”

the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to her

Quote: ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα, τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets, indeed, stoning the ones having been sent to her” or “the one killing the prophets having been sent to her by stoning them”

the ones having been sent

Quote: τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent”

her

Quote: αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Although Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem, he uses the third person here. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “you”

How often

Quote: ποσάκις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the phrase How often introduces an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to show how strongly he feels about Jerusalem. Use a form that communicates strong emotion in your language. Alternate translation: “Very strongly”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem, the word your here is singular.

the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings

Quote: ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that he wants to act like a hen that gathers her chicks because he wants to comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as a hen does that for her chicks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them”

a hen … chicks … her

Quote: ὄρνις & τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A hen is a female chicken, and chicks are the young chickens she is raising. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a bird … her young”

and

Quote: καὶ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and introduces what the people of Jerusalem actually did in contrast with what Jesus wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

Matthew 23:38

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

your house is left to you desolate

Quote: ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus could speaking: (1) of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house that will be left to its people desolate. In this case, he means that the city will be destroyed so much that people will no longer live there. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you like a desolate house” or “your city will be destroyed” (2) of the temple as if it were a house that will be left to its people desolate. In this case, he means that God will no longer be present in the temple. Alternate translation: “your temple will be left to you like a desolate house” or “God will abandon your temple”

your house is left

Quote: ἀφίεται & ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

is left

Quote: ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Jesus is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “will be left”

Matthew 23:39

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces support for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces basis or support for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because, as”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μή (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

from now

Quote: ἀπ’ ἄρτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus uses the word now to refer to the time of his current visit to Jerusalem. He is not referring to just the current moment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the time of my current visit with you”

until you say

Quote: ἕως ἂν εἴπητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus could be indicating that they will certainly not see him: (1) until the time when they say the following words. Alternate translation: “until the time when you say” (2) unless they say the following words. Alternate translation: “unless you say”

Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord

Quote: εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is quoting from Psalm 118:26. Since he does not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what he said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.

Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord

Quote: εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)

The exact same sentence appears in 21:9. Translate it as you did there.

Matthew 24

Matthew 24 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
- The disciples ask Jesus about the destruction of the temple and the end of the age (24:1–3)
- Jesus teaches about the destruction of the temple (24:4–35)
  - Things that will happen in the time before the destruction of the temple (24:4–14)
  - Things that will happen immediately before the destruction of the temple (24:15–28)
  - The coming of the Son of Man (24:29–31)
  - When these things will happen (24:32–35)
- Jesus teaches about the end of the age (24:36–51)
  - No one knows when this will happen (24:36–41)
  - The need to be alert (24:42–44)
  - The parable of the faithful slave and the evil slave (24:45–51)

When Jesus speaks about which topics

When the disciples speak to Jesus in 24:3, they ask about two things: first, they want to know when the temple will be destroyed, and second, they want to know about the sign of Jesus’ coming and of the end of the age. Christians disagree about when Jesus is speaking about which topic. He could: 1. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in 24:35 and then go on to speak about his second coming (the outline above follows this view) 2. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in 24:28 and then go on to speak about his second coming 3. speak about the destruction of the temple as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation in 24:4–28 and 24:32–35 and speak about his second coming in 24:29–31

Since Christians disagree over when Jesus is speaking about which topic, if possible format your translation so that several interpretations are possible.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The destruction of the temple

The temple in Jerusalem was a very impressive, large building. Despite that, Jesus predicted that it would be destroyed within the lifetime of those who heard him. In fact, about 40 years later, a Roman army conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple.

The end of the age

The disciples ask Jesus about “the end of the age,” which both they and Jesus imply is also the time of Jesus’ second coming. The end of the age is the moment when God changes how things are in the present time to how they will be forever after Jesus’ second coming. Consider how you might naturally refer to this time in your translation.

The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven

In 24:30, Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.

“This generation” in 24:34

In 24:34, Jesus says that what he has described will happen before “this generation” passes away. Many interpretations have been proposed for the group of people to which “this generation” refers: 1. The people who were alive while Jesus was speaking these words 2. The people who would be alive when the signs of the end began 3. People who are like those who did not believe while Jesus was on earth 4. Jewish people in general throughout history 5. Humans in general

Since the word that Jesus uses primarily refers to people who are alive at the same time, if possible use a word or phrase that refers to such a group of people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some interpretations of the word in a footnote.

The days of Noah

In 24:37–39, Jesus compares the coming of the Son of Man with the time period of Noah. When Noah was alive, God told him to warn people that an enormous flood was coming. Noah built a large boat named an ark so that he, his family, and many animals could float on the water and survive the flood. However, people did not listen to Noah, and when the flood finally happened, everyone else died. Jesus says that the coming of the Son of Man will similarly surprise people who have not listened to his warnings. Just as the flood began suddenly, so the coming of the Son of Man will begin suddenly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include information about Noah in a footnote.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The proverb about the corpse and the vultures

In 24:28, Jesus uses or invents a proverb that states that wherever a corpse is, there vultures will gather. He could be using this proverb to indicate that: 1. the coming of the Son of Man will be very obvious, just as a corpse is obvious because of the vultures that gather near it 2. people and groups of people that are spiritually dead will certainly be judged and punished, just as a corpse is devoured by vultures 3. believers who have died (the corpse) will come back to life with the aid of angels (the vultures)

Since Christians debate how Jesus wishes to apply this proverb, it is best to preserve the proverb without explaining its meaning. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: Proverbs)

The parable of the faithful slave and the evil slave

In 24:45–51, Jesus tells a story about how a slave might react to being put in charge of the rest of the household when the master goes on a journey. If the slave is wise and faithful, he will do what his master asked him to do. Then, when the master returns, the slave will be rewarded. On the other hand, if the slave is evil, he will abuse the other slaves and feast with drunk people. Jesus tells this story to make his disciples think about how they should behave during the time before his second coming. They should be like the wise and faithful slave, not the evil slave. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does, but be sure that your readers understand how to apply the story. (See: Parables)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in teaching that Jesus gives to his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 24:1

having gone out

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

from the temple

Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus went out from the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the temple courtyard”

the buildings of the temple

Quote: τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe buildings that are in the temple area. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the buildings in the temple complex”

Matthew 24:2

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Do you not see all these things

Quote: οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to draw the attention of the disciples to the buildings. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider all these things.” or “Think about all these things!”

a stone upon a stone will certainly not be left here, which will not be torn down

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says that every stone will be torn down as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost every stone upon a stone will not be left here, and almost none of them will not be torn down”

a stone upon a stone will certainly not be left here, which will not be torn down

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be invading enemies. Alternate translation: “an invading army will certainly not leave a stone upon a stone here, which they will not tear down”

a stone upon a stone will certainly not be left here, which will not be torn down

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται (1)

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “every stone will be toppled off the stone it is on, and each one will be torn down”

Matthew 24:3

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Tell

Quote: εἰπὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Tell … your

Quote: εἰπὲ & σῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the command and the word your in this verse are singular.

these things

Quote: ταῦτα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase these things refers to the events that Jesus described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the events you have spoken about” or “that destruction”

of your coming

Quote: τῆς σῆς παρουσίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples imply that Jesus will come back to this world at some point in the future. They are also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “of when you are going to come back to this world” or “of when, after leaving this world, you will come back”

of the end of the age

Quote: συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the end of the age refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “of the end of the world” or “of the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

Matthew 24:4

leads you astray

Quote: ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the disciples could literally be led astray, that is, led down the wrong path. He means that they could be deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to believe what is wrong”

Matthew 24:5

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus wants the disciples to be careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an exhortation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should be careful because” or “Indeed,”

many … many

Quote: πολλοὶ & πολλοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

In both places, Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women … many men and women”

will come

Quote: ἐλεύσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “will go”

in my name

Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. More specifically, Jesus could mean that: (1) these people claim to have the authority that Jesus properly has. Alternate translation: “in my authority” or “claiming to have the authority I have” (2) these people claim to represent Jesus. Alternate translation: “claiming to be my representatives” or “as if they were my representatives”

saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and

Quote: λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they are the Christ, and”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”

they will lead many astray

Quote: πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 24:4. Alternate translation: “will cause many to believe what is wrong”

Matthew 24:6

you are not troubled

Quote: μὴ θροεῖσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

it is necessary {for this} to happen

Quote: δεῖ & γενέσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that God has planned these things and they will not change. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God has chosen that these things will happen”

the end

Quote: τὸ τέλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is speaking about the end of the age, which is what the disciples asked about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

Matthew 24:7

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Even more,”

nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “nation will rise against nation, yes, kingdom against kingdom” or “nation and kingdom rise against nation and kingdom”

nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words nation and kingdom represents nations and kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom and nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “some nations will rise against other nations, and some kingdoms against other kingdoms”

nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words nation and kingdom represent the people who live in them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of a nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of a kingdom against the people of another kingdom”

will rise against

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase rise against referring to attacking someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fight against”

kingdom against kingdom

Quote: βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

famines and earthquakes

Quote: λιμοὶ καὶ σεισμοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read famines and earthquakes. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “famines and plagues and earthquakes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 24:8

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus says about how these things are just the beginning in contrast to how bad they seemed when he described them in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “And yet,” or “However,”

all these things

Quote: πάντα & ταῦτα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase all these things refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the things that I have described”

are} the beginning of birth pains

Quote: ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of the events that he has described as if they were the beginning of birth pains. He means that, just like birth pains, they are difficult and painful things that eventually lead to a happy and wonderful result. If possible, you should maintain the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “are like the beginning of birth pains”

Matthew 24:9

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Then could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “During that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “After that time,”

they will hand you over to tribulation

Quote: παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting people in a particular situation or experience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you experience tribulation” or “they will cause you tribulation”

they will hand you over

Quote: παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to all people who persecute the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to enemies of the disciples. Alternate translation: “your enemies will hand you over”

to tribulation

Quote: εἰς θλῖψιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be afflicted” or “to be persecuted”

you will be hated by all the nations

Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the nations will hate you”

because of my name

Quote: διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew 24:10

then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, just as in 24:9, the word then could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “during that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “after that time,”

many will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many will stumble”

many will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe in God as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many will stop believing” or “many will cease trusting God”

many

Quote: πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many disciples or fellow believers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many disciples” or “many of my followers”

will hand one another over

Quote: ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase hand one another over refers to putting people under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will have the authorities seize one another” or “will cause one another to be arrested”

Matthew 24:11

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase will be raised up refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will start prophesying”

and will lead many astray

Quote: καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the prophets would literally lead people astray, that is, down the wrong path. He means that they will deceive people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea 24:4. Alternate translation: “will cause many to believe what is wrong”

many

Quote: πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew 24:12

lawlessness will be increased

Quote: τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase”

lawlessness

Quote: τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people doing what is lawless”

the love of many will grow cold

Quote: ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if love were something hot that could literally grow cold. He means that love has diminished or ceased. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the love of many will be like a fire that has gone out” or “the love of many will cease”

the love of many will grow cold

Quote: ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “many will grow cold in how they love”

the love of many

Quote: ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) love for other people. Alternate translation: “the love of many for other people” (2) love for God. Alternate translation: “the love of many for God”

of many

Quote: τῶν πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew 24:13

But the one having endured to the end, this one will be saved

Quote: ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

The exact same sentence appears in 10:22. Translate it as you did there.

Matthew 24:14

this gospel of the kingdom will be preached

Quote: κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “you will preach this gospel of the kingdom”

this gospel of the kingdom

Quote: τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”

for a testimony

Quote: εἰς μαρτύριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that someone testifies about it” or “so that it is testified”

to all the nations

Quote: πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word nations represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of all the nations”

the end

Quote: τὸ τέλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

will come

Quote: ἥξει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if the end were something that could come. He means that the end will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen”

Matthew 24:15

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about how persecution and suffering will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because of all that”

the abomination of desolation

Quote: τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the abomination of desolation is found in Daniel 9:27, Daniel 11:31, and Daniel 12:11. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with these passages, which prophesy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple”

the abomination of desolation

Quote: τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe an abomination that causes desolation. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the abomination that causes desolation” or “the abomination that leads to desolation”

the abomination of desolation

Quote: τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of abomination and desolation, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the abominable thing that desolates”

having been spoken of by Daniel the prophet

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of which Daniel the prophet spoke”

in the holy place

Quote: ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the holy place refers to the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the holy temple”

Matthew 24:15-16

the holy place” (let the one reading understand … then

Quote: τόπῳ ἁγίῳ ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω & τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, clause let the one reading understand could be: (1) written by Matthew to anyone who reads what Daniel wrote. Use a form that clearly indicates that Matthew is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “the holy place” (and I, Matthew, add: let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand), “then” (2) spoken by Jesus to anyone who reads what Daniel wrote. Alternate translation: “the holy place, and let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand, then” (3) written by Matthew to anyone who reads this story. Use a form that clearly indicates that Matthew is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “the holy place” (and I, Matthew, add: let the one who reads this story understand), “then”

Matthew 24:15

let the one reading understand

Quote: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase let the one reading understand could indicate that the one reading: (1) can understand what the abomination of desolation is if they know what Daniel wrote. Alternate translation: “the one reading understands” or “you know what I mean” (2) should try to understand what the abomination of desolation is. Alternate translation: “let the one reading try to understand” or “reader, pay attention”

let the one reading understand

Quote: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one reading must understand”

Matthew 24:16

let the ones in Judea flee

Quote: οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, φευγέτωσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones in Judea must flee”

to the mountains

Quote: εἰς τὰ ὄρη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that people will be safer in the mountains than in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountains where they will be safer”

Matthew 24:17

let the one on the housetop not go down to take anything from his house

Quote: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones on the housetops not go down to take anything from their houses”

let the one on the housetop not go down to take anything from his house

Quote: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one who is on top of his roof escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything”

let the one on the housetop not go down

Quote: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one on the housetop must not go down”

let the one on the housetop not go down

Quote: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not come down”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 24:18

let the one in the field not turn back to take his cloak

Quote: ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones in the fields not turn back to take their cloaks”

let the one in the field not turn back to take his cloak

Quote: ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that, when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloaks. Instead, they should flee directly from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak”

let the one in the field not turn back

Quote: ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one in the field must not turn back”

his

Quote: αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 24:19

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

to the ones having in the womb

Quote: ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

to the ones nursing

Quote: ταῖς θηλαζούσαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to mothers who are nursing their babies”

in those days

Quote: ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period”

Matthew 24:20

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

your flight might not happen

Quote: μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of flight, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you might not have to flee”

in winter

Quote: χειμῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In the location to which Jesus is referring, winter is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel, or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season”

on a Sabbath

Quote: Σαββάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because people in Jesus’ culture did not work on a Sabbath, it was much harder to travel on that day, even in an emergency. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath, when no one is working” or “on a Sabbath, when traveling is hard”

Matthew 24:21

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should pray that they would not need to flee in winter or on a Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray that because” or “That is because”

will be great tribulation

Quote: ἔσται & θλῖψις μεγάλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people will be greatly hurt” or “people will be greatly afflicted”

nor will ever happen

Quote: οὐδ’ οὐ μὴ γένηται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The words translated nor and ever are three negative words. In this construction, the second and third negatives do not cancel the first. Instead, they give greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use three negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a triple negative here. If your language does not use three negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “and will by no means happen again”

will ever happen

Quote: οὐ μὴ γένηται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that tribulation this great will not happen again after these events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “nor will ever again happen after that”

Matthew 24:22

if those days had not been shortened, no flesh would be saved

Quote: εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary

Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that those days really have been shortened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were those days not to have been shortened, no flesh would have been saved” or “image that those days had not been shortened. Then, no flesh would have been saved”

those days had not been shortened, no flesh would be saved

Quote: μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this because he knows that God has already decided to shorten those days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense, or you could refer to God’s decision. Alternate translation: “those days were not going to be shortened, no flesh would be saved” or “the decision had not already been made to shorten those days, no flesh would have been saved”

those days had not been shortened, … those days will be shortened

Quote: μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

those days … those days

Quote: αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

no flesh would be saved

Quote: οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no flesh would remain” or “no flesh would continue to live”

flesh

Quote: σάρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus is using flesh to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humans”

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what will actually happen in contrast to what might have happened if God had not shortened the days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces that kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,”

the elect

Quote: τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”

Matthew 24:23-24

Then if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ you should not believe {it … For false Christs and false prophets will be raised up and will give great signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect

Quote: τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε & ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 24:23 and 24:24 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason for Jesus’ command before the command itself. Alternate translation: “Then, false Christs and false prophets will be raised up and will give great signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect. So, if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ you should not believe {it}.”

Matthew 24:23

Then if anyone says to you

Quote: τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it will happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Then, although some people will say to you”

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ you should not believe {it

Quote: ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “says to you that you should look because the Christ is there or there, you should not believe it”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Pay attention”

Here

Quote: ὧδε (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The person speaking is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Here is the Christ”

Matthew 24:24

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that since” or “That is because”

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false Christs and false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase will be raised up refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will begin to lead”

great signs and wonders

Quote: σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms signs and wonders mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing signs” or “impressive deeds”

so as to lead astray

Quote: ὥστε πλανῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase so as introduces the purpose for which the false Christs and false prophets give the great signs and wonders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “with the goal of leading astray” or “in order to lead astray”

to lead astray, if possible, even the elect

Quote: πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the false Christs and prophets could literally lead people astray. He means that they deceive others. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 24:4. Alternate translation: “to cause, if possible, even the elect to believe what is wrong”

if possible

Quote: εἰ δυνατὸν (1)

Here, the phrase if possible could mean: (1) that it is not actually possible to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if it were possible” (2) that the false Christs and false prophets will try everything they can to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if they can” or “by all possible means”

the elect

Quote: τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in 24:22. Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”

Matthew 24:25

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Matthew 24:26

if they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you should not go out; ‘Behold, in the inner chambers,’ you should not believe {it

Quote: ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses imaginary situations to teach his disciples how to respond to people who claim to know where the Messiah is. Use a natural method in your language for introducing imaginary situations. Alternate translation: “imagine that they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness.’ In that case, you should not go out; imagine that they say to you, ‘Behold, in the inner chambers.’ In that case, you should not believe it.”

they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you should not go out; ‘Behold, in the inner chambers,’ you should not believe {it

Quote: εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say to you that you should look because he is in the wilderness, you should not go out; that you should look in the inner chambers, you should not believe it”

they say

Quote: εἴπωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to any person who might say this. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people in general. Alternate translation: “people say”

Behold, … Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look … Look” or “Pay attention … Pay attention”

he is

Quote: ἐστίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the people are speaking about the Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Christ is”

you should not go out; ‘Behold, in the inner chambers

Quote: μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

you should not go out

Quote: μὴ ἐξέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to going out to the wilderness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should not go out to that wilderness”

you should not go out

Quote: μὴ ἐξέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “you should not come out”

the inner chambers

Quote: τοῖς ταμείοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase inner chambers refers to small, private rooms in a house. They could be bedrooms or storage rooms. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of rooms, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the private areas” or “the inner rooms”

Matthew 24:27

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: ὥσπερ & ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that the coming of the Son of Man will be like lightning because they are both visible to everyone and very obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west so that it is visible to everyone, so will the coming of the Son of Man be visible to everyone”

the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west

Quote: ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to how a large bolt of lightning begins at one side of the sky and flashes to the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the lightning flashes across the sky” or “the lightning lights up the sky from east to west”

comes out

Quote: ἐξέρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes out”

will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that the Son of Man will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will come back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, will come back”

of the Son of Man

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man”

Matthew 24:28

Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered

Quote: ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach. See the chapter introduction for what this proverb might mean in this context. Since there are many things that it might mean, you should express the idea in a form that your readers would recognize as a proverb without explaining its meaning. Alternate translation: “Vultures are gathered wherever there is a corpse”

the vultures will be gathered

Quote: συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather”

the vultures

Quote: οἱ ἀετοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word vultures describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with vultures, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds”

Matthew 24:29

But immediately after

Quote: εὐθέως δὲ μετὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The phrase But immediately after indicates that the events Jesus will describe in 24:29–31 will come soon after the events he has described in 24:15–28 or perhaps all of 24:4–28. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that refers to events that will happen soon after other events. Alternate translation: “Then, directly following”

the tribulation of those days

Quote: τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those days when people will be greatly hurt” or “those days when people will be greatly afflicted”

of those days

Quote: τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 24:22. Alternate translation: “of that time period”

the sun will be darkened

Quote: ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the moon will not give its light

Quote: ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, Jesus speaks as if the moon were a person who could give something to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark”

the powers of the heavens will be shaken

Quote: αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the powers of the heavens

Quote: αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the powers of the heavens could refer to: (1) powerful spiritual beings that dwell in the heavens. Alternate translation: “the powerful beings in the heavens” (2) the heavenly bodies, including the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars”

Matthew 24:30

the sign of the Son of Man will appear in heaven

Quote: φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here, the phrase in heaven could go with: (1) will appear. In this case, in heaven is where the sign will appear. Alternate translation: “will appear in heaven the sign of the Son of Man” (2) the Son of Man. In this case, the sign shows that the Son of Man is in heaven. Alternate translation: “will appear the sign that the Son of Man is in heaven”

the sign of the Son of Man

Quote: τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe a sign that: (1) shows that the Son of Man is about to do something. Alternate translation: “the sign that indicates that the Son of Man is about to do something” (2) is the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “the sign, which is the Son of Man,”

of the Son of Man … the Son of Man

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son of Man, … me, who am the Son of Man,”

all the tribes of the earth

Quote: πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase all the tribes of the earth could refer to: (1) all the groups of people in the world. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (2) all the people who belong to the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes of Israel”

coming

Quote: ἐρχόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the the Son of Man to be coming. Some think he is coming to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is coming back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”

the clouds of heaven

Quote: τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression of heaven contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds”

with power and much glory

Quote: μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of power and glory, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who is powerful and very glorious” or “powerfully and very gloriously”

Matthew 24:31

he will send his angels … his

Quote: ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

If you expressed the idea in the previous verse in first person instead of third person, you should also use the first person here. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my”

with a great trumpet

Quote: μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a great trumpet represents the very loud sound that this trumpet would make. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a great trumpet call”

his elect

Quote: τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in 24:22. Alternate translation: “his elect people” or “the people whom he has elected”

from the four winds, from the ends of the heavens to the ends of them

Quote: ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean similar things. The phrase from the four winds indicates that the elect are gathered from every direction. The phrase from the ends of the heavens to the ends of them indicates that they are gathered from the farthest places. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases and emphasize in another way the complete range of this gathering. Alternate translation: “from even the farthest points in every direction”

from the four winds

Quote: ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase the four winds refers to the four primary directions: north, south, east, and west, and so includes every place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the north, south, east, and west” or “from every place”

from the ends of the heavens to the ends of them

Quote: ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the ends of the heavens refers to the parts of the world that are the farthest away. Jesus means that the elect will be gathered from every place, no matter how far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the nearest to the farthest places” or “from even the farthest places”

Matthew 24:32

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

learn the parable from the fig tree

Quote: ἀπὸ & τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “learn from this illustration concerning the fig tree”

the fig tree: … its branch already becomes tender and it puts out leaves

Quote: τῆς συκῆς & ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς καὶ τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase fig tree represents fig trees in general, not one particular fig tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fig trees … their branches already become tender and they put out leaves”

its branch already becomes tender

Quote: ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the clause its branch already becomes tender means that the fig tree has begun to grow new branches, which are tender when they are new. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it grows new twigs” or “it sprouts fresh branches”

the summer

Quote: τὸ θέρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In the location to which Jesus is referring, summer is the time of year when trees and plants grow and produce fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which plants and trees grow. Alternate translation: “the time for things to grow” or “the h ot season”

Matthew 24:33

all these things

Quote: ταῦτα, πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in 24:4–28 or perhaps 24:4–31. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those things I have told you about”

it is

Quote: ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word translated it could: (1) refer to the coming of the Son of Man and the gathering of the elect, as described in 24:30–31. Alternate translation: “his coming is” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “my coming is” (2) be translated as “he” and refer to the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “he is” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “I am”

at the doors

Quote: ἐπὶ θύραις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase at the doors indicates that something or someone is very near and ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ready to enter” or “about to arrive”

Matthew 24:34

this generation

Quote: ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are alive at the same time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation”

this generation

Quote: ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Christians debate whom Jesus was referring to with the phrase this generation. See the chapter introduction for more information. Two possibilities are most likely. Jesus could be referring to: (1) the people who were alive while he was saying these words. Alternate translation: “people who are alive right now” (2) the people who will be alive when the things that he has described begin to happen. Alternate translation: “people who will be alive then”

will certainly not pass away

Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”

will certainly not pass away

Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase certainly not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

all these things

Quote: πάντα ταῦτα (1)

Here, just as in 24:33, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in 24:4–28 or perhaps 24:4–31. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those things I have told you about”

Matthew 24:35

The heaven and the earth

Quote: ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here Jesus refers two main components of creation, heaven and earth, to refer to all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All creation” or “The universe”

my words

Quote: οἱ & λόγοι μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase my words represents what Jesus has said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have spoken”

will certainly not pass away

Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

Matthew 24:36

But concerning that day and hour

Quote: περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

that day and hour

Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms day and hour mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time”

that day and hour

Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when this “age,” which is the current time period, will end (see the disciples’ question in 24:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the age” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

no one knows, neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son,except the Father only

Quote: οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows and no one else, neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son”

the angels of the heavens

Quote: οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe angels that are in the heavens. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the angels in the heavens”

nor the Son

Quote: οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read nor the Son. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

the Son,… the Father

Quote: ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son and Father are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus the Son and God the Father. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation.

the Son

Quote: ὁ Υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son”

Matthew 24:37

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here the word For introduces more information about how no one knows “that day or hour” (see 24:36). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces more information, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Indeed,”

just as the days of Noah, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: ὥσπερ & αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus compares the days of Noah with the coming of the Son of Man. Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, so you do not need to explain it here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a comparison. Alternate translation: “think about the days of Noah. That is what the coming of the Son of Man will be like”

just as the days of Noah

Quote: ὥσπερ & αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the days of Noah

Quote: αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that the Son of Man will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “it will be when the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “it will be when the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”

of the Son of Man

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son of Man”

Matthew 24:38-39

For as in the days before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until that day Noah entered into the ark … and they did not know until the flood came and took {them} all away, thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: ὡς γὰρ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν & καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 24:38 and 24:39 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the information in sequential order. Alternate translation: “For as in the days before the flood they did not understand, and they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until that day Noah entered into the ark and the flood came and took {them} all away, thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man”

Matthew 24:38

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces Jesus’ explanation of the comparison he just drew between the time of Noah and the coming of the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how they are similar:” or “Indeed,”

in the days … until that day

Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word days refers to a specific period of time, and the word day refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time … until the time when” or “in the time period … until the instant that”

they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage

Quote: ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here Jesus describes several normal human activities (eating, drinking, and marrying and giving in marriage) in order to refer to normal human activities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that these are examples of normal human activities, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were doing regular activities, such as eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage” or “they were going about their normal lives”

they were

Quote: ἦσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “men and women were” or “most people were”

marrying and giving in marriage

Quote: γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and fathers giving their daughters in marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men marrying and women being given in marriage” or “men and women marrying”

giving in marriage

Quote: γαμίζοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of marriage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “causing to be married”

Matthew 24:39

and they did not know

Quote: καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus implies that they did not know what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and they did not know what was about to happen to them”

took {them} all away

Quote: ἦρεν ἅπαντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase took {them} all away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to death your language, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “swept them all away” or “killed them all”

them} all

Quote: ἅπαντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word all does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those outside the ark”

thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Jesus concludes his comparison between the days of Noah and the coming of the Son of Man. He uses the comparison to show that the coming of the Son of Man will happen when people do not expect it, just as the flood came when people did not know that it was coming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of the comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “thus also the coming of the Son of Man will happen when people are not expecting it”

Matthew 24:40

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Then introduces something that will happen at the same time as the coming of the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time as something else. Alternate translation: “At that time,”

two will be in the field—one is taken, and one is left

Quote: ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ; εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses two men in one field as a hypothetical example. He does not mean that this will happen to only two men in one specific field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “two, for example, will be in a field—one is taken, and one is left”

two will be in the field

Quote: ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these two are working in the field. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field”

two … one … one

Quote: δύο & εἷς & εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the numbers two and one as nouns to mean two men or one man. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “two men … one man … one man”

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus describes a separation between two men working in a field. He could mean that: (1) the one who is taken will be with God, while the one who is left will be punished. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be with God, and one is left to be punished” (2) the one who is taken will be punished, while the one who is left will be with God. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be punished, and one is left to be with God”

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that will happen in the future. He does this because it was a vivid way to tell a story in his language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural for telling a story about what will happen. Alternate translation: “one will be taken, and one will be left”

Matthew 24:41

Two grinding with the mill—one is taken, and one is left

Quote: δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ; μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses two women grinding with one mill as a hypothetical example. He does not mean that this will happen to only two women using one specific mill. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Two, for example, grinding with a mill—one is taken, and one is left”

Two grinding

Quote: δύο ἀλήθουσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Two … one … one

Quote: δύο & μία & μία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the numbers two and one as nouns to mean two women or one woman. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “two women … one woman … one woman”

grinding with the mill

Quote: ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term grinding refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. A mill was a large stone that people would use to grind the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food”

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus describes a separation between two women grinding with a mill. See how you expressed the idea in 24:40. Jesus could mean that: (1) the one who is taken will be with God, while the one who is left will be punished. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be with God, and one is left to be punished” (2) the one who is taken will be punished, while the one who is left will be with God. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be punished, and one is left to be with God”

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that will happen in the future. He does this because it was a vivid way to tell a story in his language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural for telling a story about what will happen. See how you expressed the idea in 24:40. Alternate translation: “one will be taken, and one will be left”

Matthew 24:42

be alert, for you do not know on what day your Lord will come

Quote: γρηγορεῖτε & ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

on what day

Quote: ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word day refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what hour” or “the time when”

your Lord

Quote: ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am your Lord,”

will come

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated “coming” in 24:37. Alternate translation: “will come back to this world” or “will, after leaving this world, come back”

Matthew 24:43

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

know this, that if the master of the house had known in which watch the thief comes, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into

Quote: ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to teach his disciples to be alert while they wait for him to return. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “know this: imagine that the master of the house had known in which watch thief comes. Then, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into”

know this, that

Quote: ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the word this introduces the phrase that begins with that. This was a powerful way to introduce a statement in Jesus’ culture. If this form would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “know that”

know this, that

Quote: ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story:”

in which watch

Quote: ποίᾳ φυλακῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word watch refers to a specific period of time during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a period of time during the night. Alternate translation: “in which part of the night”

comes

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to the future coming of the thief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to this action. Alternate translation: “would come”

his house to be broken into

Quote: διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, it is clear from the context that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “the thief to break into his house”

Matthew 24:44

For this reason you also be ready, because in that hour you do not think, the Son of Man comes

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι, ὅτι ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “For this reason, because the Son of Man comes in that hour you do not think, you also be ready”

For this reason

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase For this reason introduces how Jesus applies the story about the master of the house and the thief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application or implication. Alternate translation: “Here is what that means:” or “Given that illustration,”

in that hour

Quote: ᾗ & ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word hour refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “at that moment”

you do not think

Quote: οὐ δοκεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the Son of Man will come when they do not think he will. In other words, his coming will be unexpected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that you do not think he will”

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, come”

the Son of Man comes

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated “coming” in 24:37. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”

comes

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to when he will come in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to this action. Alternate translation: “will come”

Matthew 24:45

Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time

Quote: τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to introduce a further illustration or application of what he has been saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider, then, who might be the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time.” or “You should know, then, who is the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time!”

Who then

Quote: τίς ἄρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here the word then introduces an inference that Jesus draws from what he has said about being alert and ready. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference, or you could leave then untranslated. Alternate translation: “Given what I have said, who” or “So then, who”

whom the master has appointed over his household

Quote: ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, while he goes away for a while, has appointed over his household”

to give them their food

Quote: τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase to give introduces the purpose for which the master appointed the slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food”

in time

Quote: ἐν καιρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in time refers to the appropriate or correct time for something to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the appropriate times” or “when it is time”

Matthew 24:46

Blessed {is

Quote: μακάριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the master comes back from a trip or absence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back”

doing thus

Quote: οὕτως ποιοῦντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word thus refers to giving food to the rest of the household at the appropriate times (see 24:45). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “doing that task” or “giving food to the household at the proper times”

Matthew 24:48-50

if that evil slave says in his heart, ‘My master delays … and he begins to beat his fellow slaves and eats and drinks with the ones being drunk … the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know

Quote: ἐὰν & εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος & καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους αὐτοῦ, ἐσθίῃ δὲ καὶ πίνῃ μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων & ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to teach his disciples about how they should not behave while they wait for him to return. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that the slave is evil and says in his heart, ‘My master is delaying,’ and he begins to beat his fellow slaves and eats and drinks with the ones being drunk. As he is doing those things, the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know”

Matthew 24:48

says in his heart

Quote: εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In Matthew’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “says in his head” or “says to himself”

in his heart, ‘My master delays

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in his that his master delays”

delays

Quote: χρονίζει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the slave is implying that his master delays his return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “delays coming back”

Matthew 24:50

will come

Quote: ἥξει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus implies that the master will come back from a trip or absence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will come back”

on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The clauses on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know mean similar things. Jesus is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not know” or “at a time that he does not expect”

on a day … at an hour

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ & ἐν ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the terms day and hour to refer to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time … at a moment”

Matthew 24:51

he will cut him in two

Quote: διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase cut him in two could refer to: (1) a severe punishment that does not kill the slave. This is supported by how the following clauses imply that the slave is still alive, which he would not be if he had literally been cut in two. Alternate translation: “he will discipline him painfully” (2) the slave literally being cut into two pieces. Alternate translation: “he will have him cut in half”

appoint his place with the hypocrites

Quote: τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase appoint his place with the hypocrites indicates that the slave will be treated as the hypocrites are. More specifically, if the phrase cut him in two refers to: (1) a severe punishment, then Jesus indicates that the slave is punished in the same place where the hypocrites are punished. Alternate translation: “cause him to be punished where the hypocrites are punished” (2) literally killing the servant, then Jesus indicates that the slave ends up after his death where the hypocrites end up: in hell. Alternate translation: “send him to hell with the hypocrites”

where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)

This clause is identical to the last clause in 8:12. Translate it as you did there.

Matthew 25

Matthew 25 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
- The parable of the ten virgins (25:1–13)
- The parable of the talents (25:14–30)
- Teaching about the final judgment (25:31–46)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “lamps”

The word translated “lamps” throughout 25:1–13 primarily refers to something that burns and gives light. Most likely, Jesus is either referring to oil lamps, which burn oil using a wick to create a relatively small amount of light, or to torches, which are soaked in oil and lit to create a relatively large amount of light. Since most translations express the idea with a word like “lamp,” the ULT and the UST translate the word as “lamp” and “oil lamp.” Consider whether “lamp” or “torch” better fits what the story narrates and then use the term that is more natural. (See: lamp)

Escorting the bridegroom

In 25:1–13, Jesus uses wedding customs to illustrate how to wait for his second coming. Unfortunately, we know very little about Jewish wedding customs during this time period. The story that Jesus tells implies that young women would escort the bridegroom to where the wedding celebration would be held. These young women may have been friends of the bride. It is unclear whether this is the first event in the wedding celebration, and it is also unclear exactly where the young women escort the bridegroom. It could be the bride’s parents’ house, a wedding hall, or some other location. Since Jesus does not include any further explanation, and since we do not know much about weddings in this time period, you should avoid giving explanatory information except for clarifying that the young women escort the bridegroom to wherever the wedding event was going to happen.

Talents

A talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed about 30 kilograms or about 65 pounds. The talent referred to in this chapter was probably worth about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. The exact amount of money is not important, so you could use a general term in your culture for that amount of money, or you could indicate about how many days’ wages it would be worth. Alternatively, you could spell “talent” how it sounds in your language and then provide a footnote that indicates about how much money this is. (See: Biblical Money)

The final judgment

In 25:31–46, Jesus describes some of what will happen at the final judgment when he, the Son of Man and the king, judges everyone. He divides people into two groups, and then he explains that this is based on how they have treated the least important believers. Then, he sends the ones who did not do what was right to eternal punishment, and he takes the ones who did what was right to experience eternal life with him. Jesus describes this scene to explain what the final judgment will be like, not to narrate everything about the final judgment exactly as it will happen, so be sure not to include anything beyond what he describes.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The parable of the ten virgins

In 25:1–13, Jesus tells a story about ten young women who are supposed to escort a bridegroom to his wedding celebration. Five of them brought extra oil for their lamps, and five did not. When the bridegroom was late, the five young women who did not have extra oil had to go and buy some more, and they missed the bridegroom and the wedding celebration. Jesus uses this story to illustrate how his followers need to be prepared at all times for when he returns, since they do not know when that will be, just as the young women did not know when the bridegroom was going to arrive. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does, but be sure that your readers understand how to apply the story. (See: Parables)

The parable of the talents

In 25:14–30, Jesus tells a story about a rich man who went on a journey. Before he left, he entrusted three of his servants with large sums of money. The first and second servant used the large sums of money to make even more money. The third servant, however, buried the money in the ground to keep it safe and did not make any more money. When the rich man returned, he rewarded the first two servants but punished the third servant. Jesus uses this story to illustrate how his followers should behave during the time before his second coming. They should be like the first two servants, who used what they were given to do useful things. They should not be like the third servant, who did not use what he was given to do anything. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does, but be sure that your readers understand how to apply the story. (See: Parables)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues in the stories that Jesus tells. Because of this, there are many of both singular and plural forms of “you.” However, there are slightly more plural forms of “you” in this chapter, so you should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 25:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Then refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in 24:37 and the “day your Lord is coming” in 24:42. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world”

Then the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to ten virgins

Quote: τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: then the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to ten virgins”

the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

lamps

Quote: λαμπάδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The lamps throughout this story could be: (1) small clay containers for oil, which was burned using a wick. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil” (2) torches dipped or soaked in oil. Alternate translation: “torches soaked in oil”

went out to a meeting of the bridegroom

Quote: ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the virgins are supposed to escort the bridegroom to where the wedding feast will be held. The fact that they took lamps implies that they will escort the bridegroom at night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to meet the bridegroom and bring him to the wedding feast”

Matthew 25:2

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here Jesus uses the word Now to introduce background information about the ten virgins that will help his audience understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “About those ten virgins,”

five wise

Quote: πέντε φρόνιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 25:3

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the virgins were wise or foolish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what I mean:” or “As it happened,”

the foolish

Quote: αἱ & μωραὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective foolish as a noun to mean the foolish virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins” or “the foolish ones”

oil with them

Quote: μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this oil was extra oil stored in a separate container that the virgins would have used to refill their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more oil with them for refilling their lamps” or “any additional oil with them”

Matthew 25:4

the wise

Quote: αἱ & φρόνιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective wise as a noun to mean the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins” or “the wise ones”

oil

Quote: ἔλαιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus again implies that this oil was extra oil stored in separate containers that the virgins would have used to refill their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 25:3. Alternate translation: “more oil for refilling their lamps” or “additional oil”

Matthew 25:5

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the bridegroom delaying

Quote: χρονίζοντος & τοῦ νυμφίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the phrase the bridegroom delaying describes something that happens as the ten virgins became sleepy and were sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “as the bridegroom delayed”

they all became sleepy and were sleeping

Quote: ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here Jesus indicates that the ten virgins first became sleepy and then actually were sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the sequence more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then went to sleep”

Matthew 25:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

there was a cry, ‘Behold, the bridegroom! Go out to the meeting

Quote: κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “there was a cry that the bridegroom was there and that they should go out to the meeting”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the ten virgins and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen”

Go out

Quote: ἐξέρχεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come out”

to the meeting

Quote: εἰς ἀπάντησιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the person saying these words implies that the ten virgins are supposed to meet and escort the bridegroom to the wedding celebration. See you expressed the similar idea in 25:1. Alternate translation: “to meet him and bring him to the wedding feast”

Matthew 25:7

put their lamps in order

Quote: ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the ten virgins did got their lamps ready to burn well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “got their lamps ready to burn well”

Matthew 25:8

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the foolish … to the wise

Quote: αἱ & μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives foolish and wise as nouns to mean the foolish virgins and the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the foolish ones … to the wise ones”

said to the wise, ‘Give us from your oil, because our lamps are going out

Quote: ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked the wise to give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out”

Give us from your oil, because our lamps are going out

Quote: δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since our lamps are going out, give us from your oil”

Give

Quote: δότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

our lamps are going out

Quote: αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase going out indicates that the lamps were running out of oil and unable to burn brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is dying” or “our lamps are no longer burning”

Matthew 25:9

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the wise

Quote: αἱ φρόνιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

saying

Quote: λέγουσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

saying, ‘There will certainly not ever be enough for us and for you. Go instead to the ones selling and buy for yourselves

Quote: λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that there would certainly not ever be enough for themselves and for them and that they should go instead to the ones selling and buy some for themselves”

There will certainly not ever be enough for us and for you. Go instead to the ones selling and buy for yourselves

Quote: μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Throughout their response, the wise virgins are implicitly referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not ever be enough oil for us and for you. God instead to the ones selling oil and buy some for yourselves”

There will certainly not ever be enough for us and for you

Quote: μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

By answering in this way, the wise virgins imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “No, we will not give you any oil, for there will certainly not ever be enough for us and for you”

There will certainly not ever be enough

Quote: μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ (1)

Here, the wise virgins could be: (1) sure that there will not be enough oil for all of them. Alternate translation: “There will definitely not be enough” (2) worried that there will not be enough oil for all of them. Alternate translation: “There may not be enough”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

for us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By us, the wise virgins mean themselves but not the foolish virgins, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Matthew 25:10

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

to buy

Quote: ἀγοράσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that they went to buy oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil”

the prepared

Quote: αἱ ἕτοιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective prepared as a noun to mean the virgins who were prepared. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the prepared virgins” or “the virgins who were prepared”

the wedding feast

Quote: τοὺς γάμους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, wedding feast represents the place where the wedding feast was being held. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place for the wedding feast”

the door was shut

Quote: ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 25:11

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

come

Quote: ἔρχονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

saying, ‘Lord, lord, open for us

Quote: λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “repeatedly calling the bridegroom lord and asking him to open for them.”

Lord, lord

Quote: κύριε, κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness

In Jesus’ culture, the word lord was a polite way for a young woman to address an older man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address an older man in your culture. Alternate translation: “Honorable sir”

saying

Quote: λέγουσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

open for us

Quote: ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here foolish virgins are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can join the wedding celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “open the door so that we can join the wedding feast”

open

Quote: ἄνοιξον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

open

Quote: ἄνοιξον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the virgins is talking to the bridegroom, the imperative here is singular.

Matthew 25:12

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the bridegroom actually did in contrast to what the foolish virgins wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

said, ‘Truly I say to you, I do not know you

Quote: εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he was speaking truly and that he did not know them”

I do not know you

Quote: οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, so I will not open the door”

Matthew 25:13

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces Jesus’ application of the parable he has given in 25:1–12. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Given that story” or “As what I have told you illustrates”

be alert, for you do not know the day nor the hour

Quote: γρηγορεῖτε & ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

the day nor the hour

Quote: τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

the day nor the hour

Quote: τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to the moment when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the time of my coming” or “the moment in the future when I will return”

the hour

Quote: τὴν ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts include nothing after the word hour. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word hour the words “in which the Son of Man comes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 25:14

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces another explanation of what the kingdom of the heavens is like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Also,”

it is} as if a man, going abroad

Quote: ὥσπερ & ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To teach his disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: it is as if a man, going abroad”

it is} as if

Quote: ὥσπερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that he is still speaking about the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is as if”

handed over to them his possessions

Quote: παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the man entrusted the slaves with his possessions for the period of time when he would be away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gave them his possessions to take care of while he was gone”

Matthew 25:15

five talents, … two, … one

Quote: πέντε τάλαντα & δύο & ἕν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

The word talents refers to units of money equivalent to about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … about 35 years’ wages … about 18 years’ wages”

and to one, two, and to one, one

Quote: ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and to one he gave two talents, and to one he gave one talent”

his own ability

Quote: τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ability, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he was able to do” or “what he was qualified to handle”

Matthew 25:15-16

immediately he went abroad … Having gone

Quote: ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως & πορευθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here, the word immediately could go with: (1) the master traveling abroad. Alternate translation: “he went abroad immediately. Having gone” (2) the servant going to trade with the money. Alternate translation: “he went abroad. Having gone immediately”

Matthew 25:16

Having gone

Quote: πορευθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “Having come”

the five talents … another five talents

Quote: τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages”

traded with them

Quote: ἠργάσατο ἐν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus refers to how people use money to do business and make more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did business with them” or “put the money to work”

Matthew 25:17

the one with the two also gained another two

Quote: καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one having received the two talents also gained another two talents”

gained another two

Quote: ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this servant gained another two talents by trading with them, just like the servant with five talents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “traded with them and gained another two”

Matthew 25:18

the one

Quote: τὸ ἓν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the number one as a noun to mean the one talent. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the one talent”

dug in the ground and hid the money of his master

Quote: ὤρυξεν γῆν καὶ ἔκρυψεν τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that this man dug a hole in the ground, put the money of his master there, and then covered it up to keep the money safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “dug a hiding place in the ground and stored the money of his master there to protect it”

Matthew 25:19

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

comes and takes up a word together

Quote: ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

takes up a word together

Quote: συναίρει λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase takes up a word together refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “settles accounts”

Matthew 25:20

the five talents … another five talents, … five talents; … another five talents

Quote: τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα & πέντε τάλαντά & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages … about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages”

brought another five talents

Quote: προσήνεγκεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the slave brought the original five talents as well as the five talents that he gained. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “brought those five talents and another five talents”

saying, ‘Master, you handed over to me five talents; behold, I gained another five talents

Quote: λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying to his master that he had handed over to him five talents and that he gained another five talents”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

you handed over

Quote: παρέδωκας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the slave is talking to the his master, the word you here is singular.

behold

Quote: ἴδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “look” or “listen”

Matthew 25:21

said to him, ‘Well done, good and faithful slave! You were faithful over a few things. I will appoint you over many things. Enter into the joy of your master

Quote: ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and that he was a good and faithful slave. His master also said that he had been faithful over a few things and that he would appoint him over many things. His master told him to enter into the joy of his master”

Well done

Quote: εὖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good work”

You were … you … Enter … your

Quote: ἦς & σε & εἴσελθε & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the master is talking to his slave, the words You, you, and your and the imperative are singular.

Enter into

Quote: εἴσελθε εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the master uses the phrase Enter into to represent experiencing or participating in something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” or “Participate in”

the joy of your master

Quote: τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

The master is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master”

the joy of your master

Quote: τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the master is using the possessive form to describe the joy that the master experiences. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the joy that your master experiences”

the joy of your master

Quote: τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how joyfully your master lives”

Matthew 25:22

with the two talents … two talents; … another two talents

Quote: τὰ δύο τάλαντα & δύο τάλαντά & ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “with about 35 years’ wages … about 35 years’ wages … another 35 years’ wages”

said, ‘Master, you handed over to me two talents; behold, I gained another two talents

Quote: εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας & ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents”

you handed over

Quote: παρέδωκας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the slave is talking to his master, the word you here is singular.

behold

Quote: ἴδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “look” or “listen”

Matthew 25:23

His master said to him, ‘Well done, good and faithful slave! You were faithful over a few things. I will appoint you over many things. Enter into the joy of your master

Quote: ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)

This verse is identical to 25:21, so express the idea as you did there.

Matthew 25:24

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the one talent

Quote: τὸ ἓν τάλαντον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated talent in 25:15. Alternate translation: “about 18 years’ wages”

Matthew 25:24-25

said, ‘Master, I knew you, that you are a harsh man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter … And having become afraid, having gone away, I hid your talent in the ground. Behold, you have {what is} yours

Quote: εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας & καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ & ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that he was a harsh man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter. He told his master that having become afraid, having gone away, he hid his master’s talent in the ground. Then he said to his master that he was giving him back what was his”

Matthew 25:24

you, … you are … you did not sow, … you did not scatter

Quote: σε & εἶ & οὐκ ἔσπειρας & οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the slave is talking to his master, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The clauses reaping where you did not sow and gathering where you did not scatter mean similar things. The servant is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “always harvesting where you did not plant” or “consistently gathering where you did not sow”

reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the slave speaks as if his master were a farmer who reaps and gathers crops that someone else sowed and scattered. He means that his master takes what other people have worked hard to earn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who reaps where he did not sow and who gathers where he did not scatter” or “benefitting from what you have not labored for, and taking what you have not earned”

reaping where you did not sow

Quote: θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

He the servant implies that the master is reaping crops where he did not sow seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed”

gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the servant could be implying that the master is: (1) gathering crops where he did not scatter seed. Alternate translation: “gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (2) gathering grain kernels where he did not scatter the chaff. Alternate translation: “gathering grain where you did not scatter chaff”

Matthew 25:25

I hid your talent in the ground

Quote: ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the servant implies that he dug a hole in the ground, put the talent there, and then covered it up to keep the money safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 25:18. Alternate translation: “I dug a hiding place in the ground and stored the talent there to protect it”

your … you have {what is} yours

Quote: σου & ἔχεις τὸ σόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the slave is talking to his master, the words your, you, and yours are singular.

Behold

Quote: ἴδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen”

you have {what is} yours

Quote: ἔχεις τὸ σόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the slave means that he is returning the one talent to his master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am returning to you what is yours”

Matthew 25:26

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Matthew 25:26-30

said to him, ‘Wicked and lazy slave! Did you know that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter … Therefore, it was necessary for you to have put my money with the bankers, and having come, I would have received back {what is} mine with interest … Therefore, take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents … For to everyone having, it will be given and it will abound. But from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away from him … And throw the worthless slave out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα & ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ & ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα & τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “called him a wicked and lazy slave. He reminded his slave that he knew that his master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter, and that therefore it was necessary for him to have placed the money with the bankers and that, having come, his master would have received back his money with interest. Then he told others to take away the talent from the slave and give it to the one having the ten talents. He explained that to everyone having, it will be given and it will abound, but from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away. Then he commanded people to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”

Matthew 25:26

Did you know that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter

Quote: ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The master is not asking his slave to verify what he just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the slave. He is repeating what the slave said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the slave what he should have done if it actually had been true. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You claim that you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter.” or “So you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter!”

Did you know

Quote: ᾔδεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the master is speaking to his slave, the word You here is singular.

I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter

Quote: θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the master repeats what the slave said about him in 25:24. Express the idea as you did there.

Matthew 25:27

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces an inference based on what the slave claimed to know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Given that” or “Well then”

you

Quote: σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the master is speaking to his slave, the word you here is singular.

to have put my money with the bankers, … with interest

Quote: βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word bankers refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They charge interest on the loans, and then they pay interest to the people who deposited money with them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of business, you could use names from a similar business in your area or you could use descriptive phrases. Alternate translation: “to let people borrow my money … with a share of the profits” or “to have given my money to businesspeople … plus even more”

Matthew 25:28

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces what the master has decided to do in response to what the slave did not do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because he did not do that” or “However, since he did not invest the money”

take away the talent from him

Quote: ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants, take away the talent from him”

the talent … the ten talents

Quote: τὸ τάλαντον & τὰ δέκα τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated talent and talents in 25:15. Alternate translation: “the 18 years’ wages … the 90 years’ wages”

Matthew 25:29

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces the master’s reason for why he commanded what he did in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command. Alternate translation: “Here is why I said that:” or “I say that because”

to everyone having, it will be given and it will abound. But from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away from him

Quote: τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, the master does not specify what is is that people have or do not have and what will be given or taken. He does that to make his statements as general as possible. If you need to specify what is being given and taken, if possible use a very general term. Alternate translation: “to everyone having many things, more things will be given and they will abound. But from the one not having many things, even what he has will be taken away from him”

it will be given … will be taken away

Quote: δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could: (1) use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people will give it … people will take away” (2) indicate that the master will do it. Alternate translation: “I will give it … I will take away”

from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away from him

Quote: τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The the phrase the one and the words he and him represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them”

from the one not having

Quote: τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The master says the one not having here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that this person does have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “from the one having almost nothing” or “from the one not having much”

he has … him

Quote: ἔχει & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the terms he and him are masculine, the master is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has … him or her”

Matthew 25:30

into the outer darkness

Quote: εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase the outer darkness refers to a place of punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. See how you expressed the similar idea in 8:12. Alternate translation: “into the dark place of punishment”

the outer darkness

Quote: τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”

grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you expressed this phrase in 8:12. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”

Matthew 25:31

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the Son of Man comes in his glory … him, … he will sit on his

Quote: ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & καθίσει ἐπὶ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, come in my glory … me … I will sit on my”

the Son of Man comes

Quote: ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that the Son of Man will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”

in his glory

Quote: ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is”

he will sit on his throne of glory

Quote: καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. See how you expressed the idea in 19:28. Alternate translation: “he will sit on his throne of glory as king” or “he will rule from his throne of glory”

his throne of glory

Quote: θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

throne of glory

Quote: θρόνου δόξης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “glorious throne”

Matthew 25:32

him … he will separate

Quote: αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … I will separate”

will be gathered all the nations

Quote: συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

all the nations

Quote: πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word nations represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations”

he will separate them from one another, just as the shepherd separates the sheep from the goats

Quote: ἀφοριεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that separating people from one another is like a shepherd separating sheep from goats. He means that in both situations a person divides a larger group into two smaller groups based on some important characteristic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will separate them from from one another into two groups, just as a shepherd separates into two groups the sheep and the goats”

the shepherd separates

Quote: ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the shepherd represents shepherds in general, not one particular shepherd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “shepherds separate”

Matthew 25:33

he will place … his … his left

Quote: στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will place … my … my left”

the sheep … the goats

Quote: τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, as the following verses make clear, Jesus speaks of people who do what is right as if they were sheep and of people who do what is wrong as if they were goats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who are like sheep … people who are like goats” or “the righteous people … the wicked people”

his right, … his left

Quote: δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Here, Jesus uses the adjectives right and left as nouns to refer to his right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side”

on his right, … on his left

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & ἐξ εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Jesus’ culture, the right side was considered to be more honorable or important than the left side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the honorable right … on less honorable left”

but the goats

Quote: τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 25:34

the King … his

Quote: ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the King, … my”

the King

Quote: ὁ Βασιλεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the title the King describes the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, who is the King,”

Matthew 25:34-36

on his right, ‘Come, the ones having been blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world … For I was hungry, and you gave me to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave me to drink; I was a stranger, and you gathered together with me … I was} naked, and you clothed me; I was sick, and you cared for me; I was in prison, and you came to me

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου & ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με & γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they, who had been blessed by his Father, should come and inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world. He said that this was because he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they gathered together with him; he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him”

Matthew 25:34

his right

Quote: δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated his right in 25:33. Alternate translation: “his right side”

Come

Quote: δεῦτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”

the ones having been blessed by my Father

Quote: οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones my Father has blessed”

by my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

inherit

Quote: κληρονομήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the King speaks as if the people on his right were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people will receive the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “receive” or “you are being given”

prepared for you

Quote: ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

from the foundation of the world

Quote: ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of foundation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from when God founded the world”

Matthew 25:35

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces the reasons why the people on the right will inherit the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”

you gave me to eat; … you gave me to drink

Quote: ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the king implies that the people gave him food to eat and water to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink”

you gathered together with me

Quote: συνηγάγετέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase gathered together with me means that these people invited him to eat and sleep in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your houses” or “you gave me a place to stay”

Matthew 25:36

I was} naked

Quote: γυμνὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word naked refers generally to having too little clothing. It does not necessarily mean that the king had no clothes at all, although that could have been true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was without proper clothing” or “I was ill-clothed”

you came to me

Quote: ἤλθατε πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the king implies that the people visited him while he was in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you spent time with me there”

you came

Quote: ἤλθατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “you went”

Matthew 25:37

the righteous

Quote: οἱ δίκαιοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The king is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the righteous people”

Matthew 25:37-39

saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you being hungry and feed {you}? Or being thirsty and give {you} to drink … And when did we see you a stranger and gather together with {you}? Or naked and clothe {you … And when did we see you sick or in prison and come to you

Quote: λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “calling him Lord and asking when they had seen him being hungry and fed him, or being thirsty and given him to drink. They asked when they had seen him a stranger and gathered together with him, or naked and clothed him. They asked when they had seen him sick or in prison and came to him.”

when did we see you being hungry and feed {you}? Or being thirsty and give {you} to drink … And when did we see you a stranger and gather together with {you}? Or naked and clothe {you … And when did we see you sick or in prison and come to you

Quote: πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember helping the king in any of these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry and fed you, or thirsty and gave you to drink. We do not think that we saw you a stranger and gathered together with you, or naked and clothed you. We do not think that we saw you sick or in prison and came to you.”

Matthew 25:37

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”

you … feed {you}? … give {you} to drink

Quote: σε & ἐθρέψαμεν & ἐποτίσαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the people are speaking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

being thirsty and give {you} to drink

Quote: διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The people speaking are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you to drink”

Matthew 25:38

you … gather together with {you}? … clothe {you

Quote: σε & συνηγάγομεν & περιεβάλομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the people are speaking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

gather together with {you

Quote: συνηγάγομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 25:35. Alternate translation: “invite you into our houses” or “give you a place to stay”

naked and clothe {you

Quote: γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

naked

Quote: γυμνὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this word in 25:36. Alternate translation: “without proper clothing” or “ill-clothed”

Matthew 25:39

you … you

Quote: σε & σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the people are speaking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

come to you

Quote: ἤλθομεν πρός σε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the the people speaking ask when they visited the king while he was sick or in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “spend time with you”

come

Quote: ἤλθομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go”

Matthew 25:40

the King

Quote: ὁ Βασιλεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the King,”

to them, ‘Truly I say to you, you did for one of the least of these brothers of mine, you did for me

Quote: αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he was speaking truly and that as much as they did for one of the least of these brothers of his, they did for him”

of … least

Quote: τῶν ἐλαχίστων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word least identifies someone who is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the least important”

of these brothers of mine

Quote: τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the king, Jesus, speaks of his disciples as if they were his brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those whom I call my brothers” or “of the people I love as if they were my brothers”

brothers

Quote: τῶν ἀδελφῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term brothers is masculine, the king is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.

you did for me

Quote: ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the king speaks as if anything that people did for one of the least of these brothers of mine was actually done for him. He means that he considers any help given to these brothers of mine to be as important to him as if it had been given directly to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is just like you did it for me”

Matthew 25:41

he will say … his left

Quote: ἐρεῖ & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will say … my left”

Matthew 25:41-43

to the ones on his left, ‘Go from me, the ones having been cursed, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels … For I was hungry, and you did not give me to eat; I was thirsty, and you did not give me to drink … I was a stranger, and you did not gather together with me; {I was} naked, and you did not clothe me; {I was} sick and in prison, and you did not care for me

Quote: τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ & ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με & ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to the ones on his left that they, who had been cursed, should go from him into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels. He said that this was because he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink; he was a stranger, and they did not gather together with him; he was naked, and they did not clothe him; he was sick and in prison, and they did not care for him”

Matthew 25:41

his left

Quote: εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated his left in 25:33. Alternate translation: “his left side”

the ones having been cursed

Quote: κατηραμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the eternal fire

Quote: τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase the eternal fire refers to hell and describes at as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 18:8. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as an eternal fire and” or “the hell”

that has been prepared

Quote: τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 25:42

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces the reasons why the people on the left will go to the “eternal fire.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”

you did not give me to eat; … you did not give me to drink

Quote: οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the king implies that the people gave him food to eat and water to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink”

Matthew 25:43

you did not gather together with me

Quote: οὐ συνηγάγετέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase did not gather together with me means that these people did not invite him to eat and sleep in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 25:35. Alternate translation: “you did not invite me into your houses” or “you did not give me a place to stay”

I was} naked

Quote: γυμνὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word naked refers generally to having too little clothing. It does not necessarily mean that the king had no clothes at all, although that could have been true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 25:36. Alternate translation: “I was without proper clothing” or “I was ill-clothed”

Matthew 25:44

saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you

Quote: λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

when did we see you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you

Quote: πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember failing to help the king in these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you.”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”

you … you

Quote: σε & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the people are talking to the king, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

naked

Quote: γυμνὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this word in 25:36. Alternate translation: “without proper clothing” or “ill-clothed”

Matthew 25:45

he will answer

Quote: ἀποκριθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will answer them”

saying, ‘Truly I say to you, as much as you did not do for one of the least of these, you did not do for me

Quote: λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he was speaking truly and that as much as they did not do for one of the least of these, they did not do for him”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he will say”

of the least

Quote: τῶν ἐλαχίστων (1)

Here, the word least identifies someone who is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated this word in 25:40. Alternate translation: “of the least important”

of these

Quote: τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word these refers to the people whom the king, Jesus, calls “brothers of mine” in 25:40. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to those people more directly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of the people I love as if they were my brothers”

you did not do for me

Quote: οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the king speaks as if people who fail to do something for one of the least of these actually fail to do something for him. He means that he considers any neglect of these people to be as important to him as if he himself had been neglected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in 25:40. Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “it is just like you did not do it for me”

Matthew 25:46

these

Quote: οὗτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun these refers to the people on the king’s left who did not help people in need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “those to whom the king just spoke” or “those on the king’s left side”

will go away into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life

Quote: ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if eternal punishment and eternal life were locations that people could go away into. He means that people will either experience eternal punishment or eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience eternal punishment, but the righteous ones eternal life”

into eternal punishment

Quote: εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of punishment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be punished eternally”

the righteous into eternal life

Quote: οἱ & δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

into eternal life

Quote: εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to live eternally”

Matthew 26

Matthew 26 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)
- The chief priests and elders plan to kill Jesus (26:1–5)
- A woman anoints Jesus (26:6–13)
- Judas agrees to hand Jesus over (26:14–16)
- Jesus’ last meal with his disciples (26:17–29)
- Jesus predicts that his disciples will deny him (26:30–35)
- Jesus prays in Gethsemane (26:36–46)
- Judas hands Jesus over (26:47–56)
- Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council (26:57–68)
- Peter denies Jesus three times (26:69–75)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is a quote from Zechariah 13:7.

Special concepts in this Chapter

Perfumed oil

In 26:6–13, a woman anoints Jesus with perfumed oil. The kind that the woman uses was very expensive. People would use these oils to make themselves look and smell good. Also, they used oils to anoint corpses before they buried them, possibly to keep them from smelling. In this story, the woman uses the oil to honor Jesus, and Jesus also interprets it as a preparation for his burial. Make sure that your readers understand what anointing with this kind of oil means. (See: oil)

Denying Jesus

Throughout this chapter, Jesus and his disciples speak about “denying” Jesus. If a disciple denies Jesus, the disciple claims to have no connection with Jesus, neither knowing nor following him. Consider how you might naturally express this idea in your language.

Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council

In 26:57–68, Matthew narrates Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council. Since Jerusalem was governed by the Roman empire, the Roman governor, Pilate, was the only one who could actually have someone executed. So, the Jewish council needed to find evidence against Jesus that proved that he did something for which the Roman governor would execute him. This trial, then, was a preliminary step. They first needed to find good evidence to condemn Jesus, and then they needed to present evidence to the Roman governor that would lead to him executing Jesus. While you should not explain all these details in your translation, make sure that your translation does fit with this general idea.

The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven

In 26:64, Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.

Peter’s accent

In 26:73, people who are standing near Peter tell him that they think he was one of Jesus’ disciples. They back up this claim by referring to his “speech,” by which they mean his accent and choice of words. In other words, Peter’s accent and word choice make it clear that he is from Galilee, where Jesus was from. So, they infer that Peter came to Jerusalem from Galilee with Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the people standing near Peter are speaking about his accent and word choice that prove that he is from a specific region.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Metaphor with bread and cup

In 26:26–28, Jesus identifies bread as “my body” and wine in a cup as “my blood of the covenant.” These metaphors can be understood in at least three primary ways: (1) the bread and wine somehow become Jesus’ body and blood; (2) Jesus’ body and blood are present, physically or spiritually, in the bread and wine; or (3) the bread and wine memorialize or symbolize Jesus’ body and blood. Christians are divided on this question, and metaphors that link body and blood to bread and wine are very significant in the Bible and in Christian teaching. For these reasons, it is best to preserve these metaphors without expressing them as similes or in another nonfigurative way. If you must express them in another way, see the notes on 26:26–28 for translation possibilities. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue, which can include both individuals and groups. Because of this, there are many of both singular and plural forms of “you.” However, there are slightly more plural forms of “you” in this chapter, so you should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

The answer “You said it”

In 26:25 and 26:64, Jesus answers questions with the clause “You said it.” He uses this answer because he does not want to directly say “yes,” but he wants to imply that what the person asked is true in some way. In other words, Jesus’ answer indirectly provides a positive answer to the question. If possible, you should use a comparable phrase that gives an indirect positive answer to a question. If necessary, you could use a more direct answer, as modeled by the UST. See the notes on these verses for translation options that are more indirect.

Judas’ kiss for Jesus

In 26:49, Matthew describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them, probably on one cheek or on both cheeks. If men would not greet each other with a kiss in your culture, you could explain the purpose of the kiss, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: kiss)

Matthew 26:1

And it happened that when Jesus had finished all these words, he said to his disciples

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

all these words

Quote: πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Matthew uses the term words to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words”

Matthew 26:2

happens, … is handed over

Quote: γίνεται & παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here because Jesus is sure that these things will happen, he uses the present to refer to events that will happen in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here. Alternate translation: “will happen … will be handed over”

the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am handed over”

the Son of Man is handed over to be crucified

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man so that people crucify him”

Matthew 26:3

were gathered together

Quote: συνήχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”

the one called Caiaphas

Quote: τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one people called Caiaphas”

of the chief priest, the one called Caiaphas

Quote: τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

Here Matthew uses the phrase the one called Caiaphas to distinguish this chief priest from the rest of the chief priests. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the chief priest who was called Caiaphas”

Matthew 26:4

they took counsel together

Quote: συνεβουλεύσαντο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase took counsel together indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 22:15. Alternate translation: “they made plans together” or “they came up with ideas together”

by deceit

Quote: δόλῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deceit, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitfully” or “cleverly”

kill him

Quote: ἀποκτείνωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders would have other people kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have him killed”

Matthew 26:5

they were saying, “Not during the festival, so that a riot does not happen among the people

Quote: ἔλεγον & μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that they would not do it during the festival, so that a riot would not happen among the people”

Not during the festival

Quote: μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase Not during the festival refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival”

the festival

Quote: τῇ ἑορτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the festival is the Passover, as indicated in 26:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover”

the people

Quote: τῷ λαῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means specifically the great crowds of people who were in the city of Jerusalem and who liked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to Jesus” or “the people who are here who follow Jesus”

Matthew 26:6

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus being

Quote: τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γενομένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples were with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples being”

of Simon the leper

Quote: Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) Simon had once been a leper but had been healed. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who had been healed of leprosy” (2) the house was owned by Simon, who was a leper, but he did not live there. Alternate translation: “owned by Simon the leper” (3) the leper was a nickname for Simon, who did not actually have leprosy. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who was nicknamed ‘the leper’”

of Simon

Quote: Σίμωνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Simon is the name of a man. This is not the same Simon whom Jesus also called Peter.

Matthew 26:7

a woman approached him having an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil

Quote: προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces a woman into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil. She approached him”

an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil

Quote: ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Matthew is using the possessive form to describe an alabaster jar that is filled with very expensive perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil”

an alabaster jar

Quote: ἀλάβαστρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word alabaster is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a white stone jar”

of very expensive perfumed oil

Quote: μύρου βαρυτίμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This oil had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Matthew indicates that this was particularly expensive oil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of oil, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of very expensive oil with perfume in it”

his head, {he} reclining to eat

Quote: τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the phrase {he} reclining to eat refers to something that was happening while the woman poured the oil on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action. Alternate translation: “his head as he was reclining to eat”

he} reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνακειμένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:10. Alternate translation: “he sitting down to eat” or “he eating”

Matthew 26:8

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Matthew 26:8-9

saying, “For what {is} this waste … For this was able to be sold for much and given to the poor

Quote: λέγοντες, εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη & ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι πτωχοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking what the waste was for and saying that the perfume was able to have been sold for much and then given to the poor”

Matthew 26:8

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

For what {is} this waste

Quote: εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The disciples is using the question form to show that they think the woman wasted the perfume. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for this waste.” or “What a waste!”

For what {is} this waste

Quote: εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη (1)

Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”

this waste

Quote: ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of waste, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she wasting this”

Matthew 26:9

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples say that the woman wasted the perfume. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We say that because” or “As a matter of fact,”

this was able to be sold for much and given to

Quote: ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would have done the action, it is clear from the context that would have been the woman. Alternate translation: “she was able to sell this for much and give”

this

Quote: τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun this refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in 26:7. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer back to it more directly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil”

for much and given to

Quote: πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the disciples imply that the perfumed could have been sold for much money, and this money is what would been given to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for much money, which could have been given”

the poor

Quote: πτωχοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The disciples are using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”

Matthew 26:10

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces how Jesus responded in contrast to how the disciples responded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

Why are you causing trouble for the woman

Quote: τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for saying these things about what the woman did. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not cause trouble for the woman.” or “Stop causing trouble for the woman!”

are you causing trouble for the woman? … a good work

Quote: κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί & ἔργον & καλὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of trouble and work, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling the woman … something good”

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should not cause trouble for the woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should not do that, because” or “In fact,”

Matthew 26:11

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus rebukes the disciples for saying that the woman should have given money to the poor instead of pouring the perfume on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a rebuke, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I am rebuking you because” or “Here is why I say that:”

you always have the poor with you

Quote: πάντοτε & τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that they will always have the opportunity of giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you, and you can give to them whenever you desire to do so”

the poor

Quote: τοὺς πτωχοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew 26:12

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation about why what the woman did was a “good work.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Further,”

perfumed oil

Quote: τὸ μύρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated perfumed oil in 26:7. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it”

to prepare me for burial

Quote: πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of burial, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to prepare me to be buried”

Matthew 26:13

this gospel is preached … also what she did will be spoken

Quote: κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο & λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “people preach this gospel … they will also speak what she did”

in remembrance of her

Quote: εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of remembrance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that she is remembered” or “as a way to remember her”

Matthew 26:14

of the Twelve

Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

the one called

Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar form in 26:3. Alternate translation: “the one people called Judas Iscariot”

having gone

Quote: πορευθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

Matthew 26:15

What are you willing to give me

Quote: τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Judas is asking how much money they will give to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What sum of money are you willing to pay me”

and I

Quote: κἀγὼ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word and introduces what Judas is offering to do if they give him enough money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal or result. If you use the following alternate translations, you may need to delete the comma before and. Alternate translation: “so that I” or “in order that I”

they weighed out 30 pieces of silver for him

Quote: οἱ & ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to a procedure in which pieces of silver would be weighed to so that all the people involved in the transaction would be sure that the correct amount of money had been payed. Matthew means that they offered to pay Judas 30 pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they counted out 30 pieces of silver for him” or “they offered 30 pieces of silver to him”

30 pieces of silver

Quote: τριάκοντα ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “about four months’ wages”

Matthew 26:16

an opportunity in order that he might hand him over

Quote: εὐκαιρίαν ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of opportunity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when it might be easy to hand him over” or “an opportune moment in which to hand him over”

Matthew 26:17

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

on the first

Quote: τῇ & πρώτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the number first as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “on the first day”

on the first

Quote: τῇ & πρώτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

do you want {… for you

Quote: θέλεις & σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the disciples are talking to Jesus, the word you is singular throughout this verse.

the Passover

Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus’ disciples are using the name of one part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”

Matthew 26:18

Go into the city to so-and-so and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I with my disciples am doing the Passover with you

Quote: ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to so-and-so and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near and that he with his disciples is doing the Passover with him”

the city

Quote: τὴν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”

so-and-so

Quote: τὸν δεῖνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the phrase so-and-so refers to a person whose name the speaker does not want to share. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form in your language, or you could refer to a man without naming him. Alternate translation: “such-and-such a man” or “a certain man”

My time

Quote: ὁ καιρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase My time refers to a moment when something important is going to happen to Jesus. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time when he will suffer and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A significant moment for me” or “The time for me to die”

I with my disciples am doing the Passover

Quote: ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Jesus uses the name of one part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 26:17. Alternate translation: “I with my disciples am eating the Passover meal”

I with my disciples am doing

Quote: ποιῶ & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to something that he plans to do in the future. Use whatever tense would be natural for describing plans for the future. Alternate translation: “I with my disciples plan to do”

with you

Quote: πρὸς σὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that will celebrate the Passover at this man’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at your house”

you

Quote: σὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the disciples will be talking to a man, the word you here is singular.

Matthew 26:19

the Passover

Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Matthew uses the name of one part of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 26:17. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”

Matthew 26:20

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

he was reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνέκειτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:10. Alternate translation: “he was sitting down to eat” or “he was eating”

the Twelve

Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 26:14. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

Matthew 26:22

being very grieved

Quote: λυπούμενοι σφόδρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Surely not I, Lord

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Here the disciples could be using the question form: (1) to tell Jesus that they would never hand him over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Lord!” (2) to ask a hesitant question. In this case, they are unsure whether they would hand Jesus over. Alternate translation: “Can it really be me, Lord?”

Surely not I, Lord

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Lord”

Matthew 26:23

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl, this one will hand me over

Quote: ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ, οὗτός με παραδώσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the phrase this one refers directly back to The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce The one having dipped his hand and then say what he will do. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase this one would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl will hand me over”

The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl

Quote: ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here Jesus describes one specific way of eating food in his culture to refer to eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one taking food from the same plate with me” or “The one participating in this meal with me”

Matthew 26:24

The Son of Man departs just as it has been written about him. But woe to that man through whom the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me. But woe to that man through whom I am handed over”

departs

Quote: ὑπάγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event. He does this to emphasize that the future event is sure to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here and express the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will surely depart”

departs

Quote: ὑπάγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, departs is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite way to refer to dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passes away” or “dies”

just as it has been written

Quote: καθὼς γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that what has been written can be found in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”

it has been written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who wrote the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote” or “the Scriptures testify”

through whom the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man”

that man had not been born

Quote: οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 26:25

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Surely not I, Rabbi

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Here Judas could be using the question form: (1) to deny that he would ever hand Jesus over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Rabbi!” (2) to ask Jesus if he knows whether Judas is the one who will hand him over. In this case, Judas is actually asking for information. Alternate translation: “Do you think it is me, Rabbi?”

Surely not I, Rabbi

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Judas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Rabbi”

He says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

You said {it

Quote: σὺ εἶπας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase You said {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that Judas is the one who will hand him over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a question. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”

You

Quote: σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Peter is talking to Judas, the word You here is singular.

Matthew 26:26

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

having blessed

Quote: εὐλογήσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus blessed: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed God” or “having praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed it” or “having asked God to make it holy”

broke {it}. … he

Quote: ἔκλασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the bread in pieces so that it could be served to the disciples. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “divided the bread into servings” or “broke the bread into smaller pieces”

Take, eat

Quote: λάβετε, φάγετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to Take and eat the pieces of bread that he gave to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take these pieces of bread and eat them”

This is my body

Quote: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus identifies the bread as his body. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The bread could somehow become Jesus’ body, or Jesus’ body could be present in some way when people eat the bread, or the bread could represent or memorialize Jesus’ body. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my body”

Matthew 26:27

a cup

Quote: ποτήριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Matthew uses the word cup to refer both to it and to the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup full of wine” or “some wine”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he instructed them”

Matthew 26:28

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of the cup of wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what this cup of wine means:”

this

Quote: τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun this refers to the wine in the cup that Matthew mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the wine more directly. Alternate translation: “the wine in this cup”

this is my blood of the covenant

Quote: τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus identifies the cup of wine as his blood of the covenant. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The wine could somehow become Jesus’ blood, or Jesus’ blood could be present in some way when people drink the wine, or the wine could represent or memorialize Jesus’ blood. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “this functions as my blood of the covenant”

my blood of the covenant

Quote: τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe how his blood inaugurates or initiates the covenant. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my blood that initiates the covenant”

of the covenant

Quote: τῆς διαθήκης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read the covenant. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the new covenant.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

that is being poured out for many

Quote: τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that he will die and his blood will be poured out of his body. He is using words that people would use to describe how animals would be offered to God: these animals would be killed and then their blood would be poured out on or near the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that, when I die, is being poured out for many” or “that is being shed for many”

is being poured out

Quote: ἐκχυννόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus implies that he himself does it when he dies. Alternate translation: “I am pouring out”

many

Quote: πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

for the forgiveness of sins

Quote: εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of forgiveness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to forgive sins”

Matthew 26:29

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

I say to you, I will certainly not drink

Quote: λέγω & ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ πίω (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that I will certainly not drink”

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

from this fruit of the vine

Quote: ἐκ τούτου τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase fruit of the vine refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “alcohol made from grapes” or “wine”

that day

Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus uses the term day to refer to a particular moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hour” or “the moment”

I drink it new

Quote: αὐτὸ πίνω & καινὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word new could go with: (1) drink. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink the wine in a new way. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way” or “I drink it anew” (2) the wine. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink new wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

Matthew 26:30

having sung a hymn

Quote: ὑμνήσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A hymn is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the hymn that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a hymn, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God”

Matthew 26:31

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

You all will be caused to stumble on me in this night, for it is written, I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ; γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses gives the basis for the claim that the first clause makes. Alternate translation: “It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.’ Therefore, you all will be caused to stumble on me in this night”

will be caused to stumble on me

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that his disciples could stumble on. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will desert me because of what happens to me” or “will run away from me”

will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble”

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Jesus’ culture, it is written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Zechariah (see Zechariah 13:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Zechariah”

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Zechariah. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” or “God spoke through Zechariah”

it is written, I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: γέγραπται & πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that God will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered”

I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Messiah were a shepherd and as if his people were sheep of the flock. He means that the Messiah is the leader, and his people are like helpless sheep without him. Since Jesus is quoting these words from the Old Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “I will strike the person who is like a shepherd and those who are like sheep of the flock will be scattered”

I will strike

Quote: πατάξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this quotation, God is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike”

I will strike

Quote: πατάξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word strike means to hit someone hard enough to kill that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will fatally strike” or “I will strike down”

the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will scatter”

the sheep of the flock

Quote: τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the sheep”

Matthew 26:32

I am raised up

Quote: τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

I am raised up

Quote: τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I raise myself up”

I will go before you into Galilee

Quote: προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that once he is in Galilee, his disciples will meet him there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee, where you will be with me again”

I will go before

Quote: προάξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “I will come ahead of”

Matthew 26:33

If all will be caused to stumble

Quote: εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that all might be caused to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Were all to be caused to stumble”

will be caused to stumble on you, … will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί & σκανδαλισθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Peter speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that his disciples could stumble on. He means that they may reject and desert Jesus because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea 26:31. Alternate translation: “will desert you because of what will happen to you … will desert you” or “will run away from you … will run away”

will be caused to stumble … will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble”

you

Quote: σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you here is singular.

Matthew 26:34

to you … you will deny

Quote: σοι & ἀπαρνήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

before a rooster crows

Quote: πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus describes what an animal does in the morning when the sun comes up to refer to that time of day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows in the early morning”

before a rooster crows

Quote: πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning”

you will deny me three times

Quote: τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that Peter will deny that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” or “you will deny three times that you are my disciple”

Matthew 26:35

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Even if it were necessary for me to die with you

Quote: κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that it might be necessary to die with Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were it necessary for me to die with you”

Even if it were necessary for me to die with you

Quote: κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Peter means that if it were necessary for him to die if he remained faithful to Jesus, he would rather do that than deny him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Even if it were necessary for me, to keep from denying you, to die with you” or “Even if I would have to die with you if I stayed with you”

you, … you

Quote: σοὶ & σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

Matthew 26:36

comes … says

Quote: ἔρχεται & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

comes

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

called Gethsemane

Quote: λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people call Gethsemane”

Matthew 26:37

having taken along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, he began to be grieved and greatly troubled

Quote: παραλαβὼν τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee. Now something began to grieve and greatly trouble Jesus” or “as he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, what he was thinking began to grieve and greatly trouble him”

the two sons of Zebedee

Quote: τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The two sons of Zebedee were James and John (see 4:21). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them by name. Alternate translation: “James and John, the two sons of Zebedee”

to be grieved and greatly troubled

Quote: λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms grieved and greatly troubled mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to be extremely grieved” or “to be very troubled”

Matthew 26:38

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”

My soul is very grieved

Quote: περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “Something grieves my soul very much” or “What I am thinking grieves my soul very much”

My soul is

Quote: ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, soul refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am very grieved”

to death

Quote: ἕως θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus is using the phrase to death to describe the extent of his grief. He uses this overstatement in order to show how very grieved he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “so much so that I cannot stand it much longer” or “as if I were about to die”

Matthew 26:39

having gone a little farther

Quote: προσελθὼν μικρὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come a little farther”

he fell on his face

Quote: ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Matthew’s culture, falling on one’s face refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he bowed down” or “he lay down to show respect”

praying and saying

Quote: προσευχόμενος καὶ λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked God”

Father

Quote: Πάτερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

let this cup pass away from me

Quote: παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “cause this cup to pass away from me” or “allow this cup to pass away from me”

this cup

Quote: τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison” or “this suffering”

not as I will, but as you

Quote: οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not do as I will, but do as you will”

you

Quote: σύ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is speaking to his Father, the word you here is singular.

Matthew 26:40

he comes … finds … he says

Quote: ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

the disciples

Quote: τοὺς μαθητὰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the disciples refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”

he says to Peter

Quote: λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up Peter before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter to say to him”

So, were you not able to be alert with me for one hour

Quote: οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So, I see that you were not able to be alert with me for one hour.” or “You surely should have been able to be alert with me for one hour!”

So, were you not able

Quote: οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word So indicates that Jesus question is based on what he found when he returned to the disciples. Given that the disciples were asleep, the word So means that the answer to this question is already obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a rhetorical question based on something that the person has observed. Alternate translation: “Given what I just found, should I conclude that were you not able” or “I do not really need to ask, but were you not able”

were you not able

Quote: οὐκ ἰσχύσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Although Jesus is speaking directly to Peter, you here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able”

Matthew 26:41

you do not enter into temptation

Quote: μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks as if temptation were a location that someone could enter into. He is referring to experiencing temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not experience temptation” or “you are kept away from temptation”

you do not enter into temptation

Quote: μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are not tempted”

The spirit indeed {is} willing, but the flesh {is} weak

Quote: τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The words spirit and flesh represent people’s spirits and flesh in general, not one particular spirit and flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People’s spirits indeed are willing, but their flesh is weak”

The spirit indeed {is} willing

Quote: τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, spirit represents a person’s desires and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The will indeed wants to do it” or “Inside, you indeed are willing”

is} willing

Quote: πρόθυμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that the spirit is willing to do what is right, and more specifically what Jesus has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what I ask”

the flesh {is} weak

Quote: ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, flesh represents a person’s body and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body is weak” or “when you act you are weak”

Matthew 26:42

having gone away

Quote: ἀπελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”

a second time

Quote: ἐκ δευτέρου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

My Father

Quote: Πάτερ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.

this is not able to pass away unless I drink it

Quote: οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus continues to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 26:39. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison is not able to pass away unless I drink from it” or “this suffering is not able to pass away unless I experience it”

this … it

Quote: τοῦτο & αὐτὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns this and it refer to the cup that Jesus already mentioned in 26:39. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the cup more directly. Alternate translation: “this cup … from it”

let your will be done

Quote: γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

let your will be done

Quote: γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do your will” or “cause your will to be done”

your will

Quote: τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you will”

your

Quote: σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to his Father, the word your here is singular.

Matthew 26:43

And having come again, he found them sleeping, for their eyes were weighed down

Quote: καὶ ἐλθὼν πάλιν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since their eyes were weighed down, when he came again, he found them sleeping”

having come

Quote: ἐλθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

their eyes were weighed down

Quote: ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the clause their eyes were weighed down indicates that the three disciples were very tired and sleepy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were exhausted” or “they were very tired”

their eyes were weighed down

Quote: ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes were heavy” or “sleepiness weighed their eyes down”

Matthew 26:44

having gone away

Quote: ἀπελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”

a third time

Quote: ἐκ τρίτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three”

the same word

Quote: τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the same things” or “what he said previously”

Matthew 26:45

he comes … says

Quote: ἔρχεται & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Are you still sleeping and resting

Quote: καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε (1)

This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question that Jesus uses to rebuke the disciples. In this case, Jesus is disappointed that the disciples continue to sleep. Alternate translation: “Do you continue to sleep and rest?” (2) a command to continue to sleep and rest. In this case, Jesus means that the time when they were supposed to be alert is over, and they might as well sleep and rest now. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and continue to sleep and rest!” or “You can continue to sleep and rest.”

Are you still sleeping and resting

Quote: καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is sad that you are still sleeping and resting.” or “You should not still be sleeping and resting!”

Are you still sleeping and resting

Quote: καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms sleeping and resting mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Are you still taking your rest” or “Are you still sleeping soundly”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”

the hour

Quote: ἡ ὥρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

the hour

Quote: ἡ ὥρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus implies that the hour is the time when he will suffer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the hour of my suffering”

the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man”

the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am handed over”

is handed over

Quote: παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event that he knows will surely happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense and indicate the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly be handed over”

into the hands

Quote: εἰς χεῖρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The term hands represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how expressed the similar idea in 17:22. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”

Matthew 26:46

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”

Matthew 26:47

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

of the Twelve

Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 26:14. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

and with him a large crowd

Quote: καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and with him came a large crowd”

clubs

Quote: ξύλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses to hit people. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”

Matthew 26:48

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

a sign

Quote: σημεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew is referring to an action by which one person communicates to others. More specifically, Judas arranged with the crowd an action that would communicate to them which person was Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a signal to point out Jesus” or “a cue that would indicate whom to seize”

saying, “Whomever I kiss is he. Seize him

Quote: λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was he, and that they should seize him”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Whomever I kiss

Quote: ὃν ἂν φιλήσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. In some cultures, a kiss as a greeting is appropriate, but in other cultures it is not appropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the kiss means, or you could refer to how close friends would greet each other in your culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet with a kiss” or “Whomever I hug”

he

Quote: αὐτός (1)

Alternate translation: “the one you are seeking”

Matthew 26:49

Rejoice

Quote: χαῖρε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word Rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”

Rejoice

Quote: χαῖρε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Judas is speaking to Jesus, the command to Rejoice is singular.

he kissed him

Quote: κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. See how you expressed the idea in 26:48. Alternate translation: “he greet him with a kiss” or “he hugged him”

Matthew 26:50

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

for what are you present

Quote: ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here Jesus uses a very short clause that implies some information. The clause could be: (1) a rhetorical question. In this case, Jesus is rebuking Judas by asking him why he is present. Alternate translation: “for what purpose are you present?” (2) a command. In this case, Jesus is telling Judas to do what he came to do. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are present!” (3) a statement. In this case, Jesus is saying that he knows why Judas is present. Alternate translation: “I know for what purpose you are present.”

for what are you present

Quote: ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are present to do something wrong” or “you should not have come here to do this!”

are you present

Quote: πάρει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to Judas, the word you here is singular.

they laid hands on Jesus and seized him

Quote: ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The clauses they laid hands on Jesus and seized him mean similar things. Matthew is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “they seized Jesus” or “they took hold of Jesus to arrest him”

they laid hands on

Quote: ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, they laid hands on Jesus means that they grabbed and restrained Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they took hold of” or “they grabbed”

Matthew 26:51

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

one of the ones with Jesus, having stretched out his hand, drew his sword

Quote: εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression having stretched out his hand contains extra information that might be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “one of the ones with Jesus drew his sword”

one of the ones with Jesus

Quote: εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew uses this phrase to bring one of the characters in the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Matthew does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was with Jesus came forward and”

Matthew 26:52

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Return your sword to its place, for all the ones having taken a sword will perish by a sword

Quote: ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς; πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “All the ones having taken a sword will perish by a sword, so return your sword to its place”

Return your

Quote: ἀπόστρεψον & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is talking to the man who drew his sword, the word your and the command Return are singular.

its place

Quote: τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the place for the sword is where a person would normally store or keep a sword while he or she was not using it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable a word or phrase that refers to where a person keeps a sword on them, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your belt” or “where you keep it”

the ones having taken a sword

Quote: οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus refers to those who fight and kill others as the ones having taken a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones using swords” or “the ones having taken a sword to kill others”

will perish by a sword

Quote: ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these people will perish by someone killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword”

Matthew 26:53

Or do you think that I am not able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels

Quote: ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciple who drew the sword. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Indeed, I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels” or “Surely you know that I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels!”

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Or introduces a contrasting alternative to “taking a sword” (see 26:52). Jesus provides this alternative to show further that “taking a sword” is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an alternative, or you could leave Or untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”

do you think

Quote: δοκεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is singular because Jesus is speaking to the man who drew his sword.

Father

Quote: τὸν Πατέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

more than 12 legions of angels

Quote: πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word legions is a military term. Each legion is a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means that God could send a large number of angels and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “more than 12 regiments of angels” or “more than 12 large groups of angels”

Matthew 26:54

How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way

Quote: πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciple about why he is acting as he does. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way.” or “Then the scriptures would certainly not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way!”

How then

Quote: πῶς οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word then introduces what the result would be if Jesus did what he said he could do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of result. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how”

would the scriptures be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures”

that it is necessary to happen in this way

Quote: ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which indicate that it is necessary for things to happen in this way”

Matthew 26:55

At that hour

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

As against a robber have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me

Quote: ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowds for how they have acted. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was not necessary for you to come out as against a robber, bringing swords and clubs to seize me.” or “There was no reason for you to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as if I were a robber!”

As against a robber

Quote: ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is saying that the crowds are acting like he is a dangerous robber because they have come to arrest him with many weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As you arm yourselves to seize a robber,” or “As if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”

have you come out

Quote: ἐξήλθατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “have you gone out”

clubs

Quote: ξύλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated clubs in 26:47. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”

I was sitting in the temple teaching

Quote: ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between sitting and teaching more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was sitting in the temple to teach” or “I was sitting as a teacher in the temple, instructing people”

the temple

Quote: τῷ ἱερῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 26:56

all this has happened

Quote: τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to the events that have just occurred, particularly the crowd arresting Jesus once Judas handed him over. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these events more directly. Alternate translation: “all these events have happened” or “what just occurred has happened”

so that

Quote: ἵνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what has happened. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for what has happened. Alternate translation: “in order that”

the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill the writings of the prophets”

the writings of the prophets

Quote: αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the writings of the prophets refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures in which the prophets wrote about what would happen to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures”

Matthew 26:57

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

to Caiaphas

Quote: πρὸς Καϊάφαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Caiaphas represents the house where Caiaphas lived. This is clear from the word where in this verse, which refers to a place, not a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiphas”

were gathered together

Quote: συνήχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 26:58

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word But introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Jesus being led to the house of Caiaphas). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”

But Peter was following him from a distance

Quote: ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Peter followed from a distance because he did not want anyone to see him and arrest him too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “But Peter, because he did not want to be seen and arrested, was following him from a distance. He went”

the officers

Quote: τῶν ὑπηρετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word officers refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there”

the end

Quote: τὸ τέλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word end refers to the outcome or result of what was happening to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the outcome” or “the result of what was happening”

Matthew 26:59

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

were seeking false testimony against Jesus

Quote: ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin were trying find evidence against Jesus, even if it was false. In other words, they needed to find people who were willing to say that Jesus had done something very wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were seeking evidence against Jesus, even false evidence,” or “were seeking proof, even if it were not true, that Jesus had done something wrong”

false testimony

Quote: ψευδομαρτυρίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone to testify falsely”

they might put him to death

Quote: αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might have the Romans put him to death”

so that they might put him to death

Quote: ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed”

they might put him to death

Quote: αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Sanhedrin to execute people, the Sanhedrin had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”

Matthew 26:60

many false witnesses having approached

Quote: πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here Matthew describes something that is unexpected in a situation where the Jewish council did not find any good evidence against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that many false witnesses approached”

later

Quote: ὕστερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word later indicates that these two witnesses approached the council after the many false witnesses described in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after all those false witnesses,”

two

Quote: δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the number two as a noun to mean two people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two witnesses”

Matthew 26:61

This one said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild {it} in three days

Quote: οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days”

in three days

Quote: διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in three days refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”

Matthew 26:62

Do you answer nothing? What are these testifying against you

Quote: οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ, τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here the high priest could be asking: (1) two questions. See the ULT and UST. (2) one question. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing to what these are testifying against you”

Do you answer nothing

Quote: οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ (1)

Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer”

Do you answer … you

Quote: ἀποκρίνῃ & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word you is singular throughout this verse.

What are these testifying against you

Quote: τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the high priest is asking Jesus how he will defend himself against the people who have accused him of saying and doing wrong things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your defense against these testifying against you”

Matthew 26:63

I make you swear by the living God

Quote: ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula

Here the high priests puts Jesus under oath, or makes him swear by God that what he says is true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I make you swear before the living God” or “I require that you solemnly promise the living God”

you … you tell … you

Quote: σε & εἴπῃς & σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

by the living God

Quote: κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

you tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God

Quote: ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Here the high priest uses the statement form to ask a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in question form. Alternate translation: “you answer this question: Are you the Christ, the Son of God?”

us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us refers to the high priest and the rest of the Jewish council, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.

the Son of God

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

Matthew 26:64

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

You said {it

Quote: σὺ εἶπας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, much as in 26:25, the phrase You said {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the high priest is right to suggest that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”

You

Quote: σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is speaking to the high priest, word You here is singular.

But

Quote: πλὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus wishes to say about himself in further development of what the high priest suggested. The word thus indicates some contrast and some explanation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that a person would use to clarify or develop another person’s statement. Alternate translation: “Yet even further,” or “Nevertheless,”

I say to you

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

Jesus uses the clause I say to you to emphasize what he is telling the Jewish council. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”

to you, … you will see

Quote: ὑμῖν & ὄψεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus is speaking to the whole Jewish council, the words you and you here are plural.

the Son of Man

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man,”

sitting at the right hand

Quote: καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When someone sits at the right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at the right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at the right hand”

at the right hand of power

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase at the right hand refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the Jesus’ culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of power” or “at the honorable place of power”

at the right hand of power

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word power could refer to: (1) the power that a person sitting at the right hand has. In this case, Jesus implies that the right hand is God’s. Alternate translation: “at the right hand with power” or “at the right hand of God, the place of power,” (2) God the Father by reference to the power that he has. Alternate translation: “at the right hand of the powerful God” or “at the right hand the Almighty”

at the right hand of power

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, and if you do not translate the word as a title for God, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the right hand, which is a powerful place,” or “powerfully at the right hand”

coming

Quote: ἐρχόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the Son of Man to be coming. Some think he is coming to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is coming back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”

the clouds of heaven

Quote: τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Matthew 26:65

tore his robes

Quote: διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “tore his robes in outrage”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

Why do we still have need of witnesses

Quote: τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The high priest is using the question form to emphatically state that he thinks that they do not need more witnesses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not still have need of witnesses.” or “We certainly do not still have need of witnesses!”

need of witnesses

Quote: χρείαν & μαρτύρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the high priest implies that they do not need more witnesses to prove that Jesus blasphemes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “need of witnesses to prove that he blasphemes”

Behold

Quote: ἴδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the Jewish council and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”

the blasphemy

Quote: τὴν βλασφημίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him blaspheme” or “the blasphemous things he says”

Matthew 26:66

What do you think

Quote: τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the high priest is asking the rest of the Jewish council what they think they should do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do you think we should do with him”

He is deserving of death

Quote: ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die”

Matthew 26:67

they spit in his face

Quote: ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, people would spit in someone’s face to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “they spit in his face to dishonor him”

they spit … they

Quote: ἐνέπτυσαν & οἱ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronouns they and they refer to people who were there. Matthew may be referring to some members of the Jewish council, some of the people that Peter was sitting with, and other people who were in or near the house of the high priest. If possible use a general word or phrase that refers to some of the people who were there. Alternate translation: “some people spit … they” or “some of those present spit … they”

Matthew 26:68

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Prophesy to us

Quote: προφήτευσον ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he really could Prophesy. When they demanded that Jesus Prophesy, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to Prophesy in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Show us that you can prophesy” or “Prophesy to us if you really can”

Prophesy … you

Quote: προφήτευσον & σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the people are talking to Jesus, the command Prophesy and the word you are singular.

Christ

Quote: Χριστέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who call yourself Christ”

Who is the one having hit you

Quote: τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people who hit Jesus do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So, if it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!”

Matthew 26:69

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Now introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in 26:59–68 (Jesus’ trial). This story continues the narrative about Peter that Matthew began in 26:58. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “During those events,” or “While that was happening,”

saying

Quote: λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she declared”

You also were with Jesus

Quote: καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You also were a disciple of Jesus”

You

Quote: σὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since the servant girl is talking to Peter, the word You here is singular.

Matthew 26:70

he denied {it

Quote: ὁ & ἠρνήσατο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Peter denied that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he denied that he was with Jesus”

all

Quote: πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all the people there”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

I do not know what you are saying

Quote: οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Peter means that servant girl’s words do not apply to him. He does not mean that he was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are saying things that I know nothing about.” or “I have no idea what you are talking about!”

you are saying

Quote: λέγεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Peter is talking to the servant girl, the word you here is singular.

Matthew 26:71

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

another

Quote: ἄλλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective another as a noun to mean another servant girl. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another servant girl”

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

This one was with Jesus

Quote: οὗτος ἦν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar clause in 26:69. Alternate translation: “This one was a disciple of Jesus”

Matthew 26:72

he denied {it} with an oath, “I do not know

Quote: ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα (1)

Alternate translation: “he denied it, ‘I swear that I do not know”

he denied {it} with an oath

Quote: ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Peter again denied that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 26:70. Alternate translation: “he denied with an oath that he was with Jesus”

Matthew 26:73

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Truly you also are from them, for also your speech makes you evident

Quote: ἀληθῶς καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Your speech makes you evident, so we know truly that you also are from them”

you … your … you

Quote: σὺ & σου & σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because these people are talking to Peter, the words you and your throughout this verse are singular.

from them

Quote: ἐξ αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun them refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the disciples more directly. Alternate translation: “from Jesus’ disciples” or “one of his disciples”

your speech makes you evident

Quote: ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase implies that Peter’s speech had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee, where Jesus was from. The people who are talking with people think that this makes it evident that he is one of Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “your speech makes it evident that you are from Galilee” or “how you talk makes it clear that you come from where Jesus is from”

Matthew 26:74

Then he began to curse and to swear, “I do not know

Quote: τότε ἤρξατο καταθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα (1)

Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘I call a curse down on myself and swear that I do not know”

to curse

Quote: καταθεματίζειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase to curse could mean that: (1) Peter asks God to curse him if he is lying. Alternate translation: “to ask God to curse him if was speaking falsely” or “to invoke a curse on himself” (2) Peter curses Jesus. Alternate translation: “to curse Jesus”

a rooster crowed

Quote: ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated rooster and “crow” in 26:34. Alternate translation: “a bird began to sing”

Matthew 26:75

the word of Jesus

Quote: τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

that he had said: “Before a rooster crows you will deny me three times

Quote: εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “that he had said that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times”

Before a rooster crows you will deny me three times

Quote: πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με (1)

This clause is identical to what Jesus said in 26:34, so express the idea as you did there.

you will deny

Quote: ἀπαρνήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Jesus had said this to Peter, the word you here is singular.

having gone outside

Quote: ἐξελθὼν ἔξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the area where the house of the high priest was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out of the courtyard and away from the house”

having gone

Quote: ἐξελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

Matthew 27

Matthew 27 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)
- The Jewish council sends Jesus to Pilate, the governor (27:1–2)
- Judas repents and kills himself (27:3–10)
- Jesus’ trial before Pilate, the governor (27:11–26)
- Jesus is crucified (27:27–56)
  - The soldiers mock Jesus (27:27–31)
  - Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (27:32–44)
  - Jesus dies (27:45–56)
- Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (27:57–61)
- The chief priests and Pharisees secure Jesus’ tomb (27:62–66)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The prophecy about the 30 pieces of silver and the field of the potter

In 27:3–8, Matthew tells the story of how Judas returned the 30 pieces of silver that the Jewish leaders had paid him to hand Jesus over. The leaders used that money to buy “the field of the potter” as a burial ground for foreigners. Then, in 27:9–10, Matthew indicates that these events “fulfilled” what the prophet Jeremiah spoke. Then, Matthew summarizes or paraphrases Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 19:1–13, and Jeremiah 32:6–9. These passages speak about a potter, 30 pieces of silver, or someone buying a field. Since Matthew indicates that he is referring to what Jeremiah said, you too should indicate that these words come from Jeremiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Matthew is summarizing or paraphrasing from another text.

The drinks that people offered to Jesus

In 27:34, the soldiers offer Jesus “wine mixed with gall.” In 27:48, someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks were, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.

Calling Elijah

In 27:46, Jesus calls out “Eli, Eli,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eli.” There is a story about this Elijah in 2 Kings 2:11–12, where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: Elijah)

The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom

The “curtain” to which Matthew refers in 27:51 could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Matthew indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:

the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.
the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.
the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is about to do something powerful.

Since Matthew does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.

The tomb of Joseph of Arimathea

The tomb in which Jesus was buried (27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

Sealing the tomb

In 27:66, Matthew indicates that the chief priests and Pharisees “sealed” Jesus tomb. This means that they used something, probably wax on which they put a special symbol, to mark the stone that closed the tomb. It is not clear exactly where they put the “seal.” They might have attached it to the edge of the stone. They might have tied a rope around the stone and put the “seal” there. However, it was done, anyone who wanted to open the tomb would have to damage the “seal,” and the chief priests and Pharisees would know that someone had broken in. If your readers would not understand what the chief priests and Pharisees did, you could use a descriptive phrase or include some of this information in a footnote. (See: seal, sealed, unsealed)

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Sarcasm

In this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in 27:28–29, the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a scarlet robe, a crown of thorns, and a reed, and they pretend to greet him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in 27:40–43, people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself, to come down from the cross, and to wait for God to rescue him. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: Irony)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?

In 27:46, Matthew spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language. The words “lama sabachthani” are Aramaic, but it is unclear whether the words “Eli, Eli” are Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Matthew translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Matthew did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Matthew 27:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

took counsel against Jesus

Quote: συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase took counsel against Jesus indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar construction in 12:14. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about what they could do with Jesus”

so as to put him to death

Quote: ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”

put him to death

Quote: θανατῶσαι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the elders want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have the Romans put him to death”

put him to death

Quote: θανατῶσαι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “have him killed”

Matthew 27:2

having bound him

Quote: δήσαντες αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the Jewish council commanded guards to bind Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded the guards to bind him”

they led {him} away

Quote: ἀπήγαγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they led Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house”

handed {him} over to Pilate the governor

Quote: παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ τῷ ἡγεμόνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “handed him over to Pilate the governor to be judged by him”

Matthew 27:3

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the word Then indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of what happened to Judas. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” or “While those things were happening,”

he was condemned

Quote: κατεκρίθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders

Quote: τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase refers to the money that the chief priests had given Judas to hand Jesus over, as mentioned in 26:15. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests and elders the 30 pieces of silver that they had given him to hand Jesus over”

the 30 pieces of silver

Quote: τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “the money worth about four months’ wages”

Matthew 27:4

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

innocent blood

Quote: αἷμα ἀθῷον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word blood refers to a person who has or will soon die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” or “an innocent person who will now die”

What {is that} to us

Quote: τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The chief priests and elders are using the question form to tell Judas that they do not care about how Judas feels or what he wants to do now. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not care about how you feel.” or “That is completely unimportant to us!”

us

Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.

You will see

Quote: σὺ ὄψῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase You will see means that the chief priests and elders claim that Judas is responsible for dealing with what he did, and they are not responsible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you do is none of our business” or “That is your responsibility”

Matthew 27:5

having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple

Quote: ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Judas was outside the temple building and threw the pieces of silver into the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having tossed the pieces of silver into the temple building”

the pieces of silver

Quote: τὰ ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you referred to these pieces of silver in 27:3. Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”

he withdrew. And having gone out, he hanged himself

Quote: ἀνεχώρησεν καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Judas withdrew from the temple area to some other place. Then, Judas went out from that place and hanged himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit, or you could use just one phrase to describe Judas’ movements. Alternate translation: “he departed from the temple and having gone out to another place, he hanged himself” or “he left and hanged himself”

Matthew 27:6

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. It is not clear how soon the priests picked up the pieces of silver after Judas threw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,”

the pieces of silver

Quote: τὰ ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you referred to these pieces of silver in 27:3. Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”

It is not lawful to put them into the treasury, because it is the price of blood

Quote: οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put them into the treasury”

the treasury

Quote: τὸν κορβανᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word treasury refers to the place in the temple where the money that people gave to help maintain the temple and the sacrifices was kept. If your readers would not be familiar with a treasury for a temple, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money designated for the temple” or “the storage area with the rest of the temple money”

the price of blood

Quote: τιμὴ αἵματός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The chief priests are using the possessive form to describe a price that is paid for blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood”

of blood

Quote: αἵματός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, blood refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 27:4. Alternate translation: “of a person’s death” or “of a man dying”

Matthew 27:7

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the chief priests and elders did instead of putting the money in the treasury. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,”

having taken counsel

Quote: συμβούλιον & λαβόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase having taken counsel indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 12:14. Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea”

the field of the potter

Quote: τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the field of the potter could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “a field named Field of the Potter” (2) a field that a potter owned. Alternate translation: “a field from a potter” or “a field that belonged to a potter”

for burial for strangers

Quote: εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of burial, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to bury strangers there” or “as a cemetery for strangers”

for strangers

Quote: τοῖς ξένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, strangers refers to people who died in Jerusalem but did not live there normally. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem”

Matthew 27:8

that field has been called

Quote: ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that field’s name has been”

Field of Blood

Quote: Ἀγρὸς Αἵματος (1)

Alternate translation: “Bloody Field”

to this day

Quote: ἕως τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase this day refers to Matthew’s present time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the present” or “from then on”

Matthew 27:9

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Then indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when the chief priests and elders bought the field of the potter with the 30 silver coins that they had paid Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”

was fulfilled {what} was spoken

Quote: ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how your translated the similar passive forms in 2:17. Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, Matthew paraphrases or summarizes several passages from the Old Testament, including Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 19:1–13, and Jeremiah 32:6–9. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is paraphrasing an important texts. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Jeremiah” or “as I summarize it:”

the 30 pieces of silver

Quote: τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “the money worth about four months’ wages”

the price of the one having been priced, whom they from the sons of Israel priced

Quote: τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation means that the 30 pieces of silver were the price that some from sons of Israel decided was the correct price for the person whom they were buying or paying for. Some of the words here may be redundant in your language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could omit any redundant information and make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which was the price that some of the sons of Israel set for the person” or “which some from the sons of Israel set as the price for the one whom they were buying”

of the one having been priced, whom they from the sons of Israel priced

Quote: τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of the one whom they from the sons of Israel priced”

the sons of Israel

Quote: υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the author of the quotation uses the word sons to refer in general to all the descendants of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to descendants in general. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “those descended from Israel”

the sons

Quote: υἱῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word sons is masculine, the author of the quotation is using it to refer to any children or descendants, both men and women. If you preserve the metaphor, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the sons and daughters” or “the children”

Matthew 27:10

they gave them for

Quote: ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the author of the quotation means that the people bought the field with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with them they bought”

the field of the potter

Quote: τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

If possible, express the idea here as you did in 27:7. Alternate translation: “a field named Field of the Potter” or “a field that belonged to a potter”

Matthew 27:11

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word Now indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in 27:2. If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Returning to the story of Jesus,”

Jesus was stood

Quote: ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

But

Quote: δὲ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

You say {it

Quote: σὺ λέγεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, much as in 26:25, the phrase You say {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the governor is right to suggest that Jesus is the King of the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”

Matthew 27:12

when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders

Quote: ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him”

he answered nothing

Quote: οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο (1)

Alternate translation: “he did not answer anything”

Matthew 27:13

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Do you not hear how many things they are testifying against you

Quote: οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Pilate asks if Jesus has heard, but he implies that he is asking if Jesus is going to respond to what he has heard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you intend to defend yourself against the many things they are testifying against you?” or “Do you not hear how many things they are testifying against you? Why don’t you answer them?”

Matthew 27:14

not even to one word

Quote: πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the phrase not even to one word could mean: (1) that Jesus did not respond to any of the accusations, each of which Matthew refers to as a word. Alternate translation: “not even with regard to one accusation” (2) that Jesus did not use even one word to answer Pilate’s question. Alternate translation: “not even with one word”

so as to amaze

Quote: ὥστε θαυμάζειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the phrase so as to introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed”

Matthew 27:15

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here Matthew provides background information about something that Pilate, the governor, normally did. This background information will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Here is some important information:”

the festival

Quote: ἑορτὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the festival refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same phrase in 26:5. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover”

had been accustomed to release

Quote: εἰώθει & ἀπολύειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had a custom of releasing”

Matthew 27:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here, the word Now marks a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew is introducing more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” or “Here is some more important information:”

they were holding

Quote: εἶχον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding”

a well-known prisoner

Quote: δέσμιον ἐπίσημον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word well-known indicates that Barabbas was a man whom others had heard many things about. Most likely, the Romans considered him to be well-known in bad way (that is, notorious), while some Jewish people considered him to be well-known in a good way (that is, renowned). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes someone whom others have heard many things about, both positively and negatively. Alternate translation: “a prisoner about whom there were many stories, a man” “a prominent prisoner”

named

Quote: λεγόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called”

Barabbas

Quote: Βαραββᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read Barabbas. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Jesus Barabbas.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 27:17

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces what Pilate did because of the custom that Matthew just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of some situation. Alternate translation: “Because of that custom” or “So then”

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to the same “crowd” that Matthew mentioned in 27:15. This “crowd” describes a large group of people who were in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowd” or “many people in Jerusalem”

being gathered together

Quote: συνηγμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering” or “coming together”

do you want {… to you

Quote: θέλετε & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Pilate is speaking to a crowd of people, the word you throughout this verse is plural.

Barabbas

Quote: Βαραββᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

the one called Christ

Quote: τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose title is Christ” or “who goes by Christ”

Matthew 27:18

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Pilate asked the question that he just asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Pilate did that because”

because of envy

Quote: διὰ φθόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of envy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him”

Matthew 27:19

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

he sitting on the judgment seat

Quote: καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

When a leader was sitting on the judgment seat, it meant that the leader was ready to make judgments and legal decisions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what sitting in this place means. Alternate translation: “he sitting on the judgment seat to judge” or “he sitting on the judgment seat, ready to make legal decisions”

on the judgment seat

Quote: ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The judgment seat was a special chair in which a leader sat when making an official judgment. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of seat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “at the judge’s bench” or “on the seat used for judgment”

the judgment seat

Quote: τοῦ βήματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat for judging”

sent to him, saying

Quote: ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν & λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Pilate’s wife sent someone to Pilate to say the words that follow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sent someone to him to say”

Nothing to you and to that righteous one, for I suffered many {things} today because of him by means of a dream

Quote: μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ, πολλὰ γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ’ ὄναρ δι’ αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I suffered many {things} today because of him by means of a dream. So, nothing to you and to that righteous one.”

Nothing to you and to that righteous one

Quote: μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase Nothing to you and to that righteous one is a request to avoid doing anything with and to Jesus, the righteous one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Avoid doing anything to that righteous one”

I suffered many {things} today

Quote: πολλὰ & ἔπαθον σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Pilate’s wife means that the dream upset her or caused her distress. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was very distressed” or “I have been miserable”

Matthew 27:20

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces how the chief priests and elders were trying to have Jesus executed in contrast to Pilate’s wife, who wanted Pilate to have nothing to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

they would ask for Barabbas

Quote: αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the crowds were going to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate to release Barabbas”

but would destroy Jesus

Quote: τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the crowds were going to pressure Pilate to destroy Jesus by executing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but would demand that Jesus be killed”

Matthew 27:21

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

answering

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Pilate is answering or responding to a situation, not to something that someone has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that Pilate is responding to what is happening among the crowds, or you could leave answering untranslated. Alternate translation: “seeing that the crowds were discussing what to do” or “responding to what the crowd was doing”

the two

Quote: τῶν δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Here Pilate uses the number two as a noun in order to refer to the two men, Jesus and Barabbas. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners”

do you want {… to you

Quote: θέλετε & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Pilate is speaking to a crowd of people, the word you throughout this verse is plural.

But

Quote: δὲ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Barabbas

Quote: τὸν Βαραββᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The crowds are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We want you to release Barabbas”

Matthew 27:22

says … They all say

Quote: λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

the one called Christ

Quote: τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you expressed the idea in 27:17. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ”

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He should be crucified”

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him”

Matthew 27:23

But … But

Quote: δὲ (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

In both places, the word But introduces what a Pilate or the crowds say in contrast to what the other person or people said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response, … In response,” or “However, … Yet”

For what evil did he do

Quote: τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Pilate is using the question form to emphasize that he thinks that Jesus has not done any evil. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Despite what you say, he did not do evil” or “Yet he has certainly not done evil!”

For what

Quote: τί γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word For indicates that Pilate is asking for a reason why the crowd wants him to crucify Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a question is asking for a reason for something. Alternate translation: “Why? What” or “What is your reason for that? What”

evil

Quote: κακὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Pilate is using the adjective evil as a noun to mean an evil thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thing”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they demanded”

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

This clause is identical to the clause at the end of the previous verse (27:22). Express the idea as you did there.

Matthew 27:24

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having seen that he is benefiting nothing, but instead a riot is happening

Quote: ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

These two clauses indicate the reason why Pilate did what is described in the rest of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form in your language that introduces a reason for some action. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he is benefiting nothing, and because instead a riot is happening”

he is benefiting nothing, … a riot is happening

Quote: οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

having taken water, washed his hands opposite the crowd

Quote: λαβὼν ὕδωρ, ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Pilate washed his hands as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having gotten some water, washed his hands opposite the crowd to indicate that he was not responsible for what was going to happen to Jesus”

opposite

Quote: ἀπέναντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word opposite means that Pilate was directly in front of the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of” or “before”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

the blood of this one

Quote: τοῦ αἵματος τούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

of this one

Quote: τούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read this one. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “this righteous one.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

You will see

Quote: ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase You will see means that Pilate claims that the crowd is responsible for dealing with what they are doing, and he is not responsible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar clause in 27:4. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is none of my business” or “That is your responsibility”

You

Quote: ὑμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Because Pilate is speaking to a crowd, the word You here is plural.

Matthew 27:25

His blood {be} on us and on our children

Quote: τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, clause His blood {be} on us and on our children means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for Jesus’ blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The responsibility for his blood will be on us and on our children”

His blood

Quote: τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

us … our

Quote: ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us and our refer to the people who were there, so us and our are exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.

children

Quote: τὰ τέκνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word children could refer: (1) just to the people’s children. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (2) to the people’s offspring or descendants in general. Alternate translation: “offspring” or “descendants”

Matthew 27:26

having flogged Jesus

Quote: Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Pilate had his soldiers flog Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus”

Barabbas … having flogged Jesus

Quote: τὸν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal”

he handed {him} over

Quote: παρέδωκεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Pilate handed Jesus over to his soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers”

he might be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers might crucify him”

Matthew 27:27

the Praetorium

Quote: τὸ πραιτώριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Praetorium was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the government building” or “the governor’s residence”

the whole cohort

Quote: ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word cohort is a military term. Each cohort is a group of about 600 soldiers, which is a tenth of a legion. Most likely, Matthew is referring to all the soldiers who were stationed in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “the whole company” or “all the soldiers stationed there”

Matthew 27:28

they placed a scarlet cloak on him

Quote: χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Roman culture, a scarlet cloak was like the expensive clothing worn by kings. The soldiers put a scarlet cloak on Jesus to pretend that he was a king, even though they did not think that he really was a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet cloak on him to pretend that he was a king” or “they put a royal scarlet cloak on him in mockery”

scarlet

Quote: κοκκίνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word scarlet refers to a color that is a shade of bright red. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color scarlet, you could refer to a shade of bright red. Alternate translation: “bright red” or “crimson”

Matthew 27:29

a crown of thorns, they put {it} on his head and a reed in his right hand

Quote: στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Roman culture, a crown was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a crown made from thorns on Jesus’ head and put a reed in his right hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand to pretend that he was a king” or “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head as if he were king, and they put a reed like a royal scepter in his right hand”

a crown of thorns

Quote: στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a crown that is made from branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns”

thorns

Quote: ἀκανθῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew uses the word thorns to refer to small branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “thorny branches”

having knelt down before him

Quote: γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, kneeling before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. Here, the soldiers perform this action to mock Jesus by pretending that he is a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “having prostrated themselves before him” or “having knelt down before him as if he were a king”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they spoke these words:”

Rejoice, King of the Jews

Quote: χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here the soldiers mock Jesus by greeting him as if he were King of the Jews when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that they mocked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Rejoice, you so-called King of the Jews”

Rejoice

Quote: χαῖρε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Matthew 27:30

having spat on him

Quote: ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having spit on him to dishonor him”

the reed

Quote: τὸν κάλαμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the reed refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the reed from his right hand”

Matthew 27:31

led him away

Quote: ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they led Jesus away from the Praetorium. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “led him away from the Praetorium”

Matthew 27:32

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

coming out

Quote: ἐξερχόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “going out”

coming out

Quote: ἐξερχόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, coming out implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming out of Jerusalem”

a Cyrenean man, Simon by name

Quote: ἄνθρωπον Κυρηναῖον, ὀνόματι Σίμωνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here Matthew introduces a man named Simon into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man. He was from Cyrene, and he was called Simon”

Simon

Quote: Σίμωνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Simon is the name of a man.

They pressed this one into service so that he would carry

Quote: τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

According to Roman law, Roman soldiers could press someone into service, which means that they could force a person to carry a load for them or work for them. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of forced service, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “They conscripted this one so that he would carry” or “They made this one carry”

They pressed this one into service

Quote: τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of service, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “They forced this one to serve them”

Matthew 27:33

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

a place called Golgotha, which is called

Quote: τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people call Golgotha, which means”

Golgotha

Quote: Γολγοθᾶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The word Golgotha is an Aramaic word. Matthew has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Matthew states what this word means later in the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.

Matthew 27:34

wine mixed with gall to drink

Quote: πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

gall

Quote: χολῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, gall refers to a liquid with a bitter taste. This liquid may have been a pain-relieving medicine, or it may simply have made the wine taste bitter. If possible, use a form that does indicate what the gall would have been used for. Alternate translation: “something bitter” or “a bitter substance”

Matthew 27:35

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

they divided up his robes

Quote: διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the soldiers took the clothes that Jesus had been wearing and divided them up by giving each piece of clothing to a soldier. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the soldiers took his clothes and distributed them among them”

casting a lot

Quote: βάλλοντες κλῆρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term lot refers to an object with different markings on various sides that was used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a lot, you could refer to a similar practice in your culture, or you could use a more general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “rolling dice” or “deciding randomly”

casting a lot

Quote: βάλλοντες κλῆρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the soldiers were casting a lot in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a lot to decide who would take which pieces of clothing”

a lot

Quote: κλῆρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts end this verse with the word lot. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word lot the words “so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, ‘They divided my robes for themselves, and they cast a lot for my clothing.’” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

Matthew 27:36

they were guarding him there

Quote: ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the soldiers were guarding Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent anyone from rescuing him”

Matthew 27:37

his charge

Quote: τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, his charge represents the written explanation of his charge. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a placard stating his charge”

his charge

Quote: τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the charge that was made against Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the charge against him”

having been written

Quote: γεγραμμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the King of the Jews

Quote: ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here the soldiers mock Jesus by referring to him as if he were King of the Jews when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “the so-called King of the Jews”

Matthew 27:38

two robbers are being crucified

Quote: σταυροῦνται & δύο λῃσταί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

are being crucified

Quote: σταυροῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

one at his right and one at his left

Quote: εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Here, Matthew uses the adjectives right and left as nouns to refer to Jesus’ right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one on his right side and one on his left side”

Matthew 27:39

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

wagging their heads

Quote: κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The people’s action of wagging their heads at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or you could indicate what the gesture means. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by wagging their heads” or “wagging their heads to mock him”

Matthew 27:40

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “mocking him”

The one destroying the temple and in three days rebuilding {it

Quote: ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the people refer to Jesus by what the false witnesses testified during his trial that he had said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that the people are describing Jesus. Alternate translation: “You who said that you would destroy the temple and in three days rebuild it”

in three days

Quote: ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase in three days refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this phrase in 26:61. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”

If you are the Son of God, also come down from the cross

Quote: εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The people are suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus can only come down from the cross if he is the Son of God. The people are speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do something to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by coming down from the cross”

the Son of God

Quote: υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

come down

Quote: κατάβηθι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go down”

Matthew 27:42

He saved others

Quote: ἄλλους ἔσωσεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He saved others by curing or exorcising them”

others

Quote: ἄλλους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Jewish leaders are using the adjective others as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other men and women”

He is the King of Israel! Let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him

Quote: Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that Jesus is not really the King of Israel. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really were the King of Israel. In that case, he should come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him” or “If he is the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then, we will believe in him”

He is the King of Israel

Quote: Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here the Jewish leaders mock Jesus by speaking about him as if he were the King of Israel when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicated when he says that they mocked him (see 27:41). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “He is the so-called King of Israel” or “He thinks he is the King of Israel”

Let him come down

Quote: καταβάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must come down”

Let him come down

Quote: καταβάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “Let him go down”

Matthew 27:43

He has trusted in God; let him deliver {him} now, if he wants him. For he said, ‘I am the Son of God

Quote: πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν & εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the last sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “He said, ‘I am the Son of God.’ So, since he has trusted in God, let God deliver him now, if he wants him”

He has trusted in God; let him deliver {him} now, if he wants him

Quote: πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that God does not really protect or want Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really trusted in God and that God really wanted him. In that case, God would deliver him now” or “If he has trusted in God and if God wants him, let God rescue him now”

let him deliver {him

Quote: ῥυσάσθω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must rescue him”

he said, ‘I am the Son of God

Quote: εἶπεν & ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that he was the Son of God”

the Son of God

Quote: Θεοῦ & Υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

Matthew 27:44

But

Quote: δ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word But introduces something else that was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another action, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “At the same time,” or “Even more,”

having being crucified

Quote: οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

the same

Quote: τὸ & αὐτὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the same indicates that the robbers used the same kind of insults that the Jewish leaders did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the same insults”

Matthew 27:45

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the sixth hour … the ninth hour

Quote: ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the sixth hour would be around noon, and the ninth hour would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated these time references in 20:5. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM … about 3:00 PM”

the sixth hour … the ninth hour

Quote: ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine”

darkness happened

Quote: σκότος ἐγένετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “the sky darkened” or “the light dimmed”

over all the land

Quote: ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, all the land could refer to: (1) the entire area around where Jesus was crucified. This could include just the city of Jerusalem or all of Palestine. Alternate translation: “over all that region” (2) the entire earth. Alternate translation: “over the whole earth”

Matthew 27:46

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the ninth hour

Quote: τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the ninth hour in 27:45. Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”

the ninth hour

Quote: τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour nine”

cried out with a loud voice

Quote: ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase cried out with a loud voice means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yelled loudly”

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani

Quote: Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

This phrase is what Jesus cried out in Aramaic. Matthew has spelled the words out using Greek letters so his readers would know how they sounded. Since Matthew states what these words mean later in the verse, you also should spell them out the way they sound in your language.

This is

Quote: τοῦτ’ ἔστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew uses the phrase This is to introduce what the Aramaic words means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those words can be translated this way:” or “Here is what that means:”

Matthew 27:47

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having heard {it

Quote: ἀκούσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. They heard him say “Eli,” which means “My God,” but they thought it sounded like the name Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly that these people misunderstood Jesus. Alternate translation: “having heard Jesus speaking without understanding him”

Matthew 27:48

a sponge

Quote: σπόγγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A sponge is a soft, porous object that can soak up and hold liquid, which comes out of it when the sponge is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid”

with vinegar

Quote: ὄξους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, vinegar refers to the inexpensive and sour wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of beverage, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cheap wine” or “with an inexpensive alcoholic beverage”

put {it} around a reed, gave {it} to him to drink

Quote: περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The person put the sponge on a reed, or long stick, so that he could hold the sponge up to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having put it around a reed, he used the reed to lift the sponge up to Jesus to give it to him to drink”

Matthew 27:49

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the rest of the people who were there did in contrast with how one person gave Jesus some sour wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “However,”

the rest

Quote: οἱ & λοιποὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective rest as a noun to mean the rest of the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the rest of the people who were watching”

Leave {him

Quote: ἄφες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the clause Leave {him} means that the person who gave Jesus the sour wine should stop doing things to and for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Ignore him” or “Stop doing things for him”

comes, saving him

Quote: ἔρχεται & σώσων αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the phrase saving him indicates the purpose for which Elijah would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “comes in order to save him”

comes

Quote: ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

Matthew 27:50

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

having cried out again with a loud voice

Quote: πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase cried out again with a loud voice means Jesus raised the volume of his voice again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 27:46. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”

released his spirit

Quote: ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, the phrase released his spirit could: (1) simply indicate that Jesus died. In this case, the phrase is a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “breathed his last” or “expired” (2) mean that Jesus voluntarily chose to die at this moment. In this case, Matthew is that Jesus died and also that he chose to die. Alternate translation: “allowed himself to die” or “willingly died”

Matthew 27:51

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

the curtain of the temple was split in two from top to bottom, and the earth was shaken, and the rocks were split

Quote: τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two from top to bottom, and he shook the earth, and he split the rocks”

the curtain of the temple

Quote: τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew could referring to the curtain: (1) that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the Most Holy Place in the temple” (2) that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the temple building”

the rocks

Quote: αἱ πέτραι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the rocks represents nearby rocks in general, not one particular set of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the nearby rocks” or “many rocks”

Matthew 27:52

the tombs were opened, and many bodies of the saints having fallen asleep were raised

Quote: τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs, and he raised many bodies of the saints having fallen asleep”

the tombs

Quote: τὰ μνημεῖα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the tombs represents nearby tombs in general, not one particular set of tombs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the nearby tombs” or “many tombs”

many bodies of the saints having fallen asleep were raised

Quote: πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew does not just mean that bodies were raised but rather that people as a whole were raised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many of the saints having fallen asleep were raised”

saints

Quote: ἁγίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word saints could refer to: (1) anyone who was part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “God’s people” (2) people who were particularly holy or righteous. Alternate translation: “holy people” or “righteous people”

having fallen asleep

Quote: κεκοιμημένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, the phrase fallen asleep refers politely to people dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could a form that politely refers to a person dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having passed away” or “having perished”

were raised

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word raised refers to people who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were restored to life”

Matthew 27:53

having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city

Quote: ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here, the phrase after his resurrection could go with: (1) having come out from the tombs. In this case, the resurrected people did not leave their tombs until after Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “after his resurrection having out from the tombs, they entered into the holy city” (2) they entered into the holy city. In this case, the resurrected people left their tombs right away but did not enter into the holy city until after Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, they entered into the holy city after his resurrection”

having come out

Quote: ἐξελθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

after his resurrection

Quote: μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after he resurrected”

to many

Quote: πολλοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew 27:54

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

the ones with him guarding Jesus

Quote: οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the soldiers were guardingJesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 27:36. Alternate translation: “the ones with him guarding Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him”

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

a Son of God

Quote: Θεοῦ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

Matthew 27:55

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthews uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens later in the story. The word does not introduce the next event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “During all those things,”

followed Jesus

Quote: ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase followed Jesus could indicate that: (1) the women had traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. Alternate translation: “traveled with Jesus as his students” (2) the women walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “walked with Jesus” or “went with Jesus”

Matthew 27:56

and Mary the mother

Quote: καὶ Μαρία ἡ & μήτηρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Mary is the name of a woman. This Mary was not Mary Magdalene nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Matthew identifies her instead as the mother of James and Joseph.

of James … Joseph

Quote: Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word James is the name of a man. This James is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus. The word Joseph is also the name of a man. This Joseph is not Jesus’ father, Jesus’ brother, or Joseph of Arimathea.

of the sons of Zebedee

Quote: τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to James and John, who were the sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 20:20. Alternate translation: “of James and John, the sons of Zebedee”

Matthew 27:57

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

a rich man from Arimathea came, Joseph by name, who also himself was discipled by Jesus

Quote: ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is here introducing the Joseph as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man named Joseph came. He was from Arimathea, and he was rich. He also himself was discipled by Jesus”

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

Arimathea … Joseph

Quote: Ἁριμαθαίας & Ἰωσήφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Joseph is the name of a man, and the word Arimathea is the name of the city he was from.

Joseph by name

Quote: τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ (1)

Alternate translation: “who was called Joseph”

who also himself was discipled by Jesus

Quote: ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom also Jesus had discipled”

Matthew 27:58

asked for the body of Jesus

Quote: ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The reason that Joseph asked Pilate for the body of Jesus was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it”

it} to be given {to him

Quote: ἀποδοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers to give it to him”

Matthew 27:59

wrapped it in a clean linen cloth

Quote: ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could indicate that more explicitly, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a clean linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial”

in a clean linen cloth

Quote: σινδόνι καθαρᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term linen cloth refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with linen, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “in a clean, fine cloth”

Matthew 27:60

which he had cut in the rock

Quote: ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Joseph had hired people to cut the tomb in the rock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which he had had people cut in the rock”

he had cut in the rock

Quote: ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here Matthew means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of burial place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “which had been chiseled into the rock” or “which had been specially prepared”

having rolled a large stone against the door of the tomb

Quote: προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν τῇ θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Joseph rolled the large stone to close up the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having rolled a large stone against the door of the tomb to close it up”

Matthew 27:61

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

Here, the word Now introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Joseph burying Jesus’ body). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”

the other Mary

Quote: ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that this is the other woman, also called Mary, whom he mentioned in 27:56 as the mother of James and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the other Mary, the mother of James and Joseph,”

opposite

Quote: ἀπέναντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word opposite means that Mary Magdalene and the other Mary were directly in front of the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” or “facing”

Matthew 27:62

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

the next day, which is after the Day of Preparation

Quote: τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the Day of Preparation refers to the day before the Sabbath, on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. So, the next day here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath”

were gathered together

Quote: συνήχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 27:63

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they told him”

Lord

Quote: κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness

In Jesus’ culture, the word Lord was a polite way for subjects to address their governor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address a governor or leader in your culture. Alternate translation: “Honorable sir”

that deceiver

Quote: ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the chief priests and Pharisees imply that they are speaking about Jesus, whom they call a deceiver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that deceiver, Jesus,”

said, still living, ‘After three days I am being raised up

Quote: εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said, still living, that after three days he is being raised up”

After three days

Quote: μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus was referring to three days after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Three days after my death”

I am being raised up

Quote: ἐγείρομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event that he considers to be certain. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up”

I am being raised up

Quote: ἐγείρομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

I am being raised up

Quote: ἐγείρομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God is raising me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I am raising myself up”

Matthew 27:64

command

Quote: κέλευσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

the tomb to be secured

Quote: ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “soldiers to secure the tomb”

until the third day

Quote: ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase until the third day means that the tomb should be secured that day, the following day, and the day after that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the third day from now” or “today, tomorrow, and the day after tomorrow”

the third day

Quote: τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

Your language may say “gone” rather than come in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ disciples might come to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb”

say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and

Quote: εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and”

He has been raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

He has been raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the chief priests and Pharisees could be indicating that the disciples will claim that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has raised himself up”

from the dead

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Matthew is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”

the last deception will be worse than the first

Quote: ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the last deception refers to what the chief priests and Pharisees have just suggested that Jesus’ disciples might do. The phrase the first refers to Jesus’ teaching, which the chief priests and Pharisees considered to be deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “this last deception accomplished by his disciples will be worse than the first one accomplished by his teaching”

the last deception

Quote: ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deception, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time the people are deceived”

the first

Quote: τῆς πρώτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The chief priests and Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the first deception”

the first

Quote: τῆς πρώτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the earlier” or “number one”

Matthew 27:65

You have a guard

Quote: ἔχετε κουστωδίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Here, Pilate could be using the statement You have a guard to: (1) give the chief priests and Pharisees permission to take a guard of Roman soldiers with them. Alternate translation: “You may take a Roman guard” (2) tell the chief priests and Pharisees that they already have their own guard that they should use. Alternate translation: “You already have your own guard”

a guard

Quote: κουστωδίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word guard is singular in form, but it refers to multiple soldiers or guards as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “some guards” or “soldiers to act as guards”

You have … Go, secure {it} as you know

Quote: ἔχετε & ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Since Pilate is speaking to the chief priests and Pharisees, the words You and you and the commands Go and secure {it} are plural.

Go

Quote: ὑπάγετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Pilate implies that they should Go to Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Go to his tomb”

as you know

Quote: ὡς οἴδατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase as you know indicates that Pilate wants the chief priests and Pharisees to secure the tomb in whatever ways they know are effective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as best as you can” or “in whatever way you think is best”

Matthew 27:66

having gone

Quote: πορευθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

having sealed the stone

Quote: σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that a seal was put on the stone that covered the entrance of Jesus’ tomb. The seal would break if someone moved the stone, thus indicating that the stone had been moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that closed the tomb”

with the guard

Quote: μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the chief priests and Pharisees left the guard at the tomb to help secure it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and having stationed the guard there”

the guard

Quote: τῆς κουστωδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

See how you translated guard in 27:65. Alternate translation: “the guards” or “the soldiers who were acting as guards”

Matthew 28

Matthew 28 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)
- Mary Magdalene and the other Mary learn that Jesus has resurrected (28:1–10)
- The chief priests and elders spread a false story (28:11–15)
- Jesus meets and commissions the 11 disciples (28:16–20)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The resurrection

Matthew does not narrate the resurrection, but he does narrate how an angel opens the tomb so that people can tell that Jesus has risen from the dead. It is not clear exactly when Jesus actually rose from the dead, although it is clear that this happened before the angel opened the tomb. When Jesus rose from the dead, he was a living human being again, and he could never die again. Make sure that it is clear that Jesus came back to life as a living human being.

The false story about Jesus’ resurrection

In 28:11–15, Matthew describes how the chief priests and the elders have the soldiers who were guarding the tomb spread a false story about what happened. The soldiers tell people that they fell asleep, and that Jesus’ disciples stole his body while they were asleep. In 28:15, Matthew explains that he is telling this because the story was still circulating among Jewish people when he was writing this book. Make sure that it is clear to your readers that the chief priests and elders bribe the soldiers to spread this false story.

Discipling all the nations

The last two verses (28:19–20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “disciple” all the nations, which includes telling them the gospel, baptizing them, and teaching them to obey what Jesus commanded. Make sure that this command is as general as possible, including all Christians all “nations.”

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

All the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions given to groups of people. Because of this, all the forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

The timing of the women’s visit to the tomb

In 28:1, Matthew indicates that the women went to Jesus’ tomb “after the Sabbath, at the dawning on the first of the week.” The words translated in this way can be understood in several ways:

They could refer to the early morning (the “dawn”) on the day after the Sabbath. This would be the first day of the week, Sunday. Further, the parallel stories in Mark 16:2 and Luke 24:1 similarly take place at dawn on Sunday. So, the ULT and UST follow this interpretation.
They could refer to a time late in the day on the Sabbath. In this case, the word “dawning” would refer to the beginning of a day, not to the sun coming up. Since people in Jesus’ culture considered sunset to be the start of a new day, Matthew would be referring to evening on the Sabbath, right around the time when the next day, Sunday, would begin at sunset.

It is recommended that you follow the first interpretation unless there is a good reason to follow the second interpretation.

Matthew 28:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

after the Sabbath, at the dawning on the first of the week

Quote: ὀψὲ & Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to early in the morning, when the day was dawning, on the day after the Sabbath, which would be Sunday. See the end of the chapter introduction for more information about these phrases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning on the day after the Sabbath”

the first

Quote: μίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first day”

the first

Quote: μίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day one”

the other Mary

Quote: ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that this is the other woman, also called Mary, whom he mentioned in 27:56 as the mother of James and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 27:61. Alternate translation: “the other Mary, the mother of James and Joseph,”

came

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

Matthew 28:2

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having come down from heaven and having approached, rolled away the stone and was sitting on it

Quote: σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clause, since the last clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “an angel of the Lord, having come down from heaven and having approached, rolled away the stone and sat on it. That caused a great earthquake”

having come down

Quote: καταβὰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone down”

having approached

Quote: προσελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the angel approached Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having approached the tomb”

rolled away the stone

Quote: ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the angel rolled away the large stone from the opening of the tomb to open it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having rolled the stone away from the door of the tomb to open it up”

Matthew 28:3

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

was like lightning

Quote: ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The point of this comparison is that the appearance of the angel was very bright, as lightning is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was as bright as it is when lightning strikes”

his clothing white as snow

Quote: τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

white as snow

Quote: λευκὸν ὡς χιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The point of this comparison is that the clothing of the angel was pure and bright white in color, just like snow is pure and bright white in color. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bright white, as snow is bright white”

white as snow

Quote: λευκὸν ὡς χιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word snow refers to a type of frozen precipitation that is extremely white in color. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of precipitation, you could use the name of something that is known to be very white in your area, or you could refer more generally to a very bright white color. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “extremely white”

Matthew 28:4

the ones guarding were shaken from the fear of him and became

Quote: ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες καὶ ἐγενήθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fear of him shook the ones guarding, and they became”

the ones guarding

Quote: οἱ τηροῦντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Matthew refers to the soldiers who were guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones guarding the grave”

were shaken

Quote: ἐσείσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the ones guarding the tomb physically trembled or shuddered because they were so afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were shuddering”

from the fear of him

Quote: ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fear, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they feared him”

became as dead

Quote: ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here Matthew compares the guards to dead people to indicate that the guards fell down and did not move, just as dead people lie without moving. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still, like the dead” or “fainted so that they were like the dead”

dead

Quote: νεκροί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean dead people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dead people”

Matthew 28:5

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the word But introduces what the angel says in contrast to the fear that the soldiers felt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

answering

Quote: ἀποκριθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the angel is answering or responding to a situation, not to something that someone has asked. More specifically, the angel is responding to the fear of the guards by telling the women that they do not need to be afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the angel is responding to what is happening, or you could leave answering untranslated. Alternate translation: “seeing that the the people nearby were afraid” or “responding to how the soldiers were afraid”

to the women

Quote: ταῖς γυναιξίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the women refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary, whom Matthew mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary”

You, do not be afraid, for I know that you seek Jesus, the one having been crucified

Quote: μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς; οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ζητεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I know that you seek Jesus, the one having been crucified; therefore, do not be afraid”

the one having been crucified

Quote: τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 28:6

He is not here, for he was raised up, just as he said

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἠγέρθη γὰρ καθὼς εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since he was raised up, just as he said, he is not here”

he was raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was restored to life”

he was raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the angel could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God raise him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “he raise himself up”

he said

Quote: εἶπεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the angel implies that Jesus said that he would be raised up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said would happen to him”

Come

Quote: δεῦτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go”

the place where he was lying

Quote: τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἔκειτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the angel is referring to the place where Jesus’ body had been placed in the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the place in this tomb where his body was placed”

Matthew 28:7

having gone

Quote: πορευθεῖσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

say to his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going before you to Galilee. There you will see him

Quote: εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say to his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead, and behold, he is going before them to Galilee, where they will see him”

He has been raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

He has been raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the angel could be indicating that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has raised himself up”

from the dead

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The angel is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”

behold, … Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

he is going before

Quote: προάγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “he is coming before”

I have said {it} to you

Quote: εἶπον ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the angel uses the clause I have said {it} to you to indicate that he has finished speaking the important message that he wants them to relay to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have given you the full message” or “that is what you should tell his disciples”

Matthew 28:8

having quickly gone away

Quote: ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having quickly come away”

with fear and great joy

Quote: μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of fear and joy, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fearfully and very joyfully”

they ran

Quote: ἔδραμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other Mary ran”

Matthew 28:9

behold,Jesus met them

Quote: ἰδοὺ, Ἰησοῦς ὑπήντησεν αὐταῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts read behold, Jesus met them. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “behold, as they were going to report to his disciples, Jesus met them.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

Rejoice

Quote: χαίρετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

seized his feet

Quote: ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture, people would kneel down and seize or hold someone’s feet when they wanted to show great honor and respect toward that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this action explicitly. Alternate translation: “seized his feet out of respect” or “seized his feet to show him honor”

Matthew 28:10

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

to my brothers

Quote: τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as if they were his brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 25:40. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my brothers”

they might go away

Quote: ἀπέλθωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “they might come away”

Matthew 28:11

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

going

Quote: πορευομένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming”

behold

Quote: ἰδού (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

of the guard

Quote: τῆς κουστωδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that this guard was made up of the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guard that had been protecting the tomb”

of the guard

Quote: τῆς κουστωδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

See how you translated guard in 27:65. Alternate translation: “of the guards” or “of the soldiers who were acting as guards”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

the city

Quote: τὴν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”

Matthew 28:12

having been gathered together

Quote: συναχθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered” or “having come together”

having taken counsel

Quote: συμβούλιόν & λαβόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

they gave many pieces of silver to the soldiers

Quote: ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew means that the chief priests and elders gave money to the soldiers so that they would tell a lie about what happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they bribed the soldiers with many pieces of silver”

many pieces of silver

Quote: ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “many coins made out of silver” or “a lot of money”

Matthew 28:13

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

Say, ‘His disciples, having come at night, stole him, we sleeping

Quote: εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come at night, stole him, you sleeping”

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

we

Quote: ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, we refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.

Matthew 28:14

if this is heard by the governor, we will persuade and make you free from concern

Quote: ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Here the Jewish leaders use an imaginary situation to explain that they will protect the soldiers from punishment. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine this is heard by the governor. Then, we will persuade and make you free from concern”

this is heard by the governor

Quote: ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this”

we will persuade

Quote: ἡμεῖς πείσομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will persuade the governor not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you”

we

Quote: ἡμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, we refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.

make you free from concern

Quote: ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the chief priests and elders mean that the they will act in such a way that the soldiers do not need to worry about the punishment that they would normally receive for sleeping while guarding something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “make you free from worry about how you might be punished” or “prevent you from worrying about what might happen to you”

Matthew 28:15

the pieces of silver

Quote: ἀργύρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in 26:15. Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”

they were taught

Quote: ἐδιδάχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

this word has been reported among the Jews

Quote: διεφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

this word

Quote: ὁ λόγος οὗτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, word represents what the soldiers said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their story” or “what they said”

until today

Quote: μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase until today refers to the time period up to and including Matthew’s present time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the present” or “from then on”

Matthew 28:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. This event occurs sometime soon after the women give the disciples the message from the angel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”

the 11 disciples

Quote: οἱ & ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew refers to Jesus’ closest disciples, the ones whom he called “the Twelve” earlier in the book. There are only 11 of them now because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that these are Jesus’ 11 closest disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ 11 closest disciples” or “the 11 most important disciples”

went

Quote: ἐπορεύθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came”

Matthew 28:17

they doubted

Quote: οἱ & ἐδίστασαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the disciples doubted that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they doubted whether Jesus really was there” or “they doubted whether Jesus really was alive”

they

Quote: οἱ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word translated they could refer to: (1) all the disciples who worshiped Jesus. Alternate translation: “they also” (2) some of the disciples who worshiped Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of them”

Matthew 28:18

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

All authority was given to me

Quote: ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

All authority was given to me

Quote: ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been completely empowered”

in heaven and on the earth

Quote: ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Matthew 28:19

Having gone, therefore

Quote: πορευθέντες οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the word Therefore introduces what the disciples should do since Jesus has all authority (see 28:18). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that, having gone”

Having gone

Quote: πορευθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the disciples should go to from where they were to many other places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having gone to many places” or “Having gone from here”

disciple all the nations

Quote: μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus means that the disciples should help or enable people from all the nations to become disciples too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “make all the nations into my disciples” or “enable all the nations to become my disciples”

all the nations

Quote: πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word nations represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of all the nations”

Matthew 28:19-20

baptizing them … teaching them

Quote: βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς & διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrases baptizing them and teaching them could introduce: (1) more things that the disciples are supposed to do in addition to discipling all the nations. Alternate translation: “and baptize them … and teach them” (2) the means by which the disciples are supposed to disciple all the nations. Alternate translation: “which you should do by baptizing them … also by teaching them”

Matthew 28:19

into the name

Quote: εἰς τὸ ὄνομα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Jesus uses the word name to refer to authority. What he means is that, when they baptize people, they should say the names of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit to indicate that they belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that Jesus is referring to authority or belonging. Alternate translation: “under the authority” or “so that they are people”

of the Father, … of the Son

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father and Son are important titles that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

of the Son

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son”

Matthew 28:20

everything, as much as

Quote: πάντα ὅσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

The expression everything, as much as contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “all things that”

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

am

Quote: εἰμι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that is true during the time period that he describes. Use whatever tense is natural in your language for referring to this time period. Alternate translation: “will continue to be”

all the days

Quote: πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase all the days indicates that something happens or is true every day, that is, always. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “always”

until the end of the age

Quote: ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the end of the age refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “until the end of the world” or “until the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

of the age

Quote: τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many ancient manuscripts do not include anything after the word age. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the word “Amen” after Jesus ends his speech with the word age. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

open-licensed biblical content

Matthew

Matthew front

Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the book of Matthew

What is the book of Matthew about?

How should the title of this book be translated?

Who wrote the book of Matthew?

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What does the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” mean?

What were “disciples” in Jesus’ culture?

Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the Synoptic Gospels?

What do “crowd” and “crowds” refer to in Matthew?

What does Matthew mean when he writes that a quotation from the Old Testament was “fulfilled”?

When is “you” singular, and when is “you” plural?

What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?

Matthew 1

Matthew 1 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Genealogy

The word “fathered”

Three groups of 14

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Stating that Mary became pregnant

Translating names

Matthew 1:1

The book of the genealogy

The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ

The book

son of David, son of Abraham

son of Abraham

Matthew 1:2

Abraham fathered Isaac, and Isaac fathered Jacob, and Jacob fathered Judah and his brothers

Abraham … Isaac, … Isaac … Jacob, … Jacob … Judah

his brothers

Matthew 1:3

and Judah fathered Perez and Zerah by Tamar, and Perez fathered Hezrom, and Hezrom fathered Aram

by Tamar

Hezrom, … Hezrom … Aram

Matthew 1:4

and Aram fathered Amminadab, and Amminadab fathered Nahshon, and Nahshon fathered Salmon

Aram

Matthew 1:5

and Salmon fathered Boaz by Rahab, and Boaz fathered Obed by Ruth, and Obed fathered Jesse

Rahab, … Ruth

Matthew 1:6

and Jesse fathered David the king, and … fathered Solomon by the {wife} of Uriah

by the {wife} of Uriah

Matthew 1:7

and Solomon fathered Rehoboam, and Rehoboam fathered Abijah, and Abijah fathered Asaph

Asaph

Matthew 1:8

and Asaph fathered Jehoshaphat, and Jehoshaphat fathered Joram, and Joram fathered Ozias

Asaph … Ozias

Matthew 1:8-9

and Joram fathered Ozias … and Ozias fathered Jotham

Matthew 1:9

and Ozias fathered Jotham, and Jotham fathered Ahaz, and Ahaz fathered Hezekiah

Ozias

Matthew 1:10

and Hezekiah fathered Manasseh, and Manasseh fathered Amos, and Amos fathered Josiah

Amos, … Amos

Matthew 1:11

and Josiah fathered Jechoniah and his brothers

Josiah fathered Jechoniah

his brothers

at the Babylonian deportation

Matthew 1:12

after the Babylonian deportation

Jechoniah fathered Salathiel, and Salathiel fathered Zerubbabel

Salathiel, … Salathiel

Salathiel fathered Zerubbabel

Matthew 1:13

and Zerubbabel fathered Abiud, and Abiud fathered Eliakim, and Eliakim fathered Azor

Matthew 1:14